Actions

Work Header

Sharingan No Naruto

Summary:

The flap of a butterfly's wings...

A sick twist of fate put in motion a series of events that turned our favorite ninja's first real mission into something he and his team would forever regret. Uzumaki Naruto, not a demon container but the holder of a power from a nearly dead clan.

Sharingan!Naruto Strong!Naruto.

 

[Disclaimer: we don't own naruto yayda yada]

Notes:

(Codex is the writer, while I, Lucifyr, is just a proofreader and co-writer. Please support Codex first and foremost.)

 

Codex:
Just here to tell y'all this is my first fic, I know it isn't perfect and I'm sure there's plenty of room for improvement but I'm doing my best to serve an at least somewhat entertaining story. I would also like to point out that english is not my first language and that only makes writing this the more difficult for me.

I hope you like what's to come.

Do leave me a follow and favorite if you feel like this is something worth reading, I also would appreciate your comments, nothing like constructive critiscm to get better.

I have no intention of abandoning this story and I planned the whole plotline before I even started writing it so I would always know what to do down the line.

Hope you're doing great.
Be safe everyone!

(See the end of the work for more notes.)

Chapter 1: Prologue

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sharingan No Naruto (Prologue)

 

Minato's attempt at sealing the Kyuubi went wrong, very very wrong.

 

The old fox noticed Minato's use of the Shiki Fuujin upon feeling a tug on his chakra and seeing the Shinigami on the Hokage's back, in a desperate attempt to save himself he managed to break the hold of Kushina's chains, severing her head with one of his claws.

 

'K-Kushina' Thought Minato as he watched his wife's head leaving her body, he was trembling in horror, sadness and fury and as the tears rolled down his face his will to fight started to falter, how could it not? The woman he loved above everything else was just beheaded in front of him, no matter how strong or resilient Minato could be, there's only so much a man can take, but he had to get a hold of himself, there was a lot at stake here and the sound of a crying baby reminded him of that fact, he found comfort in knowing he wouldn't live much longer. 

 

The Kyuubi picked the wailing baby up with one of his tails, taking Naruto very close to his mouth. He looked down at Minato's trembling body. 

 

A threat

 

"Stop the sealing, mortal." Snarled the Kyuubi, clear disgust in his voice when talking to Minato.

 

The Yondaime Hokage seeing very little choice complied and willed the Shinigami to stop while he directed the chakra he managed to take from the kyuubi into Naruto's little body, a seal-like mark appeared on the the boy's stomach and as soon as it appeared, it dissolved into nothing.

 

Normally, a seal of this nature fades into the recipient's body and only shows itself when the recipient channels chakra. The seal on Naruto shattered and turned into a puddle of ink. 

 

Seeing this Minato realized that sealing the chakra in his newborn had failed and it was too late now to redirect the half of the fox's chakra he sealed in his own body. 

 

Knowing his life was about to end and that there was nothing he or anyone could do, the Hokage decided to try one more thing.    

 

"Kyuubi..."

 

The old fox had to blink at that, not even his siblings address him with that level of familiarity.

 

"I have something to ask of you." Now he was surprised. "Please, leave..."

 

He just stared at him, almost like looking at his soul. “We both know you didn't attack on your own will, and even if I despise you for what you did to my wife. You're as much of a victim as Kushina and the people of this village were, you were denied your freedom since before I was born and now Naruto here..." The Hokage took one last look at his son.

 

"Naruto here will have to grow up without his parents because of the mistakes of dead men." Senju Hashirama gave away the bijuu like they were pets in his search for peace, what did he accomplish again? "So I'm asking you... no, I'm beggin you Kyuubi…”

 

"Be free." 

 

If you ask the Shinigami why they allowed this to go on for so long the answer would be I don't know whether it was out of respect for the dying man or the millenium fox standing in front of them - they don't really know, but this was as long as their grace extended and with the legendary man's parting words the God of Death took his soul and vanished.

 

That was the scene when the Sandaime arrived, a collapsing Hokage holding a headless woman, a crying baby and a gigantic fox standing in front of him.

 

His ANBU were ready to move and the old Hokage stood his guard, as amusing as it was for the fox to see them thinking they stood a chance, he had no wish to stay in this village any longer.

 

"Don't look so scared old man, I won't destroy you nor this punny village, your Hokage made sure of that." Both the ANBU and the old Hokage were confused to say the least, they weren't dumb enough to trust the fox, kitsune were very cunning and deceitful creatures after all, but they knew they stood no chance against the immortal.

 

"An Uchiha..." Said the fox interrupting everyone's thoughts, "An Uchiha wearing a mask was the one who broke the seal, he didn't appear to be from this village and he claimed to be Uchiha Madara."

 

At that Hiruzen stared in disbelief,

 

'Madara?'

 

"Don't be so quick to discard the possibility, he did summon me in the middle of your village, even if he's not Madara himself, they could both be related." Kyuubi looked away from the battlefield.  "Now no longer under the influence of his Sharingan i'm able to break the summoning contract, this is no longer my problem."

 

With that, the Kyuubi turned around and walked away, while the Sandaime quickly picked up the crying baby and started to retreat, if the Yondaime couldn't subdue the fox no one in this village could, the Shiki Fuujin seal on his successor's stomach was enough proof of that.

 

"Naruto." Said the fox, stopping the ANBU and Sandaime on their tracks.

 

"Huh?" Was the - oh so eloquent - response of the tired old man.

 

"Naruto, that's the boy's name" And as he said those words, the legendary Kitsune vanished into nothingness, the only evidence of his presence was the cloud of red smoke left behind.

 


 

 

The sun is shining brightly, a large contrast towards the chilling breeze. It has been years since the kyuubi attack, the village is recovering slowly but steadily. 



In an apartment not too far away, the hokage and a young boy could be seen eating while talking to each other.

 

Soon, the room turned silent when the boy abruptly brought up the question that the old Hokage dreads so much. 

 

"Jiji, did you know my parents?" Poor boy had lost count of how many times he asked that very same question, at this point he asked because it turned into a habit not because he actually hoped to get an answer.

 

The old hokage sighed, "Naruto-kun...”

 

Sarutobi Hiruzen was a powerful and respected man, but like any other he was human and humans make mistakes, now he realizes not telling the little kid of his heritage was one of them.

 

He had decided that keeping that information from him would keep him safe, Minato Namikaze made a lot of enemies and if there was a chance those enemies would retaliate and seek revenge through the man's only child he wouldn't take it, so he didn't, and kept the secret on a need to know basis for the past six years waiting for his own student and the legendary man's sensei to approach the boy about it when he felt the time was right. 

 

Looking at it now, he realizes that might not have been for the best.

 

The boy was very smart and Hiruzen was aware of this, but he was also mature enough to handle being an orphan and living by himself, Sarutobi was sure he could keep such a secret if he was explained exactly why it needed to be a secret, his own student however didn't know the boy near enough to realize such a thing 'not that he made any effort to ever get to know him at all' mused the Hokage but immediately shove that thought away, it wasn't important right now. 

 

Naruto was a very lonely child, he knew nothing about his parents. He wasn't ostracized or hated, he was just upset, sad, lonely and confused, like any other child would in his situation. 

 

The day of the Kyuubi attack, the hospital took heavy damage, the nursery being completely destroyed. Many children's lives were lost that day and Naruto, being the lone survivor, gained quite a reputation. 

 

Not as a Jinchuriki or a 'Demon child'         - although some people had some questionable theories - but as a reminder, a reminder of what a lot of people lost, and some of those people would go out of their way to let him know just that, thankfully that was only some hurt and stupid people, the problem was that Naruto didn't like pity and that was the way everyone would look at him. It made Naruto develop survivor's guilt, top that with the hardships being an orphan entails and it was a recipe for disaster.

 

"I made a mistake Naruto and I hope you can forgive me.” Naruto perked up, confused on why the old man was saying this so suddenly.

 

“Come with me, there's a lot we need to discuss." Both left on their way to the Hokage's office, Hiruzen really wasn't looking forward to telling him about Minato, and he wouldn't - he would however explain why it's being kept a secret, knowing that you're being lied to is better than knowing nothing at all - but he figures no harm in telling him about his mother and the Uzumaki clan.

 


 

 

Years have passed and now the young ninja - Naruto - has finally passed the graduation exam. 

 

Although, it wasn’t an easy ride to graduation.

 

Naruto is a very smart and creative child, the pranks he sometimes played on people showed a level of creativity and detail many hoped to accomplish.

 

If only he was that dedicated to his other studies.

 

That is not to say he is academically dumb, he just doesn't try hard enough to learn 'boring' and 'useless' things that have 'nothing to do with being a cool ninja'. 

 

He often offers the bare minimum to pass his written exams which doesn't help much either which frustrates his sensei to no end, Umino Iruka was aware Naruto had the potential to be hailed as a prodigy but never tried hard enough to exploit that potential. 

 

But he did pass, even if he had to work very hard to get the control necessary to perform the regular bunshin, apparently Naruto's chakra reserves were very big and dense even for an Uzumaki. 

 

The Hokage suspects it has something to do with Naruto's chakra being purple like Iruka said it was when it started swirling around him during his examination. 

 

-

"So you're saying, Naruto's chakra flared and swirled around him while he was trying to perform the Bunshin and it was a different color?" 

 

"Yes Hokage-sama, Naruto's always had a hard time controlling the little amount of chakra he needs to perform the bunshin because of his large reserves,”

 

“But it isn't weird for someone's chakra to flare and swirl around them in these situations." And it wasn't, Naruto was just one of many with this kind of problem, but for some reason Naruto had a lot more trouble than it is normal, there was no real reason for his chakra reserves to be that big, even for an Uzumaki. 

 

"What surprised me was the color of his chakra, until now I had never seen purple chakra, do you know what it means Hokage-sama?" Sarutobi Hiruzen wasn't hailed as The Professor for nothing, but even he had never heard of that, that is not to say he didn't suspect what could've caused that peculiar phenomenon but… some things are better left unsaid.

-

 

"Hokage-Sama! Uzumaki Naruto stole the Forbidden Scroll of Sealing!"

 

"No, he didn't."

 

The chunin tasked to inform the Hokage of what had happened moments ago was very confused about the blonde kid seated in the stool right next to the Hokage. 

 

His face became quite a nice shade of red. 

 

"Naruto-kun and I are having dinner together to celebrate his graduation, how could he have possibly stolen the scroll?"

 

The answer to that question was revealed not long after that. 

 

Sarutobi took Naruto along with him back to his office, where they discovered that someone posing as Naruto had made his way into the tower while Hiruzen was away, too bad they didn't take into consideration who the Hokage was to Naruto.

 

"Iruka-sensei is in the forest with Mizuki-sensei." Declared the blonde.

 

"How do you know that Naruto?"

 

"I-I guess I just know? I've always been able to feel where people not so far away from me are, isn't that normal?" What a time to discover Naruto had sensing abilities.

 

“Could you lead us to them, Naruto-kun?” Hiruzen stood up as he asked, Naruto following the action.

 

He then suddenly turned around and sprinted to the window, “Let’s go!”

 

Naruto led the Hokage and a few ANBU to them and got just in time to stop a Fuma shuriken from ending Iruka's life by the hand of Mizuki. 

 

Multiple people in masks jumped into the scene, surrounding Mizuki - who was looking around frantically - daring him to even move a muscle. Mizuki raged, he turned around and fled. 

 

At least he tried to flee before one of the ANBU suddenly took his hand, twisting it before slamming his whole body onto the ground, back-first. Mizuki howled in pain, he tried to squirm off the hold on his hand but the ANBU was persistent and instead tightened the hold.

 

"You're more involved in this than I would like Naruto, this incident will be classified as an B-rank mission on your record, you helped track a spy which means this mission will be kept a secret known to only the people involved, is that clear?" Asked Hiruzen

 

Naruto had never been on this side of his grandfather's Hokage mode, he wasn't being threatened, he was just being treated as a shinobi and for Naruto it was a bit overwhelming, Naruto was still Naruto which meant he was also excited for having completed his first mission. 

 

"Yes Jiji! Not a word" Replied Naruto with a smile. 

 

After the ANBU apprehend him and took the traitor to T&I - Naruto, the Hokage and Iruka took the scroll back to the tower, both Hiruzen and Iruka failed to notice Naruto taking a look at the scroll while they were distracted talking among themselves.

 

'Kage Bunshin huh?'

 

It was later discovered Mizuki simply chose Naruto to impersonate because he thought an orphan would have a lot more trouble proving his innocence without the back-up of a family to serve as an alibi, so he figured by the time the truth was discovered he would've gotten very far away. 

 

Naruto just so happened to be the only orphan he knew enough to imitate. 

 

Talk about bad luck. 

 


 

 

"The objective is quite simple, you have to get these bells from me before the alarm rings."

 

"But there's only two bells, sensei..." Said a girl named Haruno Sakura. 

 

She was the top-kunoichi of the year, she got a perfect score in all written portions of the academy and did fairly well in all other areas, that is not to say she was the best there is, but the academy's low standards led her to believe she was.

 

"That's right, that means one of you won't get a bell and will be sent back to the academy for another year." Let it not be said that Hatake Kakashi isn't good at deceiving people.

 

After telling his students to come at him with the intent to kill and the pink-haired's concern for their sensei's well being - like they could hope to hurt a jounin - they scattered and hid away, well, almost all of them.

 

"Can I get a bell?"

 

"Huh?"

 

"I asked if i can get a bell" It took a few seconds for Kakashi to process what his student was asking, he replied nonetheless.

 

"You're asking me if I can give you a bell?"

 

"Mhmm."

 

"...No."

 

"Oh well, it was worth a shot." And after saying those words Naruto burst in a cloud of smoke. Let it not be said that Uzumaki Naruto doesn't think outside the box.

 

After his failed but clever - if you ask him - attempt at getting a bell from Kakashi, Naruto decided to retreat and think for a moment, Naruto might not be the brightest crayon in the box but even he knew there was no chance a group of Genin could beat a Jounin on their own

Naruto's train of thought was interrupted when he heard a yell of

 

" Katon: Goukakyuu no Jutsu! "  

 

Naruto was sure (mostly) Kakashi wasn't going to try and seriously hurt a bunch of genin so that only left… 

 

Sasuke. 

 

'Might as well check out how the brooder's doing' Thought Naruto while he started making his way to Sasuke through the trees making as little sound as possible, Kakashi of course knew exactly were he was but decided to watch how this was going to play out. 

 

The aforementioned Uchiha was not having the time of his life, but all things considered, he could be doing worse, if only he could figure out how to get out of the ground. 

 

'When I manage to pass this stupid test I'll definitely ask him to teach me this jutsu' Thought a very annoyed raven haired boy, he could see how useful this Jutsu could be, but that doesn't mean he liked being on the receiving end. 

 

'It would be fun to trap the idiot using this' 

 

And almost like summoning him with his thoughts, said idiot made an appearance. 

 

"Oi Sasuke, how'd you get in there?" Asked a snickering Naruto, it really was hard not to laugh at the situation, but Naruto was trying his best to get a hold of himself, right now wasn't the time to antagonize Sasuke. 

 

"Shut up!" Easier said than done, Naruto never knew any other Uchihas but this one had a very short temper. 

 

Naruto conceded and started digging Sasuke out of the hole Kakashi left him in, during the process a hyperventilating Sakura appeared through the bushes only to look at the form of Naruto's prone body and - from her perspective - Sasuke's head laying on the floor. 

 

It wasn't long till she passed out yelling something about headless princes and more babble Sasuke couldn't quite make out. 

 

"Any bright ideas?" Asked Naruto, Sasuke was just about to blow him out and remind the idiot that he didn't need his help. 

 

He managed to get a hold of himself, Sasuke wouldn't say it outloud and he knew Naruto wouldn't either but they were both friends, the only friend the other had and even if 'Socially adept' was not Sasuke's defining trait he knew better than to treat the only friend he had like dirt, Sasuke developed some sort of Superiority and Inferiority complex after that night and sometimes he lost control over the most stupid things, but with Naruto it has always been different. 

 

It was a very weird friendship, and Sasuke couldn't quite remember when or how exactly it had started but it did. 

 

'Maybe it was that one time in the lake…' 

 

-

A lonely boy found himself sitting in a little pier above the lake where he learned his most prized jutsu, the jutsu that made his dad proud of him… 

 

Not that it mattered anymore. 

 

It had been a few weeks since the night that forever changed his life, since the night when his greatest hero, the person he looked up to the most, betrayed him. 

 

It had been a few weeks since he snapped

 

It had been a few weeks since The Uchiha Massacre occurred. 

 

Sasuke had been a very sad and lonely boy these past few weeks, but most of all he had been annoyed, very very annoyed. 

 

He couldn't understand why the people of the village thought he would want their pity and empty apologies, the only thing he wanted was to kill that man, at least that's what he told himself. 

 

The only thing he wanted other than revenge was company, even if he wouldn't admit it himself, he longed for someone he could relate to, someone who would be able to understand what he was feeling. 

 

For some reason he felt the need to turn around in that very instant.

 

A blonde kid wearing a white t-shirt and gray shorts was walking by in the road right behind the lake he was sitting at, Sasuke knew him as a boy in his academy class. 

 

Menma was it? Something like that, he couldn't quite remember and it wasn't really important to him right now. The boy then mirrored his actions and turned to look at him… 

 

Loneliness. 

 

People often say the eyes are the window to the soul, it must've been true because all he could see in the eyes that mirrored his own so much it almost made him uncomfortable was that… 

 

Loneliness. 

 

The blonde kid stared at him for a few seconds that felt like hours and then smiled at him. 

 

He smiled back. 

 

No words were spoken between the two and it wasn't necessary, both knew no words would be able to express what they were thinking. 

 

Both were lonely, but now… 

 

They could be lonely together. 

-

 

How it started really wasn't important, it just started and that was fine. After that encounter that looked to be almost orchestrated by fate they had become friends, a very weird kind of friends but friends nonetheless. 

 

Naruto was the only person Sasuke would talk to when they were together in the academy and he would say something stupid to keep his mind ocuppied on something else, they never really interacted out of that space but they both came to appreciate one another's presence, even if it would annoy Sasuke's fangirls to no end. 

 

To this day Sasuke still doesn't know if Naruto did what he did on purpose or if he was just being himself but he was immensely grateful for it anyway. 

 

Not that he would ever admit it of course, he had a reputation after all. 

 

"Are you there broody?" Asked Naruto, for some reason Sasuke started zoning out on him today. 

 

"You're acting weird today 'ttebayo" Maybe being trapped down there affected him, he would give him a few minutes to recover while he woke Sakura up. 

 

There's no way they're going to fail this stupid test. 

 


 

Months of D-Ranks can take a toll on anyone's mental health, especially a kid with a lot of energy to spare (Naruto was very glad when he found out he had that in common with his late mother) and a very lazy sensei who so far has taught them... 

 

Nothing.

 

"Jiji, can we please get a real mission? We're all tired of doing chores..." Naruto held a lot of respect and love for the only family he has, so he wouldn't even dream of being rude to his grandfather, that doesn't mean he won't try to coerce him into giving them a worthy mission though.

 

"What do you think, Kakashi?"

 

"Maa, they're ready for a simple C-rank."

 

They're most definitely not .

 

"Alright then, let Tazuna-san come in."

 

It was a simple escort mission to Nami No Kuni (Wave country), and even if the client was a drunk and very annoying old man who claimed to be a super bridge builder they could very well handle themselves, what's a few bandits going to do to them anyway?

 

"Thanks for this Jiji, we won’t disappoint you! Everything will be okay." 

Notes:

hello, please call me lucifyr or luc

i will be the one who answer the comments and leaving notes at the end of the fic, thanks
give love to codex, please///

cover art is made by me

Chapter 2: Sharingan

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Everything's not okay. 

 

The team was still making their way through Hi No Kuni, the Fire Country. The walk was mostly calm and easy going, although sometimes it got hard to ignore that old-drunk and his boisterous attitude. How could someone brag so much about a Bridge? 

 

Other than a few questions asked by Sakura for the sake of making conversation, not much had been going on.

 

Naruto was mostly annoyed at the speed they were going but there was little he could do while escorting a civilian so he had to suck it up and be patient.

 

Sadly for him, patience was never his virtue, being the son of Uzumaki Kushina granted him incredible stamina and endless energy and that wasn't always a good thing, Naruto was also an orphan and while his crave for attention was greatly diminished after finding out about his mother and his clan, he still wanted the opportunity to prove himself to others which led to a Naruto - and a brooding Sasuke who made a very good job at hiding it - who was itching for something 'interesting' to happen. 

 

That might've not been the best thing to hope for. 

 

Not long after team 7 along with Tazuna crossed the border on their way to Nami, they were ambushed by a pair of Chunin level missing nin from Kiri called Gozu and Meizu the 'Demon Brothers'

 

Kakashi decided to stand down and let his students take on the attackers, Sasuke was able to successfully defeat one of the brothers with the use of well aimed shuriken and pure taijutsu skill while Sakura stood in front of Tazuna in order to guard him, unfortunately, Naruto froze on the scene after being led to believe his sensei was dead, which caused him to received an attack from a poisoned claw courtesy of one of the attackers. 

 

After interrogating Tazuna and their captives - and swiftly ending their lives without the knowledge of his students - Hatake Kakashi decided to leave it up to the kids to choose whether or not they'll continue with the mission or go back to Konoha. 

 

In a moment of Bravado Naruto stabbed his own hand to get rid of the poison and swore on his blood to protect the client at all costs and never freeze up that way again.

 

Sasuke's case was based on him wanting to prove himself against strong opponents.

Sakura just went along with whatever he said.

 

Kakashi accepted the decision and carried on with the mission without informing the village or requesting back-up. 

 

Big Mistake

 

Not long after, they were attacked by a Jounin level ninja whose name was Momochi Zabuza the 'Demon of the Mist' .

 

After dodging a flying sword from the eccentric ninja a big battle with impressive use of Suiton Jutsu took place. The fight ended with Zabuza being pierced in the neck by 3 senbon needles courtesy of a Kiri Hunter Nin and a collapsing Kakashi who had to be carried all the way to the Bridge Builder's house due to chakra exhaustion.

 

After Kakashi regained consciousness he informed his team that the Hunter Nin who took Zabuza away didn't follow proper procedure which most likely meant they were allied with the former, meaning the Demon of the Mist was most likely still alive. 

 

That same day Kakashi decided that his under-trained and under-prepared Genin needed to improve their Chakra control for the upcoming fight, not that they knew more than one jutsu to truly benefit from being able to better control their chakra but at least they wouldn't be wasting as much as they used to. 

 


 

Just as Kakashi predicted, a battle is taking place on the bridge they were meant to protect. Zabuza and Kakashi are both at a stalemate while the Hunter nin has both Naruto and Sasuke trapped in a dome of Ice mirrors. 

 

Ice senbons flew at Naruto and he could no longer dodge, exhaustion was finally setting in after using so many clones in order to fight.

 

'I should've learned at least a defensive Jutsu, not much I can do now 'ttebayo, to think getting rid of those idiots at the old man's house was extremely easy'. 

 

-

The sound of a woman being dragged by two men wielding swords and a crying boy worried for his mother could be heard in the forest.

 

It was pure luck that the thugs decided to make their move just before they left Naruto's - not so impressive - sensing range, it still took him some time to get there and couldn't stop the filthy men from getting their hands on Tsunami. 

 

"We're going to have so much fun with you before taking you to Ga-" He never got to finish thanks to a very annoyed blonde boy who kicked him in the back of the head knocking him out instantly. 

 

"Why you little shi-" A strong punch in the back of his neck courtesy of a second Naruto made sure to shut him up instantly. 

 

"So uncivilized." 

 

After dealing with them the Kage Bunshin who was accompanying Naruto poofed away leaving only the original Naruto, a still crying Inari and a very shocked Tsunami. 

 

"Sorry I'm late! But all heroes arrive late, right?" 

-

 

Naruto's train of thought was interrupted when he saw a hail of senbons coming at him intending to shut him off permanently. 

 

But they never did.

 

Naruto opened his eyes, shocked to see Sasuke in front of him, hunched over and shaking violently. Naruto clenched his fist when he fully registered the needles protruding on his body from various angles. 

 

"SASUKE!"  

 

Sasuke looked back at him with the corner of his eyes and answered the question in Naruto's eyes before he even got the time to ask.

 

"My body…” Sasuke muttered, his shaking slowed as he swayed backwards. “Moved on its own…" 

 

With his recently awakened Sharingan, Sasuke was able to perceive things a lot faster, unfortunately for him, that doesn't mean he's fast enough to do something more than take the hit himself, so he did and now his world was going dark. 

 

Naruto was trembling in fury, he just watched his only friend take multiple hits that were supposed to end him. He couldn't believe Sasuke had died to protect him. Rage was starting to overtake Naruto and cloud his judgment but a weird feeling was starting to invade him. 

 

He just couldn't figure out what, there was something… off here. 

 

Then it hit him. 

 

"You didn't kill him." It was true, Naruto's sensing abilities were never trained since he discovered them, even though he did mention it to Kakashi, but that didn't mean he couldn't use them, and being that close to Sasuke allowed him to feel his chakra. 

 

"You did the same thing you did to Zabuza… Why?" The hunter-nin sighed and brought their hand to the mask they were wearing and removed it, revealing the same boy Naruto met in the forest days ago. 

 

"Ha-Haku?" Naruto sputtered.

 

-

"Why do you train so hard?" 

 

Naruto didn't understand why the girl who woke him up a few moments ago was asking him that question, but he answered anyway, maybe it was because he called her pretty.

 

"I train hard so I can become super strong 'ttebayo!" Replied Naruto with a big and warm smile to the pretty looking girl in front of him. 

 

"You look very strong already, why do you need to become stronger?"

 

Naruto struggled to answer that question, he hadn't thought about that before, why was he training so hard? Why did he want to become stronger?

 

"Do you have something precious to you? Someone?" 

 

Naruto nodded. 

 

"I believe a person becomes truly strong when they fight to protect what is precious to them." 

 

"I think I understand, I'll protect the people I love and then I will be Hokage!" 

 

Haku gave him a warm smile, "You'll be really strong then." After saying that she got up and started to leave. 

 

"By the way, it flatters me that you think I'm pretty but… I'm a boy." Said Haku, turning around to look at a blushing Naruto and then started to leave again. 

 

"You're still pretty 'ttebayo…" Mumbled a still furiously blushing Naruto, but fortunately for him there was no one there to hear. 

-

 

"I couldn't bring myself to hurt you, Naruto-kun, but I'll do what's necessary to help Zabuza-sama fulfill his wish." 

 

Naruto removed the needles on Sasuke's body and got up to face Haku once more. 

 

"You don’t have much chakra left, Haku…" Just as he said that - Haku released the jutsu, the mirrors fell apart and turned to puddles of water. 

 

"I don't need my jutsu, I'll put you to sleep just like your friend and then I'll help Zabuza-sama." Haku then readied the Senbon hidden in his robes and prepared to launch them at Naruto, aiming to the spots that would leave him in a similar state as Sasuke. 

 

"You don't have to do this Haku!" Begged Naruto. 

 

"I am just a tool for Zabuza-sama, I do his bidding and nothing more." He said

 

"You're not just a tool dammit! You're a person you… you can quit… you can come with us, the old man will take you in, you can have a home!" Naruto said, trying desperately to convince Haku. 

 

The boy in turn just looked at him and gave him a sad smile. "I hope you can find it in yourself to forgive me when you wake up." 

 

Just as he was about to put Naruto in a slumber a chirping sound filled the bridge. Both Haku and Naruto turned around and looked at the scene revealed to them with the cleared mist. 

 

Zabuza was being held in place by a group of ninken with Kakashi about to put a hand through his chest using his famous Raikiri. 

 

Without even stopping to think, Haku used a quick Shunshin to get in front of Kakashi and then… 

 

Silence

 

No one dared to make a sound, both the faces of Naruto and Kakashi were filled with shock, Kakashi saw in that smiling boy with a hand through his chest and blood dripping from his mouth the face of his late teammate. 

 

'Rin…' 

 

"HAKU!" Naruto screamed his name as he ran towards the scene, while in the distance the recently reawakened form of Sasuke was fighting to stand up, he was weak and unable to move by himself but he was alive. 

 

Zabuza stopped himself from attacking Kakashi through the body of Haku after seeing the reaction of that little boy, all he could feel while watching that ray of sunshine crying over the death of his partner was guilt . Never will he be able to tell Haku that he meant a lot to him, he won't be able to tell him he was more than just a broken tool. 

 

He won't be able to tell him he was his son.

 

The sound of a cane accompanied by the sound of an army of men holding crossbows and swords suddenly invaded the bridge. 

 

" HAHAHAHAHA .” 

 

“So much for the 'Demon of the Mist', I knew you weren't worth what you charged for your services Zabuza." Declared a laughing Gato "Well, I wasn't gonna pay you anyway so it all works out in the end, deal with them boys, whoever brings me the body of that little boy who broke my arm gets paid extra." 

 

"I'm going to make him my bitch." 

 

Zabuza saw red. 

 

"It looks like I'm no longer your enemy, Kakashi." Said Zabuza as the Ninken holding him puffed in a cloud of smoke and let him move on his own again. 

 

"Kid…" Said Zabuza looking down at Naruto to meet his eyes "Lend me a Kunai." 

 

Kakashi's ninken did a number on Zabuza's arms so he was forced to take the kunai on his mouth, that was more than enough to kill a bunch of bulky untalented men. 

 

When Zabuza was about to charge the army of thugs… 

 

It happened. 

 

The Crossbow users felt an impending sense of doom and decided to take action before action against them could be taken. They shot at them an enormous barrage of arrows, luckily, the shinobi in the bridge were more than able to dodge and deflect the oncoming projectiles. 

 

Wrong.

 

Zabuza and Kakashi used the Big surface of the Kubikiribōchō to shield themselves from most of the arrows while dodging the few that made it past the sword. 

 

Sakura went into shock immediately and wasn't quick enough to stop herself from dying. 

 

Naruto was beat and tired, but he was never tired enough not to save a comrade, and he knew one of his teammates needed his help right now, he went from being the one shocked in need of saving to the savior. 

 

He wasn't worried about Sasuke. 

 

Sasuke was the best of them. 

 

Sasuke was going to be alright.  

 

Naruto jumped in front of Sakura and Tazuna without a second thought and stood his guard. 

 

Sakura couldn't believe him. He willingly risked his life just to keep her safe. 

 

He deflected most of the projectiles, but couldn't avoid the one that pierced his leg, and the one that went to his right eye. He was quick enough to avoid it piercing his skull, but not enough to save the beautiful azure orb resting there. 

 

Sasuke…

 

Sasuke wasn't that lucky. 

 

He was just barely able to stand on his own feet when the arrows started flying. 

 

One arrow pierced one of his legs, another found itself stuck in his stomach, two more arrows were stuck in his left arm and shoulder. 

The final arrow went right in through his chest and out, leaving a perfect hole in it. 

 

Zabuza took his Kunai and ran at the army of men while Kakashi, Naruto and Sakura all ran to Sasuke. 

 

Naruto was the first to drop right next to him followed by Sakura. Sasuke looked to his right and saw Naruto's bleeding form with an arrow still stuck where his eye should be, then he turned to the left and saw Kakashi standing right next to him with his uncovered Sharingan eye, that gave him an idea. 

 

"You can't die yet Naruto, y-you still have to become H-Hokage. I'll help you…" Naruto was confused by his friend's words but was too shocked to really give a damn. 

 

"K-Kakashi... No, Sensei… "

 

At those words even Kakashi let himself shed a tear, Sasuke never called him sensei, and seeing him like this, bleeding out on the floor, made him realize he didn't deserve it, he was no sensei to any of them. 

 

"Give the i-idiot my r-right eye, I know you c-can do it." As he said that he used what little chakra he had left and activated his Sharingan once more, one eye with a single tomoe and the other with two. 

 

"Are you sure Sasuke?" Sasuke nodded and Kakashi without so much as a second thought knocked Naruto out with a chakra induced finger placed on his forehead. Consequences be damned, he was going to make sure his student's last wish was fulfilled, especially if it'll allow the other to see again, and better than he previously could. 

 

Kakashi covered his hand in the alcohol he got out of the bottle he had in one of his many pouches and then used what little Iryo-ninjutsu he knew, and maybe even a little more, to extract Sasuke's right sharingan eye eliciting as little pain as possible to him. 

 

Then he started applying healing Chakra on Naruto's right eye as he removed the arrow and carefully placed the new eye on him, working quickly on setting the right nerves in place with his healing chakra. You might argue it was not the cleanests and accurate of transplants but it was effective and that was all they would be able to get for now. 

 

He then closed Naruto's new eye, put his forehead protector over it in a way similar to his own and reversed his induced sleep once more. 

 

Getting his senses together Naruto took one last look at Sasuke "Sasuke I-" 

 

"D-Don't bother, I'm b-beyond saving.”

 

People often saw Shinobi as unkillable beasts; after watching them perform amazing feats thought impossible by many one could easily forget that behind every single chakra wielding Shinobi was a fragile Human being, a single knife is more than enough to take one of those out if used correctly. 

 

“Use my gift right, Naruto." 

 

Naruto, still not sure of what happened felt a sting in the right side of his face and raised his hand to his eye only to find it covered with no arrow there, then he looked at Sasuke's own right eye and found it missing. 

 

Realization hit him

 

"Avenge us , kill that man..." 

 

'Us?' 

 

Sasuke looked at him one last time. 

 

"I'll become your eye and see the future for you."

 

Were Sasuke's final words before closing his remaining eye never to be opened again. 

 

Kakashi's heart skipped a beat when he heard those painfully familiar words. 

 

It was funny really, Sasuke always thought he wouldn't be able to die in peace without getting his revenge, without honoring his family, his clan. But now, on the brink of death, he felt… 

 

Free.

 

Uchiha Sasuke lived the past six years of his life, hating and seeking power to one day kill his treacherous brother, but now he didn't need to, now he could just let go, now he could just… Be



A beautiful raven haired woman stood in front of him, he couldn't quite make up her face due to the incredibly bright light behind her, but she felt familiar, he had seen her before, where? 

 

The woman knelt in front of him and extended her hand, face now clear for him to see

 

"K-Kaa-san?"

 

"Yes, Sasuke-kun?" 

 

The boy didn't even think twice before launching himself at the now revealed Mikoto and hugged her while tears ran down his face. Hugging his mother like this made him feel like he was that little 7 year old boy with no care in the world again. 

 

In a way, he was. 

 

"It's alright now my boy, don't cry."

 

"Kaa-san I-I cou-  I-I couldn't restore the clan, I-I couldn't avenge you" Said Sasuke while crying uncontrollably on his mother's shoulder. 

 

"Don't worry yourself with such things my little boy, it was never your responsibility and I'm sorry you felt like it was."

 

The boy just couldn't stop himself from crying in his mother's embrace, he has wanted to see her for so… so long. 

 

"Come now my love…" Said the beautiful woman while standing up and taking his little boy's hand in hers. 

 

"I'm sure there's a lot you want to tell me and we have all the time in the world" 

 

A pair of mother and son could be seen walking in a tunnel, their figures slowly disappearing in a beautiful and imposing bright light. If one looked at the bloody and battered body left behind by that poor and tormented soul you could make out the faintest of smiles in his semblance. 

 

Together at last. 



Zabuza was beaten and bruised, he was stabbed multiple times and had some of the swords still in him; he was using every little piece of strength left in him to annihilate Gato and his men. After what felt like hours, a big crowd showed up on the other side of the bridge, the people of the Village drove off the remaining of Gato's forces while he took care of Gato himself. 

 

With his dying breath Zabuza walked all the way to Haku's body and collapsed, right next to him giving his partner and surrogate son one last look. As he was slowly dying, it started snowing... 

 

"Are you crying Haku?" were the last words ever spoken by one Momochi Zabuza, the 'Demon of the Mist'. 

 


 

 

It's been a week since the battle took place, the bridge has been finally completed and the people were celebrating. Not long after Gato's death the people started looking for a new person to take over, most had agreed on Tazuna with the position but the man in question politely declined explaining the only thing he was good at was building, so he recommended his own daughter, Tsunami, who apparently has always been the brains of their operation. 

 

Getting Nami back on their feet has been hard but the people are excited and full of hope again so they're working very hard to make Nami reach its former glory and probably even more if the Hokage accepts a trade agreement between the two nations after the team who helped make this all reality delivers the letter. 

 

Said team however, was having a very hard time. Naruto was recognized by the villagers as the 'Hero of Wave' and while it is true that it was thanks to him that Inari found the courage to get all the people to raise and fight their oppressor, it was a very sour accomplishment. 

 

Naruto sent clones to work on the bridge along with Tazuna dayli, but the real Naruto was barely seen, he only went in the house to sleep and spent most of his days looking at the graves of both Haku and Zabuza and the little memorial he placed for Sasuke along with them.

 

Kakashi had informed Naruto that the Last loyal Uchiha would receive a proper burial and funeral when they got back to the village so he didn't have to worry about burying him himself. 

 

Naruto barely spent time with anyone - other than speaking constantly with the ghosts of dead people - at least not directly. He recently discovered that Kage Bunshin returned their experiences to the caster of the technique when he started noticing he remembered talking to a lot of people, at the same time, in the bridge he never visited himself anymore. 

 

Sakura was probably the one affected the most. Ever since she met him, Sakura made an ideal image of Sasuke in her mind even if that wasn't who he really was. The perfect man who would always be there to save her from the danger and then they would get married and she would carry all of his Sharingan babies. 

 

After Sasuke died both she and Naruto had spent a whole day together in the room they shared without moving a single muscle, when Naruto started going out to visit the graves by himself she would stay there and only ever leave the room to eat enough to not starve herself and go back, Naruto hadn't noticed because he hadn't been spending time with anyone but Kakashi was very worried about the fact that Sakura hasn't ushered a single word to anyone about anything since Sasuke died. 

 

Kakashi was… complicated. Everytime he thought about Sasuke all he would remember is telling Sasuke he wouldn't let his comrades die, telling Sasuke he would take care of his 'Cute little Genin'. 

 

Kakashi had been the one to seal Sasuke's body for transport to Konoha, it was a silent agreement between the three of them that he was going to be the one to carry Sasuke on his back, unbeknownst to the rest of his team, Kakashi took Sasuke's remaining Sharingan eye and burned it before the sealing. He would be dead if he let someone ransack his student's resting place to steal the powerful eye. 

 

At first Kakashi wanted to blame everything that happened on both Sasuke and Naruto for convincing him to continue the mission, then he wanted to blame Naruto because how could he blame a dead person? He quickly dismissed that thought and accepted the harsh reality. 

 

He had failed his team. 

 

Kakashi took a severely under trained team on a mission they weren't prepared for, but he thought it would be alright because what would some bandits do to them anyway? Then he carried on knowing there were shinobi involved instead of going back or at least informing the Hokage of what happened so they could get reinforcements. 

 

He was a failure and he was going to make things right, or was going to at least make what he thought was right. 

 

When he got to Konoha, he was going to disband this team. 

 


 

The day when they finally got to leave arrived, the remaining members of team 7 stood at one of the ends of the bridge, the people of Wave cheering their names and the name of the boy they saw as a hero. 

 

"We can't thank you enough for everything you did, have a safe trip and don't hesitate to come here if you ever need anything." Were the parting words of Tazuna for the team of Shinobi.

 

After hearing that and nodding their heads in approval all members started to walk away while the people of Nami watched. 

 

"Tazuna! What are you going to name the bridge?" Asked one random man in the crowd, before he had the time to respond his own grandson beat him to it.

 

"Why don't we name it after Naruto-nii chan? He saved us all and helped build it." Asked Inari, clearly excited at the prospect of naming the bridge after the boy who became his idol and helped him and his people so much, forgetting Naruto was far from being the only one who helped save their country. 

 

A lot of cheers of approval could be heard after that, many people who came to admire the boy for his work on the bridge agreeing with little Inari. 

 

"No." Replied the old man, much to the surprise of his grandson. 

 

"Naruto is a hero, there's no doubt about that, but after what happened, it doesn't feel right." Murmurs from the people around Tazuna could be heard and people started to see reason in Tazuna's words. 

 

"What are we going to name the bridge then?" Asked Inari

 

Tazuna thought for a moment about the events that led to the construction of the bridge, ever since leaving Konoha. 

 

"A young shinobi, the last of his clan, gave his life so we could have ours. I'm sure even Naruto would agree with me. To honor his memory we'll name this bridge after the boy and what he stood for."



The Great Uchiha Bridge





Notes:

Hello again!
I'm posting the prologue and the first two chapters together so you can get a feel of what the story will be like. I'm not exactly sure of what my posting schedule will be like and I don't want to make promises I won't be able to keep.

I will however do my best to hopefully post a chapter every 2 weeks or so, at the very least you'll be getting a chapter every month.
As I said before this is the first story I'm writing and it takes time for me to get every chapter to a point I find to be acceptable at the very least.
I will also point out that while this story is my creation and I write the chapters myself, none of this would be possible without the help of my 2 very dear friends Lucifyr and DeathByShyKid (Cairo).
I run absolutely every idea I have by them; Luci also helps me review and edit all my chapters before posting (a co-writer in all but name if you ask me).
Dr. Kaiya Teruya is actually the creation of Cairo for his own story 'The Great Medic: 2020 re-write' which I cannot recommend enough, if you're wanting to read a Medic Naruto fic do check it out.

I also want to address Naruto's pairing. As of now the pairing for Naruto hasn't been decided, I know that might seem weird considering I already planned the whole plotline for the story but, I wrote the storyline without a pairing in mind because romance isn't a priority in this story.
I will try to make a decent romantic relationship when the time comes but who Naruto ends up dating is inconsquential for the story.

That being said you just read a hint that Naruto is not exactly straight in this fic.
For my story Naruto is a bisexual man (I honestly think he is in canon, there's nothing remotely straight about his obssesion with Sasuke). I know some people aren't fans of Yaoi stories and while I'm not sure if this will end up being one as of yet there's a high chance that it will. Feel free not to read it if you're not a fan but please do refrain from commenting hateful stuff about it.

I hope you're doing great.
Be safe everyone!

Chapter 3: Repercussions

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sakura couldn't remember the trip from Nami back to Konoha, she couldn't remember anything after Sasuke's death to be honest, she was so emotionally exhausted her body was working purely on instinct. Her mind felt… 

 

Numb.

 

Numb was the best way to describe it, she had thought so much about everything and nothing at all after Sasuke's death that now she couldn't force herself to think anymore. 

 

Is this what grief feels like? Maybe; she had heard everyone grieves differently, maybe this was her way of dealing with things, not thinking.

 

Denial?

 

It's really hard to describe what's going on through her mind, If there was something going on through her mind. That's probably why she hasn't spoken at all since Sasuke's final words after giving Naruto his eye, now that she actually starts to think about it, she didn't say anything back then, not even goodbye. 

 

She was so shocked about everything she couldn't find it in herself to say goodbye to the person she loves

 

~

 

The Hokage was half listening through his Elite jounin's report, he's a shinobi after all and shinobis must be able to multitask, so even if he looked like he wasn't really paying attention to him, everyone would be able to tell he was focused on two things at the same time, one of those things clearly was Kakashi's retelling of the events transpired in his team's C-rank turned A-rank mission. 

 

To say the Hokage was already preparing himself to give the gravity-defying silver-haired Jounin an earful about his questionable decision making was an understatement; that could definitely wait, currently, he was more aware of the two genin in front of him looked and he was very very aware of the lacking member in the room.

 

Sarutobi Hiruzen hasn't go senile, he's perfectly able to interpret what the absence of one of his Genin and the looks on the other two meant, that didn't mean he wanted to accept it, but it had to be done, if appereances were to be believed. 

 

Konoha's last loyal Uchiha was Killed in action.

 

His head was already starting to hurt just thinking about this. 

 

It wasn't long after the old Hokage's musing that Kakashi finished his retelling of the story including Sasuke's death much to the chargrim of the old Hokage and his hidden ANBU guards all throughout the room, those were shocking and concerning news, not much that could be done now. 

 

Hiruzen sighed "Naruto-kun, Sakura-chan. You're both dismissed" Sarutobi had half a mind to check on both of them later. 

 

Both genin started to leave but a hand on Naruto's shoulder stopped him from leaving, he looked up to see that hand belonged to his Jounin-sensei. 

 

"Hokage-sama, can you please have the ANBU leave and activate the silencing seals in the room? There's something important we need to discuss." 

 

The Hokage was taken aback by the request but complied either way. With a quick wave of his hand four masked figures showed themselves in the room and then left through the door.

 

The Hokage then performed some quick hand signs and the corners of the room glowed a light purple before quickly going back to normal. 

 

Naruto was memorized, he could recognize this was the work of fuinjutsu, what his clan was the most good at, he never really paid any interest to it because he thought it was boring; what would he know about something like that? 

 

He decided he was going to look into it later, his Jiji had given him some material along with some of his family's history after all. 

 

"What is it you want to talk about, Kakashi?" 

 

The Jounin's response was motioning Naruto to lift his headband and show the old man his new Sharingan eye. 

 

The old Hokage just sighed, that headache just started to get worse. This was going to be a long day. 

 

"Did you ta-" Half asked the Hokage before being interrupted. 

 

"No!" 

 

Kakashi took a deep breath to regain his composure before going on. 

 

"Sasuke's last wish was for Naruto to take his eye, what I told you about Naruto losing his eye during the battle was completely true, that was what motivated Sasuke to give up his eye when he knew it was too late for him…" 

 

The Hokage felt like slaming his head on the table, really really hard. 

 

That headache was already a migraine for Kami's sake. 

 

After some time to sort his thoughts the Hokage looked at both men in his room and gave his instruction. 

 

"There's other important things I need to discuss with you but I understand your concerns, Kakashi." The Hokage instructed Naruto to cover his eye and did a few hand signs to deactivate his silencing seal. 

 

After doing that an ANBU stepped in the room and kneeled in front of the Hokage. 

 

"Please go to the Hospital and tell Dr. Teruya I need her here as soon as possible, if she's not doing anything of importance bring her here yourself" The ANBU just nodded and disappeared in a swirl of leaves. 

 

Minutes later the same ANBU reappeared in the Office this time with a disheveled woman by his side. 

 

"Naruto, let me introduce you to Dr. Kaiya Teruya, currently Konoha's most accomplished medic, a highly intelligent woman, completely trustworthy and an old friend of mine." The Hokage graced her with a warm smile and the blonde boy merely nodded at her, whatever was going through his mind was clearly eating at him. 

 

"Teruya-chan, Naruto here lost an eye in his last mission and got a… special replacement for it, I need you to look at it and make sure everything's okay with him. You're to speak to absolutely no one about this, is that clear?" 

 

"Yes Hiruzen-kun." Said the woman playfully, giving the old Hokage a smirk.

 

"Well Naruto-kun, from now on you are to come to me whenever you have any sort of health related issue although I wouldn't mind if you just came to me to talk okay?" 

 

The boy once again nodded and both of them walked out of the door on their way to the hospital. 

 


 

 

After they both left Kakashi decided it was time to address his concerns.

 

"Hokage-sama I- I don't think I'm capable of leading a Genin team" His only response was a contemplating stare.

 

The Hokage stood from his chair and motioned the Jounin to follow him as he walked out of the tower.

 

Hiruzen led Kakashi all the way to the memorial stone and stood there just looking at it for a few minutes that felt like hours to Kakashi before speaking. 

 

"You know, for all the good you are as a Shinobi you're as predictable as they get" Meaning he was perfectly aware of Kakashi's intention to disband the team even before the man himself talked to him about it. 

 

"You let yourself be consumed by grief, and I stood by watching, hoping you'll get over it yourself at some point, now I see the error of my ways" Silence, there really wasn't much you could say when you were getting an earful from 'The Kami No Shinobi' himself. 

 

"Sasuke's death was avoidable. I knew from the very beginning team 7 was not ready to take on a simple C-rank. Not because of their lack of skill, which was very lacking mind you, but because of the inexistent level of maturity they displayed during their time doing simple chores around the village" You could tell when the old Hokage was serious if he himself undignified the D-ranks he has bowed to protect over the years, for whatever reason that is. 

 

"I allowed you to take on that mission despite my better judgment even when I knew you were lying through your teeth about them being ready. Now you'll make yourself responsible for this team."

 

No team disbandment? 

 

"I'm not going to allow your team's disbandment."

 

No

 

"From now on you're being ordered to make sure they get the proper training they deserve."

 

"And while i'm already ordering you to do stuff I must confess I'm growing tired of your attitude Kakashi, always being late making up some stupid excuse when all you ever do is stand in front of this rock moping about your mistakes and the way this world has done you wrong, but that stops today, along with your team you're going to be getting the counseling you so clearly need."

 

It was honestly a testament for Kakashi's strength how he's been able to stop himself from showing any kind of reaction during the Hokage's rant, Kakashi was not a sentimental man and that much was obvious, but it takes a mountain of a person to keep yourself standing up when someone as important as Hiruzen Sarutobi is dissecting your very being. 

 

Despite it all Kakashi took it like a champ, he gave the old man a simple but respectful nod and started to walk towards his apartment. 

 

"I don't think I told you it was okay for you to leave yet" Apparently Sarutobi wasn't yet satisfied with the dressing down he gave him, but there's not much he could do about it, adding insubordination to his already very large list of flaws wasn't exactly on Kakashi's 'to do list'. 

 

Hiruzen sighed and turned to look at him for the first time since they got here, it was impressive how easy it was to forget how old this legend of a man really was, Kakashi couldn't remember the Sandaime ever looking this… old. 

 

"I'm done chewing at you as the Hokage already Kakashi, but there's a few things I Hiruzen Sarutobi still have left to say to you" Kakashi was already bracing himself for the impact of whatever this man had left to say. 

 

"I'm sorry" 

 

'Huh?' 

 

"It is easy to look for someone to blame when situations such as this present themselves, but the truth is, there is no point in looking for someone to place the blame on" 

 

"Hokage-sama I-" 

 

"Please let me finish Kakashi. I don't blame you, Sakura doesn't blame you and Naruto doesn't blame you, Kami knows that boy doesn't have it in himself to hold grudges; he forgave this old man for keeping his heritage a secret, after all". 

 

It really is hard to explain just how reassuring this man was, 'The Professor' was a man as wise as they came. 

 

"It makes no sense to sugarcoat the truth. Sasuke shouldn't have died, that's for sure, but you're no more guilty for his death than I am for allowing you to go on a mission I knew you weren't ready for. Naruto-kun was very adamant on continuing the mission for whatever it is that he felt like he needed to prove, is he to blame?"

 

"Sakura-chan apparently had no sense of self-respect and allowed herself to continue on a mission she wasn't ready for only to please a single boy, is she to blame?" 

 

"Speaking of the boy, Sasuke made it a point to let everyone know his only ambition in life was revenge and power, continuing a mission to test himself against worthy opponents clearly wasn't what anyone would call 'sound logic', is he to blame?"

 

"..."

 

"I know what you're thinking Kakashi, I know you want to take the blame like you always do, I know you feel like it's your responsibility and I would be lying if I tell you it's not but… You need to learn how to let go Kakashi, you're clinging on to the ghosts of your past, coming here every single day to stare at the names of those long gone, that's not living. I care greatly for you my boy and I know you've been through a lot." Said Hiruzen. 

 

"I didn't order you to continue with the team as a punishment, quite the opposite actually. Do you know why I put Naruto on your team?" Asked the old Hokage with a tone Kakashi couldn't quite discern. 

 

"No." Replied the Jounin with a thoughtful look on his face

 

"I figured as much, Naruto shouldn't have been placed on your team, his performance in the academy was very average, nothing to be proud of but nothing to be disappointed of either. Team 7 is always formed by the two top Shinobi of the class and the Dead-last, admittedly I refrained from repeating the formula considering how disastrous it has been over the years but I also thought you both deserved a chance to form a bond. Naruto has no one other than me to call a family, and while I love the boy dearly and I'm beyond honored he chose me to be his grandfather, I am not enough nor am I going to live forever, he needs to have more people he can rely on and so do you. 

I didn't expect you however to push him away the farthest. I can't claim to know why you did and I'm not even sure if you realize you did it but the truth is you did."

 

Was Kakashi creating a distance between himself and Naruto because he couldn't bear to be so close to someone who looks too much like his sensei? Was he keeping a distance because he couldn't bear the guilt of never making himself present for the son of the Man he viewed as a father? 

 

Both? 

 

"I want you to think on this Kakashi, I want you to make yourself available to your students, especially Naruto, you are both lonely and you both clearly need it. The Will of Fire still burns in you my boy, you just need to reignite it's flames." Said Sarutobi placing a hand on Kakashi's shoulder. 

 

"You will keep the team, you will start training them and yourself, in your misery you have allowed yourself to go rusty" He pointed out. 

 

"Finally, you need to let the souls of the people you're clinging to rest, there's no point in clinging on dead people, you're only hurting both them and yourself. 

Team 7 has a 2 week vacation, take the time to think on what I've talked to you about and speak to your students."

 

The Hokage gave the seasoned Jounin one last look and started to walk away, leaving Kakashi to his thoughts. 

 

That clearly didn't go anything like Kakashi expected but he felt like a weight was taken off his shoulders, he had needed to hear that for a long time now, and perhaps the Hokage was right. 

 

Rin, Obito and Minato wouldn't have wanted him to be like this, right? He was starting to feel like he had been doing a disservice to their memory for a long time now, but no more, from now on he would try harder. It just now started weighing on him how wrong he had been pushing people out of his life, but there was no time like the present. 

 

'I should probably pay a visit to Gai' 

 

"Oh, I almost forgot!" Said the Hokage before leaving. 

 

"I was talking seriously when I ordered you to receive therapy along with your students, all three of you need it, especially you, and I know you wouldn't have gone if I didn't order you to. This is a very serious order I know will help you immensely, you can schedule your own individual appointments tomorrow morning, I'll ask Inoichi to personally oversee your case, do I make myself clear?"

 

"Crystal… Hokage-sama, thank you."

 

"No need to thank me, I'm only doing what I should've done a long time ago, I'm sorry it took me this long." The old Monkey started to leave again, his next objective already in mind, dealing with whatever was going on in the self-destructive ninja's head was the top priority, but he needed to make sure his dear grandson was doing okay, at least as close as okay as possible, 2 weeks was definitely not enough to put one's mind at ease, but he truly believed it would do them good to have some one on one time with both Inoichi and his wife Tsutsuji, he would know, they did help him and his son mend their relationship after all. 

 


 

 

"How is he doing?" 

 

"Medically speaking he's in excellent condition Hiruzen, after I fixed what was left unfinished by Kakashi-kun on his rustic transplant the boy's healing factor did the rest by itself."

 

She was fascinated when she found out Naruto has a healing factor, apparently the boy himself wasn't aware of that fact. 

What surprised her the most was the way it worked, it seemed to be an automatic process but it was also… smart

 

The damaged tissue around his new eye didn't heal until Dr. Teruya made sure everything was perfect, it was almost like his body knew healing that part without proper intervention could turn out to be counterintuitive, it wasn't something she wouldn't be able to fix herself but it was still impressive. 

 

"Oh yes, Uzumaki's have a very strong life force and some have some kind of special chakra, in his case a very useful healing factor it would seem, the boy's mother was able to survive injuries that would've been lethal to any other person." That is not to say they were unkillable, nobody really was, they were just notoriously good at surviving life threatening injuries more often than the common folk.

 

"Will he have any problems with his new eye?" 

 

"Highly unlikely, the boy's body assimilated the eye without much problem, I would even go so far as to say he is more in tune with his transplanted eye than Kakashi is with his." Dr. Teruya didn't exactly know the reason why that was but she guessed it had something to do with his Uzumaki genes, he was of course never going to be able to use the eye like an Uchiha would, but the strain on his chakra Network was definitely a lot more smaller than it was for Kakashi. 

 

"That's great news Teruya-chan and it's honestly what I expected, that's not what worries me."

 

Dr. Teruya sighed "He's… heartbroken, Hiruzen, he's been cooperating with me during his examination and hasn't complained at all, not even once; he isn't really talking to me, all he says is 'yes' or 'no' whenever I ask him something."

 

Sarutobi was expecting this, he could see the boy in the room in front of him sitting on his bed, facing the window. 

 

He looked lost. 

 

The Hokage gave his old friend a court nod and walked in the room. 

 


 

 

'I'll become your eyes and see the future for you…' 

 

"Naruto-kun?" 

 

The whiskered boy was cut from his musing by the old man standing in front of him; he didn't even hear him come in, how long has he been standing there? How long has Naruto been there? 

 

Minutes? 

 

Hours? 

 

"How are you feeling dear?" 

 

Bad, he's feeling bad, he's feeling guilty, he's feeling stupid, he's feeling… 

 

Unworthy

 

"I'm feeling good Jiji, just a bit distracted that's all" He wasn't going to look sad in front of his grandfather, he couldn't let him see how affected he was. 

 

"That's good, I wouldn't want you feeling that way, seeing as it was Sasuke's fault it all happened."

 

What?

 

"Oh? No reaction? I must have gotten it wrong then, is it Sakura-chan's fault then? I hear she just wanted to keep going to impress Sasuke-kun."

 

Naruto was livid, how dare this stupid old man come to him only to blame his teammate for Sasuke's death

 

"WHA-" 

 

"Her either? Then it must've been Kakashi's fault, he was in charge after all, he was the one who chose to keep on doing the mission. 

 

Naruto flinched at the accusation, his rage temporarily interrupted. It was him and Sasuke who begged Kakashi to continue the mission; he wanted to prove himself he wasn't a coward. 

 

Naruto unknowingly gave Sarutobi exactly what he was looking for with the way he reacted to his last words, it pained him greatly to rile his surrogate grandson this way, but it had to be done, he needed to let his frustrations out. 

 

"Oh! I see it now, it was your fault-" 

 

"IT WASN-" 

 

"You convinced him to continue with the mission, you wanted to do it right? It was all you-" 

 

Hiruzen couldn't finish his speech due to an enraged Naruto lunging forward intent on shutting him up and hurting him a lot in the process. 

 

Naruto didn't stand a chance. 

 

The Hokage grabbed the fist coming towards him with one of his hands and twisted the boy's arm, then he turned the boy to look at him and he could see the tears flowing in his cheeks, he let the hand go and smiled warmly at him. 

 

Naruto hugged the old man and let himself cry on his shoulder. 

 

"I'm sorry Jiji I didn't mean to, I didn-... I-" 

 

"It's alright my boy, I know you didn't mean it and I know it wasn't your fault."

 

"Jiji I- I didn't want Sasuke to die I- I'm sorry…" 

 

"I know you didn't want him to die Naruto, you need to stop blaming yourself, if you really want to blame someone for this you can blame me" 

 

The boy stiffened and turned to look at the man he viewed as his grandfather, face asking for an explanation. 

 

"I knew your team wasn't ready for a C-rank and I shouldn't have allowed you to go no matter what Kakashi thought" 

 

Naruto just hugged the man tightly and let the tears keep on falling, he just couldn't understand how the old man was blaming himself for his death. 

 

"It wasn't y-your fault Jiji" Explained Naruto between sobs. 

 

Sarutobi knew Naruto wasn't capable of holding a grudge but it was truly surprising to see how huge his heart really was. 

 

"I'm sorry I said what I said Naruto-kun, you're not to blame and neither are your teammates, Sasuke knew the risks and was as excited as you were."

 

"I knew you wouldn't have opened up to me and would've kept your guilt to yourself otherwise, that's not good, you need to let what's eating you out and you need to let people help you. Can you forgive me?"

 

Naruto nodded once again with tears still falling from his eyes, he didn't cry after the battle on the bridge, he didn't cry when he buried Zabuza and Haku, he didn't cry when he made Sasuke's memorial and he didn't cry on the way back to Konoha, this really felt like a weight was lifted off his shoulders, Naruto tried to convince himself it wasn't his fault over and over again but he just couldn't, having his Jiji tell him exactly what he's been needing to hear felt awesome. 

 

Sarutobi just inclined his head a little and placed a kiss on the boy's forehead. 

 

They stayed like that, hugging on the bed for as long as Naruto needed, when he finished crying he was so exhausted mentally and physically that he fell asleep on the spot. 

 

The Hokage just stood up and placed the boy back in his hospital bed to get his well deserved rest. 

 

Uzumaki Naruto was truly something else. 

 


 

 

It had been a day since Hiruzen and Naruto had that very important conversation in the boy's hospital room. 

 

Much to Naruto's dismay he was forced by Dr. Teruya to stay another day so she could watch and closely monitor his condition. 

 

She didn't understand much about Naruto's healing factor and neither did Hiruzen, he had explained to her that Uzumaki's have peculiar chakra and it manifests in different ways, sensor abilities were not unheard off for them and the old Hokage had thought that was Naruto's quirk when it presented itself. 

 

Apparently he was wrong. 

 

Still, both seniors decided to play it safe and Naruto stayed one more day, nothing out of the ordinary happened; Naruto's condition was not what was troubling the old man. 

 

Upon asking Naruto about his remaining teammate he found out she hadn't visited him during his stay in the hospital, it was then he remembered Kakashi telling him she hasn't spoken a single word since Sasuke died. 

 

Hiruzen had to do something about that. 

 

The old Hokage strongly believed caring about every single shinobi under his command was his duty and a young and troubled Kunoichi needed his help so he would provide. 

 

After informing Naruto of his upcoming counseling sessions with Yamanaka Tsutsuji, Hiruzen made his way to the office; he needed to find the girl's address after all. 

 

The 'Kami No Shinobi' didn't know everything. 

 

--

 

I can't remember much of what's been going on these days, we returned from Nami…. 

 

When did we return? 

 

It feels like weeks, months even; it also feels like it was just this morning. 

 

Inner has been silent ever since he died, is she not talking to me because I'm not talking? Maybe she's mad at me because I couldn't help anyone. 

 

Is she mad at me because I couldn't save him? 

 

A knock on the door interrupted my thoughts. 

 

Nothing new about that, Tou-san and Kaa-sand will sometimes come and try to get me out of the room to have lunch with them. I never understood why they wanted me to eat that badly, couldn't they see I'm dieting so he will… 

 

Oh, right. I keep forgetting about that

 

This time I will humor them, maybe if I go down to eat this one time they'll leave me alone. 

I walked up to the door and slowly opened it to see an old man wearing white robes with red stripes on them; and a red hat with a white tip and the kanji for 'fire' marked on it.

 

The Hokage? 

 

What was he doing here? Did he come to release me of my duties? Did he realize how pathetic I really am and is going to berate me for my failure? 

 

"How are you doing Sakura-chan?" Asked the Hokage, that wasn't what I was expecting. What is he playing at? 

 

"I talked to Naruto-kun today, he said you hadn't visited him at the hospital. He thinks you're angry at him and you blame him for what happened." 

 

I was stunned, I couldn't believe Naruto would think that, all this time I avoided him because I didn't want to face him after everything that happened. I know it was my fault and I just couldn't stand the thought of him or Kakashi-sensei being angry at me. 

 

"You know… Naruto blames himself for everything, he thinks it was his fault for convincing Kakashi to continue the mission."

 

How could that idiot think that? It was Kakashi who made the decision in the end, for all we know he could've just asked us for the sole purpose of letting us think we had a voice in the matter. 

And even if we managed to convince him, it was my fault for not telling them how scared I was. 

 

I just didn't want to disappoint him. 

 

"I hear you haven't been talking to anyone, we all grieve differently but I hardly think isolation is a wise choice. I was hoping you would open up to me… I guess I could order you to speak up to me, you're an active Shinobi and I am your Hokage but… that would be rude wouldn't it?" The old man chuckled. 

 

In all truth I don't know why I stopped talking, when it all happened I was so overwhelmed that I couldn't find it in myself to speak up. 

 

After we got back I was so tired of thinking that I just couldn't form any coherent form of thoughts, let alone words. 

 

Now I just got used to it, I think. It's funny, the people who know me would be pretty weirded out by me not talking at all, I did make a name for myself by talking a little too much, almost as much as Naruto. 

 

Not that they would know since I haven't left this place. 

 

"Do you really blame him, Sakura?" 

 

"NO!" 

 

I didn't even have time to think, no matter how much I wanted to keep it all for myself, how much I wanted to just be alone, there's no way I will let Naruto blame himself for his death. 

 

"It's good to hear your voice again Sakura-chan" The hokage gave me the warmest smile I have ever seen, scratch that, the way Naruto smiled at the orphans back in Nami whenever he played with them or got them gifts was probably as warm as the sun. 

 

"Even if it's a little loud for these old bones." I couldn't help but blush, it wasn't my intention to yell at the Hokage and it probably wasn't wise to do so (maybe that's what he meant when he said I'm loud) but I wouldn't let Naruto's grandfather think I hate him. 

 

"I-I'm sorry Hokage-sama" 

 

"Don't be, I'm glad to be the one you were able to open up to even if it took a little goading on my part."

 

The effect that man's smile has on me is incredible, they should probably add 'The Counselor' to his titles. 

 

"Do you know what it means to be a Shinobi Sakura-chan?" I honestly don't know why he asked that question but I can't help but feel that the answer is important, 'Being a Shinobi means to fight and die for one's village' feels like the obvious answer but I really can't be sure, it's moments like this that make me miss inner, she at least always had some input. 

 

"A Shinobi is one who endures" 

 

He must've seen me struggling to find an answer. 

 

"Being a Shinobi means to endure?" Sometimes I feel like I ask stupid questions but I can't stop myself from doing so anyway. 

 

"That's right. It means enduring for one's sake, to fight everyday for the good of your village knowing it could be your last day. 

It means to protect, to fight for those whom we hold dear and give our lives for what we love if it means keeping it safe. 

And finally, it means to be burdened, it means to carry on despite what you lost, to protect the dreams of those we lost and hope to make the path to achieve them."

 

To be so wise and powerful… it makes you wonder just what this man has gone through. 

 

"I understand what you lost Sakura-chan; and I can guarantee you're not the only one to have lost the one you love." 

 

I would've asked him how he knew about my love for him but I guess the Hokage knows what he needs to know, it's not like I kept it a secret. 

 

"An old friend once told me that this type of  wound never really closes and you never really forget, but that's okay, it means they are still inside of you. It means he is still being kept safe in the bottom of your heart."

 

I don't know when I started crying and I don't know what possessed me to hug the man in front of me but I don't regret it, he makes me feel safe. I can really see why Naruto talks so highly of him. 

 

"It's okay Sakura-chan, let it all out. You need to understand it wasn't your fault. Everyone played their part in young Sasuke's death, looking for someone to blame just isn't worth it." 

 

"I-I keep seeing h-him lying on the floor, t-there was so much b-blood I- I couldn't…" 

 

Why can't I stop crying damnit?

 

"It makes no sense to blame yourself for this, you lacked the training to even attempt to help him. He accepted it and moved on. If he found the strength to give Naruto-kun a piece of himself before moving on to the pure world, why can't you?" 

 

This man was speaking nothing but the truth, I have to be strong for him, I have to be strong for Sasuke

 

Some minutes passed and I released him from my embrace after I calmed down. 

 

"Go see your teammate Sakura-chan, he needs as much reassurance as you do, the only way you'll both move on and grow from this is together."

 

"Speaking of Naruto, I already talked to him about this but starting next week, the whole team - and that includes Kakashi - will be having counseling sessions, I believe it's for the better and I know for a fact Tsutsuji-san is a lovely lady."

 

How can I deny him after what he's done for me in so little time? It would do us good to find a healthy mechanism to cope. 

 

I never noticed when he left - that's a shinobi for you - but I'm grateful for it, I need a momment for myself but after I finish getting my business back in order I need to go to the hospital. 

 

There's a whiskered blonde I need to hug. 







 

"I really like Tsutsuji-san, she's very kind and doesn't pressure me into saying things I'm not comfortable with, y'know?" Said Naruto after getting out of today's therapy session. 

 

They have been getting counseling from Tsutsuji for a little over a week now. Sakura would go one day, Naruto the other and then they'll both get a session together. Kakashi had even been a part of this one but he left as soon as it was over because the Hokage called all the Jounin in charge of a team to a meeting. 

 

"Yes, she's really nice to me too" Replied Sakura with a warm smile, these sessions had helped her out of her shell and had helped her calm her urges down, although they would resurface from time to time. 

 

It had also helped both her and Naruto to cement a healthy relationship with one another. It was no secret Naruto has had the biggest crush on her since the academy, but she being completely in love with Sasuke would've never returned his feelings, said feelings also led her to be rude and insensitive towards Naruto, going so far as to hit him and abuse him constantly. 

 

Tsutsuji however had talked to her about it in one of her individual sessions and after making her see the error of her ways Sakura was very sorry and full of regret for the way she treated her kind and lovely teammate. 

That's why she apologized and made peace with him in their first shared session under Tsutsuji's watchful gaze and started a friendship. 

 

Sakura wasn't ready to pursue a relationship let alone love someone anytime soon, and Naruto just didn't feel like it was right anymore, he felt like it was a disservice to Sasuke's memory to do so, even if he wouldn't have minded at all. Naruto still thought Sakura was a beautiful and amazing girl like no other and liked her very much but the situation wasn't the same anymore. 

 

At least for the time being, they both were good with being friends. 

 

"I think I'll learn the guitar, what about you Sakura-chan?" Asked Naruto. 

 

Tsutsuji had just told them it was important to have a way to cope out with the strein of their line of work, she explained all shinobi get one at some point but she would prefer it if they leant towards a healthy one so she suggested they learn how to play an instrument. 

 

"I've always wanted to play the piano" 

 

Both teens went to the music store and bought their respective instruments and what they needed to properly take care of them without much problem, Sakura got her piano in a sealing scroll while Naruto got his guitar in a black case, nothing fancy. 

 

The blonde offered to store Sakura's piano in his apartment since he didn't have much stuff and space wasn't an issue, so after they got their respective things they walked together towards Naruto's place, each sporting their new outfit. 

 

After their first session together they both decided they would become more serious about being Shinobi, Sakura wanted something more functional and she said that while orange wasn't a problem, Naruto's hideous jumpsuit was so they went to a shinobi clothing store together. 

 

Sakura was now wearing high black shinobi sandals; tight black shorts covered by a beige skirt; a mesh undershirt with sleeves just past the elbow and a red sleeveless blouse with cherry blossoms in it. 

She also got herself a new haircut and was now wearing her hair shoulder-length.

Her headband's cloth was now red. 

A Kunai holster in her right leg and her tool pouch on her lower back. 

 

Naruto now wore high black shinobi sandals; black ANBU-style pants tied in the heels with bandages; a short sleeved mesh shirt and an open short orange jacket with sleeves just past his elbows. 

The cloth of his headband was now black and at the moment he wore it the same way Kakashi did to cover his sharingan eye, he however didn't want to look like his teacher so he was going to grow his hair enough so that it would cover the eye on it's own. 

A Kunai holster in each leg - Sakura had just pointed out yesterday that Naruto didn't seem to favor any hand - and a tool pouch on his lower back. 

 


 

 

"Well that seems to be it" Said Naruto after both him and Sakura finished setting up the piano in his living room, they managed to assemble it without much trouble following the manual's instructions without any extra pieces. 

 

"Ne Sakura-chan, after we both learn our instruments we can teach the other, and we can also sing together, just the two of us y'know?" 

 

Sakura was really liking having Naruto as a friend and regretted not approaching him sooner, the way he just cared for her well-being and how he's just naturally kind to others made her feel safe. 

 

She also wanted to know if the boy was a good singer. 

 

"Yes… yes, I would like that very much Naruto- kun ."



Notes:

Not much to coment about this chapter. I wanted to make Sakura the main focus which is why she got an inner monologue. She had been basically a background character up until this point, which makes sense given the length of the story so far but still, this her introduction.

Speaking of Inner, I don't fully understand the concept of the Inner Sakura. I believe she was meant to be just a comedic prop (which worked cuz Sakura was actually funny when she wasn't bitching about something, Pierrot did her wrong.) and I don't exactly know what to do with 'her' which is why she won't be here. When Shippuden starts Inner Sakura is completely gone, I think her dissapearence represented Sakura changing her mentality to that of a serious shinobi... Whatever that means.

There won't be Sakura bashing, Sakura is actually a great character and even tho she was unlikeable in the first part which was greatly exagerated by Pierrot for some reason (you can look it up). She let go of all of that and she's a damn capable Kunoichi.

Also, I forgot to mention this but, even if I'm not set on a pairing for Naruto (be it male or female) yet, I can tell you who won't be.

Hinata.

I don't hate her but I don't particularly like her either, she's a great character though and I will try to make her justice.
NaruHina it's just so overdone...

Also, Naruto's outfit.

Many fanfics go out of their way to explain why Orange is such an uncool color and stuff, sometimes people say the villagers wouldn't sell Naruto anything but that and others say Naruto just likes orange cause he's an idiot.

I don't get what the fuzz is about, subtlety is not really a thing in Naruto, specially if you consider the fact that shinobi wear a piece of cloth that identifies as them as ninja, I didn't change Naruto's outfit because of the orange, I changed cause I genuinly think both of the Jumpsuits he wore are hideous. (His outfit in The Last was hella cool ngl).

Well that's it for this note.

I hope you're all doing great.

Be safe everyone!

Chapter 4: Change Of Heart

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

A tall man with a long ponytail could be seen walking through the streets of Konoha, white hair swaying as he walked. 

 

This man was Jiraiya, one of the Densetsu No Sannin. His destination? The Hokage Tower. 

 

The old Hokage had summoned him for a special meeting regarding his 'Neglected Responsibility’.

 

What that meant was everyone's guess. 

 

Hiruzen was very fond of his more reliable and trusted student, ever since Orochimaru's deflection the student and teacher duo has grown closer, even if the student was rarely in the village, but still. 

 

The sentiment was there. 

 

What Hiruzen meant by 'Neglected responsibility' was of course one Uzumaki Naruto, he was the godfather of the boy after all. 

 

While the title didn't carry much weight or obligation other than being the one to name the child, Jiraiya was very close to the boy's father and saw him as the son he never had. That should've counted for something. 

 

Hiruzen was very aware of Jiraiya's service for the village as their spymaster and as such, would've never forced him to stay to raise a single child, that didn't mean he couldn't stop by sometime and spend some time with the kid, Kami knows the boy grew up lonely enough. 

 

'He did send that Frog wallet Naruto loves carrying around.’ He thought. 

 

Maybe he was being a little harsh on the man, he just couldn't fathom the logic behind his actions after the death of Minato. Either way, the man was damn good at his job and the Hokage wouldn't argue with results. 

 

No use crying over spilled milk. 

 

Hiruzen took the place that he felt should've been Jiraiya's and he doesn't regret it one bit. As far as he knew Naruto was his grandchild, family means more than merely blood to him and nothing could change that. 

 

The reason for the meeting was however more important than just Naruto.

 

Very few people were aware of the truth behind the Uchiha Massacre and Jiraiya -being the Hokage's most trusted advisor- was one of them. 

 

Uchiha Itachi needed to be informed of his brother's demise and Hiruzen needed Jiraiya to get in contact with him, it would do the village good to actually learn something of the organization he infiltrated so long ago. 

 


 

 

The old Hokage was busy doing his paperwork like he always was, paperwork was truly the bane of his existence. 

 

He just couldn't figure out how Minato managed to always have a clean and free desk, on his right waiting for the meeting to start were two of his old teammates and advisors, the famous Konoha elders Homura and Koharu. 

 

There used to be three of them but after one diminished his authority and went behind his back to order the extermination of the Uchiha by one of their own he completely lost his trust. 

 

Trust that should've never been placed on him. 

 

Shimura Danzo committed countless crimes on what he believed to be the greater good of Konoha, Hiruzen thought he was a petulant child obsessed with power he could not possess. 

 

Everything's a matter of perception. 

 

A knock on the door stopped the Hokage's musing. 

 

"Come in." Ordered the man with his usual calm and collected voice. 

 

Not long after the white haired Sannin stepped in the office he took a look at his surroundings, Jiraiya immediately realized whatever this meeting was about had to be serious upon noticing the presence of both elders at his sensei's side. 

 

"Jiraiya-kun, nice seeing you use the door.” Joked the old Hokage. It was true he always opted to use the window as his preferred method of entering the man's office, but he was so focused on thinking about the meeting's possible topic of discussion he didn't notice what he was doing until he was in front of the man. 

 

"Well sensei you know me, always one for the unpredictable." The Hokage chuckled at the man's response and smiled warmly at him. It was truly good to see him again. 

 

"We'll begin shortly, we're still waiting on someone else to sh-" 

 

A poof of smoke suddenly revealed a silver haired man standing in the middle of the office. 

 

"Yo!" 

 

The Hokage chuckled again, this time at the elite Jounin and his carefree attitude. 

 

"Oh Kakashi, it's nice to see you show up on time." The Hokage knew very well the reason behind the man showing up on time but still couldn't pass up the opportunity to jab at him. 

 

"I decided to change things up a little as per your… suggestion , Hokage-sama." Explained the Jounin while giving the Hokage and everyone present in the room one of his eye smiles. 

 

Jiraiya would've usually greeted the man and talked with him about the incredible work of art that is his Icha Icha book series, but his sudden appearance and the fact the Hokage was waiting on him was making the perverted sannin question the nature of this meeting. 

 

Hiruzen seemed to have caught up on this because he immediately cleared his throat and started. 

 

"The reason for this meeting is to discuss the recent death of Konoha's 'Last Loyal Uchiha' and the whereabouts of one Uchiha Itachi." Proclaimed the Hokage much to the Jounin's confusion. 

 

Kakashi perked up at the name of his old colleague turned traitor. "Itachi?"

 

"What you're about to learn Kakashi is an S-class secret and arguably Konoha's darkest secret, the only people aware of this with the exception of two are all present in this room." Explained the Hokage, the gentleness in his voice now gone, in his place was the voice of a leader and a seasoned commander that led this village to a victory in two wars. 

 

"Is there a reason we're telling the gaki about this, sensei?" Jiraiya understood why the boy's death was important to the village and by extension Itachi, but he failed to understand why or how Kakashi was involved in all this, he was also pretty sure Itachi was very much aware of his brother's death by now. 

 

"Naturally, Kakashi is not only the shinobi in this village I trust the most but is also the Jounin sensei in charge of Sasuke's team." 

 

Jiraiya raised an eyebrow at that. 

 

He - of course - knew Sarutobi had tried to make Kakashi a sensei more than once; he also knew Kakashi failed every single team he ever got. Jiraiya knew his sensei wouldn't have forced Kakashi to train Sasuke just because of his sharingan which meant the Jounin willingly passed a team. 

 

Was involving Kakashi merely a formality? 

 

"Who are the other members of his team?" 

 

For some reason he couldn't quite understand, the self proclaimed super-pervert was dreading asking that question. 

 

Kakashi answered before the Hokage could, giving Jiariya a side glance.

 

"A civilian born girl by the name of Haruno Sakura and Uzumaki Naruto.

 

The Copycat ninja was aware of the man's relationship to the boy's father so he knew he would instantly recognize that name. 

 

"Oh." Was all the response he could give. 

 

"Back to the matter at hand, Kakashi, I will now explain to you the truth behind the Uchiha massacre and why we need to find Itachi… 

 

"After the Kyuubi incident, rumor spread that it was an Uchiha after the attack."

 

"It was made stronger because the Uchiha didn't aid in battle against it. However, the truth is that they weren't allowed to because of their duty as the Military Police force required them to aid in evacuating the villagers and little more."

 

"Shouldn't they have been allowed to aid after they were done? It was a massive attack." Said Kakashi. 

 

"That it was…" Answered Hiruzen with a Grim look. "Evacuating the civilians took a lot of time and effort, by the time they were done Minato had already teleported the Kyuubi out of the village."

 

Kakashi and his generation were forbidden to aid in the battle against the Kyuubi, the older shinobi knew it was going to be the end for the lot of them. 

 

They wouldn't have risked the future of the village. 

 

"What about the civilians they helped evacuate?" He asked. 

 

"The civilian population wouldn't have been able to fully understand what was going on at the time…" Answered Koharu. "Even if they knew they were being saved by the Uchiha, that's what made it easy for the rumor to grow." 

 

"At the time I didn't know it but I was later informed that it was orchestrated by Danzo, my former teammate." Interrupted Hiruzen. 

 

"I allowed the trust of the village for the Uchiha to fall to the point of almost disappearing. Danzo pushed for the amount of Uchiha performing as active duty shinobi of the village to be lowered to levels around the dozens while every other was bound to the village as a member of the police and it all happened because I let it."

 

"They were stripped from every position of power they held and I allowed everything to happen because I was too blind to the truth lying in front of me. Nothing pains me more than knowing everything that followed was primarily my fault."

 

"Years of mistrust and abuse led the Uchiha to a stalemate and the only solution they could find was revolution, the Uchiha started planning a Coup d'etat and assigned Itachi to spy on us, they counted on the advantages being an ANBU captain granted him to their favor."

 

"Itachi however was a shinobi loyal to the bone, he along with Shisui informed us of their plans and we started working on a peaceful solution for it, they both started to work as double spies for us." 

 

"Shisui told us of a special Jutsu he called Kotoamatsukami. It was apparently the special trait of his Mangekyou Sharingan, an incredibly powerful genjutsu he assured was both undetectable by anything other than a Dojutsu and unbreakable. He planned to use it on Fugaku to stop the insurrection from happening."

 

"Sadly, not long after that Shisui comitted suicide."

 

"I of course don't believe such a thing and I know Danzo was involved in it but have no way to prove otherwise."

 

"Why would he even do such a thing?" Asked a troubled Kakashi. 

 

"That is the question, isn't it? I can't claim to understand his motives or what he wished to gain from it." Answered Hiruzen. 

 

"Days after Shisui's demise, Danzo approached Itachi behind my back and convinced him that wiping out the Uchiha was the only way to stop a civil war from happening, I'm sure you can figure out the rest yourself."

 

"And Itachi…" Started Kakashi. 

 

"Itachi was branded an S-class missing nin and was ordered to infiltrate an organization Orochimaru was a part of. The only thing he asked from us after everything he had been put through was that we took care of his brother." Said Hiruzen, answering Kakashi's question before he even had the time to ask.

 

"Hokage-sama I-" 

 

"Don't Kakashi, Itachi knew very well the risks of being a Shinobi, he wanted to protect Sasuke from the dangers that reside within this village and I made sure that… danger never even got close to him.”

 

Kakashi’s shoulder tensed up, although his expression remained looking stoic.

 

“Don't blame yourself for this too." 

 

"I understand." Replied the Jounin, his head bowing slightly. "But…" Kakashi looked outside the office's window, a conversation with his student fresh on his memory. 

 


 

"Can I ask you something, sensei?" Asked Naruto seriously. Kakashi looked confused by the boy's sudden mood change but complied nonetheless, whatever it was Naruto needed to ask was clearly important to him. 

 

"Sasuke, he- he asked me to 'avenge them..." Trailed off the boy, not sure of how he was going to ask the question or what the question he needed to ask really was. 

 

"He meant the man who massacred the Uchiha, right? He wants me to k-kill his brother, right?" 

 

Kakashi was completely taken aback by this, why is Naruto even asking him this? Shouldn’t the Hokage be the better candidate to ask these questions?

 

Kakashi nodded his head slowly, stealing a glance to the fidgeting boy, "That does seem to be the case.”

 

"Do you think I- Should I do it sensei?" 

 

Kakashi flinched unnoticeably, he didn't want his late student's last wish to be ignored but he knew better, he knew what revenge could do to a person. 

 

He decided he was going to be honest with Naruto. 

 

"Revenge… interesting concept wouldn't you agree?" Naruto wasn't expecting that answer from his sensei, his head tilted to the side slightly and narrowed his eyes as if it would help to better understand Kakashi’s words.

 

Seeing his student's struggle, Kakashi decided to explain things differently. 

 

"I spent some time with Sasuke talking about the same thing, to him it wasn't a matter of if he should do it but rather when." Kakashi looked at Naruto and eye-smiled. 

 

"I never managed to convince him not to."

 

"Why would you try to convince him not to avenge his clan?" Asked Naruto. 

 

"Jiraiya-sama used to say hatred only brings more hatred, I always knew I wouldn't be able to convince him not to but… I had hope that I would convince him to do it differently." Explained Kakashi. 

 

"What do you mean, sensei?" 

 

"Sasuke only had one friend, he only had one person he was close to and that person was you." Kakashi explained further. 

 

"Do you know why, Naruto?" 

 

The boy shook his head. 

 

"Sasuke's only goal was to avenge his clan, he let himself be blinded by hatred and chose to live a life of solitude for his self imposed mission." Kakashi put a hand on Naruto's shoulder. "For you he made an exception."

 

"So you're saying I shouldn't continue Sasuke's mission?" 

 

"Whether you continue with his mission is completely up to you but…."  Kakashi eye-smiled at him again. 

 

"What good is the mission if we lose ourselves in it?" 


 

 

"Sasuke asked Naruto to carry on his revenge, I believe Naruto intends to honor his wishes." Said Kakashi without looking away from the sky. 

 

"That is… interesting ." Trailed off Hiruzen. "Not much we can do about it I'm afraid, I will honor my agreement with Itachi, we owe him that much."

 

"Shouldn't we tell Naruto then? I'm sure he won't say anything if we explain why it's important." Asked Kakashi. 

 

"Itachi wished to be the one to carry the Uchiha's burden, he intended for Sasuke to be the one to redeem the clan, he never said it but I believe Itachi wished to be killed by him." Said Hiruzen. 

 

"So you want Naruto to take his place?" Asked the Jonin. 

 

"What I want isn't important, what Naruto-kun ends up doing about it will be completely up to him, it is your job as his sensei to guide him in the right path, Kakashi." Said Hiruzen in a stern voice. 

 

Kakashi realized what the Hokage said was true, he thought Naruto should be aware at least that Itachi wasn't an evil killer; he would respect the last Uchiha's wishes though, the Hokage was right, they all owed him at least that much. 

 

Seeing as that topic was over, the tallest man in the room decided to keep moving the conversation forward. 

 

"So you want me to locate Itachi and inform him of his brother's demise, sensei?" Jiraiya couldn't see why such a meeting was necessary for this task, especially because he had no doubt Itachi already knew about it. Why was he called here just to discuss that?

 

"Yes and no, I also want you to get every bit of information he has on this Akatsuki. Itachi hasn't informed us of anything useful about them." Explained Hokage. 

 

So it's more than just a formality

 

"I understand Jiraiya-sama's place in all this but I don't really get why I am even being told about this." Kakashi was very confused, he was honored to be the Hokage's most trusted Shinobi but he just couldn't understand why he needed to be there, surely just being Sasuke's sensei didn't mean he had to know about Itachi. 

 

"I was getting there. Kakashi, I want you to assist Jiraiya. I plan on establishing a safe way of communication between Itachi and the village; Jiraiya can't focus solely on that while there's other pressing matters he needs to investigate, you'll become Itachi's handler of sorts." Explained the Hokage. 

 

That made a lot of sense to both Jiraiya and Kakashi, Itachi's information has been very limited so far but Hiruzen knew he would have to find a way to convey that information without much trouble, there was no one in else in the village that could take the perverted Sannin's place for this. 

 

"There's also-" 

 

The door of the office suddenly burst open and in walked a heavily bandaged man with a cane. 

 

"Hokage-sama, what is this troubling news about the Uzumaki boy stealing a Sharingan?" 

 

Sarutobi narrowed his eyes for a moment before regaining his composure, he could use this to his favor, it wasn't like Danzo to slip up like this and it was important he took this opportunity. 

 

"Pray tell just how exactly you know about this Danzo? I seem to remember that information being a very guarded secret known to just 5 people, all sworn to secrecy, are you perhaps… spying on me?" Inquired Hiruzen. 

 

He of course knew he was being spied on, but there was no way for him to prove Root's existence after he ordered the Warhawk to disband it years ago. 

 

"I don't know what you're talking about, old friend, I am an esteemed member of this village, is it too hard to believe that I just happened to hear about it?" Danzo knew Hiruzen couldn't prove his accusations, funnily enough, he did just happen to hear about it when he was visiting a family member in the hospital. 

 

It would surprise many people how much you can find out if you disguise one of your agents as a nurse. 

 

"The boy didn't steal anything, young Sasuke was his friend and willingly chose to give up his eye before dying to replace the one Naruto lost in battle." Explained Hiruzen, he knew Danzo was playing him and decided to move the conversation forward instead of falling into provocation. 

 

"Feelings such as friendship are a hindrance to the shinobi way-" 

 

"I don't remember asking for your opinion, Danzo. " Interrupted Hiruzen, his voice dripping venom when speaking the man's name. 

 

The tension in the room was palpable for everyone but no one dared speak a word, they all knew Hiruzen was more than capable of handling the other without much trouble. 

 

Homura and Koharu were… conflicted

 

Before the Kyuubi incident they both were supporters of Danzo's ideals but started to turn to a more neutral ground after they saw the man for what he really was. 

 

Koharu however completely turned over to Hiruzen and Jiraiya after Kushina's death, while they were never really close she was very fond of the red head and wanted to help her son as much as possible. 

 

Which she did, while she never made herself present in the boy's life she made a point to make it a bit easier, that's why when Hiruzen mentioned Naruto wanted to live on his own - she provided a decent sized apartment for a single person in a shinobi building where he would always be guarded. 

 

"I'm going to tell you this just once, if something happens to Naruto or his eye I will hold you accountable, don't try to play games with me; I would recognize your handiwork anywhere . Now leave my office, you interrupted a meeting you were not invited to."

 

"How rude of me, I didn't realize I was interrupting." Said the man in a voice so stoic it came off as mocking. "I'll be on my way now."

 

Danzo didn't lose anything in this encounter, he wasn't interested in the boy's eye. He already had more than enough Sharingan. 

 

It would've been nice to get his hands on him, he showed much promise as an asset for the village. 

 

The boy was out of his reach though and it would cause him more trouble than it was worth to make an attempt on him now. 

 

He was only there because he wanted to know if what he heard was true, to think Konoha's so called 'Last loyal Uchiha' is now dead, what would Itachi think if he found out his dear brother had an eye stolen? He wonders. 

 

It truly is a pity that Itachi wouldn't believe a word he says. 

 

What truly is a concern for Danzo is what the Uchiha would do now that his brother is dead, it would seem like preparations for a possible conflict are in order. 

 

In any way, now that he revealed his card he would've to pull out his agent from the hospital, there's no way Hiruzen wouldn't run a thorough background check on everyone there now. 

 

After the warhawk left, the old Hokage turned to address his student and teammates. 

 

"That was what I was going to talk to the both of you about. Don't worry about it, Kakashi and I are aware it won't remain a secret forever but for now the less people that know about it the better." He then analized everyone in the room for a while and nodded to himself, some things needed to be taken care of. 

 

"The meeting is over. Kakashi, Koharu and Jiraiya stay with me for a little while, there's something concerning Naruto I need to talk to you about."

 

Homura took that as his cue and swiftly left the office. 

 

"Kakashi, I've been thinking a lot lately and I have decided I will allow you to inform Naruto of his father and your relationship to him if you wish." Declared the Hokage much to the surprise of the men present in the room. 

 

"But sensei I-" 

 

"I've made my decision Jiraiya, Naruto is more than ready to keep the secret and the boy deserves to know the truth, if anyone here has a right to tell him it's Kakashi."

 

Jiraiya didn't reply to that. 

 

He was supposed to be the one to tell him but he didn't plan on it anytime soon, Jiraiya might've died without ever telling the boy. 

 

"You're welcome to approach the boy before you leave the village if you wish, Kakashi has a meeting with them after this is all over and I'm sure he'll get to it sometime today, right Kakashi?" Asked Hiruzen but Kakashi knew it was an order. 

 

"Yes Hokage-sama." Answered the Jounin. 

 

Even if he didn't show it Kakashi was internally dodging bullets, he was told Jiraiya was the one who would tell Naruto when he felt the time was right and never gave the notion much thought. 

 

What was bothering him was what Naruto would think of him, Kakashi was never told he couldn't approach Naruto when he was younger and he was recently told Naruto was placed on his team for the sole purpose of them getting to know each other. 

 

Kakashi pushed Naruto away and he was now painfully aware of that fact, will Naruto hate him after he finds out? 

 

There was however a light of hope in Kakashi's lone visible eye, to be able to tell the boy about his father felt… right, Kakashi considered this an honor so he would do it no questions asked. 

 

"There's other things we need to discuss…" 

 

Said the Hokage interrupting his and everyone's thoughts. 

 

"I'm growing suspicious of Danzo every passing day, he… he truly cares about Konoha, but his methods are very questionable." 

 

Hiruzen knew the two most loyal Shinobi this village ever produced very well, one of those two is Danzo. 

 

"We need evidence, solid evidence of his wrongdoings…" Hiruzen sighed looking at the people gathered around him. "It pains me dearly to say this but… 

 

We need to get rid of him.

 


 

 

Naruto and Sakura could be seen walking out of the pink haired girl's favorite tailor shop. 

 

This morning after their last shared meeting with Tsutsuji for the foreseeable future, Naruto told her he felt like his new outfit didn't feel his yet. He liked it very much but it was still lacking something, after sometime he figured out his new clothes didn't have the Uzumaki crest anywhere. 

 

Sakura of course accompanied the blond home to get all his newly bought jackets so he could get them done. It was then she had a really good idea. They had been looking for some time for a way to always carry Sasuke with them and Naruto just gave her a great idea. 

 

That was why Naruto now had a big Uzumaki swirl on the back of his jacket and both him and Sakura now sported an Uchiha fan on top of their left chests right above their hearts. It wasn't much but they both thought it was fitting, Sasuke wouldn't have wanted something big anyway. 

 

He was a rather simple guy. 

 

"Oi! Forehead!" Called out a blonde girl that was now rushing towards the both of them accompanied by a chubby boy and a boy with black hair tied in a high messy ponytail. 

 

Sakura immediately recognized them as Yamanaka Ino, Akimichi Choji and Nara Shikamaru, the current Team 10 and the newest InoShikaCho formation. 

 

"Hey guys!" Greeted Naruto before both girls started bantering with each other. 

 

Naruto was fond of the boys in team 10, they were never really friends in the academy days but they had always been nice to each other.

 

He had no real relationship with Ino but they were civil. 

 

"Naruto! You got new clothes, I'm glad you got rid of that hideous jumpsuit." Said Ino

 

"Hehe, was it really that bad?" Naruto rubbed his head sheepishly

 

"Yes, yes it was."

 

"Sakura helped me pick the new look, after what happened we both felt like we needed to change some stuff y'know?" Naruto said as Ino analized his new outfit from every position. 

 

"And why are you wearing your headband that way, trying to look like that Kakashi guy?" Questioned Ino, regretting instantly having opened her mouth. 

 

"Uhmm no, I lost an eye in the mission…"

 

Naruto was looking a bit gloomy after that but he couldn't exactly explain why to them so he quickly dismissed the thought. 

 

Ino flinched instantly when she noticed Naruto's reaction, she didn't wish to hurt him or Sakura. 

 

"But I'll let my hair grow to cover it and look super awesome 'ttebayo!" Proclaimed Naruto making sure to get the conversation away from the gloomy topic. 

 

Shikamaru was honestly surprised, everyone had heard about what happened in Nami by now, he had honestly been expecting Naruto and Sakura to be broken and sad, he hadn't really been expecting to see them at all any time soon. 

 

"You look well , Naruto." Said Shikamaru. 

 

The whiskered boy didn't really expect a compliment to come from Shikamaru of all people and got a bit flustered because of it. 

 

"Uh… thanks." Said Naruto, cheeks a hint of red. 

 

That of course wasn't what Shikamaru meant and it was now obvious to him by the looks everyone was giving him and the blushing Naruto that maybe he could have worded it better but it was too troublesome to clarify what he really meant so he just kept on going. 

 

"I'm not trying to be rude but I expected you both to look more sad. " Said Shikamaru. 

 

"We are, but we've both realized Sasuke wouldn't have wanted us to be crying over him. Tsutsuji-san has also helped us both a lot to better come to terms with what happened." Explained Sakura

 

"Your mom's really nice Ino!" Proclaimed Naruto. 

 

Ino knew both of his parents were giving her old friend and fellow blonde counseling sessions and she was honestly glad they were getting help, she also couldn't help but agree with Naruto, her mom had also helped her get over Sasuke's death after all. 

 

"Well, I'm glad that's the case, Sakura…" Said Ino in a caring voice that hadn't been directed at the other girl in a long time. 

 

"Kakashi-sensei and us have a meeting soon so we should be leaving, it was nice seeing you guys!" 

 

Before they left, Ino approached Sakura by herself while the boys did the same with Naruto. 

 

"We should hang out sometime Sakura, you know, for old times sake…" Said a smiling Ino. 

 

"Yes, I would like that." Replied Sakura with a gentle smile of her own. 

 

 

 

"Ne Naruto, Choji and I often hang out at my house, you should join us sometime" Said Shikamaru. 

 

He was honestly surprised with the boy, whatever Tsutsuji had talked to him about clearly helped him a lot. His kind and bubbly personality was clearly still there but he now looked more focused and calm. 

 

"I would like that, thanks Shikamaru" Replied Naruto with a warm and sincere smile for both boys. 

 

An old friendship had just now started to reignite while a true and new one started to surface. 

 


 

 

"I made mistakes…"

 

That wasn't what both genin thought their sensei was going to say when he summoned them for a meeting but they still went along with it, this looked important. 

 

"We already talked about this so there's no point in going much further into this but… 

We lost a teammate, it was avoidable, it shouldn't have happened, but it did. 

I can understand the Hokage's words, I understand it wasn't my fault, Sasuke knew the risk, Sasuke wanted to continue, Sasuke was a Shinobi." Explained Kakashi while looking at his genin with a solemn expression. 

 

It was all true, the Hokage explained it wasn't Kakashi's fault entirely multiple times and he still felt like he was just trying to make him feel better, ultimately he realized Sarutobi Hiruzen wasn't one to sugarcoat the truth, if the Hokage allowed the mission to happen even if he felt like he shouldn't have then he was guilty too, and the same could be said for every person who had a voice in the matter. 

 

"It may not have been my fault entirely, but it was my responsibility, he was my responsibility… you both are my responsibility, which is why I'm going to make this right"

 

Kakashi grabbed a scroll from his vest and unsealed it, out of it came two little slips of paper, some other scrolls, a few books and a crimson scroll with the Uzumaki crest in it that immediately caught Naruto's attention. 

 

"I was very lacking in your training, I honestly can't remember why, if I had a reason it was a stupid one and I see no point in thinking much about that anymore"

 

Kakashi took both slips of paper and gave it to them. 

 

"I'll be working you in the ground. I'll make you both learn a proper Taijutsu style, I'll teach you both Ninjutsu and train your affinities. I'll teach you the basics of Genjutsu and I will also let the both of you specialize in a field of your choosing;

I will make sure to get you proper instruction; sadly for you Naruto, because of your newest tool you'll be stuck with me for a while" Finished Kakashi with an eye smile for the blonde. 

 

Much of what Kakashi just said caught the attention of the young genin, one of them in particular was now lodged on the blonde shinobi's brain. 

 

"What are affinities Sensei?" Questioned Naruto with the backing of his pink-haired teammate. 

 

"Elemental affinities, we all have an affinity we're aligned to, that means Jutsu from a certain element will come easier than others, it doesn't mean you can't use other elemental jutsu but it is smart to start with your own." He said, somewhat relieved that both of his students seemed to be interested in the current topic. 

 

"First things first, the slips of paper I gave you are Chakra paper, they're used to learn your affinities. You channel chakra into them and the reaction will show you what elemental nature you have. If it burns it's fire, if it splits in two it's wind, if it crumbles it's lightning, if it turns to dust it's earth and if it soaks it's water."

 

Both genin did as instructed and the results were a little shocking for Kakashi. 

Sakura's paper split in two and then both halves turned into dust. 

Naruto's also split in two but his both halves of paper crumpled. 

 

It wasn't weird for people to have two affinities but most often than not it implied some sort of elemental Kekkei Genkai, Kakashi however couldn't think of any that used these specific elements combined. 

 

He was also very intrigued by Naruto's lightning affinity, Kakashi and him were becoming more and more similar everyday, he couldn't decide if that was a good thing. 

 

"That's impressing my cute genin, you both have two affinities and you both share one, I'm well versed in Doton manipulation so I'll have no problem teaching you Sakura."

 

"Is earth a good element, sensei?" She asked. 

 

"There is no good or bad element, Sakura, each have their use and their own uniqueness." Kakashi also liked Doton manipulation a lot, he used it quite frequently. 

 

"As for you Naruto, my affinity is also Lightning, I'm the best sensei you could've gotten." He explained with a smirk, not that his Genin could see it but a smirk nonetheless. 

 

"Really?" Asked Naruto, voice full of excitement at the prospect of sharing something like that with his cool sensei. 

 

Kakashi nodded and ruffled the boy's hair much to his annoyance before continuing. 

 

"Wind however is the rarest affinity in Hi no Kuni, an acquaintance of mine uses Futon jutsu, I'll arrange a meeting"

 

Both genin nodded and expressed their thanks to Kakashi for making sure they got the training they needed. 

 

Kakashi was honestly quite happy, he had two potential power houses in his team and he was going to make sure they were ready for everything. 

 

"From now on you both will get individual Taijutsu training in the mornings and,” Kakashi began listing their schedule, “Ninjutsu and Genjutsu training together with me after lunch as well as constant chakra control exercises and maybe picking up a weapon sometime down the line." 

 

"Sakura, I'm going to teach you the Senju fighting style, it's not common these days but I really think it fits you." He did believe that to be the case, Sakura's temperament reminded him a lot of a Senju he met years ago. 

 

He got an excited nod as an answer. 'It seems like Sakura is in high spirits today.'

 

"Naruto, you will be learning the Uzumaki style of Taijutsu.” Kakashi saw how Naruto perked up at the name Uzumaki, “I’m not going to teach you but a friend of mine knows the style better than anyone else in Konoha.”

 

Naruto's hands twitched in anticipation, “Who is it, Kakashi-sensei?”

 

"You'll be training under Konoha's top Taijutsu specialist, his name is Maito Gai. He has already agreed to teach you in the mornings." Naruto burned in determination and smiled widely, nodding his head excitedly.

 

Maito Gai was possibly Kakashi's best and only friend, he was grateful for everything he had done for him and was grateful for him agreeing to teach Naruto. 

 

"Sakura,” The pink haired genin, who was focusing her attention on Naruto’s excitement, quickly looked at her sensei. “Come meet me here again at eight,” 

 

Sakura fake saluted with a small smile, “Yes sir!” Kakashi could only laugh at his cute genin’s action.

 

“And Naruto,” Kakashi looked at Naruto who already had his attention focused on the silver haired sensei. “Gai should be at the training ground 9, go meet him there by tomorrow."

 

"Here." Said Kakashi, giving Sakura a scroll and a book. "This is an anatomy book and the introduction to the art of healing.”

 

Kakashi then continued after seeing Sakura’s curious gaze. “The scroll has the most basic of Iryo Ninjutsu. I don't want to push you into the role of a medic but your great chakra control means you'd be good at it.” 

 

 “You don't have to learn any of this but at least give it a thought, alright?" Sakura hummed and nodded in understanding.

 

"Naruto, you are smart, very smart; but your focus isn't on the academic side of things. One of these books is the geography of the great nations, as a Shinobi it's important for you to know as much as you can about it, the other is a guide in strategy and deception, the ability you showed when you used to go on pranking sprees was incredible, good enough to fool even the ANBU. "

 

The blonde wanted to protest but he knew his sensei wouldn't take no for an answer, what was some reading going to do to him anyway? He had already started reading the basic guide of fuinjutsu he was given. 

 

"This…" Said Kakashi holding the scroll with the Uzumaki crest that had caught Naruto's attention earlier. 

 

"is from Hokage-sama, it belongs to you, this is locked with a blood seal which means only you will be able to open it, Sarutobi-sama said he gave stuff from the Uzumaki to you some time ago and was hoping you'd ask if there was something more but apparently you didn't"

 

Naruto was ashamed, before he had thought fuinjutsu was boring and uncool, he had just started reading about it recently and discovered he liked it. He wouldn't say it was easy but it felt like it was meant for him. What he had, barely covered the basics of the art and Naruto couldn't do more than a storage scroll as of now. 

 

"He said you can go to him for help in fuinjutsu when you need to. I believe there's more on the scroll than just that but I advise you read it when you're alone.” He was feeling really good about this whole 'being a good sensei' thing. 

 

"Do any of you have any doubts?" Both genins shook their hands as an answer to his sensei. 

 

"Well, that's it for today, the training starts tomorrow, dismissed."

 

After those words the genin started to leave to their respective homes, they had a big day tomorrow

 

"There's something I need to talk to you about Naruto." Called out Kakashi. 

 

Both teeangers shared a look, they had no idea what this was about. Naruto shrugged and walked towards his sensei. 

 

Sakura wasn't worried, she knew Naruto would tell her whatever this was about if she was meant to know so there was no point in giving it much thought. Sakura left his teammate and sensei together. 

 

"Come with me.”

 


 

 

Kakashi could've Shunshin 'ed both him and his student to their destination if he wanted to, but he needed the walk to sort his thoughts and think about what he wanted to say. He didn't realize when they both got to the top of the Hokage monument and stood in the head of the Yondaime Hokage until Naruto spoke for the first time since the meeting. 

 

"This is my favorite place in the village y'know?" Said Naruto. "I used to come here to stare at the sunset when I was little." 

 

When Naruto was younger this was his thinking spot, his place away from everything. For some reason, the monument made him feel less lonely. 

 

"Is this about the Sharingan sensei?" A good question. 

 

"No, there's no need to talk about that just yet, I'll start training you soon enough.”




“There's something important I need to tell you, you probably will have questions and I will answer them as much as I can alright?" Asked Kakashi. 

 

You could hear the worry in the man's voice, he didn't know what his student would think of him. 

 

"The Hokage told me you're aware of the reason why the identity of your father was kept a secret. It was important to keep this from you until the time came when you would be able to handle the truth, remember I had a meeting with him today?" Asked Kakashi and Naruto nodded. 

 

Naruto could now see what this was about and his heart started beating very fast. 

 

"Today it was decided that you not only are ready to know; you deserve to." Said Kakashi

 

"The Hokage asked me to tell you because your father and I were…  close" 

 

This was it, the moment Kakashi has been waiting for. 

 

"You're the son of Namikaze Minato, the Yondaime Hokage and my sensei…" 

 

"The Y-Yondaime? B-But… H-How? Why?" Naruto was shocked, to learn the person you admired so much was secretly your father was a lot to take in. 

 

Kakashi took a deep breath in order to better prepare to explain this to the blonde boy. 

 

"Your father had many enemies. Konoha's Yellow Flash, the man responsible for single handedly ending the Third Shinobi war, he annihilated a battalion of over 1000 Iwa shinobi by himself."

 

Naruto listened to his sensei's explanation with the utmost attention. 

 

"The Tsuchikage wouldn't have come after you, at least we don't think he would, it was war and we did what we had to do to survive. It is the shinobi we were worried about, bitter people who would go rogue if presented with the opportunity to get back at the Yondaime by killing his only child. It wasn't just that however."

 

"What do you mean?" 

 

"What you know about the Kyuubi attack is not the whole truth. The Bijuu are sentient forms of chakra, they can't be killed. The only way to beat them is to seal them in a container; a person. These people are called Jinchuriki, the power of human sacrifice." Explained Kakashi. 

 

Things started to make sense for Naruto now, he knew his father defeated the Kyuubi the day he was born but he didn't know how, all he knew was that the Hokage sacrificed himself with some special jutsu to defeat the fox. 

 

"A-Am I one?" Asked a worried Naruto. 

 

"No, that's not what I meant. In most villages Jinchuriki are ostracized and hated by the people they protect by simply existing, that was why the identity of our Jinchuriki was kept a secret, only the higher ups knew we had one." 

 

"Why?" 

 

"Most hidden villages use the Bijuu as weapons, we don't, the only reason we had one was to keep a balance of power among the great nations."

 

Naruto didn't understand exactly why this was related to him other than the fact that his father died fighting the Bijuu. 

 

"Did our Jinchuriki turn on us?" 

 

"No, there was a mastermind behind the attack. A Jinchuriki's seal weakens when giving birth, Naruto, your mother was the Jinchuriki, she was attacked while giving birth and the attacker broke the seal to destroy the village. According to the Hokage it was a man wearing a mask, he used a sharingan to control the Kyuubi."

 

"How did my father stop him?" 

 

"We don't know… " He sighed. "We just know he tried to seal the Kyuubi inside you to protect the village, but he failed and the Kyuubi was set free. It was apparently the Kyuubi who told the Hokage about that man before disappearing; it was never seen again after that." 

 

"The Kyuubi talked to Jiji?" Asked Naruto, he wasn't sure if he was surprised, amazed or worried. 

 

Kakashi nodded. "I personally would take anything that comes from it with a grain of salt, still Sandaime-sama believes it to be true and I've never been one to question his judgement."

 

Naruto was in turmoil, one question refusing to leave his brain. 

 

"I-I was going to be a Jinchuriki?" Asked Naruto. 

 

This was a lot to take in, it was overwhelming and Naruto was already in tears.

 

"Yes… Don't think too much about it Naruto, Sensei was an amazing man, he loved you dearly and would've never done anything to harm you. The only reason I'm telling you this is because we don't really know what that man really wanted and could be one of the enemies you have to watch out for." Kakashi was surprised, he was honestly expecting Naruto to blow up. Tsutsuji was amazing at her job. 

 

"Minato-sensei was like a father to me… both of your parents took me in when I had no one…" 

 

Naruto was surprised about that, he now understood what Kakashi meant when he said they were close

 

"My mother died when I was but a toddler and my father… he killed himself when I was young. I used to be a lot like Sasuke back then, he at least had you as a friend… I made sure to push everyone away."

 

"My teammate and your father were the ones who saved me from myself back then… when they died I was lost." 

 

Kakashi suddenly became the one in need of comfort, he didn't even notice when Naruto put his hand on his shoulder but he appreciated the gesture. 

 

"Hokage-sama never told me not to approach you, I just didn't… When you were placed on my team I pushed you away instead of actually bonding with you.”

 

“I'm truly sorry Naruto, and I really hope you can forgive me."

 

Kakashi greatly benefited from Inoichi's counseling sessions, he wouldn't have been able to express himself this way before. 

 

Naruto shook his head, "It's okay, you don't need to apologize 'ttebayo." His reassurance made Kakashi chuckle. 

 

"Do you think we could have dinner together sometime? I would like to know more about them." Asked Naruto, he was hoping Kakashi would say yes, he really wanted this to happen. 

 

"Yes Naruto, I think I would like that…" Answered Kakashi giving Naruto an eye smile

 

Naruto stood up and started to walk towards the village. 

 

"I'll see you tomorrow Nii-san. " Said Naruto and quickly left afterwards, he didn't stay long enough to see a tear roll out of Kakashi's only visible eye. 

 

"Nii-san… I like the sound of that."

 


 

 

It was late at night already. 

 

Naruto had been crying a lot on his way to the Hokage tower after his conversation with Kakashi. He was glad it happened but couldn't help but cry like he hadn't ever. It was good there was someone he could always go to even if it meant just having a shoulder to cry on. 

 

"Jiji?" Said Naruto after opening the window in the Hokage's office and stepping in. 

 

The Hokage in question had seen the whole thing through his crystal ball so he knew the boy was coming, he was worried the boy would be mad at him when he saw him coming to his office but he was ready for it. 

 

"Yes Naru-" The Hokage never got to finish his question because of the blonde boy launching himself at him and hugging him tightly. Hiruzen's eyes widened, Naruto’s sudden hug surprised him but he hugged the young boy back either way. 

 

Hiruzen could feel how Naruto’s shoulder began to shake, he could hear the faint sniffles. Naruto had begun to cry on his Jiji's shoulders. The old man knew today had been eventful and tiring for this young child. 

 

"It's alright Naruto-kun, I'm here for you.” 

 

Naruto cried himself to sleep in the arms of his grandfather that night. The Hokage had one of his ANBU guards take Naruto to his apartment so he could sleep on his own bed, he had a busy day coming. 

 

Notes:

Hello everyone!
This chapter and the following might nor be exactly action packed, however I do think they're important to have.
Usually people completely bash the elders and while I do agree that they aren't specially likeable in Canon, they're not as bad as people make them out to be.

Koharu is usually the one of the two people bash the most so I decided to make her a lovely old lady while Homura is more on neutral ground, hence why he's excluded.

Danzo, making that man good is an arduous job and pretty hard, I won’t bash him, he is one sick bastard and all that but that man truly believes what he does is for the greater good of Konoha, no other Shinobi is as loyal as he is and I will respect that. I want to write him to be a somewhat smart cunning antagonist without making him the main problem. I initially didn't intend to write about him here but I feel like it is important in this context. Keep in mind that at this point in the story Sasuke's death is not public knowledge and in my mind truly important for the elders, him, the Hokage and most importantly.

Itachi.

I won't talk about him just yet though, his time will come.
The next chapter won't be action packed either, it will be mostly an explanation of sorts about the things Naruto and Sakura will do in their training as well as establishing some other aspects about their personalities. I am changing a lot about both him and Sakura, I feel like it's important to give it some development, they will continue to grow . Chapter 5 will mark the beginning of the Chunin Exams and this fics first real arc.

That would be all for now, I hope everyone's doing great.

Be safe!

Chapter 5: Team 7

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

-4 Months before the Chunin Exams-

 

"GAI-SENSEI!" 

 

"LEE!" 

 

"GAI-SENSEI!" 

 

"LEE!" 

 

"GAI-SENSEI!” 

 

"LEE!”

 

Naruto was very excited to meet the super awesome sensei that is supposed to train him today. He apparently knew the Uzumaki Taijutsu style better than anyone in the elemental nations. 

 

His expectations were high. 

 

Which is why he was a bit worried when the training grounds he walked into suddenly turned into a beautiful sunset on a shore with two green-clad shinobi hugging each other very tightly. 

 

"What the f-" 

 

"OH! You must be Naruto-kun, Kakashi said you'd be joining us this youthful morning."  The older one from the identical looking pair spoke up, swiftly interrupting Naruto's rather un-youthful remark before it could be said. He was a tall man with the biggest brow's Naruto had ever seen and a prominent bowl-cut.

 

"U-Uh yes, are you Maito Gai?" Asked a very confused Naruto. He was pretty sure this was a cruel joke Kakashi played him; he was already planning his revenge. Just as Naruto was asking his question, a pretty girl with two hair buns followed by a boy with long hair and big pearl white eyes walked in the clearing. 

 

The man puffed out his chest in pride, "Indeed I am. Konoha's best Taijutsu specialist at your service!" 

 

"These are my youthful students!" Gai started pointing at the three young shinobi beside him, instructing them to introduce themselves. 

 

"YOSH!" Came an unexpectedly loud voice. "MY NAME IS ROCK LEE, KONOHA'S BEAUTIFUL GREEN BEAST, IT IS NICE TO MEET YOU, NARUTO-KUN!" Proclaimed the green-clad genin as he shook Naruto's hand vigorously. 

 

The pretty girl, seemingly unbothered, walked out to him next "Hi! My name is Higurashi Tenten, my father runs a shinobi store, you should stop by sometime." She said, smiling warmly. 

 

The last Genin just scoffed at Naruto and walked away to train in some weird fighting style Naruto couldn't recognize. 

 

"What's up with him?" Naruto had half a mind not to start a random fight out of nowhere but that boy's attitude made him wanna punch his face very hard. 

 

"Don't mind Neji, he's just a bit impolite. " Not even Tenten seemed convinced by her own explanation of his attitude.

 

Naruto muttered quietly under his breath, "Somebody better take that stick out of his ass 'ttebayo…" Before turning to look at the man who was going to be teaching him soon. 

 

After exchanging some pleasantries, the two other genin of - the now revealed- team 9 left to join their teammate in his training so Naruto and their sensei could talk about whatever it was he needed. 



Naruto looked at Gai in excitement, "Is it true you know the Uzumaki Taijutsu style better than anyone Gai-sensei?" He asked. 

 

The man in question flashed the brightest smile Naruto had ever seen and gave the boy his Nice-guy pose. "Indeed I do, young Naruto!" The Jonin exclaimed proudly once more.

 

Naruto brushed off the feeling, focusing solely on how exciting it is to learn his family's style, he didn't care if the man teaching him was a bit eccentric. 

 

To be fair, his own sensei reads porn in public all the time. 

 

"Thank you for agreeing to teach me dattebayo!" Naruto gave the man a warm smile and a polite bow. 

 

"Why of course young Naruto, it is my honor to teach Kushina-sensei's son." 

 

"Kushina-sensei?" Naruto's face was now full of shock. Hearing his mothers name was still unfamiliar to him and left a weird warm feeling in his chest, but for her to be referred to as Sensei?

 

Gai chuckled and knelt down so he could look at Naruto at eye level, boisterous attitude momentarily gone. 

 

"I'm surprised my eternal rival didn't tell you, your mother helped me become the shinobi I am today, it truly is my honor to teach you." 

 

Naruto was incredibly moved by Gai's words and he didn't know how to react, noticing his loss for words Gai simply ruffled his hair and stood up.

 

After the new teacher and student duo finished exchanging pleasantries Gai entered what Naruto would learn to call his sensei mode. 

 

"The Shīru-Ken or Sealing fist is the Uzumaki's Taijutsu style, Kushina-sensei taught it to me back when I was a Genin. The style is made to facilitate combat fuinjutsu." Naruto just recently discovered combat fuinjutsu was a thing and even though his level was nowhere near enough to perform seals without the use of ink and  brush he was beyond excited to try it out. 

 

"It consists of swift movements and a level of unpredictability which requires agility and speed." Gai analyzed every reaction he got out of Naruto as he explained, Kakashi had informed him of Naruto's interest in fuinjutsu and he could see the spark in Naruto's eye at the prospect of learning how to fight like his mother. 

 

"That is what we'll be working on today, I'll give you a scroll with the Taijutsu katas for you to memorize later, in the meantime you'll be using this." Gai gave Naruto 4 sets of weights and instructed him to place them on his wrists and legs. 

 

"It's important for you to strengthen your body, the weights will allow you to increase your speed and the training you'll be doing will make you agile and flexible. From now on you will always be wearing your weights and we will adjust them everytime moving with them becomes too easy for you."

 

Naruto was both excited and worried about the kind of training Gai would be putting him through, he was starting to wonder if Sakura would be doing something similar with Kakashi. 

 


 

"You're late!" At this point Sakura yelled at his sensei purely on instinct. "Only 15 minutes though." 

 

She knew Kakashi was making an effort to change himself for the better and now only got late to things that weren't important. She really didn't mean to yell at him, it just happened. 

 

"Maa maa Sakura-chan, I got lost on the road of… getting what you'll be using to train today." Kakashi eye-smiled at her. 

 

"Before we start…" Kakashi was now looking pointedly at herl, "There's something I want to talk to you about." 

 

Sakura only responded by giving Kakashi a nod. 

 

"Sakura… you're not a good shinobi." Said Kakashi with brutal honesty. 

 

Sakura was gaping like a fish. She was now painfully aware that she wasn't as good as she initially thought but that statement felt like a low blow. 

 

"You're physically weak, you're uncommitted and those diets you put yourself through make you look a bit malnourished." Continued Kakashi. Sakura wanted to retort but wasn't allowed by her sensei. 

 

"That being said, your chakra control is extremely good, and while it is true that people with lower chakra pools are generally graced with higher control, yours is pretty impressive." He complimented. 

 

Sakura beamed a little at her sensei's praise, it would seem like she wasn't a complete lost cause. 

 

"We got a tough wake up call…" Trailed off Kakashi. "I trust that you will now be giving your all in your training, you have the potential to be great and that's what I want you to achieve. Will you take this seriously?" Asked the Jounin

 

"Yes sensei!" Said Sakura with renewed vigor. 

 

"Very well then." He tossed Sakura a scroll and a set of weights for her arms and legs, after she finished putting them on he started explaining. 

 

"You'll be learning the Mori no ken or Forest fist, the Senju were a clan that specialized in more than one skill instead of just one or a few, as is the case for most of the clans in Konoha." Kakashi never liked how the clans in Konoha only specialized in one single area and neglected almost every other one, you could feel the admiration in his voice when he talked about the Senju. 

 

"That's how they earned the title of 'The clan with a thousand skills'. Their Taijutsu was very straightforward in order to compliment their many abilities."

 

Sakura always liked to study and learn stuff, she didn't know Kakashi was so knowledgeable and she didn't know he was this good at giving lectures, she now called this Kakashi's sensei mode. 

 

"For that you'll need core strength, which is what the weights are for, you will also become faster but the type of training you'll be doing will favor mostly the strength of your body, this compliments the training Naruto will be doing." Explained Kakashi. 

 

"Why is that sensei?" Asked the genin.

 

"The taijutsu style Naruto will be learning is focused on swift movements and agility, I'm sure he will be using weights as well. The difference is the training you both are going to do, you won't be as fast as Naruto and Naruto won't be as strong as you, that's not to say you will be slow or he will be weak, I'm pretty sure you get what I mean." 

 

And she did, Sakura knew not a lot of genin did this kind of training, she was just starting with weights and she knew her weights would only get heavier as time goes by. She might never be as fast as Naruto but she was sure she'll be faster than most genin in the village were. 

 


 

Naruto limped his way to the training grounds his team used, the training with Gai was hell for him. He was forced to run around the whole village for hours wearing weights, he had to do all kinds of core exercises and he even had to do weird stretching; he just couldn't figure out why being able to do the splits would be helpful. 

 

At least he'll start practicing Katas tomorrow. 

 

"Kakashi-sensei!" Yelled Naruto before collapsing in front of the man

 

"Nice of you to join us, Naruto." Said Kakashi giving Naruto an eye-smile. 

 

Sakura was lying in the grass right by his side, she tried to greet Naruto but all she managed to blurt was a grunt. 

 

Just like Naruto Sakura had to do some core exercises and running around, she also had to do tons of squats, sit-ups, pull-ups, push-ups and even more sit ups but this time hanging off a tree branch. 

 

The look of pure joy visible in Kakashi's eye when he had her do pull ups with a rock tied to her legs will forever haunt her. 

 

"You hurt me Sakura-chan , I thought we had a great time together." Kakashi mocking her only irked her more. 

 

If Sakura had the strength to do it she would've flipped him off. 

 

"How was training with Gai, Naruto?" Kakashi was curious about how things had been with his self-proclaimed 'eternal rival'.

 

" Youthful. " At first Naruto thought the whole youth speech was fun, now he couldn't even think of the word without wanting to hit his own head really hard. 

 

"You can both rest for a little bit before having lunch, I brought you a balanced meal to replenish your energy and before you ask Naruto, no, it isn't ramen." Said Kakashi much to the young boy's chargrim. 

 

"Ramen is good and I won't forbid you to eat it, but you also need to eat more stuff, without a proper and balanced diet you will always be short, is that what you want?" Asked Kakashi.

 

Naruto was quick to shake his head, if eating a little less Ramen was what it took for him to grow taller then so be it, he was very self-conscious about his height. 

 

"I understand you didn't have anyone to teach you properly, so I will add cooking to your lessons, luckily for you I'm a very good cook." Said Kakashi while puffing his chest, not that the collapsed Genin could see it anyway. 

 

Kakashi felt a little sad about having to teach Naruto, it wasn't that he didn't want to, he just felt like he should've a long time ago. He knew the Sandaime constantly treated Naruto to lunch but that wasn't enough for a boy who loved eating Ramen 24/7. He was going to make this right now though, better late than never. 

 

After the duo finished resting the team started to eat, Kakashi had decided he would be putting more trust on his team so he lowered his mask for them to see while they ate without making a big deal out of it, sadly for him, the genin were so hungry and focused on their food they didn't even notice.

 

Their loss. 

 

"Look alive kiddos, we will start your ninjutsu training right now, afterwards we will run some team drills, chakra control exercises and I'll let you go." Kakashi grabbed a leaf from a tree and unsealed a lighting bulb out of a storage scroll from his pocket. 

 

"Sakura, before you learn any Doton jutsu you must be able to control your affinity. You could learn Doton jutsus or jutsus of any other element without doing the exercise but this will allow you to perform every jutsu with a lower cost, the same goes for you Naruto." Kakashi told them, going into his sensei mode once again. 

 

"The first step to mastering your affinity is to turn this leaf into a rock, to do it you need to focus your chakra in a steady flow around the leaf and harden it." He explained as he handed Sakura the leaf, he then walked towards Naruto and handed him a lightbulb. 

 

"Yours Naruto is a bit trickier, what you have to do is channel your chakra into the lightbulb, you should be able to feel a 'spark' if you try to focus your affinity, once you do hang on to it and direct it, too little and it won't turn on, too much and you'll overcharge it and maybe even make it explode."

 

He really hoped Naruto's lightbulb would explode at some point, Kakashi felt like it was wishing for Naruto to have a hard time but he bought a lot of them and they weren't exactly cheap. 

 

"This is a chunin level exercise, most shinobi like myself learn jutsu without mastering their affinity." Kakashi was a prodigy, hailed as a genius from a very young age, he managed to learn different jutsu before starting work on his nature transformation and even more after he got the sharingan, had he done the exercises earlier he probably would've had a much easier journey through the ranks. 

 

"I'm having you do this so you'll have an easier time down the road and more efficient use of your chakra."

 

"What does that mean, sensei?" Asked Naruto. 

 

"When a Shinobi gains control of their natural affinity, the jutsus they use become less taxing on their reserves and more effective; that's what I like to call Elemental Mastery ." Naruto and Sakura both made 'wow' faces and that for some reason made Kakashi feel incredibly good, he even started subconsciously puffing his chest. 

 

"That doesn’t mean you won't be learning any jutsu until you master the exercises, I will give you each a few jutsu from each of your affinities including wind, we are doing this so you don't waste a lot of chakra; speaking of which…" Said Kakashi getting his genin's attention. 

 

"Chakra control is a very important skill to have, especially for the more complicated and fine arts like Genjutsu, Iryo Ninjutsu and to a certain degree Fuinjutsu." That earned a groan from Naruto, chakra control exercises were a pain in the ass for him and now he will have to do them constantly if he ever hoped to become good at Fuinjutsu. 

 

"We will do nature transformation for a while and then we'll train your control. You know how to climb trees already but you're going to practice until doing so becomes instinctual, when that is finished we'll move towards water walking, is that clear?" 

 

"Yes, sensei!" 

 

"Get to work then."

 

Kakashi was proud of his genin, they were dedicated and knew how to work hard. He didn't expect them to master their affinities for at least a month but seeing them try was fun, he'll arrange for Asuma to teach them wind after they finish this. 

 

The sound of glass shattering interrupted Kakashi's thoughts and he turned around to see Naruto holding a broken lightbulb, he chuckled and gave Naruto a new one. 

 

This should be fun. 

 

~

 

"That was great, we'll meet again tomorrow, same time, same place, dismissed."

 

After exchanging goodbyes Sakura left quickly, she wasn't in the best of shapes and she was very aware about it but Kakashi's training had been torture for her; it was good Tsutsuji got her out of that stupid diet, if she could she would actually eat a horse right now. 

 

Before leaving Naruto had one more thing to do, the last time he talked to Kakashi alone he left saying some stuff that the Jonin maybe didn't want and he felt like he needed to apologize, that's why he walked up to his sensei looking a bit nervous. 

 

"Kakashi-sensei, can I talk to you for a minute?" Asked the nervous blonde. 

 

Kakashi was a bit confused at first when Naruto started referring to him as sensei again, he knew Naruto would and should always refer to him as sensei when they were on oficial shinobi business like training but that was already over by now, but he understood the boy needed time to process everything that was just revealed to him though. 

 

Naruto never knew his parents and even though he wished for them terribly, putting a name to them was even more painful for him. 

 

He felt incredibly happy when he found who his mother was, when he found out she loved him. 

 

He also felt incredibly sad, but the Sandaime explained to him it was bound to happen, giving the person you longed for a face and a name allows you to feel connected, but it also allows you to feel their absence even more. 

 

Kakashi understood Naruto was going through a similar grief again and he wouldn't push him into anything. 

 

"Yes Naruto?" Asked Kakashi, shaking his head away from his thoughts. 

 

Naruto took a deep breath before answering. 

 

"WellIjustwantedtosaysorrycuzlastnighticalledyouyouknowthatandididn'taskbeforey'knowandidon'twantyoutobeuncomfortableorsomethingttebayoitsjustthatwellyouknowi-"

 

"Naruto, please slow down for me ok?" All things considered, Kakashi was surprised by Naruto's lung capacity. 

 

Naruto sighed, he was hoping Kakashi would catch all of that quickly and he wouldn't have to talk about this for long but it would seem that wasn't the case. 

 

"It's just that I-" Another sigh

 

"I called you Nii-san last night and it was kinda a spur of the moment y'know? It's not really a big deal I guess, Konohamaru calls me that and we're not related… I guess I just don't want you to be uncomfortable. It's just that you said my dad was like a dad to you too y'know?"

 

Kakashi now understood what this was all about and knelt in front of Naruto while ruffling his hair. "I was surprised for sure but… I do like the idea of having a little brother." 

 

Naruto looked at him and released a breath he didn't know he was holding, his visible eye watered a little and he hugged Kakashi out of nowhere. 

 

Kakashi was surprised by the hug but after catching his bearings he returned it. It was easy to forget Naruto was still a 13 year old boy, a 13 year old who grew up with only one person he could truly call family, a 13 year old who just lost his first and for the longest time only friend. 

 

"How about we go to your place so I can teach you how to cook a good dinner, and we have that talk about your parents you asked for?" Kakashi suggested. 

 

Naruto released Kakashi from the hug and smiled warmly at him. 

 

"Yes Nii-san." 

 


 

 

The dinner with Kakashi had gone pretty well and Naruto was surprised to know Kakashi didn't lie when he said he was a good cook. After the dinner was done Kakashi told Naruto he'd do good to see what was on his mother's scroll and promptly left so he could do it alone. 

 

That is what Naruto was doing right now, he opened the scroll with a drop of his blood and got access to a series of storage seals inscribed in the length of the whole thing. He got everything out of the scroll to see what it contained and found some books on sealing and a few scrolls he hadn't opened but guessed were clan jutsu or Uzumaki seals. He was going to start reading through them when he found a letter addressed to him. 

 

Naruto's heart skipped a beat and he shakily picked the letter up before unfolding it, he wondered if Kakashi knew something like this was on the scroll and that's why he was so adamant on Naruto doing it alone but he was thankful for it nonetheless.

 

To Naruto:

 

If you're reading this it means I'm dead, Minato said I was a little paranoid in thinking about writing this in the first place but I think you can never be too sure y'know? 

 

I can't even imagine what it must've been like for you to grow up without a mother and I hope to Kami you had your father to support you and guide you along the way. 

 

I wrote this letter in hopes that if it ever came to it you could carry on our legacy as Uzumaki and could keep on making our ancestors proud. 

 

The scroll Hiruzen gave you contains a copy of the fuinjutsu guide that took me and your father from novices to true masters, a few of our clan's seals and some of our clan jutsu as well as information on something I'm pretty sure you will like as much as I do. Work very hard in your skills and in your studies, I was never the best at academic stuff so I know how frustrating it can be but you should still try your best. 

 

I hope you're living the best life you possibly can and I hope you're happy. I don't know what age you're going to be when you read this but I'm sure the old man won't wait more than 16 years so I'll give you some instructions about the 3 shinobi prohibitions.

 

The first one is money, make sure to save most of the money you'll get as pay from your services as shinobi if you choose to be one, if not make sure to save from your salary on whatever job you go for. Try not to become addicted to gambling and spend your money wisely. 

 

The second one is alcohol, drinking is good but you need to learn how to control yourself, don't let that big pervert get you hooked on anything dangerous. 

 

The third and final prohibition is women, to be honest I don't really care who you date as long as it is a good person like your mother, just make sure to love her a lot. 

 

Make good friends, you don't need to have a lot as long as they're good and loyal people.

 

I don't know what you're doing now but there's very little that you could do short of defecting and becoming a missing nin that could make me mad at you. 

 

At the end of this letter there's a seal holding a picture of your father, you and I, kinda. 

 

If you had to read this it means I wasn't there for you but always remember that your mother is immensely proud of you and loves you very very much dattebane! 

 

-Uzumaki Kushina. 

 

Tears fell on the paper Naruto was holding with shaking hands. He was beyond glad he had this to feel connected to his mother but he couldn't help but feel sad at the fact that she isn't there for him. 

 

After Naruto calmed down a little he channeled some chakra in the seal at the corner of the letter and unsealed a picture, in the picture was a tall man with blonde spiky hair wearing the Konoha shinobi uniform and a white robe with red flames in the bottom; hugging a beautiful woman with long crimson hair and the most beautiful violet eyes he has ever seen, she wore a green dress on top of a white undershirt and was very very pregnant. 

 

Naruto looked at the beautiful picture of the family he never knew and hugged it tightly close to his heart for a few minutes. 

 

After his reminiscence was over Naruto started going through the material left for him, he sorted out the books on fuinjutsu and supplementary scrolls based on the level and sealed them in a separate storage scroll, he would go over all of that with his Jiji as soon as he got the chance. 

 

Next he found a scroll with the Uzumaki Taijutsu style katas Gai had already given him so he resealed them on the scroll it came from. Next he found a beautiful Katana and a scroll with his mother's kenjutsu style. 

 

Naruto wasn't sure if he was going to be a swordsman, he wanted to make his mother proud but he could do that in different ways, he still vowed to learn the style to perfection even if he didn't feel like using a sword was for him. He might not want to be a Kenjutsu master but that didn't mean he couldn't pass on his new Katana and style to someone else. 

 

He then found a scroll that contained some Uzumaki seals and barriers just like his mother's letter said. He couldn't really make heads or tails of any of that yet so he resealed them in the scroll they came from. 

 

Lastly, Naruto found another much smaller scroll protected by a blood seal, he cut his finger open and put some of his blood on the seal to reveal its contents and found what his mother said he would probably like as much as her. 

 

In the scroll were instructions to use a special Uzumaki Kekkei Genkai, Naruto was worried he might not have inherited it from his mother but he tried not to worry about something he wasn't sure of yet. 

 

She believed he would and that was enough reassurance for him. 

 

'Kongo Fusa huh? That does sound cool' 

 


 

 

-2 Months Before the Chunin Exams-

 

The training of the Genin in team 7 has been very productive so far, after weeks of training both Naruto and Sakura mastered the first step of their nature transformations. Kakashi had also arranged a meeting between them and Sarutobi Asuma the son of the Sandaime, the only shinobi with a wind nature Kakashi knew in the village. 

 

Training with him had been fairly easy and it was good for Naruto and Sakura to bond with the members of team 10.

 

Naruto now felt like he could call Choji and Shikamaru friends. 

 

The whiskered boy was now making his way to the Sandaime's house through the Sarutobi compound to continue his fuinjutsu lessons with the Kami no Shinobi, he has been making steady progress and quickly reached level 4 out of 10 and was very close to reaching level 5. The Hokage had explained it was from that point on that leveling up became much harder and took a lot more time but he was still excited. 

 

He just couldn't understand why he ever thought fuinjutsu was boring, it was like the coolest thing ever. 

 

The Sandaime still congratulated Naruto for reaching such a level in so little time, few people got there and not many were able to grasp the complex art that is sealing. 

 

Naruto's use of Kage Bunshin to speed his process was remarkable, the Sandaime advised him to use a Kage Bunshin to study while he practiced his calligraphy and put in practice some of the things he learned, all in all, Naruto was now one of the few competent fuinjutsu practitioners in the village, he wasn't the best by any means but he was getting there. 

 

"Naruto-Kun! How is my future Hokage? It's been a long time since I've seen you." A guard in his grandfather's house interrupted his thoughts, greeting him warmly. 

 

"I'm doing fine, Kaeya-san." Naruto beamed at his comment and gave him a big toothy grin. 

 

The last time Naruto had been here was when he was still a young kid, his lessons with the Hokage had all taken place in the man's office twice a week but he was told to come to his house this time around. 

 

"Here to see Hokage-sama?" Asked the guard. 

 

"Yes, he told me to come this time around, is he busy?" 

 

"No, he said he was waiting on someone and I'm guessing that someone was you. Did you notice-" 

 

"Konohamaru following me? Since I stepped foot in the compound, I'm just ignoring him" Interrupted Naruto

 

"Alright then, off you go" The guard chuckled. 

 

Sarutobi Konohamaru was the Hokage's biological grandson, Naruto knew about his existence but never actually got the chance to meet him up until shortly after he graduated the academy when he was turning in his picture for his shinobi ID. 

 

Apparently Konohamaru knew Naruto was the surrogate grandson of the Hokage and wasn't very happy with not getting the attention all to himself and tried to 'ambush' him and 'take him down' but tripped on his scarf. 

 

Naruto laughed at him and that irked Konohamaru even more, he confronted him and got hit by the older boy in return. 

 

That's what made Konohamaru admire Naruto, he treated him like he would treat anyone else, he didn't see him as the honorable grandson and even called him by his name instead of his title, that's when Konohamaru decided Naruto was the one who would be his 'boss'. He actually quit on it for a bit when he found out Naruto also wanted to become Hokage but then he figured he could just be the Hokage after him. 

 

Naruto was about to enter the old man's house but decided to confront Konohamaru before his training. 

 

"Konohamaru, you need to work on your disguises."

 

Konohamaru got out of his square shaped rock and addressed Naruto. 

 

"Nii-chan, let's play Ninja!" Demanded the young kid. 

 

"I'm sorry Konohamaru, I have lessons with Jiji right now, maybe later?" Suggested the whiskered blonde. 

 

Konohamaru puffed his cheeks and stomped his feet on the ground in annoyance. 

 

"You always say the same!" Konohamaru sticked his tongue out and puffed his cheeks in protest. 

 

"Tell you what Saru, next time I have a free day I'll play with you alright?" Proposed Naruto, unknowingly giving the young boy the same nickname Hiruzen's sensei had given him a long time ago. 

 

The child simply nodded and happily left Naruto to do his own thing with the Hokage. Naruto walked in the house and saw the old man sitting in his living room in front of a wooden box. 

 

"Hey Jiji.” Greeted Naruto. 

 

"Welcome Naruto-kun, I take it Konohamaru-kun didn't cause you any trouble?" Asked the Hokage. 

 

Naruto didn't ask how the old man knew about their encounter, he was already used to him knowing everything. 

 

"Not at all, I should make some time to play with him though, he's persistent y'know?" Joked Naruto. 

 

The Hokage chuckled and smiled warmly at him "Indeed he is."

 

"So, why are we doing the lesson here today, Jiji?" Asked the curious blonde

 

"There's something special I had made for you and it's now ready. Do you remember what you told me about your mother's sword?" Asked the Hokage and he received a nod from the young Shinobi in front of him. 

 

"I had these made for you." Said Sarutobi, giving Naruto the wooden box. 

 

Naruto opened the box and in them were two short black metal staffs with grey tips. 

 

"These are twin staffs made of chakra conducting metal, the grey tips are ideal for you to channel your lightning affinity and electrify your enemies, using the twin staffs dual handed if you choose to do so would work pretty good with your Taijutsu style." Explained the Hokage. 

 

Naruto got both staff of the box to get a feel of them and was surprised with how good they felt on his hands, this truly was the type of weapon he wanted to use. 

 

"Do you see the little seals engraved in the uncolored tips?" Asked Hiruzen and Naruto nodded. 

 

"If you put them both together and channel chakra into the seals they'll merge and create a large staff you can also use to fight and add your wind affinity to your fighting." Naruto did as he was told by the wise man. 

 

To his surprise the seals glowed a little and then the staffs became one without a single fissure visible, if one didn't know it was originally two staffs you wouldn't be able to tell. 

 

"Do you like it, Naruto-kun?" asked Hiruzen. 

 

Naruto undid the seal, put the staff back in the box and hugged the man tightly. 

 

"I love them, Jiji, thank you so much." Said Naruto. 

 

"That is great news, I'll give you a scroll with my own Bojutsu style for you to learn if you choose to do so." Hiruzen was hoping Naruto would say yes, he wanted someone in his family to pick up on the art and was sad that his son leaned more towards the trench knives, it was thinking of him that he thought of having this gift made for Naruto. 

 

"Yes Jiji, I'll learn it and kick your old ass with it 'ttebayo!" Naruto, always the energetic one.

 

The Hokage chuckled and patted the boy's back.

 

The boy could use the staffs in two different ways, the seal in them allowed him to turn it into a full staff he could use to practice Bojutsu, it would make Sarutobi extremely glad to have him inherit his style. 

 

He would have to send a thank you gift to his student for coming up with the seal, he could've done it himself had he wanted to but he thought it would be nice to involve the perverted sannin in the gift somehow. 

 

"There's a strap in the box you can tie in your back to carry them with you, now, how are your studies going?”

 

"Well I think I'm doing well, though I did trap Sakura-chan yesterday on that barrier you had me learn by accident…" 




 



"So, how was training with Gai today Naruto?" Asked Kakashi. 

 

The teacher and student duo were having dinner together in Naruto's apartment, it had become something of a tradition between them to have dinner together at least once a week, at first it was mostly to talk about Naruto's parents but now they just talked about whatever was on their minds and bonded with each other. 

 

Naruto appreciated having a big brother figure he could talk to, he always had the Sandaime but he was a busy man and Naruto didn't want to trouble him with unimportant stuff while he was working but Kakashi had made it a point to be available for him ever since they started training. 

 

Kakashi appreciated the change of pace in his life, he enjoyed being able to lay back a little and just talk about anything and advise Naruto on whatever the boy needed.Their relationship grew leaps and bounds in the two months they had been hanging out.

 

"It's been good, Gai-sensei is great 'ttebayo! The only problem is that Neji guy." Said Naruto

 

"Neji? The Hyuga Prodigy?" Was Kakashi's curious reply

 

"Yes! He's super rude and he's always talking about some stupid fate stuff and says Lee's a failure! He said that about me too y'know? He stopped sometime after I learned the Shīru-ken but he never even apologized, he just said it was fated I would learn it." Fate this, fate that, to Neji that's what it was all about and Naruto was so sick of it by now. 

 

He got incredibly annoyed with Neji everytime he trained with team 9 because of him, Lee and Gai's youthful talk became berable when you got used to it but his constant belittlement of everyone he didn't deem worthy irked him. 

 

"He does seem like an interesting character." Kakashi has a good idea of why the Hyuga boy acts the way he does but it isn't something he can just go around telling everybody. 

 

"Whatever… there's something I want to show you." Said Naruto. 

 

Kakashi was taken aback by Naruto's sudden mood change but he complied anyway and gave Naruto a nod. 

 

The whiskered blonde stood in front of him and closed his visible eye while he concentrated. 

 

After minutes of intense concentration, a golden chakra chain shot out of Naruto's forearm and swirled around him for a little before retracting and going back into his arm. 

 

"Neat trick huh?" Naruto had a cocky smile on his face, very aware that Kakashi would be surprised. 

 

Kakashi's eye was the size of a plate and his mouth hung open enough that it almost touched the floor. After picking his jaw from the floor Kakashi got himself back together and started laughing. 

 

"Yes Naruto, neat trick." 

 


 

-A Month Before the Chunin Exams-

 

"What are we doing here?" Asked a curious Naruto. 

 

Kakashi had taken him out of the village on his free day and brought him to the top of a mountain they were just done securing, they had more traps than necessary in Naruto's opinion. 

 

"It's time you learn how to properly use your Sharingan Naruto." Explained Kakashi. 

 

Up until this point Kakashi had stressed to Naruto the importance of not becoming reliant on any tool, he only allowed Naruto to use the sharingan to get used to his predictive abilities during their spars but nothing more. 

 

It also served to ease some of Dr. Teruya's concerns, she was beyond confident in the effectiveness of Naruto's new eye, but she had also burned into Kakashi's brain the importance of letting Naruto's body time to heal and assimilate the new eye, meaning a few weeks of rest as opposed to using it minutes after the transplant. 

 

That struck Kakashi a bit low. 

 

She had apologized after, saying that it wasn't her intention to insult him, she only wanted to make him realize their experiences weren't the same when it came to how they got their transplanted eyes. Maybe having been forced to use the eye right after he got it was the reason why Kakashi suffered great strain from using it. 

 

That was the beginning of her new project. 

 

Dr. Teruya was researching a way for Naruto to be able to turn his sharingan eye on and off, she knew it would never be possible for Kakashi because of his circumstances. Naruto not only had a somewhat safe transplant but also a formidable body and incredible genes. 

 

She firmly believed it to be possible. 

 

Back in reality, the boy in question started feeling a little uneasy, he was excited to learn how to control Sasuke's gift but he also felt worried he might disappoint his late teammate. 

 

"We'll stay here for the night and we'll return to the village tomorrow morning. From now on we will come here once a week until you can use your eye without trouble."

 

Naruto nodded at his sensei's explanation and got ready, this was going to be a hell of a weekend. 

 


 

 

-A Week Before the Chunin Exams-

 

The Genin in team 7 had made excellent progress in these past few months. 

 

Naruto had taken to Fuinjutsu like a sponge and was fairly decent in Raiton Jutsu much to Kakashi's delight. 

Both him and Sakura were also versed in wind manipulation and had some Futon jutsu on their belts.

 

He had also made progress on his clan's Kekkei Genkai but that was his and Kakashi's little secret. 

 

The girl on team 7 had taken a great liking to Genjutsu and had according to Kakashi a 'slightly concerning imagination' - Naruto still can't decide if that was a compliment or not -, she followed Kakashi's advice and managed to learn the basics of Iryo Ninjutsu and to top it off she now had a few Doton Jutsu on her repertoire. 

 

Kakashi couldn't be more proud of his team and couldn't be more sure of the decision he had made regarding a certain upcoming event. 

 

"Here." Said Kakashi, giving both of his students a paper slip. 

 

"These are the forms you need to fill out if you wish to participate in the chunin exams." Explained the Jounin. 

 

"The Chunin exams?" Asked Sakura. 

 

"Yes, this was one of the reasons I trained you so hard the past 4 months, I can say without a doubt you both are more than ready for this." Said Kakashi, giving them both an eye-smile. 

 

"Don't we need a whole team to participate?" Asked Naruto, a bit sad that he won't have his fallen teammate there with him. 

 

"You are a whole team Naruto, the Hokage and I decided it was in your best interest to remain as you are, while it isn't common for a team with less than 3 members to enter the exams it is not unheard of." Reassured Kakashi. 

 

"You don't have to participate if you don't want to, I also don't expect you to land a promotion on your first attempt, treat this as a training exercise and give it your all okay?" Asked the Jounin. 

 

Both genin nodded and smiled at each other. 

 

"Very well then, go to room 301 at this time in 7 days with your forms ready if you wish to participate, Ja ne!" Kakashi poofed in a cloud of smoke and the Genin were left to their own devices. 

 

"Wanna hear something I learned on the guitar?" Asked Naruto

 

Sakura quickly nodded, everytime Naruto learned a new song he played it and sang it to her. Naruto was a really good singer, it was a shame only Sakura got to listen to him sing. 

 

~

 

-The Day Before the Exams-

 

"Team 7 feels a bit off nowadays don't you think?" Asked Sakura. 

 

"You mean without him ?" Replied Naruto. 

 

"I think you are both looking at this the wrong way." Said Kakashi, gaining confused looks from both of his students. 

 

"Sasuke will always be a part of Team 7…" He said with a soft look in his eye. 

 

"How can we be team 7 if we're missing a member?" Asked Naruto. 

 

"Sasuke will always be a part of the team…" Kakashi looked into one of his vest's pouches and out of it got a small Uchiha crest pin which he then put in above his heart just like his students. "As long as we always carry him with us."

 

Naruto and Sakura both stood up and walked to their sensei, embracing him together, Sasuke might not be present with them, but if they tried hard enough, they could still feel him watching over them. 

 

Notes:

This is officially the last chapter before the Chunin exams, what I consider to be this fics first real arc. 

There's a few things about this chapter I think are worth mentioning. 

 

Kakashi and Naruto: As you can see in the chapter I decided to give them both a brotherly bond, it's in a way me writing what I wished we could've gotten from canon. 

Fuinjutsu: This is honestly my favorite art in the Naruto universe and it saddens me a lot that it's definitely the least explored one, that does however give me more freedom in terms of actually writing it and coming up with something that makes sense. Most fics that use fuinjutsu frequently in the story came up with a system divided in 10 levels. I decided it was reasonable and included the idea in this story as well. The first 5 levels (in this story) are oriented towards the sealing of objects and the manipulation of different tags (explosive/smoke tags) with the fifth level being the first to seal chakra. Barrier jutsus are Fuinjutsu and they classify as the sealing of chakra. That is why the first 4 levels and to a certain extent the 5th are easier to acquire, they come at little risk and only require dedication and study. 

Naruto's Weapon: Homeboy doesn't use weapons in canon other than Kunai and Shuriken and that's honestly not bad but I really wanted to give him something cool, regularly people tend to lean towards the sword or staffs, I don't particularly like swords but I love the Bo-staff and that's why I chose to go that way, the reason I had him get them as 2 short twins staffs that combine into a bigger one is because I love Nightwing and he looks super cool doing exactly that. (You can expect some other DC references down the line, a few Star Wars references too, there's one in chapter 1 actually). This choice of weapon is technically somewhat canon, he does use two of his Gudoudamas as rods when he gets the six path senjutsu. 

Glossary:
Kango Fusa: Adamantine Sealing Chains

That would be all for this chapter, do leave your opinion and suggestions in the comments if you wish, I appreciate the criticism and it can only help me grow. 

 

Be safe! 

Chapter 6: Road to Chunin

Notes:

sorry it seems like the italics or bold letters are not appearing, for a quality read please go to fanfiction.net or wattpad, it’s by the same name and username - lucifyr

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

"Thanks for the food, Mebuki-san!" The bundle of energy that was Naruto hugged her tightly. The woman chuckled and patted the boy's head like one would do a pet. 

 

"Think nothing of it my boy, take care of my Sakura-chan for me will you?" 

 

The annoyed look on Sakura's face wasn't lost on her mother but she chose to ignore it anyway, Mebuki always felt like she was too old to care when it came to teasing her daughter. 

 

"Will do ma'am." Replied Naruto with a smile. 

 

Today was the day, the day they had been waiting for ever since their sensei had informed them of their recommendation for the Chunin Exams. 

 

Today was the day they got to prove themselves. 

 

Sakura had decided to invite Naruto over for breakfast the first day of the exams so they would be able to get to the academy together. She didn't want to admit it but she was very nervous. It was hard not to, after months of arduous training, the moment to prove that it was all worth it had arrived. 

 

The fear of failure was hard to avoid. 

 

Naruto on the other hand was just thinking about how much he loved Sakura's mom, she's a great cook and she's great at telling embarrassing stories of the pink haired girl. 

 

The fact that Mebuki told Naruto embarrassing stories about her annoyed Sakura to no end. 

 

It's not that he isn't nervous at all, he's just too good at hiding it, he had decided the best way to avoid feeling nervous was acting like there was nothing to feel nervous about. 

 

Is denial truly denial if you know you're in denial?

 

The pair of Genin were now walking together on their way to the academy, they still had some time left to spare so they were walking at a slow pace, taking in their surroundings and appreciating the atmosphere. 

 

They definitely weren't stalling. 

 

"Naruto-kun, did you see the squared rock following us?" There was indeed a rock in the form of a square following them around, it had been trailing them for so long that Sakura had begun to think she was imagining things. 

 

"Yes Sakura-chan, I saw the rock." Replied Naruto. 

 

The blonde in question was just so tired of being stalked by weird shaped rocks at this point. He stopped in his tracks before taking a deep breath and turning around to address their stalkers. 

 

"Konohamaru, I've told you already… THERE AREN'T PERFECTLY SQUARED ROCKS IN NATURE DATTEBAYO!" Explained Naruto calmly. 

 

Muttering was heard from inside the rock and it was only then both Naruto and Sakura noticed the rock had three pairs of eye-holes. 

 

"What the f-" 

 

"TADDA!" Yelled a small group of children jumping out of the rock before going into a fit of coughs because of the colored smoke they used in their presentation. Naruto was trembling in annoyance. 

 

How could they mess up such an easy entrance? 

 

"We used too much smoke." Explained Konohamaru sheepishly. 

 

"Who are your friends Konohamaru?" Anger momentarily gone, Naruto found himself analyzing the new faces. 

 

The three kids jumped into a pose and started going through what Sakura assumed to be rehearsed introductions. 

 

"My name is Moegi and I'm the sassiest Kunoichi in Konoha!" The girl has light Orange hair tied in two pigtails on the sides and a permanent blush on her cheeks. 

 

'The sassiest?' Wondered Sakura with a frown. 

 

"My name is Udon and I love Math!" Said a Dark haired boy with glasses and a running nose. 

 

'Lame' Of all the things he could've said he chose that? Naruto really doesn't understand kids these days. 

 

"I'm Konohamaru, the strongest shinobi in the village and together we are…" 

 

'Debatable' An amused smile made its way in Sakura's face as she compared the boy to her own teammate. 

 

"THE KONOHAMARU CORPS!" Yelled the three of them together. 

 

Both Naruto and Sakura sweat dropped at their presentation, it still amazed Sakura how Naruto seemed to be a magnet for weirdness. 

 

"Play ninja with us Boss." Asked Konohamaru. 

 

"A real ninja playing ninja? Oh my!" Sakura was aware that Naruto sometimes plays with the young Sarutobi, at first she was a bit saddened by it, to think little children were capable of appreciating him without much trouble while she rejected his advances for years… 

 

And not just the romantic ones. 

 

Ignoring Sakura's mocking, Naruto smiled at the children. "I can't today Konohamaru, the Chunin exams will start soon." 

 

"Oh right, I heard the old man talking about that, I didn't know you were going to be there." Said Konohamaru. 

 

"The old man?" Asked Sakura. 

 

"He means the Sandaime." Naruto sometimes forgets that not everyone is as familiar with the Hokage as he is. 

 

Konohamaru had just now noticed Sakura was even there upon hearing her question and his childlike imagination started running through the possible reasons why they would be together right now. 

 

He picked the dumb one. 

 

"Is she your girlfriend, boss?" Asked Konohamaru, giving Naruto a suggestive wink. 

 

"No… and not because of a lack of trying y'know?" Said Naruto rubbing his head sheepishly. 

 

Naruto started feeling a dangerous aura emanating from his teammate after he made that comment and decided it was probably for the best to correct that. 

 

"I-I mean Sakura is a g-great friend and esteemed teammate whom I love very much 'ttebayo." Explained Naruto quickly while waving his arms frantically in front of him. 

 

"Oh…  makes sense, she's flatter than a plank." The silence that followed the bold and stupid statement Konohamaru had made was so defeaning you could hear a pin drop, the only show of a reaction being Sakura's trembling body. 

 

"WHAT?" Said a raging Sakura slowly walking towards the boy with clear intentions of beating him down very very painfully. Naruto jumped in the scene and grabbed Sakura from the back to try and restrain her long enough to give Konohamaru a chance to run for his life. 

 

"RUN KONOHAMARU!" 

 

"LET ME GO NARUTO!"

 

Konohamaru decided Naruto was right and ran. At some point Sakura managed to squirm off of Naruto's hold and started chasing the boy, she wasn't going to really injure him… much. But she was going to politely explain to him what's appropriate and what's not. 

 

The young Sarutobi ran as fast as he could and was finally feeling like he was going to escape his pursuer when he accidentally bumped into someone. 

 

"I'm sorry s-" He tried to apologize before being interrupted by a hand picking him up, it belonged to a teenager wearing what appeared to be a full cat bodysuit and purple makeup on his face.

 

"That hurt you little punk." 

 

"Let him go Kankuro, you're going to make Gaara mad if we're late." Said a blonde girl who carried a gigantic fan on her back. 

 

"Relax sis, Gaara isn't here and I want to teach this punk a lesson." He said. 

 

"Whatever, just be quick."

 

Kankuro was about to teach a lesson to the very frightened and trembling Konohamaru when both Naruto and Sakura emerged in the street being followed by Udon and Moegi. 

 

"Oi cat-boy, let the kid go." Said Naruto with a playful smirk, he loved pissing people off. 

 

"It's a battle suit!" Yelled Kankuro. 

 

"With cat ears?" Sakura joined in Naruto's game, giving him the perfect distraction to swiftly get Konohamaru out of danger. 

 

"What's up with the makeup? My friend's mom could give you a few lessons if you want to learn how to do it right y'know, no shame in wanting to look pretty." Said Naruto, purposely angering his opposition even more. 

 

"It's warpaint you imbecile!" 

 

"Okay okay, let's calm down, put the kid down and we'll let you go." Naruto raised both of his hands in surrender as he tried to negotiate with them. 

 

"You'll let us go?" Scoffed the blonde girl. 

 

Naruto knew this wasn't going to be easy so he grabbed both of his staffs while Sakura grabbed a Kunai from her pouch. "You're going to attack me while I still have the kid?" Asked Kankuro with a smirk. 

 

Naruto smirked back and asked "What kid?" as the Konohamaru he was holding burst in a cloud of smoke. 

 

Kankuro was distracted enough by the disappearance of the kid that he didn't notice the second Naruto creeping up behind him and putting the tip of one of his staffs in the back of his head at the same time the real one made electricity run to the ones in his hands. 

 

"Stand down." Ordered Naruto, making sure Kankuro knew exactly what could happen to him if he didn't. 

 

The blonde girl quickly reached for her fan in hopes of freeing his brother but a Kunai placed on her neck stopped her from moving any further. 

 

"I wouldn't do that if I were you." The girl whose voice belonged to burst in a shower of cherry blossoms, revealing the Suna girl had been under the influence of her genjutsu. 

 

"You know…" Said Sakura, Kunai still firmly in place. "Attacking the Hokage's grandson is more than enough grounds for a full on war." Both Suna shinobi started sweating when they found out who the kid was. 

 

Suddenly, Naruto's head turned to look at a tree in the back of where they were. 

 

"Aren't you going to show yourself?" He asked, to seemingly no one. 

 

Suddenly a swirl of sand formed in the middle of the confrontation, revealing a boy around their age as the sand settled. 

 

"Kankuro, you're a disgrace to our village." Said the red haired boy who emerged from the sand. He was a fairly menacing individual with no eyebrows and a big gourd on his back. 

 

"I-I'm sorry Gaara t-they-" 

 

"Shut up or I'll kill you." He interrupted. 

 

Naruto and Sakura looked at each other and nodded before releasing both of their 'captives' and backing off. 

 

"I apologize for their behavior" That was the fakest apology Sakura and Naruto had ever heard in their lives. 

 

Naruto was put off by this boy, his presence was troubling, his chakra felt dangerous and aggressive, the way both of his teammates appeared to be terrified of him did nothing to calm his nerves. 

 

"I take it you're here for the Chunin Exams." Said Sakura receiving a nod from the red hair. 

 

"We'll be taking our leave now." They started walking down the street as he said that, both of his teammates on guard. He stopped halfway much to the confusion of his teammates and stared at Naruto. 

 

"You, what's your name?" 

 

"I'm Uzumaki Naruto, what's your name?" 

 

"Sabaku no Gaara." 

 

Naruto's only response was a nod. He didn't really care about his name but it seemed to him like that was the polite thing to do. 

 

"I'll be seeing you in the exams Uzumaki." Said Gaara before walking back with his teammates and disappearing in the distance. 

 

"Konohamaru…" Called out Naruto, making the hidden boy emerge from the bushes along with his friends.

 

"Go tell Jiji what happened, now."

 

Konohamaru had never seen the young ninja look so serious before and it honestly made him feel even more nervous, he decided it was best to comply and ran off as quickly as he could along with his friends to see his grandfather. 

 

"What's wrong, Naruto?" Question Sakura, catching up on her teammate's sudden mood change and it put her on edge. 

 

"That guy's chakra, it's not normal." Replied Naruto. 

 

"What do you mean it's not normal?" She asked in return. 

 

"It's powerful and aggressive… " Explained Naruto with a concerned look on his face, "and there's two of them." 

 

"There's two of what?"  

 

"Two chakras, he has two different chakras in his body." Naruto's confused expression tells Sakura not even he knew what it meant. 

 

"How is that possible?" Asked Sakura with something akin to concern in her voice. 

 

"I don't know, I've never felt anything like him before…" Naruto was rarely scared, he was pretty confident in his abilities and he didn't doubt he could give Gaara a fight if he really wanted to but… his presence was screaming of danger and death. 

 

"I think we should avoid them, Sakura."

 


 

"Well, we might as well go in." Said Sakura looking at the main entrance of the academy building. 

 

Naruto nodded and both teammates walked in together, they made their way through the other applicants all to the main stairs of the building. They reached an upper level that had the room they were looking for and Naruto was about to make his way there until he noticed something. 

 

"There's chakra in the air." Muttered Naruto and Sakura nodded. 

 

"It's Genjutsu, that room sign says 301 but this is the second floor. This must be a part of the test." Explained Sakura, earning a nod from Naruto. 

 

They both decided it was for the best to simply ignore what was going on and move forward, it was a very basic genjutsu, if these people couldn't figure it out they probably aren't up for the task in their opinion. 

 

"Please let us in!" Begged a green-clad boy. 

 

"I said no, you freak!" Exclaimed one of two Genins who were stopping some of the aspiring chunin from entering the door. 

 

"Do you think that's a part of the test too?" Asked Naruto quietly. 

 

Sakura shrugged, “I think so.”

 

"That's my friend Lee…" He pointed out. "I'm going to tell him, even if it means letting stupid Neji pass." Grumbled Naruto as he made his way to Team 9.

 

He was just about to get there when one of the 'guards' kicked Lee and sent him flying. Normally that would be something to worry about, but after being beaten to a pulp multiple times in their taijutsu spars by the deceptively fast teen, Naruto knew the bushy-browed genin could've stopped that kick without so much as batting an eye. 

 

Why was Lee letting himself get hurt?

 

"Lee, Are you alright?" Mumbled Naruto to his fallen comrade. 

 

"Naruto-kun! what youthful pleasure is finding you here in this youthful competition." Declared the boy standing up instantly and giving Naruto his trademarked Nice-guy pose. "Yes I am alright, thank you for asking." 

 

Naruto got close to Lee and put a hand on his ear to speak quietly to him "Why are you letting that guy hit you?" Asked Naruto with some concern. 

 

"Oh, so you noticed?" Said Lee with a smile. "Neji figured out this isn’t the right floor so we're making ourselves look weak" 

 

That explained why Tenten was currently begging to be allowed in still, Naruto was kinda hoping to see Neji begging too. 'Like that asshole would purposely make himself look weak' Thought Naruto biting his lip. 

 

He couldn't stop himself from being riled up by Neji's mere presence ever since the Hyuga first belittled his abilities and called him weak the day they met. Naruto had grown leaps and bounds in making himself more centered and calm but people like him still made some of his old habits resurface, still, he knew better than start a fight right now. 

 

"Well… Sakura and I will be going now, I guess I'll see you the-" Half said Naruto before being interrupted by Lee rushing fast like a bullet to stand in front of his teammate. 

 

"Oh Sakura-san… I love you!" Announced Lee. 

 

"WHAT?" Yelled both Sakura and Naruto together

 

"You are an angel sent from the sky." Said Lee sending a kiss to Sakura that somehow managed to become real? 

 

Sakura dodged Lee's… kiss? Only for him to start sending more and more of them until she ended on the floor. 

 

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAA I WILL KEEP DODGING THEM MORE AND MORE!" Yelled Sakura after standing up. 

 

"You didn't have to dodge them all like that." Said Lee while looking at the ground in defeat. 

 

"I think it's best we go, see you later Lee!" Said Naruto, grabbing Sakura by the arm and rushing to the appointed room. 

 

After Sakura recovered from her encounter with Lee, both members of Team 7 made their way through the academy's corridors in search of the room where they would be taking their first exam. 

 

"Yo!" Said Kakashi with an eye smile and his all too familiar orange book in hand. 

 

"Sensei?" Asked Sakura. 

 

"I'm glad you both made it, though I had no doubt you would." Declared Kakashi. 

 

Both young shinobi beamed at their sensei's praise and smiled brightly at him. Kakashi chuckled and addressed them once more "Stick together and you'll do great, Ja-ne!" 

 

He was proud of his team, there was no doubt in his mind that they were going to ace the exams and reach the finals, he had trained them to guarantee it. Hence the reason why he actually made a bet on it. 

 

They better meet his expectations or Kakashi would be losing a decent amount of money. 

 

After saying goodbye the silver-haired Jounin poofed in a cloud of smoke as was his preferred method of exiting pretty much every room.

 

Both teens looked at each other one more time before nodding and entering the room together. The doors of the room opened to reveal a gigantic crowd of people already waiting there for the exams to start. How many of them would there be without the Genjutsu filter in the lower floor? They wondered. 

 

After going in, Naruto and Sakura walked to a corner of the room to wait for the exams to begin, Sakura suggested he get a feel of everyone around him and Naruto complied. 

 

Not a single chakra stood out for him, he had already felt Gaara's before and as disturbing as it was, there was nothing new about it, he was just about to stop focusing on everyone around him when he noticed a signature in the multitude that somehow felt familiar he knew he hadn't felt it before but it reminded him of something, someone?

 

He was interrupted before he could focus on it. 

 

"Oi Sakura! Naruto!" Called Ino who had just entered the room along with her teammates. 

 

Ino's loud entrance made the whole room turn their attention to the rookies, some of them even letting a little bit of their killing intent slip out. The Rookie genin that gathered were immediately on edge except for Ino seemed oblivious to it. 

 

"Quiet down you troublesome woman!" Said Shikamaru, making Ino realize the situation they now where in giving her friends a sheepish smile. 

 

"It's nice to see you guys here." Said a now smiling Naruto. 

 

Shikamaru for his part just stood lazily once again and sighed "You're a part of this too? What a drag." 

 

"You could try and be a little more excited, Shikamaru." Remarked Ino.

 

The lazy Nara just looked at her and took a deep breath "... no." 

 

Sakura, Naruto and Choji all chuckled at their friend's behavior, those two could act like they hated the other's very being one minute and magically turn into an old married couple in the other.

 

At least it was fun to see them bickering with each other, this was hardly the time though. 

 

"How are you feeling Choji?" Asked Sakura looking for something to change the topic. 

 

Choji seemed to catch up on it and got ready to answer "I'm a little nervous but I thin-" 

 

"THE STRONGEST ROOKIE TEAM HAS ARRIVED!" Declared a young shinobi wearing a gray hoodie, he has dark brown hair and two red fang-like marks in both of his cheeks; Smugness clear on his visage. 

 

Absolutely everyone in the room turned to the door and glared at the arriving team.

 

"Kiba, I think it's best that you shut up now, why? Because now everyone's attention is on us." Said Aburame Shino, one of Kiba's teammates, he's wearing a long trench coat that covers half of his face and a pair of dark sunglasses. 

 

Kiba gave his teammate an apologetic smile and walked to his former classmates. 

 

"It looks like the whole gang's back together." Said Kiba before adding jokingly, "Well, almost all of us." 

 

Team 10 immediately turned their faces at him as well as his teammates, they just couldn't believe he would go and say something like that to Naruto and Sakura, even Kiba seemed surprised by what he just said if him covering his mouth was anything to go by. 

 

He really didn't mean to say something that would hurt either Naruto or Sakura, they weren't exactly friends but he cared a great deal for them. 

 

He just had a moment of idiocy. 

 

"You better watch your mouth mutt." Said Naruto looking angrily at him, Sasuke's death was still a sore spot for both of them especially Naruto and while it didn't hurt either him or his teammate to talk about their fallen teammate, Naruto didn't appreciate people making fun of the last Uchiha. 

 

Kiba knew he had been the one to mess up but Naruto's comment got him riled up and now was too invested in their little fight to stand down or apologize, even if it was his fault. 

 

He might care for them but he is an Inuzuka, and they're a clan of prideful people; granted, the Inuzuka are people perfectly capable of admitting their mistakes but that seemed to slip Kiba's mind. 

 

Before it could all escalate, Sakura decided to intervene. "Calm down Naruto-kun, he didn't mean it like that." Said Sakura turning to look menacingly at Kiba while a dangerous aura started emanating from her. "Right?" She asked with a devious smile, promising of danger. 

 

Kiba just gulped and quickly nodded. 

 

Sakura was of course not happy with Kiba's joke but she knew he didn't mean to insult them, she was surprised no one in his team had managed to water down his attitude though. 

 

Not her problem she figures, she's convinced that eventually Hinata will snap at him and that will certainly calm him down. 

 

With their little confrontation over, Kiba and Naruto finally realized how much unwanted attention they had gotten on themselves and their teams. 

 

"You should all quiet down." Said a tall guy with silver hair tied in a ponytail while adjusting his glasses. "You're already the main target as it is." 

 

"And why would that be?" Questioned Shikamaru, having noticed him approaching before his friends. 

 

"Take a look around you." He motioned to the rest of the room. "You guys are the only rookies, they think you're an easy target."

 

That earned him a few scoffs.

 

"Who are you?" Asked Shikamaru. 

 

"My name is Yakushi Kabuto." Just after Kabuto finished introducing himself Team 9 entered through the doors making Kabuto look quickly at them before going back to what he was doing. 

 

"I have information on the exams and everyone in it and I'm willing to give it to you." Said Kabuto. 

 

"Why would you say anything to us?" Asked Shikamaru raising an eyebrow. 

 

"Because we're all Konoha ninja and we should help each other.” Said Kabuto with a smile, "Just tell me anyone you wish to know something about and I'll tell you what there is to know using these" He pulled out a deck of cards. 

 

"What are those?" Asked Naruto. 

 

"These are my shinobi information cards, they contain information on everyone in the exams and only work with the use of my chakra." Kabuto spiked Naruto's interest, those cards seemed like Fuinjutsu and Naruto was a sucker for Fuinjutsu. 

 

To demonstrate, Kabuto activated a card that revealed a map of the elemental nations, in it you could see every village that had sent participants to Konoha and how many of them they had sent. 

 

"So… anyone in mind?" Asked the Silver haired. 

 

"Sabaku no Gaara." No matter how hard he looked in his brain for an answer, Naruto had been so far unable to figure out how or why he had felt two different sources of chakra in his body, he was hoping Kabuto had something that would help him understand. 

 

"Uzumaki Naruto." Kiba didn't like feeling left out, so he asked for the first name that came to mind, still not over their little confrontation. 

 

All the rookies turned to look at him, he knew it was probably rude but in his mind Naruto had been rude too so it was fair. 

 

"You know their names? That's taking the fun out of it but okay." Said the older teen looking through his cards. 

 

Shikamaru didn't trust this guy at all and he couldn't understand why his friends did but he decided to just watch it all play out before jumping to conclusions. 

 

"Sabaku No Gaara from Suna, Teammates: Sabaku no Temari and Sabaku no Kankuro, his own siblings. Has a record of 27 C-rank, 48 B-rank and 8 A-rank missions; hear this, he's never been hurt before." Said Kabuto with something akin to admiration in his voice. 

 

You could read everybody's thoughts when looking at their faces after that revelation, even Neji dropped his stoicism to look surprised. 

 

"I don't have anything on his fighting style unfortunately, he is from a different village after all." He added. 

 

Shikamaru was even more skeptical of him now 'Knowing that much is already way more than he should know, especially of someone from a different village' Thought the Nara. 

 

"Uzumaki Naruto from Konoha, Teammates: Haruno Sakura and Uchiha Sasuke - KIA - he's a known user of one of Konoha's kinjutsu the Kage Bunshin and has been spotted using Futon and Raiton jutsu, his preferred weapon of choice are the twin staffs." Everyone made a pause to look at their friend, Naruto was uncomfortable with people knowing that much about him. 

 

"He has a record of 22 D-rank, 1 B-rank and a single A-rank mission; pretty impressive for a Genin if I do say so myself." Finished Kabuto making Naruto stop dead in his tracks when the older teen mentioned a B-rank. 

 

"You're more involved in this than I would like Naruto, this incident will be classified as a B-rank mission on your record, you helped track a spy which means this mission will be kept a secret known to only the people involved, is that clear?"

 

'How? Why does he know about that?' Asked Naruto in his mind. 

 

Shikamaru was seemingly the only to notice Naruto's inner turmoil, but even if he didn't understand exactly what it was, he knew Kabuto said something he shouldn't have known, furthermore proving his suspicion of him. 

 

'He knows stuff he shouldn't, that's obvious, but why? Is this a part of the test? No, we're the only people that have been approached by him or anyone else for that matter, Is he a spy? If so, a spy for whom? This whole thing is troublesome' Thought Shikamaru with clear annoyance in his face. 

 

"What can you tell us about our competition?" Asked Neji with his forever stoic voice. 

 

"There's only 4 countries competing in the exams, Konoha of course, Suna, Ame and some shinobi from a village named Otogakure no Sato, they're a new and small village so they only sent one team." Said Kabuto. 

 

A group of three shinobi wearing headbands with a musical note on them heard Kabuto's comment and found it insulting so they decided to show him a lesson. 

 

"Who are you calling small? Hear me out you imbecile, after this whole thing is over Oto will come up on top and show you all who's boss." Said a Genin from the sound village with a heavily bandaged face and a large jacket with fur. 

 

The oto Genin launched forward and attacked Kabuto, the silver haired genin reacted in time and got a Kunai out of his tool pouch. The Oto genin swung at him with one of his arms but Kabuto managed to dodge the hit by leaping back, he smirked at him but suddenly he dropped to the ground and started shaking, his glasses shattered and then he started vomiting. 

 

Everyone was looking in concern because no one understood just what exactly the Oto genin did to him, before anyone could react the doors of the room burst open and in a cloud smoke a man wearing a long black trench coat and a black bandana entered the room followed by several chunin wearing gray uniforms. 

 

"Listen up you maggots! From this point any kind of fighting is prohibited unless given strict permission by a proctor, failing to abide by the rules is grounds for disqualification, is that clear?" Asked the man with a menacing tone. 

 

"Everyone get in line, leave your forms here and go to your assigned seats." Said the proctor.

 

After everyone had turned in their paperwork and moved to their assigned seats the man addressed them all once again. 

 

"My name is Morino Ibiki and I'm your first proctor. The first part of the exam will consist of a written test. After you're given your paper you will have 45 minutes to answer the nine questions written in it. When the 45 minute mark is reached I will give you the tenth question and explain its rules. Do I make myself clear so far?" Asked Ibiki and received nods from everyone in the seats. 

 

"You will begin the test with 10 points, fail to answer a question or answer wrong and you lose a point. You will also be graded as a team, that means that if one of you fails your team fails with you. The chunin in the room are here to monitor you the whole time, if you're caught cheating you will be deducted two points every time you do so. Any questions?" Asked Ibiki getting some raised hands from the applicants. 

 

"No questions? Excellent! You may begin.”

 

Everyone started going through their tests only to see the questions were incredibly hard to answer if not impossible, save for a few who knew it all in the room (Sakura being one of them) no one in this room could hope to know the answers to all these questions. 

 

Naruto was concentrating hard, there had to be something else he wasn't noticing. 

Hinata who was seated next to him noticed his struggle and realized he had written nothing in his test. 

 

"N-Naruto-kun." Muttered Hinata getting Naruto's attention. 

 

"Y-You c-can copy f-from my exam if y-you want…" Hinata was blushing furiously and Naruto barely managed to catch what she said in between stutters, once the words registered in his mind he felt touched that she would try and help him just to be kind. 

 

He was about to take her up on her offer but suddenly thought of the consequences of cheating, he didn't want Hinata to get in trouble for him, he isn't that desperate, there were a few questions he could actually answer. 

 

"Don't worry Hinata, I wouldn't want to get you in trouble y'know?" Said Naruto giving Hinata a smile. 

 

'He worries about me.' Thought Hinata, blushing at the implications of her beloved crush being worried about her.

 

'I should've taken her up on her offer, I wouldn't want her to lose points though… wait, lose points?' Asked Naruto to himself. 

 

'Iruka-sensei would take our test if we were caught copying from someone, it's almost as if they wanted us to cheat.' Giving himself a mental high-five for figuring out the test Naruto started to brainstorm ideas. 

 

That was it, they are supposed to cheat, that is the point of this test, Naruto should've known; Kakashi has been drilling the whole 'Look underneath the Underneath' mantra for quite a while now. 

 

The question was how to cheat, he could just copy from Hinata but he would be easily caught that way, he looked around and noticed a guy in front of him who seemed to know all the answers, Naruto then noticed he would write them all, erase them and start again. 

 

'He must be a part of the test'

 

He figured out how to cheat, it is risky but he knows it's hard to spot among the crowd unless people were looking for it. He brought a hand to his face in faked desperation and used the opportunity to move some of the hair covering his right eye. He then opened said eye revealing a two tomoe sharingan, he used it to copy the motions of the guy in front of him and was able to fill in all the questions. He then closed his right eye and covered it once again. 

 

He had to find a way to use his eye without having to go through the trouble of making his hair stay in place, he was glad he managed to grow it out to be able to cover it however, the only downside was that he couldn't wear his headband on the forehead lest his closed eye would be exposed all the time. He wore his headband tied around his neck much like Hinata's, if only a little tighter. 

 

He did intend to start wearing his headband like he used to when the knowledge of his sharingan became public, he'd have to suck it up in the meantime. 

 

"It's time for the tenth question, before I give it to you, you have the option of either answering the question or not." Said Ibiki. 

 

"What happens if we don't answer?" Asked a random Genin in the background. 

 

"You and your team will fail and you'll have to take the exams next year" Answered Ibiki. 

 

"Then we'll just take it" Answered the genin and received a devious smirk from Ibiki. 

 

"If you choose to answer and you do so incorrectly, you and your team will be banned from ever taking the exams again." 

 

"WHAT? YOU CAN'T DO THAT" Yelled Kiba, "There's people here that have taken the exams before". 

 

"You're out of luck, I'm making the test this time which means I make the rules" Answered Ibiki. "Everyone who wishes not to answer and try again next time raise your hand and you will be escorted out." 

 

Tons of people started to leave the room and Naruto was now getting nervous, he turned around looking for his teammate and found her looking as worried as he was until Shikamaru who was sitting next to her muttered something in her ear which caused her to to light up in understanding, she in turn gave Naruto a thumbs up and shook her head, instructing him not to drop out. 

 

Naruto wouldn't question whatever it was that Shikamaru said, he knew he was smart so he just calmly remained in his seat and waited for this part to end. 

 

Naruto then noticed Hinata was visibly shaking, he knew he couldn't talk to her to ease her nerves but he couldn't think of any other way to calm her down, Hinata then started to raise her hand and Naruto knew he had to do something to stop her from quitting, she had tried to help him so it was only fair he helped her as well. 

 

So he did what he thought was the most logical and safest way to stop her from quitting. 

 

He stomped her foot.

 

Hard. 

 

Hinata almost yelled in pain but managed to cover her mouth with her hand and turned her head to look at Naruto who gave her an apologetic smile and muttered the words 'Don't quit' to her. 

 

Any other person would've reacted aggressively and rightfully so. 

 

Hinata just did as he said. 

 

"To every one of you who remains here I have just one thing to say, you all… pass" 

 

"WHAT?" Shouted almost everyone in the room. 

 

"What was the tenth question?" Asked Temari. 

 

"There was no tenth question, or you could say that choosing to stay or not was the question." Said Ibiki but received looks of confusion. 

 

"As Chunin you will be put into situations where you won't like what you have to do, situations where you know you probably can't survive, will you skip out on them? Will you decline when asked by your Kage? The answer is no, you will have to do things you won't like because that's what your village needs you to do and that's the only thing that matters."

 

"What was the point of the other questions then? Were they pointless?" Asked Temari. 

 

"Those were to test your information gathering skills." Answered Ibiki, taking off his bandana and showing his very scarred head to everyone in the room. 

 

"Information is the most valuable thing for a village, it is of the utmost importance that you manage to get it safely and to keep information from your village safe as well." Further explained Ibiki. 

 

"Either way, congratulations on passing the first t-" 

 

Suddenly one of the windows at the left of the room shattered and in came a ball of black cloth that extended to reveal a sign that read 'The Sexy and Single proctor of the second exam Mitarashi Anko' followed by whom everyone assumed was Mitarashi Anko. 

 

"You're early Anko… again." Said Ibiki causing Anko to deflate, she quickly recovered however and started counting the people left in the room. 

 

"35 genin left Ibiki? You must be going soft in your old age." Joked Anko

 

"Maybe there's just a good batch this time." Replied Ibiki with a challenging smirk on his face. 

 

"Whatever, when I'm through with them their numbers will be cut at least in half" Anko smirked and everyone started getting nervous. 

 

"Follow me kiddies, we have work to do" Yelled the second proctor before jumping out the window, making everyone in the room follow behind her. 

 

After all the 'Chunin to be' left the room Ibiki started going through the tests until he got to Naruto's, he was reading over it and was surprised to see it was done to perfection 'he definitely cheated' figured the proctor and was about to move forward until he found a note hidden in one of the questions. 

 

Ibiki-san, Ibiki-sama? Whatever… 

There is a guy in the exam, Yakushi Kabuto, he knows something, Jiji Hokage-sama said only he, a few ANBU and I were supposed to know about and I swear I didn't tell anyone. I'm only telling you this because Hokage-sama mentioned your name.

 

 I might be overreacting and I'm sorry to use you as a courier but I would appreciate it if you could tell my sensei, I'm sure he will know what to do, I'd do it myself but we're not allowed to talk to our senseis. 

 

-Uzumaki Naruto 

Ps. I think you're cool 'ttebayo. 



"What an interesting kid."



















A Young man with silver hair tied in a ponytail was making his way through a series of underground tunnels below the village, making sure not to be spotted by the guards. 

 

After minutes of silently walking he found a small hidden room in one of the walls, a tall man with dark hair and white skin waiting there for him. 

 

Without even bothering to greet him he asked the question he had come here to ask. "Are you sure this is the way to proceed, Orochimaru-sama?" 

 

"Very Kabuto-kun, the loss of the sharingan is a detriment to my plans but that's hardly the only thing I want, Sarutobi-sensei will die and Konoha will fall with him." Orochimaru, one of the Densetsu no Sannin and fallen apprentice of the Sandaime Hokage. 

 

"I take it you won't be infiltrating the second part of the exams as you originally intended." Said Kabuto. 

 

"Kukuku…" Chuckled Orochimaru. "Of course I will, while not my first option, the Sharingan isn't the only Dojutsu Konoha has to offer, I might as well make the best of what I got while I'm here don't you think? 

Notes:

Hello there!

So Orochimaru wants another Doujutsu now? Who would've thought?
Orochimaru's goal in Canon was to learn every jutsu there was and he saw the Sharingan as the means to that end, while the eyes he wants this time around don't have the ability to copy jutsu, they have the ability to see through them.

Do keep in mind though, that this is fanfiction and I get some creative liberties, don't expect this to follow canon all the time even if it does follow the canon timeline… mostly.

That would be it for this time, please do leave suggestions if you have some, I appreciate it very much.

Be safe!

Chapter 7: Forest of Death

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"What do you make of this Kakashi?"

 

The man sighed. "I'm not sure, the only thing I could think of about Naruto that only you and a few people are supposed to know is his parentage… but that doesn’t make sense." 

 

The Hokage and Kakashi had been going over the little note Naruto had left for him for a while now. It annoyed Kakashi to no end that he was the one tasked to figuring it all out when it was obvious in the Hokage's face that he knew what Naruto meant. 

 

Thinking he was being made fun of, Kakashi didn't stop to think that maybe asking him what he knew about it was the Hokage's way of finding out if there was a leak of information in his ranks that he had to take care of. 

 

"That's because you're guessing wrong, Kakashi…" Said Hiruzen cryptically. "The only time I can recall ever mentioning Ibiki to Naruto-kun is the night of the Mizuki incident."

 

"The Mizuki incident?" By now it was common knowledge between Konoha's forces that the man had been found to be a traitor, none other than the people involved however were privy to the full details. 

 

"It was revealed that Mizuki decided to impersonate Naruto in his heist. I, however, kept quiet about the fact that Naruto actually helped us track him after he attempted to flee the village. At the moment I had no knowledge of who Mizuki was working for or why he had chosen Naruto to impersonate. After Ibiki told me about Orochimaru's involvement I decided to keep it secret, hoping he never got word of this." Explained Hiruzen. 

 

"Do you think Yakushi Kabuto is a spy?" Asked Kakashi.

 

"I'm not certain… it is a possibility we should definitely look into, if he is a spy, we must discover for whom he's spying." That's not to say Hiruzen doesn't have a few guesses on the matter but he thinks it best to wait until more information is available to him. 

 

Kakashi furrowed his brow in concentration "I believe it would be best if you send an ANBU squad to shadow him for a while." 

 

"No." Replied Hiruzen, not bothering to give the notion so much as a second thought. 

 

"No?" Asked Kakashi, a dumbfounded look on his face. 

 

"If he truly is a spy, we must assume he's able to detect a tail of ANBU, I doubt our forces would be able to get close enough to him to make tailing him useful…" Said Hiruzen as he looked out the window. 

 

"However…" He trailed off. "What makes Naruto special is not common knowledge, I'm inclined to believe he is not a target."

 

It's true that Naruto was the one to detect the leak of information by means of his classified mission but, it just wouldn't make sense for this suspected spy to tip off his subject like that. That made him think it was most likely an accident. 

 

What truly is concerning for the Hokage is the why, why would a suspected spy try and approach a group of random Genin? They hold no valuable information he could get out of them; was he trying to lure them into a false sense of security? 

 

Why? 

 

"I want you to go into the forest, monitor the exams from the tower, if you find anything suspicious I'm giving you free reign to act as you see fit, is that clear?" 

 

"Crystal." Replied Kakashi. 

 

"Then report to Anko in the tower at once."

 

"It will be done." Kakashi left the Hokage's office via Shunshin . He wasn't sure why, but he was starting to get a bad feeling about all this. 

 


 

"Gather 'round kiddies!" Yelled out Anko, getting the attention of the Genin "You all better pay attention cuz I'm not gonna tell you twice alright?" 

 

"This is Training ground 44 or like I like to call it… The Forest of Death ." Everyone started looking a little hesitant after Anko's statement, well… almost everyone. 

 

Naruto and Kiba were clearly not impressed by what they assumed to be the proctor's scare tactics. The whiskered boy was lucky enough to have a level headed teammate - most of the time - and a good ammount of conseling sessions on his back to stop him from saying something stupid. 

 

Kiba wasn't that lucky. 

 

"Like we're going to be scared by you crazy lady!" Proclaimed Kiba boldly. 

 

His teammates didn't even have time to scold him before the 'crazy lady' decided to take action herself. 

 

Anko threw a Kunai at Kiba so fast he didn't even have time to react, the Kunai passed right by his face, leaving a little scar over the fang mark on his left cheek. 

 

That wasn't enough for her however, she disappeared from their view, fast enough to make it look like she vanished only to emerge embracing Kiba by the back. A wicked smile adorned her face while she slowly licked the blood from Kiba's cheek. 

 

"You're a rude boy aren't you? Rude boys tend to leave their blood all over the f-" 

 

Anko suddenly stopped talking and quickly grabbed a kunai from her coat, she redied her weapon without losing her hold on Kiba and quickly turned her head around. 

 

"I was only giving you back your Kunai." Said the Kusa shinobi - who surprised Anko - still holding the blade on her sickly long tongue. 

 

Without letting her smile leave her face Anko addressed the strange ninja. 

 

"Thank you Kusa shinobi, I wouldn't ever get this close to me again unless you want to cut your days short." Despite her bravado Anko was immediately weary of this ‘girl’, there was something unnerving about her. 

 

"I'm sorry Anko-san, I didn't mean to hurt you, it's just that seeing the blood and the way you threw your blade made me feel excited." Said the girl as she walked away. 

 

"That doesn't make sense…" Muttered Naruto. 

 

"What was that?" Asked Sakura. 

 

"That girl's chakra, it's different… I remember her signature from the first test, it wasn't nearly as big and awful ." Explained Naruto quietly, Sakura wasn't sure what that meant but she had learned to trust Naruto's sensing abilities, that was another person it was best to avoid. 

 

Unbeknownst to Naruto and Sakura who weren't as quiet as they thought, Anko heard their conversation. A thoughtful look made its way to her face before she replaced it with her usual smirk and addressed the examinees once again. 

 

"Everyone's in a bad mood today… it must be something in the air." She joked effectively getting everyone's attention. 

 

Anko signaled some of the Chunin in the vicinity and they started handing out slips of papers to every team. 

 

"What you're receiving now are consent forms you have to sign if you wish to participate in this part of the exams." 

 

"What exactly are we consenting to?" Asked Sakura. 

 

"Oh… you know, death and stuff like that." Anko was sporting a mischievous smile on her face, she is a big fan of theatrics "From this point forward corpses start emerging you know? If you don't sign your forms it would be my and Konoha's responsibility, we can't have that now can we?"

 

For some reason, Anko laughing after she said that made Naruto feel nervous. What was it with the Jounin in this village? 

 

"Now I shall explain." Said Anko in a dignified manner. 

 

"This will be a survival exercise." Anko started looking through her coat and got out a map "First let me tell you about the terrain, there's exactly 44 gates around the fenced ground, inside the fence there's a forest of course, a river and a tower. Each gate is exactly 10km away from the tower, once inside the forest, everything goes ."

 

The implications of what Anko just said weren't lost on any of the participants. 

 

Permission to kill

 

"Each team will receive either an earth or a heaven scroll, to pass you need to get to the tower carrying both scrolls. Your whole team needs to be there, if you're missing a member or one of the members is incapable of continuing you're out, do I make myself clear?" Asked Anko, receiving yells of 'Yes' all around the clearing. 

 

' So she expects half of us to fail here… troublesome woman

 

"I almost forgot, there's a time limit for this exam. You have exactly 120 hours to get to the tower once inside the forest, 5 days if you don't feel like doing your math" 

 

Naruto sighed 'A time limit?

 

"What are we going to do about the food?" 

Asked a chubby genin. 

 

Anko smirked. "There's different flora and fauna all around this forest you can hunt to feed yourselfs, just make sure you don't turn into the hunted" 

 

"You will now be given a scroll randomly in exchange of your signed consent forms, under no circumstance are you allowed to see through the contents of your scrolls, as chunin you will be expected to handle vital information, make sure to prove you're reliable." 

 

Everyone started gathering around the tents set in front of the fences, after each team had received their respective scrolls they were directed to a different gate each and were now just waiting for them to open. 

 

Naruto and Sakura had gotten an earth scroll after explaining to the chunin in charge of handing them over that they were registered in the exams as a two man cell and were now waiting on their own gate. 

 

The members of team 7 were constantly stealing glances at the other for the better part of 15 minutes while they waited for this test to begin, it was hard not to. 

 

They both liked each other after all. 

 

Naruto had never really fallen out of love with his teammate, he just accepted it as something that can't be and moved on. He was a rather persistent person but even he knew when to give up. 

 

Sakura was… complicated. 

 

She liked Naruto, heck, she might even be in love with Naruto, but she felt wrong about it. After rejecting his advances for so long, what right did she have to feel for his teammate? Especially after how she treated him in the past? 

 

She was truly blind. 

 

Sakura had moved past Sasuke's death, but she wasn't sure that she moved on from Sasuke as a person. It was like Naruto had been slowly taking his place in her heart, growing on her at the same time Sasuke became just a fond memory. 

 

Was that all Naruto truly was? 

 

A replacement

 

The whiskered blonde has a way with Sakura that she couldn't quite understand; he makes her feel safe, Naruto has a way of just naturally caring and looking after her that made her feel appreciated. 

 

She felt valid. 

 

And that wasn't fair to him, Sakura knew Naruto still loved her and she knew there was a chance that she loved him back, but she is also sure Naruto deserves better. 

 

So much better. 

 

"We're ready to begin!" Yelled a random chunin snapping Sakura out of her thoughts. 

 

The gates all opened and both Naruto and Sakura looked at each other with a face completely serious, it was time. 

 

They rushed in and ran for 10 minutes straight, after deciding they'd be better off moving through the trees, they climbed the tree closest to them and stopped for a moment to plan their strategy. 

 

"Weird…" Said Naruto. 

 

"What's weird?" Asked Sakura 

 

"The forest, it's full of chakra… I won't be able to scout ahead for teams, don't worry though, I can still feel people approaching, it just means we'll have to track the enemy old school." Said Naruto with a smile. 

 

"Full of chakra… I heard that this whole forest was grown by the Shodaime, the chakra you feel might be coming from the trees." Lectured Sakura earning a 'Wow' face from Naruto. 

 

After some discussion they both decided it was best to stick to the trees while Naruto used Kage Bunshin to create decoys of them that would stick to the ground. 

 

Everything had been going smoothly until three shadows started tailing Naruto and Sakura, waiting for a perfect opportunity to hit. 

 

"Sakura-chan, I need to pee." Said Naruto with a sheepish smile. 

 

Sakura looked at him irritated "Fine! Be quick, we need to get to a team fast" 

 

Naruto went into the woods and left Sakura by herself looking around the clearing where they stopped. She might as well take the time to gather some supplies while she waits for Naruto to be over. 

 

She walked to a nearby bush to gather some edible berries when out of the ground emerged a tall Ame shinobi dressed in a full beige bodysuit. He quickly placed a kunai on Sakura's throat and held her from the back to make sure she couldn't move. 

 

"Give me your scroll and I might just let you live.” Said the Genin with a cocky smirk behind his breather. 

 

Sakura started trembling in his hold and the Ame shinobi couldn't hide his joy "Are you scared little girl?" Feeling confident he got even closer to Sakura only to realize there was no fear on her face, but a smirk of her own. 

 

"Gotcha!" She said before bursting into a cloud of smoke. 

 

"What the-" 

 

" SHANNARO !" 

 

From the trees dropped Sakura fist first into the Ame shinobi who managed to jump back in time to avoid the hit. Sakura landed on the floor leaving a small crater and stood up to face her opponent. 

 

She got a kunai out of her pouch and rushed at him, taking the initiative. She swinged at him relentlessly while he did his best to dodge the continuous strikes as he walked back. He bumped into a tree and realized he had been set up when a hand grabbed his feet from the ground. 

 

Doton: Shinjuu Zanshu no Jutsu

 

He sank into the ground and the Sakura that had been swinging at him dissipated, revealing he had been under the influence of her genjutsu. The real one emerged from the ground and sported a cocky smirk of her own. 

 

She was about to address his buried opponent but the sound of someone charging her from behind interrupted her, she turned around with a kunai in hand only for one of Naruto's electrified staffs to come flying at him from the trees and hitting him on the back of the neck making him drop unconscious with a loud thud that made his buried teammate wince. 

 

Naruto then walked out of the trees carrying the remaining member of the Ame team on his shoulder completely out cold, he dropped him near Sakura's captive opponent and extended his arm. 

 

Futon: Hanpatsu Kaze no Jutsu

 

A small gust of wind picked up his fallen staff and brought it back to him, he put it on his back and turned to address his teammate who was looking at him with a twitching eye. 

 

"You wanted to look cool didn't you?" 

 

Naruto gave her a sheepish smile and rubbed his nose "Yeah… Kakashi said it looked cooler when I managed to do it without calling out the jutsu."

 

Sakura decided to ignore the comment and returned her attention to the genin neck deep in the ground. 

 

"Who carries your scroll?" She asked, looking at him with the scariest look she could muster. 

 

"I'm not going to tell you anything you bitch!" Was the kind response of her captive. 

 

Sakura looked at him and a devious smirk formed in her face, she formed a rat seal and called out a jutsu he couldn't quite understand. 

 

Magen: Narukami no Jutsu

 

All around the Ame shinobi the clearing started going dark, he somehow managed to free his hands enough to perform a jutsu that allowed him to reemerge from the ground, after he did the clearing was visible once again and Team 7 was nowhere to be seen, he walked over to his fallen teammates laying face first on the floor. 

 

He kneeled next to them, set on waking them up only to find them both with a Kunai on their foreheads, he was shocked and started walking back without taking his eyes off of them. Suddenly, a strong presence stopped him from moving forward, he turned around to find his previously pretty captor turned into a monster. 

 

The girl was now a head taller than him, her hair was swaying on her back and blood was dripping from her black eyes and mouth, she then gave him the sickest smile he had ever seen, showing off her incredibly large fangs covered in blood, and put her burning hand on his neck. 

 

" The scroll." She growled. 

 

The beige-clad genin started sweating and trembling in fear, the rational part of his mind screaming at him to snap out of it completely overwhelmed by the immense fear he felt. He swiftly reached for his scroll and slowly gave it to his captor, making her smile. 

 

His surroundings started changing again and he could see his teammates still knocked out but safe on the ground, the girl in front of him reverted back to normal and winked at the same time a strong chop on his neck sent him to the land of unconsciousness. 

 

Sakura looked at the earth scroll she just got and sighed. "Not the one we need." She said as she pocketed the scroll on her pouch, thinking it might come in handy later. 

 

Naruto walked towards her and said "That wasn't really necessary y'know?" 

 

Sakura smirked at him. "I wanted to look cool too."






"Weak…" 

 

"You already took their scroll Neji, no need to trash talk them even more." Said Tenten, making the Hyuga scoff. 

 

Team 9 had found a Suna team a few hours after entering the forest thanks to the Hyuga's all seeing eye and decided to ambush them. 

 

Beating them had been fairly easy, Lee and Tenten didn't do much other than watch as their teammate trashed their opposition around the clearing, it almost made Lee and Tenten feel sorry for them. 

 

Lee hated how Neji treated everyone he deemed inferior, especially because that's how Neji treated him. Lee was born with a special condition making him incapable of performing Ninjutsu or Genjutsu, he was considered a failure who only had mediocre Taijutsu to rely on. 

 

It all changed when Maito Gai discovered him training alone one day after team assignments and gave him the advice that would set his life on the right path. 

 

Youthfulness 

 

~

Lee dropped to the ground sweating and crying after failing to meet his own expectations… again. 

 

"All that hard work doesn’t mean anything…" Called out a voice that Lee recognized as his sensei. 

 

"You believe that too? Am I not working hard enough? Will I never be good because I wasn't born a natural Genius like Neji?" The boy cried. 

 

"All that hard work doesn’t mean anything… if you don't believe in yourself first" Finished Gai. 

 

Lee's trembling form looked up from the ground to meet his sensei's eye. 

 

"Can I really do it, Gai-sensei?" He asked between sobs. 

 

Gai gave the boy a warm smile and dropped his boisterous attitude for a moment. "I believe you can do it, yes." 

 

Lee looked surprised to finally have someone actually believe in him for the first time in his life. 

 

"Do you know why I think that, Lee?" The boy shook his head. 

 

"It's because you have a gift not even Neji has…" Said Gai, surprising Lee. 

 

"Not even Neji?" He asked. 

 

"That's right…" Said Gai. "You have a gift not even Neji's Byakugan can beat… Perseverance."

 

"Perseverance?" 

 

"Few people have the will to fight against adversity, Lee. You fight to reach your dream even against the Destiny you were imposed on at birth." His sensei's words rang deep in Lee's head as some form of realization settled in. "You persevere everyday, that makes you a true Genius… a Genius of Hard Work." 

~

 

"Hard work can overcome any obstacle Neji, even you."

 

Neji turned to look at his teammate only to find him not really looking at him but the horizon.

 

That annoyed him even more for some reason. 

 

"Hard work means nothing, it was their fate to meet their match in me." Declared Neji, again with full certainty. 

 

Normally Lee is all up for standing up to Neji and his belief in fate, he just can't convince him that no one's fate is sealed in stone no matter how hard he tries. He decided to skip the argument this time, better not to argue with your team in the middle of an exam. 

 

"Let's just go." Interrupted Tenten before the argument escalated. 

 

Tenten was always in the middle of her teammate's arguments and she was always torn. If you asked her before she would've told you that Lee spoke nonsense, but she had witnessed Lee's growth, she knew he was the fastest Genin in the village if not one of the fastest period. 

 

His Taijutsu was excellent, beat only by their sensei's own, she knew Lee was right but… she didn't want to be on Neji's bad side. 

 

She fails to notice everyone is on Neji's bad side. 

 

After another argument about the team's difference in beliefs Team 9 started making their way to the tower; they came up with a system to stay out of danger as much as possible. 

 

Neji would periodically turn his Byakugan on and off to scout their surroundings without tiring the Hyuga too much if a battle were to take place. He never let his all seeing eye rest for more than a minute, there was no way someone would be fast enough to avoid detection. 

 

Right? 

 

A figure rushed them at full speed between one of the Hyuga's resting intervals without them even feeling it, when Neji activated his Byakugan he saw the figure of a girl finishing a set of hand seals. 

 

He didn't even have the time to warn his teammates. 

 

A gigantic gush of wind powerful enough to tore a few trees from the air came at them and hit full force. Lee was sent flying for miles while both of his teammates were slammed against the trees. 

 

Tenten was the first person to react, she stood up and found a girl she identified as a Kusa shinobi walking towards them. Tenten was no fool and knew from the first time she set her eyes on their attacker that this was no ordinary shinobi. 

 

"What scroll do you need?" She asked, looking for a peaceful resolution to the conflict she knew she had no way of winning. 

 

The Kusa shinobi seemed amused by the girl's question "What scroll do I need? Uhmm, what about both?" 

 

Tenten didn't even have time to be confused about the cryptic response due to the Kusa girl running to her so fast she didn't even have to blink, and buried a fist on her stomach. 

 

She dropped to her knees with the air completely blown out of her, she started coughing blood desperately trying to catch a breath, the Kusa-nin smirked and licked the blood she had spit on her arm. 

 

Hakke Kusho! 

 

Neji jumped right in front of her and sent a strong gust of condensed wind from his extended palm that sent the Kusa shinobi flying and crashing in a tree. Not even looking like she had even felt the impact, she stood up like nothing happened and gave Neji a sick smile. 

 

"Why don't we make this more interesting?" She asked playfully, licking her lips and giving Neji a stare that was succeeding in making uncomfortable. 

 

On her hands were both of the scrolls their team had gotten, she used a small katon jutsu to burn the earth scroll much to the shock of Tenten and opened her mouth wide open, her immensely large tongue swirled around the scroll and pushed it down her throat.

 

"Only one way to get it now." It was possible for them to see how the scroll was swallowed as it made its way down to her stomach. 

 

Not really minding the disgusting display of abilities, a confident smirk graced Neji's features "You made a mistake coming here without your teammates."

 

The Hyuga boy got in his Jyuken stance and rushed his opponent. He started placing fast paced hits on her body, all intending on shutting her tenketsu down. 

 

After he was done Neji took a step back only to watch his enemy turn into mud. 

 

"Agh!" 

 

A kick from his left side sent Neji crashing towards a tree, a sickening crunch was heard with the impact and Neji was certain it hadn't been the tree. 

 

"Kukuku…"  A dark and sickening chuckle filled Neji's ears, he looked at the perpetrator and started seething at how easy it had been to manhandle him. 

 

"I was told you were some kind of prodigy, I must confess, you're quite disappointing." Fake hurt was clear in her voice and it only showed how incredibly amusing this whole situation is for her. 

 

Neji started gritting his teeth in anger at being toyed with by this no-name shinobi. 

He stood up and rushed at her recklessly with quick Jyuken jabs once again but much to Neji's surprise, she dodge them all in a show of pure speed he only knew his sensei capable of. 

 

The Kusa shinobi got past Neji's defence and immobilized him with a well placed kick in the gut, if she hadn't been interrupted, she would've ended the job right there and there. 

 

Sogu: Baku Ryusei! 

 

A Kusarigama came out of one of Tenten's many scrolls and tied around the Kusa shinobi's body, she tightened the hold of the chain and out of the same scroll she started unsealing and throwing a barrage of weapons in a set of moves so gracious it looked like she was dancing.    

 

The Kusa shinobi was hit by multiple projectiles and dropped to the ground bleeding profusely, Tenten dropped to the ground tired and sighed in relief, she was about to make her way to her teammate when a maniacal laugh invaded the forest. 

 

Neji and Tenten looked stunned as out of the body's mouth a pale white man emerged. He looked at them and gave them a vicious smile that froze them both in place. 

 

"To think I would be forced out by mere Genin." Spat the man. 

 

"W-Who are you?" Tenten had been right to suspect landing that attack was a bit too easy, the fear in her voice was clear and no matter how much she tried to hide her emotions everyone could see how terrified she was. 

 

Only one thing is clear for her, this man is no Genin. 

 

"Oh… how rude of me." Said the man in mock surprise. "It seems I failed to introduce myself, my name is Orochimaru. "

 

"O-Orochimaru of the Sanin?" She asked only to receive a smirk as an answer. 

 

"Oh my! And here I thought Sarutobi-sensei didn't like people talking about me anymore." Finding the situation amusing, he brought his hand to his forehead and adopted a dramatic pose   "... I'm surprised someone so young knows about me."

 

Tenten knew everything about the Sanin, at least everything that could be found in history books. She dreams of one day becoming a legendary Kunoichi like Senju Tsunade after all. 

 

Before any of them had the time to run or do anything, Orochimaru released a sickening aura that completely shocked the Genin to their core, images of their deaths started feeling their minds and Tenten couldn't stop herself from vomiting her guts out. The fallen Sannin took it as an opportunity to make a move on his precious target but was interrupted once again. 

 

DYNAMIC ENTRY! 

 

Out of the blue came their green clad teammate and with an incredibly strong kick sent Orochimaru flying away from his prey. 

 

"LEE!" 

 

--

 

Moments Earlier. 

 

A tree in the middle of a clearing stopped Lee's advance, the green clad genin hit the bark of the tree hard with a sickening crunch of his back. He dropped limp to the ground and laid there for a few minutes until he gathered enough strength to stand up once again and make his way to his teammates as fast as he could. 

 

He was just starting to walk when a giant snake came rushing at him. He managed to sidestep it and send it crashing towards the tree he had hit before and tried to run away from it but the snake recovered quickly, way too quickly. 

 

It rushed at him once again and this time managed to swallow him in one bite. Lee started struggling inside the body of the snake, he could feel it moving and slowly working on digesting him. Not seeing any other option he brought both arms together and started molding the little chakra in his body. 

 

" First Gate of Opening: Kaimon! " The restraint his brain puts on his muscles stopped. 

 

" Second Gate of Healing: Kyumon! " The strength of his body increased. 

 

" Third Gate of Life: Seimon! " The skin of Lee turned red from the increased flow of blood on his body. 

 

" Four Gate of Pain: Shomon! " An explosion of green chakra surrounded Lee. 

 

From the inside of the Snake's stomach Lee used his empowered state to perform one of his Taijutsu techniques to rip open his flesh prison. 

 

Konoha Senpuu! 

 

The spinning kick ruptured the snake's stomach causing an explosion of blood and flesh, out of it came Lee at full speed with complete disregard of the gory scene he left behind. 

 


Present Time

 

Orochimaru stood up looking annoyed, he didn't have much time to think about it; the same kid that was supposed to be eaten alive by his summon came flying at him at high speeds. 

 

'Hachimon?! ' Thought the Sannin as he stood up once again. 

 

Lee started a powerful Taijutsu bout with the wayward Sannin, he threw a hard fist to the older man's head only for him to duck under it and try to punish the powerful Genin's stomach. Being fast enough to react Lee grabbed the man's hand and placed a strong knee on his stomach that had him spitting blood, he then backed off a little and placed a powerful spinning kick in the back of his head that sent him flying. 

 

Lee ran with an extended fist set on knocking him out but much to his surprise, the sannin side stepped it and grabbed Lee by the neck painfully, stopping his momentum completely in a single move. 

 

"You annoying little pest!" He said, as he placed knee strike after knee strike on the boy's stomach, enjoying the sickening sound of flesh being ruptured with each hit.

 

Orochimaru was aware that Lee wasn't using Ninjutsu, but… while the Hachimon formation didn't need the use of chakra to be activated, it was a chakra based technique and that meant it could be shut down. 

 

Orochimaru extended his arm backwards and each of his fingers started glowing in a sickly purple. He used his tongue to rip open Lee's jumpsuit and exposed his bare skin. 

 

Gogyo Fuin! 

 

Orochimaru struck Lee's stomach hard and placed the seal on him, the gates closed and Lee was rendered useless and unconscious. The Sannin placed a knee on his face hard for good measure and let him fall from the tall tree to his certain death. 

 

The knocked out genin was falling at high speeds but was stopped by Tenten who tied a kunai with ninja wire and threw it at him, managing to tie Lee around the bark of a tree. 

 

Orochimaru jumped to the tree she and Neji were standing in and slapped her face like she was nothing as he walked towards Neji and licked his lips while looking sickly at him. 

 

"What do you want?" Asked Neji through gritted teeth, not enjoying the fact that he and his team had been beaten the way they had. 

 

"Isn't it obvious?" Orochimaru chuckled. " I want you.

 

Neji jumped back just in time to avoid Orochimaru stepping on him, he got in his Jyuken stance once again and smirked confidently at him. "You're within my range of divination."

 

Hakke Sanjuni Sho!  

 

"2 palms!" He hit 2 of the Sannins Tenketsu on his arms much to his surprise. 

 

"4 palms!" He yelled as he hit some of the Tenketsu on his stomach and made the sannin cough a little blood on him. 

 

"8 palms!" He managed to seal some of the Tenketsu in both of his arms to stop him from using any jutsu. 

 

"16 palms!" Neji struck most of the remaining Tenketsu on Orochimaru's stomach.

 

"32 palms!" The Hyuga prodigy completely shut the Tenketsu on the man's chest effectively stopping his heart, ending with an open palm that sent the man flying. 

 

The limp body of Orochimaru hit a tree and fell on it's branch, but, to the complete and utter shock of the stoic boy the Sannin dissolved into a puddle of mud again and re-emerged from the branch of the tree they were both standing in. 

 

Orochimaru made eye contact with Neji and used the Kanashibari no Jutsu on him without having to even use hand signs. 

 

"You did good, Neji-kun, you definitely live up to expectations." He said

 

Orochimaru made a modified ram seal and his Neck extended towards Neji, he opened his mouth and bit on the boy's neck. A black mark in the form of three tomoe appeared on Neji's shoulder as he dropped to the ground screaming in pure agony before passing out. 

 

"What did you do to him?" Asked Tenten in worry. 

 

"I gave him a gift…" Said the Sannin turning to look at Tenten, he opened his mouth and out came the heaven scroll he swallowed before. "Make sure to pass, it'll be a shame to have my gift go to waste."

 

The treacherous Sannin walked towards the bark of the tree and quite literally merged into it, leaving a worried and tired Tenten with two unconscious teammates. 

 

'Soon Neji-kun, you will come to me begging for power and I'll be happy to comply…'  

 


 

"I have to admit…" Anko smirked.  "This is way more fun than I thought it would be." 

 

"Fun?" Asked Kakashi. 

 

"You know…" Continued Anko. "The joy of tormenting young souls and scaring children to death."

 

"You're peculiar Anko." Said Kakashi with a chuckle. 

 

"You're no fun Kakashi- kun. " Said Anko lodging on Kakashi's shoulder and giving him a seductive wink. 

 

Kakashi had joined Anko in the tower as per the Hokage's orders, he had been there for a while now and as of yet nothing much had happened. 

 

Only one team had made it to the tower in record time and Kakashi had the pleasure of watching the performance of that red-haired boy in the suna team. He made it a point to talk with his students about him when they reached the tower. 

 

The tower was equipped with a surveillance set that allowed the exam's proctor and in this case Kakashi to watch the exams from an advantageous point of view through the use of cameras. 

 

The Genin he was sent here to investigate hadn't done anything that would raise suspicions yet and that had Kakashi thinking hard. 

 

Was he just a normal Genin? 

 

Did he just casually hear about Naruto's mission record from someone? 

 

Had Naruto misheard what he said? 

 

"Anko! Kakashi-senpai!" The voice of a frantic Chunin rushing through the doors of the room to get to them shook Kakashi out of his thoughts. 

 

"What is it?" Anko asked. 

 

"We found something in the outskirts of the forest, you need to see it for yourselves" 

 

Kakashi and Anko nodded to each other and left with the Chunin, each of them leaving a Kage Bunshin in their place to keep on monitoring the test. 

 

The group of Shinobi ran through the forest the fastest they could and reached the gates in half an hour. What they found when they got to their destination wasn't what they were expecting at all. 

 

Being guarded by a squad of ANBU and a pair of Chunin was the lifeless body of the Kusa shinobi Anko had met at the start of the exams. What immediately caught their attention was the face of the girl or rather… the lack of it. 

 

" Orochimaru. " Snarled Anko, getting everyone's attention. 

 

"I would recognize that bastard's handiwork anywhere, it's him, he's here ." She continued. 

 

The squad of ANBU sealed behind the body and turned to look at the highest ranking shinobi among them for Instructions. 

 

"Tora!" Called Kakashi, getting the attention of a brown-haired man with a lion mask on his face "Report this to Hokage-sama immediately." 

 

"Kakashi!" She interrupted. "We have to go in." Anko wasn't thinking clearly and he was very aware of it, he however, knew the presence of the Sannin presented a great risk to every genin team there and he couldn't just let him roam free around them while he waited for the Hokage. 

 

Especially not his team. 

 

Kakashi nodded and instructed the remains of the ANBU squad to go in with them, they were just making their way through the forest again when the Kage Bunshin they left behind both dispelled to inform them of what they had seen through the screens. 

 

Orochimaru playing with Neji and his team. 

 

"We have to go now!" Yelled Anko, fastening her pace. 

 

When they got to the spot where the battle took place everyone was long gone, Anko managed to pick up a trail and they pursued for a while longer. 

 

After what felt like hours their pursuit brought fruits and they were now face to face with the snake sannin himself. Anko was about to jump in and get rid of that condescending smirk of his but Kakashi stopped her. 

 

"What are you doing here?" Asked Kakashi with a commanding voice. 

 

Orochimaru brushed off Kakashi's tone and chuckled at him "My my Kakashi-kun, you're going to make me think you're not happy to see me."

 

"Just tell us what you want you bastard, what did you want with that team?!" Demanded Anko. 

 

Orochimaru slumped his shoulders in fake defeat and replied. "And here I thought holding back on them would allow me to go unnoticed."

 

The squad of ANBU all surrounded Orochimaru and got ready to attack him just like Kakashi and Anko. The copycat revealed his sharingan eye and carefully studied Orochimaru. 

 

The man smirked at them and made a half ram seal. The curse mark on Anko reacted and she dropped to the ground, thrashing around and screaming in agony. 

 

"Konoha shinobi have become so rude ever since I left…" Joked Orochimaru. "Let me go quietly and I might let little Anko-chan live."

 

To the untrained eye it might seem like Orochimaru was scared of Kakashi, he wasn't, he could take down everyone present at the same time if it came to it, and they all knew it, what Orochimaru wanted to avoid was his own former sensei who the Sannin knew was most likely already informed of his presence. 

 

Kakashi had trained his ass off the past few months ever since returning from his mission in Nami, he knows he has what it takes to give the Sannin a decent fight, but he was sure it wouldn't be enough to be him, he relented and stood down, allowing the traitor to vanish once again, after the Sannin left Anko stopped screaming and fell unconscious. 

 

"I'm taking her back to the tower, someone tell the Hokage to meet me in the infirmary." Said Kakashi as he vanished in a swirl of leaves carrying the purple haired woman in his arms. 

 

 


 

"Is that boy truly worth the trouble Orochimaru-sama?" 

 

"I don't like being questioned, Kabuto ." Replied the man menacingly. 

 

"I didn't mean to question your judgement, Orochimaru-sama, I'm merely curious." Replied the teen without a hint of fear in his voice.

 

The Snake Sannin chuckled at his lack of respect and addressed his protege " Kago no Tori no Juin , the Caged Bird Seal. It truly is a magnificent creation."

 

Kabuto looked at him with questioning eyes asking him to elaborate further. 

 

"Working around the Caged Bird Seal is hard, but not impossible… I could get a Main House member without much trouble but, this boy is not only a prodigy… he's full of hatred, hatred I can use. " Said the Sannin. 

 

"Aren't you worried that the Hyuga might use the seal to get rid of him before you can take him?" 

 

Kabuto's question was beyond amusing to the Sannin, if his loud laughter was anything to go by. "You think my foolish sensei would allow the Hyuuga to kill a child of the leaf?" 

 

"I thought the Hokage didn't have the power to get involved in clan affairs." Commented Kabuto.

 

"He doesn't… but, my involvement in this is a matter of village security, he can and will overrule them without thinking twice about it to save the child." The Hokage is the maximum authority in the village, the clans only had such liberties because the Shodaime allowed them to when he founded the village. 

 

No clan was dumb enough to go against the Hokage these days anyway. 

 

Not anymore

 

"It truly is a shame." Said the sannin, snapping out of his own thoughts. "Imagine what I could've done with Sasuke-kun…

Notes:

Hello again everyone!

It was pretty obvious Orochimaru would go after the Byakugan from the way I worded it (and because there's no other Dōjutsu in the village too).
I would like to remind everyone that at this point in the story, the knowledge of Naruto's Sharingan is still a well guarded secret to ensure Naruto's protection, it will become public knowledge once Naruto uses it publicly of course but that is yet to happen, hence why Orochimaru isn't interested in him.
He won't be interested in him even when he finds out though, it's pretty common knowledge that an implanted Sharingan eye isn't as good as the natural one, but that will be addressed in time.

I would like to inform everyone of something that's important for this story, when I started writing this I wasn't set on a pairing yet and I made it very clear that it could either be a straight pairing or a yaoi/slash one. I've thought about it a lot and I've come to a decision.

This story's pairing for Naruto will be with another guy, meaning yaoi/slash. I would like to reiterate that romance won't be a main focus for this story though and the ship itself won't start until we reach the Shippuden part of the story, I understand some may not like my decision and I respect it if you abandon the fic (though I did say this was a very possible outcome so it shouldn't come up as a surprise, if I ever do write another Naruto fic I will probably do NaruIno, that ship is criminally underrated), this is something I write mostly for me and I want it to be something I'm at least somewhat satisfied with.

Anyway, I hope you all enjoyed the chapter and what is to come.

Glossary:

Doton: Shinjuu Zanshu no Jutsu
Earth Release: Headhunter Jutsu

Futon: Hanpatsu Kaze no Jutsu
Wind Release: Retrieving Wind Jutsu

Magen: Narukami no Jutsu
Demonic Illusion: Hell Viewing Technique

Hakke Kusho
Eight Trigrams Vacuum Palm

Sogu: Baku Ryusei
Manipulated Tools: Binding Meteor

Konoha Senpuu
Leaf Whirlwind

Gogyo Fuin
Five Element Seal

Kanashibari no Jutsu
Temporary Paralysis Technique

Chapter 8: Bird Of Prey

Notes:

i, lucifyr, has put codex’s author notes in the fic since it’s to long, please don’t mind ~

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

"Status report, now!" The Hokage made his way through the infirmary where Kakashi had asked to be met with a troubled look on his face. 

 

It's not everyday that your wayward student decides to pay a visit. 

 

"We made contact with Orochimaru in the forest, he really is here." Said Kakashi grimly. 

 

The Hokage sighed. "Do we know what he's doing here?" 

 

"We're not sure yet, He attacked Hyuga Neji's team and left both boys completely out cold, we're still monitoring them through the screens." Informed Kakashi, earning a thoughtful look from the Hokage. 

 

"This has become too serious, ANBU!" The same brown haired man with a Lion mask from before showed up. "Gather a squad and go into the forest, retrieve every team still competing and get them out of there, the exams are cancel-" 

 

"No!" Yelled out a recently awakened Anko. 

 

"No?" Asked the Hokage

 

"If we cancel the exams, he's going to attack the village." Said Anko, surprising the Jounin and the Hokage. 

 

"How do you know that, Anko?" Kakashi certainly didn't remember Orochimaru telling them he would do such a thing when they faced him off. 

 

"She…" Anko motioned to a little snake coming out of her trench coat, "told me." 

 

Anko was allowed to sign the Snake summoning contract back when she was still Orochimaru's apprentice, after his deflection and her return to the village he tried to get her off but much to his chagrin, the leader of the Snake clan, Manda, view Orochimaru as nothing more than a pest he did favors to from time to time and as such wouldn't honor his wishes. 

 

The summoning clan later became divided between those who came to realize Orochimaru was a sick bastard and those who didn't care as long as they got a free meal out of helping him. 

 

The former were the ones Anko frequently summoned. 

 

Both groups were still a part of the same clan and as such, could be summoned by either if they so choose, hence why Orochimaru had been able to send Anko a message. 

 

"If he's willing to attack us just to make sure we keep this going there must be a reason why he's doing this…" Mused the Hokage before something clicked on his mind. 

 

"It's the Hyuga boy, that's what he's after…" He looked at Kakashi. "Did you see what he did to him?" 

 

Kakashi shook his head. "We were out of the tower looking at the corpse the chunin found, we left a pair of Kage Bunshin to keep watching in our absence but they released themselves the moment they saw him in the surveillance system as instructed." 

 

"Did you find anything?" He asked, rubbing his chin in thought. 

 

"When we got there both him and Team 9 were long gone… we located the team, should we send a squad to retrieve them?" 

 

Hiruzen thought about it for a moment and slumped his shoulders. "I would like to get them out as soon as possible… but it's best if we let them stay in the forest and complete the exams." 

 

"Why would we do that Hokage-sama?" Asked Kakashi. 

 

"He's interested in Neji, that makes Neji the key to lure him out." Hiruzen looked sternly at Anko and she immediately knew what that look meant. 

 

"Do you think he did that to him?" Anko's voice was full of something akin to sadness and frustration when she asked that question, she received a sad nod from the Hokage as an answer. 

 

"He knows what he did is dangerous, if he truly believes what he's doing is worth the risk then we must find out what it is."

 

Kakashi wasn't too thrilled about this, he knew the Hokage was right but he still didn't like it, growing as close to his team as he had it was hard for him to sacrifice another for the sake of the village. 

 

The Hokage seemed to have caught Kakashi's train of thought if the comforting hand on his shoulder was any indication. 

 

"Tora, I want a squad ready for an emergency extraction, you will stay here and watch over the team, if at any point Orochimaru decides to approach them again and only if he does you will intervene." The Sandaime wanted to keep the team safe from his wayward student but he couldn't show any form of favoritism, especially not with foreign shinobi in the forest. 

 

If another participating team made a move on them it was up to Team 9 to keep themselves safe. 

 


 

"Please wake up… either of you, p-please just wake up…" It was hard for Tenten not to shed a few tears when looking at her team's dire condition, desperation was visible in her face mixed with the frustration she was feeling because there was nothing she could do to help. 

 

It was even harder for her to even start to process just how they managed to get into this situation. Team 9 had started this exam with no doubt in their minds that they were going to ace them and come out as Chunin. 

 

She started thinking they might have been wrong. 

 

After being toyed by Orochimaru of the Sannin, Tenten managed to carry both of her teammates to the safest cave she could find in her vicinity, she found one a few kilometers away from the place where they encountered the traitorous ninja, she wasn't sure exactly how far though. 

 

She knew it was important to keep track of her steps as a ninja but limping your way through a forest full of threats while carrying the unconscious weight of both of your teammates had a way of making you a little… distracted

 

The team was now resting in what Tenten thought to be a safe place, the cave they were in was protected by layer after layer of traps made out of the girl's own supplies and what she could find in her vicinity. 

 

She wanted to use her weapons for them so badly, but she had already wasted enough as it is, best not waste anymore here.

 

What were the chances that someone would be able to find them there anyway? 

 

Tenten took a look at the scroll she was holding in her hand and sighed, the Chunin exams were now the least of her worries, if it were up to her she would've quit the test and made sure her team was alright. Sadly for her, quitting was not an option. 

 

"Argh…" 

 

At first Tenten would immediately jump to her teammate and secret crush's aid when she heard him complaining, it took her a long time to realize she couldn't do anything to help him. 

 

What troubled her the most was not knowing what was going on with her team. 

 

Neji had been bitten by the Sannin and knocked unconscious shortly after, a seal had appeared right were his neck met his shoulders and Tenten didn't know what it meant, she had a decent grasp of fuinjutsu - higher than the average Genin - because of her fighting style, that mark however completely baffled her. 

 

He had been suffering from an intense fever ever since he fell unconscious and it was still burning hot in his body. To top that the Hyuga prodigy would start trembling, groaning in pain from time to time and the seal would give weird pulses, she didn't know what it meant, she didn't know why it was happening, but she knew it couldn't be good. 

 

Her other teammate wasn't faring any better and Tenten knew even less of what was going on with Lee, never had he been unconscious for so long. She didn't know what Orochimaru did to him but it had to be incredibly powerful if he managed to close the gates with a single move. 

 

A noise coming from outside of the cave alerted Tenten, she held a kunai in each hand -one in a reversed grip- and she walked silently towards the exit to find a squirrel looking a bit lost. 

 

Thinking she was overreacting Tenten calmed down and was just about to walk back to her teammates when a hissing sound caught her attention, quickly realizing what it was she spun around to see an exploding tag just activated in the small body of the squirrel. 

 

Without a second thought Tenten threw one of her kunai with perfect accuracy at the animal, making sure it exploded as far away from her and her teammates as possible. 

 

BOOM

 

A bigger explosion than she anticipated engulfed the clearing and a big cloud of dust rose from the ground. Fetching another kunai from her pouch she walked to the cave's entrance and started looking around for her attacker. 

 

The dust settled and it revealed the genin team from the sound; Kinuta Dosu, Tsuchi Kin and Abumi Zaku. 

 

"We're here for the Hyuga," Said the heavily bandaged one. "Give him to us and we'll let you live." 

 

"What do you want with Neji?" Tenten could guess what they wanted but she needed to buy enough time to come up with something to defend herself. 

 

"That is none of your concern little girl." 

 

Tenten growled. "If you want Neji you'll have to get through me!" 

 

The sound team started laughing at her and that only made her even more mad, one thing was to try and take her teammate from her, but Tenten hated to be underestimated. 

 

"If you have a death wish then so be it."

 

The spokesman of the team who Tenten assumed to be their leader rushed at her, being that exactly what she wanted she threw a kunai at him that seemingly missed his target. 

 

He smirked behind his bandages but just before he could mock her, the kunai hit a tree trunk that had a thin ninja wire tied around it. 

 

A thick trunk with short pointed rocks tied around it came flying at him, failing to react fast enough to dodge the hit; he was stabbed in multiple places and sent flying until he crashed with a tree and dropped to the ground in a loud thud. 

 

"Dosu!" Yelled the other male of the team, if not familiar with them you might think he was concerned for his teammate. 

 

The truth is he was annoyed because he would have to do more work himself. 

 

Charging fast at Tenten in hopes of catching her off guard, Zaku started charging a big amount of energy on both arms. 

 

On closer inspection Tenten could see… holes? 

 

Not really wanting to find out why he had holes in his palms, Tenten threw a kunai at the ground triggering another one of her traps. In the most undignified way possible Zaku tripped over a hidden rope that tied tightly around his left foot, he was suddenly picked up by it and thrown towards the tree it was tied to. 

 

He hit his head hard. 

 

Making another one of her attackers drop unconscious with the use of her clever traps Tenten started feeling really confident, she didn't have any more traps set but she didn't doubt she could take on the girl of the team without much trouble. 

 

With a smirk of her own, Kin threw a hail of senbon needles at Tenten that she dodged by going down. Not one to waste an opportunity Tenten charged at her only to drop to the ground when the sound of a bell ringing invaded her ear. Unable to stand up, all she could do was watch as Kin calmly walked towards her. 

 

"That is as far as you go." With a chuckle Kin stopped right in front of the struggling Tenten and kicked her stomach as hard as she physically could and stopped to look at the pain visible in her face only to start again. 

 

The onslaught of kicks continued and Tenten could do absolutely nothing to stop it, the devious girl would only give her enough time to cough blood and catch some wind before continuing punishing her. 

 

Growing tired of only kicking the girl's stomach, Kin started viciously stomping her head with as much force as she could, making a dent in the ground the shape of Tenten's face. 

 

Growing bored of her own torture methods, Kin grabbed her arm and bent her elbow backwards, effectively breaking it and making Tenten scream in agony as she bled all over from her multiple bruises, just to top it all off she stabbed a kunai in each of her thighs. 

 

Kin kicked her hard on the head one more time and what little consciousness was still with Tenten started leaving her. 

 

Waking up extremely annoyed, Dosu grabbed a kunai and started making his way towards the barely conscious Tenten, set on ending her life for daring to hurt him. 

 

NIKUDAN SENSHA!

 

A giant Human boulder came spinning full force at Tenten's attacker, it caught both Kin and Dosu completely off guard but, while Kin managed to jump back in time to avoid the impact, Dosu was hit and crushed so hard by it that he stuck to it and kept rolling with the ball until it finally came to a stop. 

 

Ino landed beside Tenten and started checking her for injuries, she wasn't familiar with her, she in fact had only met her once before but Ino was in no way going to allow a fellow leaf kunoichi to be abused that way. 

 

In her time with Sakura ever since their old friendship resurfaced the pink haired girl shared with Ino the little medical knowledge she had gotten from the scrolls she was provided as well as the books Sakura got from the library, sadly, neither she or Sakura were at a level where they could treat extensive injuries. 

 

In Tenten's case multiple concussions most definitely, stab wounds and what she assumed to be severe lacerations in her stomach as well as a broken arm. 

 

Ino's teammates dropped beside her while she got to work on stopping the bleeding and at least making sure Tenten's pain was bearable. 

 

"Shika, she's really hurt!" Ino was frantic, she didn't know exactly what it was she wanted her teammate to accomplish but he's supposed to be really smart and she's counting on that. 

 

"We don't have a way to treat her, our best shot is to fend these guys off and take her to the tower with us." Shikamaru was analyzing the situation as calmly as he could, she knew Sakura's medical training and by extension Ino's wasn't good enough to treat more than not so threatening injuries, he didn't doubt Ino could heal most of the damage done to the girl's stomach but he wasn't so sure about the head. 

 

"You fucking Tree Huggers!" Kin became incredibly angry and snarled at them as she got out a full hail of senbon with her special bells tied. 

 

Not having been present long enough to be sure of how her jutsu worked or what it was that her Jutsu did, Shikamaru decided it was best to interrupt her before she did anything at all; he started going through the hand seals for his own jutsu but his pissed teammate beat him to it. 

 

Shintenshin no Jutsu!

 

Still on the ground with Tenten, Ino's body dropped seemingly void of life, while in Kin's body the Yamanaka girl's conscience took control. 

 

Dosu came back to stand next to his 'teammate' being as angry as she was and started channeling chakra into his arm's modifications to use against them. 

 

Ino took advantage of his distraction and from Kin's body she stabbed a kunai in her leg and a senbon needle in the back of his neck, making him drop unconscious. 

 

Zankuuha!

 

From the air vents installed on his arms Zaku channeled chakra and formed a gust of wind strong enough to destroy rocks and aimed it at the possessed Kin, he hit his target and sent her flying causing multiple cuts in her body in the process. 

 

Ino got back into her body but was hurt by Zaku's attack because of her telepathic link with Kin's body. 

 

"I'm going to kill you, I'm going to KILL YOU ALL!" Blinded by rage Zaku started charging an incredible amount of chakra in both of his arms, set on destroying the group of Genin gathered in front of him. 

 

Zankyokukuuha!

 

An overloaded version of the jutsu he used before, capable of leveling the ground as it went, started advancing towards them at high speeds. 

 

Out of nowhere, Naruto appeared and jumped in front of the attack, already going through a set of hand seals. 

 

Futon: Bouseki Tate no Kaze!

 

All around them the wind started spinning in a circular motion effectively creating a shield Naruto loaded as much chakra as he could into. 

 

Both jutsu collided in an explosion of wind that rose a big cloud of dust, when it cleared it revealed an angry Naruto and a Zaku barely able to stand from exhaustion. Naruto's hands and part of his arms were bruised and had shallow cuts in them that slowly started healing on their own. 

 

"That hurt you asshole!" Yelled Naruto with clear anger in his voice. 

 

"N-Naruto?" 

 


 

Moments Earlier. 

 

"Weird…" 

 

"You've been saying that a lot since we entered the forest, Naruto-kun." Joked Sakura. 

 

Naruto chuckled at Sakura's comment and started exploring the area they were now in. "I can feel here…"

 

"What do you mean?" 

 

"I can still feel the energy from the trees but…" Naruto turned to look at her. "There's no animals here, no nothing, it's like a zone free of interference."

 

Part of the reason Naruto had such a hard time using his sensing abilities in the forest was the vast amount of animals and insects interfering with his sensing. While not every being had a big chakra signature there were a lot of them and that made it harder for Naruto to focus. 

 

If he had more training it would probably not be a problem for Naruto, Kakashi had explained to him that the best way of training his senses was exposing himself to situations like this and focus on each individual signature and separate it from the others time and time again. That way he would get used to bigger amounts of signatures, amplify his range over time and get through what Naruto described as Interference. 

 

He had however neglected training his sensing abilities the most in favor of working on his fuinjutsu, he still trained but definitely not enough to feel through the forest clearly. That's why this clearing irked him, for some reason the animals had left completely, Naruto could see the signs of battle and by the looks of it it must've been a big one. 

 

Whatever it was that happened here must've scared the local fauna away. 

 

"I'll try and find a team from here." Naruto got to his knees and placed his index and middle finger on the ground. He closed his eyes and started concentrating on as much as he could, near him he found what he thought to be a team from Suna, he was just about to tell Sakura when he felt them. 

 

A few Kilometers from where they were, he could feel Team 10 and Team 9 fighting another team together, that immediately struck him as weird until he noticed Neji's chakra was all wrong, there was something going on with him and whatever it was. 

 

It felt evil. 

 

Then Naruto noticed what worried him the most, he couldn't feel Lee, he could feel Tenten with lower than normal reserves, but he couldn't feel his friend at all, Lee always had a small signature because of his condition, but it was there, no different to that of a regular civilian. 

 

Full of worry, Naruto didn't even think twice. 

 

"Team 9 is hurt!" He released all of his weights and told Sakura to catch up to him as fast as she could and he started running. 

 

He ran and ran as fast as he could for kilometers without stopping, he has always been a stamina freak and that's the only thing that allowed him to run as much as he just did. 

 

When he got to them the first thing he saw was Zaku shooting his overpowered gust of wind at them. 

 


 

Present Time. 

 

"What the hell happened here, Shikamaru?" Naruto couldn't see Neji or Lee anywhere and the only thing he found was an unconscious Tenten being taken care of by Ino. 

 

"We don't know, when we got here they were beating Tenten in the ground, I don't know where Neji and Lee are." Answered Shikamaru, currently the only calm member of Team 10.

 

Naruto closed his eyes to focus for a moment and calm down, he turned to look at the cave where he felt Neji and Lee to be at, he was glad he could feel Lee this up close, a giant weight was lifted off his shoulders. 

 

"Where's Sakura?" Asked Ino

 

"She's coming, I ran here as fast as I could, she's catching up, should get here in a few minutes." As predicted by Naruto, Sakura arrived a few minutes after, she bonked Naruto on the head for ditching her and then walked towards Ino and Tenten and started helping the Yamanaka with her treatment. 

 

Naruto and Shikamaru were both going to enter the cave where the boys were resting to assess the situation when they felt it. 

 

An energy so powerful and so vile even the non-sensors could feel, just waking up Tenten caught a glimpse of Neji walking out of the cave, a series of black markings extending through his body. 

 

Shikamaru subconsciously went to grab a kunai with Naruto doing the same with one of his twin staffs. 

 

Neji paid no mind to them and turned to look at his fallen teammate only to find her beaten to a pulp and barely conscious.

 

"Who did that to you?" Even though his voice seemed calm and stoic as usual, everyone could feel the hatred in it.

 

Zaku who was just coming back to himself stood up and faced Neji with a smug look on his face, his exhaustion clouding his judgement. 

 

"I did! Why? Are you angry?" As he asked the question Zaku pointed one of his arms at Neji and started channeling chakra to it. 

 

Not dignifying a response, Neji started to walk slowly towards him until he disappeared in a show of pure speed, he re-emerged just beside Zaku and without a second thought he started attacking the Tenketsu in his arms, but he didn't stop there, once all the chakra pathways in his arms were closed he started attacking all his blood vessels and nerves. 

 

The arm fell limp to the side and started swelling at the same time it turned purple, not caring about it Neji continued his assault on it, the sight of blood starting to drip from the constant onslaught of precise strikes did very little to satiate his bloodlust. 

 

Neji's body was covered in blood while Zaku fell to the ground screaming in pure agony, holding his arm and trashing around the ground, hoping it would somehow lessen the pain. Had Neji not been interrupted, he would've kept until his arm exploded. 

 

"WHAT IS WRONG WITH Y-" 

 

HAKKE KUSHO! 

 

Neji placed a palm on Naruto's unsuspecting chest to stop his advance and sent him flying at full intensity until he crashed loudly into the wall of the cave making him wince in pain. 

 

Kagemane no Jutsu! 

 

Holding a rat seal, Shikamaru's shadow connected with Neji freezing him in place, he immediately started struggling as the potent chakra surrounding Neji overpowered his own, Neji was set free and started running at Shikamaru only to be stopped by strong rock covered punch courtesy of Sakura. 

 

Neji was sent crashing hard into the ground by the sheer force of Sakura's attack but seemed unaffected by it as he stood up once again. 

 

"STAND DOWN NEJI!" Yelled Tenten, standing up and leaning into Ino for support. 

 

'They're holding you back…' Neji turned to look at his teammate with a face full of hatred and started walking toward her with no care for the other people present, Sakura and Chōji wished to intervene but Tenten didn't allow it. 

 

'They want you to be weak…' Neji kept walking even more enraged as the whispers filled his ears and clouded his senses. 

 

'They think you a slave, they're just like them' He stood in front of her and looked ready to attack, chakra started to be molded in his hands and despite Sakura's insistence to let her help Tenten wouldn't have it. 

 

'Kill them, kill them all…' Neji raised his hand toward his teammate, set on stopping her heart with a single movement, but much to everyone's surprise, including Neji's, the bloodied and bruised Tenten managed to conjure enough force to squirm off of Ino's hold and slap him in the face, hard.

 

"Stand down " This time Tenten's voice came out as a full on command and for some reason, it seemed to work. Neji was brought out of his trance, pearl white eyes staring into brown ones.

 

The marks taking over Neji started to recede and went back to hide into his neck. With the sudden burst of evil chakra gone Neji dropped to his knees. 

 

'Troublesome…' 

 

"We give up!" Said a recently awakened Dosu carrying Kin on his shoulder. "Here, take our scroll, we're leaving." He then picked up his now unconscious teammate and rushed the hell out of that clearing. 

 

Naruto picked himself up from the ground and watched the whole thing play out as he made his way back to the group, seeing Neji in the ground and no trace of the weird markings he sighed and stood next to his teammate while looking at the Hyuuga in the ground. 

 

"That was rude." He said, crossing his arms. 

 

"Tenten, what happened to you?" Asked Sakura. 

 

Tenten sighed and sat down again, she then started retelling the events she and her team had gone through up until the sound team first made their way to her, including their fight with Orochimaru and what he did to Neji, much to the Hyuga's annoyance. 

 

He hated the fact that he was bested by an opponent, he hated the fact that he found the power he had been gifted alluring even more. 

 

"Orochimaru…" Started Naruto looking intently at Neji. "I only know he went rogue years ago, Jiji doesn't like to talk about him." Naruto made his way to Neji and much to his annoyance helped the Hyuga up. 

 

"May I look at it? Please. " He said with a playful tone, Naruto understood the gravity of the situation, but he wasn't going to pass on a chance to mock Neji anytime soon. 

 

Neji allowed him to look at the seal either way, he knew Naruto was learning Fuinjutsu -because he wouldn't stop talking about it when he trained along with his team- it wouldn't hurt to let him check. Naruto was studying the design and couldn't understand much about the way the seal was constructed so he started asking questions. 

 

"How exactly did it feel when you used it?" 

 

"I felt it pulling at me, like it was taking over my chakra when I used the Byakugan." He answered without losing the stoicism that was characteristic of him. 

 

"That is interesting…" Naruto put a finger over it and started focusing on his sensing ability to see if he could learn anything useful about it, he could feel the vile chakra extending through Neji's own, like it was trying to taint it. 

 

"It's way above my paygrade…" He sighed and removed his finger from it and allowed some space to breathe. "It seems to be connected to your Byakugan somehow and it's extending through your body, the best I can do for you is seal your chakra flow to stop it from going through your body until someone who knows what they're doing takes a look." 

 

That made Neji angry. 

 

"That is unacceptable, I still need to pass this test." His voice was daring Naruto to say otherwise and knowing he wouldn't be able to convince him he started looking for alternatives and spoted the scroll the sound team had left on the ground. 

 

"What scroll do you have?" He asked. 

 

Tenten was the one to reply. "Heaven."

 

Smiling to himself, Naruto went and picked the Heaven scroll Dosu left behind and put it in his pouch. "Give our extra to them." He instructed Sakura. 

 

Catching up to what Naruto wanted to do Sakura did as instructed and handed Neji the earth scroll. 

 

"Now you have the scrolls you need, let's go to the tower and have someone look at you." Naruto was really hoping Kakashi would know what to do about it, he grew a lot in his fuinjutsu knowledge but this was on a whole other league. 

 

He had to give it to Orochimaru, when it comes to seals he seemed to be one sophisticated bastard. 

 

"I don't need your help."

 

"Calm down… Neji." Out of the cave came out Lee, breathing hard and still bruised. 

 

"Bushy brows!" Naruto rushed at his friend and started looking frantically over him. Besides Shikamaru and Choji, Lee had become one of Naruto's dearest friends and the immense fear he felt when he couldn't detect his chakra signature wasn't something he would be forgetting any time soon. 

 

"What did he do to you? I can barely feel your presence." The concern in his voice was evident. 

 

"I'm not sure, Naruto-kun." The memories of his fight were very scarce and his head hurt too much to concentrate on anything at the moment. 

 

"He closed the gates pressing his fingers on his stomach." Explained Tenten, immediately catching Naruto's attention. 

 

The boy knew about the Hachimon formation thanks to Lee and Gai and he was sure just hitting someone hard in the stomach wasn't enough to close the gates. 

 

With Lee's consent Naruto lift off his ripped jumpsuit to reveal his stomach and sure enough, a five element seal was there, Lee couldn't channel chakra but that didn't mean his chakra wasn't there, Orochimaru probably used the seal to force shut what little chakra he had available and the gates closed. 

 

"That's nasty ." It was, in Naruto's opinion, well within his area of expertise, while the seal was a few levels above Naruto's own; it was one of the seals he found in the scroll left by his mother, he had made it a point to learn as many of them as he could, and the counters for some of the more advanced ones. That way he would be able to help when needed even if he couldn't replicate the seal itself. 

 

He had been right. 

 

"This is going to hurt a little." Naruto closed his eyes to focus the right amount of chakra in his hand, he formed a claw with his fingers and each of them started shining a light blue in the tips. 

 

Gogyo Kain! 

 

Naruto slammed his hand into Lee's seal hard and knocked the wind out of him. The green-clad genin stood up almost immediately however and thanked Naruto for his youthful assistance. 

 

"Are you done Shika?" Naruto asked to his lazy friend. 

 

Shikamaru, who at this point only wanted to drop to the ground and stare at the clouds, looked tiredly at his friend and nodded. "We were on our way to the tower when we found them."

 

"We should all go together then." Said Sakura voicing Naruto's thoughts. "Tenten needs to be looked at by a medic, traveling in a big group will prevent other teams from attacking us"

 

Everyone agreed - almost - and they decided to let team 9 rest a little before making their way to the tower, Sakura patched some of Tenten's injuries with the supplies she was carrying on her and let her sleep for a while. 

 

The damage caused by the relentless kicking Kin had given her while Tenten was trapped under her genjutsu really made a number on her. 

 

Naruto walked to Neji and asked him to remove his shirt, he unsealed a brush and some ink from a scroll on his pouch and started drawing a seal on his neck to stop the flow of his chakra, the seal was by no means perfect or what Naruto would call fancy, but it served its purpose and while it was not hard to break, he was putting it on a willing subject. 

 

He went through a short sequence of hand-seals making the seal light up, after Neji tried to use his Byakugan and failed, Naruto was satisfied and the three gathered teams made their way to the tower. 

 


 

If qualities of heaven are your desire, acquire wisdom and knowledge to bring your mind higher. 

 

If qualities of earth are what you lack, train your body in fields and prepare to attack. 

 

"I don't know what that means!" Exclaimed Lee looking happier than necessary. "What a Youthful riddle, LET US FAN OUR FLAMES OF YOUTH TO UNDERSTAND IT'S MEANING!" 

 

"Stop yelling!" Shikamaru's left eye was twitching, he had been hearing Lee's youthful proclamations for a whole day now. "Troublesome idiot." 

 

"Why don't you relax a little Shika?" Suggested Choji with a little apprehension.

 

It had taken them all a little over a day to get to the tower, because of Team 9's dire situation they all had decided to take it easy, and walk all the way here as opposed to running. 

 

Had they done that they probably would've made it in a few hours, saving Shikamaru from the constant speeches of youth and the banter between the members of Team 9 and Naruto. 

 

Shikamaru liked Naruto, he really did; Shikamaru knew Naruto was right most of the time in his discussions with Neji; he just couldn't understand why he would keep on arguing when it was clear the Hyuga wasn't going to change his mind about his beliefs. 

 

This whole thing is such a drag. 

 

The Nara heir sighed. "We need to open both of our scrolls at the same time." Not wanting to waste any more time here than it was necessary, Shikamaru tossed both of his team's scrolls to the ground in the form of an x revealing a sealing array Naruto recognized as a summoning contract. 

 

"Hello!" Announced the Jounin in charge of Team 10, Sarutobi Asuma. "I had no doubt you guys were going to make it, come with me now." Asuma stepped out of the smoke and started walking into the tower with his team behind, taking them to a set of rooms where they would be allowed to rest until this part of the exams came to an end. 

 

After exchanging nods with Shikamaru Naruto grabbed the scroll he was carrying while Sakura did the same, and they tossed them in the ground summoning their own sensei to the room. 

 

"Kakashi-sensei, Orochi-" 

 

"We know, Sakura." Kakashi would've liked to congratulate his team but there were more pressing matters at the moment. "Use your scrolls to summon Gai, Neji." He ordered. 

 

Not wasting time the Hyuga prodigy did as instructed and did as the other teams had done, making Gai appear in the room with a face so serious it seemed out of place. 

 

"Gai." Said Kakashi, getting the man's attention. "Take your team to the infirmary, I'll take Neji to see the Hokage." As he said that he made a Kage Bunshin that approached his team. 

 

"My clone is going to take you to your room, I'll meet you there when this is sorted out."

 

"Sensei…" Called out Naruto. "The seal is connected to his Byakugan somehow, I placed a suppression seal on him to stop the spreading of the invading chakra, make sure to remove it." Kakashi nodded at Naruto's explanation and motioned his clone to take them to their room. 

 

Naruto and Sakura followed the clone to a room and entered alongside him, after telling them the real Kakashi would come see them when he was done with the Hokage he disappeared and left both Naruto and Sakura to their devices. They both collapsed in one of the beds. 

 

They considered themselves extremely lucky to have come out as safely as they had of the forest, had they run into the same trouble Team 9 had they didn't know if they would be able to make it. 

 

Naruto was also glad he could feel Gaara in the tower, that meant he wasn't somewhere else destroying any Genin team, he felt wrong judging Gaara's character without really knowing him but… the feel of his chakras could only mean trouble. 

 

"We should rest, Naruto." Said Sakura, she knew very well what was going on through his mind and she had to agree with him. 

 

Naruto only nodded at her and laid down on a different bed staring at the ceiling, hoping that Kakashi and the Sandaime would know what to do. 

 


 

 

"I'm sure Naruto would've loved to be a part of this." Said Kakashi as he carefully drew a complex array of Kanji in Neji's body with his own blood under the supervision of the Hokage and Gai. 

 

"I don't think this is the time for a Fuinjutsu lesson, Kakashi." Gai's tone was probably more aggressive than it should've been, no one would blame him though, having your student in a situation as complex as this can put anyone on edge.

 

"Calm down Gai… Kakashi is just making regular chit-chat, surely you wouldn't fault a proud sensei for talking about his students?" Though an innocent question from the Hokage, Gai was able to understand perfectly the meaning behind his words. 

 

"I'm sorry Hokage-sama, Kakashi, it was most un-youthful of me." He said earning a chuckle and a dismissive wave from the Hokage, Kakashi wasn't really paying attention to them anymore, too focused on the finishing touches of the array. 

 

'There's too many people in there, it wouldn't be wise to make a move on Neji-kun now that sensei is there…' Orochimaru was hidden in the shadows outside of the room where the sealing ritual was taking place. 

 

He didn't wish for Neji's gift to be sealed away, but he wasn't too worried about it, the seal Kakashi was preparing depended on the recipient's will. Someone with such repressed hatred as Neji surely can be manipulated with the right incentives. 

 

'Oh well… I will allow you to think you're winning just this time dear sensei' Even in his thoughts, the snake Sannin managed to chuckle in that mocking way only he's capable of. 

 

Orochimaru disguised himself as a Jounin-sensei from Oto again and left swiftly without being detected. 

 

Or so he thought. 

 

'I should feel insulted that he thinks I wouldn't be able to detect him out there, there's still much to learn for you Orochimaru' Sarutobi would've loved to intercept the Sannin right then and there to put an end to what he started years ago, alas it wasn't meant to be. 

 

Such a fight in a place full of Genin would prove to be disastrous, there was no doubt in Hiruzen's mind that Orochimaru had more than one contingency set in place if such an occasion arose, for the time being he would allow him to go. 

 

Hopefully that decision won't come to bite him in the ass later. 

 

Shaking his head out of his musings the Hokage watched as Kakashi finished his work on the seals that were placed on the young prodigy, making sure the seals coincided with those in the book he was using to supervise the Jonin as he went the Hokage nodded to him, signaling it was okay for him to start. 

 

Nodding back, Kakashi addressed the young Hyuuga. "This is going to hurt a lot, Neji, whatever happens make sure to move as little as possible." Not waiting for a response -and very convinced that he wasn't getting one- he started going through a complex set of hand seals and placing his hands on the curse mark, as he finished Kakashi called out. 

 

Fuja Hoin!

 

The Kanjis drawn in blood started creeping up Neji's back slowly, converging all around the curse mark. The Hyuga boy let out a piercing scream that made his own sensei flinch but, despite the pain he was going through Neji's will was strong enough for him to remain completely still during the entire process, after the ritual was over Neji lost consciousness and was then taken by Gai to the infirmary. 

 

There are still two days left for the next phase of the exams to begin and if what the Hokage thinks will have to happen ends up happening, Neji might not be allowed to participate unless he wakes up in time 

 

Hopefully no more teams will get to the tower in the meantime, he really didn't want to host preliminary rounds.

 

 

 


 

AN: Hello again everyone! 

The announcement about Naruto's future pairing wasn't very well received and I would be lying if I said I expected otherwise. The truth is, when I initially started thinking about writing fanfiction I didn't want to include a pairing because of this same reason, you can never please everyone. That however allowed me to reach a certain conclusion, if I can't please everyone, why don't I at least please myself? I took a lot of time debating this story's pairing, as I said, Ino was hands down the strongest candidate for a long time followed by Sakura, but I also thought about other options, Shikamaru, Kiba heck even Sasuke at some point (that goes to show how long before I started writing the plot this whole brainstorming happened). The truth is when it comes to fanfiction, I honestly don't care about a characters sexual orientation or the pairing as long as it makes sense, it is fanfiction after all, every author deserves their creative freedom. 

I appreciate the suggestions I get both in my PM's and my comments in every site this story is being posted, and I take everything into consideration, that's why I took so long to decide about the pairing, but as I said before, if I went with a different way to please the crowd, I probably would have ended up writing something I'm not enjoying, and it probably would show in my writing. That's why after careful consideration I decided on my pairing, yes, it will be a guy but there's more to my pairing than just having Naruto date someone and I hope that will show when the time comes, also, Naruto is bisexual in this, his feelings for Sakura are all true. I won't reveal who the pairing will be until it happens. 

On a slightly happier note, I would like to thank those who stayed, this is not a particularly big story and it was a bit sad to see myself lose some of my already few followers because of that announcement but, I really appreciate every single one of you who decided to stay and keep on reading either because you were hoping for a MalexMale ship or just because you're willing to give this a chance despite your preferences when it comes to pairings/ships in general. 

With that out of the way let's talk plot and things I feel should be clarified. Let's start with Neji first.<br />
There's more to the curse mark than just Orochimaru deciding what body he likes the most, it is true that that is his main purpose but we know there is at least some criteria the subject should meet. In canon we get assured more than once that not everyone is capable of surviving getting the curse mark and I think it shows but how much Sasuke goes through both the moment he got the mark, how difficult we're told his night was and everything that follows, I personally believe the subjects should at the very least somewhat unstable, we know Sasuke is the definition of unstable (bordering on psychotic down the line) and the Sound four are all bat shit crazy, Kimimaro seemed well adjusted enough but I wouldn't dare call him sane. To be honest, I don't remember if the body Orochimaru ends up possessing when he runs out of time waiting for Sasuke had the mark or not but I believe he didn't, so there's that. Neji is full of suppressed hatred and unstable if how quick he is to lose control when fighting Hinata is to be believed, he's a prodigy on top of that, I believe he is a suitable candidate for Orochimaru, someone who would be easier to manipulate as opposed to his clanmates. 

Gogyō Fuin: I did my research, though I didn't find much about the main purpose of the seal I believe it's main purpose is to seal the recipient's chakra, in Canon Orochimaru used it to mess with Naruto's seal to deny him of the use of the Kyuubi's chakra and mess his control in the process, that happens because the Gogyō Fuin/Five Element Seal is and odd numbered seal and it was applied to Naruto's Hakke Fuin/Hakke no Fuin Shiki/Eight Trigrams seal (the whole Shiki deal is because Minato used the Shinigami to power the seal) which is an even numbered seal, thus, creating an imbalance in Naruto's chakra, Jiraiya later states that Orochimaru made it that way on purpose.<br />
It made sense in my mind that Orochimaru could use the seal to close the gates by denying Lee the use of chakra, Lee isn't able to mold chakra but he has it in his body, and despite the gates being a Taijutsu focused power-up it is also a chakra based technique. 

Also, I didn't remember the original riddle from the Manga but I did remember the one I used, it's from a fic I read at some point but I can't for the life of me remember exactly what fic it was. 

Well that is it for this update, I appreciate your reviews and criticism (as long as it's constructive) so it would be nice if you left some suggestions. 

 

Notes:

Glossary:
Nikudan Sensha
Human Boulder Tank

Shintenshin no Jutsu
Mind Transfer Jutsu

Zankuuha
Decapitating Airwaves

Zankyokukuuha
Great Decapitating Airwaves

Futon: Bouseki Tate no Kaze
Spinning Shield of Winds

Hakke Kusho
Eight Trigrams Vacuum Palm

Kagemane no Jutsu
Shadow Binding Technique

Gogyō Kain
Five Elements Unseal

Fuja Hōin
Evil Sealing Method

Chapter 9: Battleground

Notes:

IT IS I, lucifyr, fallen angel and beta reader.

my first ever notes omg but seriously, what the hell. “Definitely the longest chapter so far,” yeah no shit, had to read 10k words. my back is aching, it's literally 1am… im not sleepy yet though, gotta complain more

yknow, before this, i was peacefully drawing, an almost fully rendered drawing before my hands broke in pieces, i had to pray to god before clicking on the chapter

also, the old name for this chapter is “Rock Lee” lol, my suggestion for the title change was “Arena of bloodshed” and i still think thats pretty cool.

anyways, for my indonesians out there…. a a a a a aiysah jatuh cinta jamilah

alsoo I HAVE EXAMS TMRW!!! wish me luck, or not, as im pretty smart ‘heart eyes emoji

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

"Are you sure about this?" 

 

"Yes Hokage-sama, 18 participants made it to the tower in time. A preliminary round is advisable."

 

The Hokage slumped his shoulders in defeat and nodded his head. 5 days had passed since the beginning of this part of the Chunin exams and every team possible had already made its way to the tower, he just wishes not as many would've made it. Holding a preliminary round isn't something he sought to do, especially after what happened in the forest.

 

On the bright side - for him at least - the feeling of pride he felt for the amount of Konoha Shinobi that had made it to the tower was very rewarding, even more was that three out of the five konoha squads were rookie teams. 

 

"Very well then, have a squad of ANBU collect those who were less fortunate and escort them out of the forest." He looked at his assistant with a stern face and added. "You know what to do about those who didn't make it."

 

Hiruzen isn't a fan of death, the mere thought of mostly young children - there were some old genins out there, Kami knows Kosuke is still alive only because he's too stubborn to kick the bucket - dying in such an undignified way was sickening to the very least. No matter how hard he tried to preach the use of lethal force only when necessary, there were always those who wouldn't listen and rejoiced in unnecessary bloodshed. 

 

Such is the life of a Shinobi, he supposes. 

 


 

Every arriving team had gathered around the arena in the middle of the tower, the eyes of Teams 7 and 10 set on Team 9 and their as of yet, absent member. None of them had been informed of what had happened with him after their encounter, they actually hadn't been informed about what had happened at all. The secrecy was so great they almost felt like Orochimaru was only a figment of their imaginations. 

 

It definitely wasn't. 

 

When Naruto had approached Kakashi to inquire about Neji's status the only answer he had gotten was 'We dealt with it' , not that he knew what dealing with it implied, he guessed it most likely meant Neji's curse mark had been removed in some way. His sensei wasn't very sharing about the details though, the only thing he had gotten out of it was the name of what the treacherous Sannin had done to Neji. 

 

Ten no Juin he called it, Orochimaru's very own Cursed Mark. 

 

Sick bastard. 

 

The Sandaime Hokage made his way to the front of the crowd with the Jounin sensei and a big statue of a hand holding a ram-seal behind. He stood there in front of the gathered Genin looking every bit as powerful as you would expect from a man of his reputation despite his age.

 

"It is with great honor that I congratulate you all for getting this far in the exams, you have made both your senseis and villages proud." Even though the majority of the Genin were Konoha Shinobi, there were two foreign teams and despite not holding any respect for the powerful man they couldn't help but feel smug at his words. 

 

"I shall now tell you all about what's next to come in the following test but first, I must tell you what the real purpose of the Chunin exams is." Surprised looks could be seen in the faces of most of the gathered Genin, no doubt the ones who didn't look that way had already heard this little speech before. 

 

"Isn't the point of the exams finding who deserves to be promoted, Hokage-sama?" Asked Shikamaru in his ever lazy tone. 

 

"That is true…" The Hokage looked at him and nodded before turning his gaze back to the public, "but there's more to it than just that, the whole truth is that these exams started as a substitute for war."

 

A hand started rubbing Ino's chin as she thought hard about the Hokage's words, before giving up. "A substitute for war? What does that even mean?" 

 

"These exams started shortly after the Great nations stopped fighting with each other. We all send our best, most promising Genin to fight and represent our villages in a somewhat controlled environment." 

 

"Why is that necessary?" Asked Shikamaru. 

 

"Feudal lords of all places attend these events, the Daimyo from all the great nations do as well, they are the ones who provide us with most of our mission income." Sarutobi looked around and could see some troubled looks around the Genin. 

 

Naruto was one of those Genins, he didn't like the idea of being used that way even if it was for the good of his village, call him selfish but, isn't it a bit weird that the 5 kage and the leaders of the smaller villages send some of their young forces to situations where they're going to come face to face with death just for show?

 

"I know what some of you are thinking and I can agree to a certain degree but this is for the lack of a better word, a necessary evil, the exams allow for a simulation of battle between the nations where each of our leaders get to gauge our strengths and weaknesses while avoiding futile crushing of the other's military forces and useless bloodshed." He turned to look at his surrogate grandson for a second before moving forward with the test, it is a reality he and his comrades had to face at some point. 

 

Everyone could see reason in the Hokage's words, it was disturbing to say the least to think that a battle of Genin could serve as a deterrent for war to the great nations but in some weird way it made sense. 

 

Shikamaru still thinks it's a risky system at best, surely you can't hope to keep the balance of the nations this way, is the amount of missions a village gets truly an accurate testament of their power? It's somewhat unnerving that they had to put their lives at stake as a performance for the Daimyos, feudal lords and other important visitors but they all understood that's what was required of them from their villages. 

 

They would comply, it's not like any of them had been forced to participate. 

 

"Now onto the next part of the ex-" 

 

"Hokage-sama If I may." A very sickly looking jounin with brown hair tied in a bandana stepped up in front of the Hokage. "I Gekkō Hayate would like to explain this part of the exams as the third proctor."

 

The Hokage chuckled and gave the man a polite nod as he stepped back with the Jounin senseis and the past proctors of the exams. 

 

"As you all heard, my name is Gekkō Hayate and I will be the proctor for the third test of the exams. Now, before we go any further, I must inform you that too many of you reached the tower in time. A preliminary round will be necessary." Just as Hayate expected, groans and complaints from the Genin were heard all over the room. 

 

"The third round of these exams will be a tournament consisting of One on One matches. As Hokage-sama said, we only want to show our important visitors the best." Hayate waved his hand and a couple of Chunin assistants left the room only to come back with a digital screen behind them. 

 

"You will all face a randomly selected opponent in a battle, the winner of the match gets to compete in the main event, from this point forward you will all be judged as individuals, if any of you wishes to leave the exams or doesn't think themselves capable of handling this you may quit without fear of repercussion for your teammates." Hayate then went into a fit of coughs that made every single aspirant wonder if he should really be out here monitoring the exams. 

 

"I quit!" Said Kabuto, startling most of the present Genin. "I'm almost out of chakra, I'm too tired to continue." 

 

Hayate nodded. "Yakushi Kabuto is out of the competition."

 

Anko and Ibiki watched as he left and started having a conversation of their own about it, the face didn't ring any bells for Ibiki but Anko had been a part of the exams enough time to recognize his face, it was actually a bit embarrassing for her to just now be noticing that Kabuto always quits at this stage of the exams despite his circumstances, maybe this wasn't exactly the reason why Kakashi's brat found him suspicious but it truly is something worth looking into. 

 

"That actually makes some sense." Kakashi muttered quietly in Hiruzen's ear. 

 

"What do you mean, Kakashi?" He asked. 

 

Kakashi turned to look at the teen leaving the arena as his brow furrowed in thought and replied. "Anko and I watched him during the whole of the test through the monitors, he never did anything suspicious, but he never did anything that would have left him as tired as he claims to be either, his team ambushed a team rather easily on their way to the tower and that was the only battle they ever had, clearly he's just pretending to be tired."

 

Hiruzen didn't bother to speak a reply to Kakashi's explanation but nodded in acknowledgement and discreetly did a few hand signs for the hidden ANBU in the room to trail Kabuto and see where he's going now, it would seem he really is some sort of spy, after everything that had happened in the forest, Hiruzen was pretty sure he knew who he was working for. 

 

"If that is all then we may proc-" A door opening in the far left of the room interrupted Hayate's explanation and caught everyone's attention. Out of the door walked a recently awakened Neji, looking rested and stoic, like he always does. Without uttering a single word Neji made his way to his team and stood next to them, dismissing their concerns in the process. 

 

"Right… Well, if no one else is going to quit we may proceed, because there's an odd number of participants, one of the matches will be a three-way match. The rules are quite simple, the match is over when one of you can no longer fight, is unconscious or dead . If I deem a match is over, I will jump in and end it myself in hopes of avoiding unnecessary killing." Hayate eyed the Genin and gave pointed looks to some of the more unbalanced ones. 

 

The proctor started babbling some more stuff but Sakura completely shut whatever it was he was saying and focused on one of the Genin, specifically a sound Genin. 

 

Sakura isn't a medical genius - yet - but she as well as Naruto and Team 10 watched how Neji attacked this Zaku guy's arm relentlessly, watching it swell like it did at the time, she had been convinced that it was going to explode and here he was now, arm heavily bandaged but otherwise functional. 

 

He had to have received medical attention, and very good medical attention for that matter, how did he do it? How did he find someone to fix up the extensive damage done to his arm? 

 

The sound of the screen going through a rapidly series of names managed to snap Sakura out of her own musing, it kept on rolling for a few more seconds until it stopped in a pair of names that made a certain Hyuga smirk. 

 

"Hyuga Neji and Akado Yoroi stay here, the rest of you go to the balconies." Doing as instructed by the proctor the genin teams went up the stairs on the corners of the room into the balconies where they were joined by their respective Jounin senseis. 

 

"Are you both ready?" Hayate looked at both remaining Genin and received a nod as an answer, he raised his right arm and let it fall back down as he yelled "Hajime!" 

 

Letting his arm fall forwards, Hayate jumped out of the way and let the combatants face each other. Yoroi and Neji eyed each other with a completely calm visage, without having to waive any hand-seals the Hyuga prodigy's Byakugan came to life. 

 

"You Hyugas think you're so good." Yoroi snarled and rushed forward, he started throwing fist after fist at Neji but the Hyuga barely had to make an effort to dodge the strikes and found himself calmly analyzing the weird fighting style of his opponent. His hits looked to be attempts at grabbing him rather than actual hits, top that with the weird flow of chakra in both of his hands and it wasn't hard for Neji to figure out what was going on. 

 

"You're trying to absorb my Chakra, it's a pity your skills do not match your ability." Neji didn't generally care much for trash talk during a battle, but this was different for him, he felt a need to prove something ever since his defeat in the forest. He also felt like he wasn't trash talking his opponent as much as he was simply stating a fact. 

 

"Says the guy who's only dodging, is that all you side-branch Hyuga are good for, running from a fight?" Never one to question his sensei's directives, Yoroi chose to rile up the Hyuga a little, it's not like it was hard to, all it took was a mention of the side branch. 

 

Neji started fuming and seething in rage, he wanted to close up every single tenketsu and then some more in the bastard that dared speak ill of his family, he will pay for his transgressions and Neji is going to make sure of it. 

 

'Pay you say?'  

 

That voice started speaking again in Neji's head but this time he was ready for it, he had been warned by Hatake, the restriction seal relied solely on his will to fight it, a Hyuga needs no such power to overcome adversity, Neji's a prodigy, it's his destiny to best Yoroi. 

 

'Such foolishness…'  

 

Neji took a deep calming breath to focus his attention again on the task at hand, he felt his rage starting to recede at the same time the voice talking to him slowly faded away in the distance, it was after calming down that his Byakugan and its 360 degree view caught sight of the Jounin in the room looking ready for something. 

 

He hadn't noticed it of course, but as soon as the side branch had been bad-mouthed in his presence, rage started taking over him and powering the curse mark he had been bestowed by the treacherous sannin, it had started to activate and while it didn't fully take over him this time, it was visible on his face. 

 

Now under the influence of only his thoughts, Neji smirked condescendingly at his opponent and ran toward him. Not expecting to be attacked in such a way after the display the Hyuga had put on, Yoroi was too late to react, he tried to get a hold of Neji but his arm was instantly targeted by the faster boy. Making short work of him, Neji sealed off the tenketsu on his attacking arm and then went on to punish the other, rendering him incapable of defending himself or attacking for that matter. 

 

Neji then placed a hard fist on his right cheek for good measure in what could only be described as a very un-hyuga way, Yoroi dropped limp on the floor after that, completely out-cold. 

 

"Winner: Hyuga Neji!" 

 

Naruto could see how on edge Kakashi had been for the entirety of Neji's match, specially after the seals started appearing on his skin again, it truly was something disturbing to feel, yes, everyone saw how that seal started extending itself through Neji, but not everyone could feel it, that energy so vile and so disturbing. 

 

How was someone capable of that kind of energy, a former disciple of one of the kindest men on earth no less, the Sandaime never talked about Orochimaru with him and he knew it was because he felt guilty about his departure. 

 

He refused to believe anything the Hokage had done was the cause for Orochimaru's actions. 

 

Focusing his attention back at the matter at hand, Naruto just now realized he didn't even notice when Kakashi had lifted his headband to reveal his Sharingan eye, oh how he wished he could do that too, alas, it wasn't meant to be, at least not until it was strictly necessary, the Hokage told him. 

 

"I thought you had dealt with it." Naruto could faintly hear the sound of Hayate calling out Ino and Hinata down to fight in the arena but didn't really pay much attention, there were other more pressing matters at hand. 

 

"I did." Kakashi's reply was short and perhaps a little rude, he realized this as he sighed and covered his sharingan eye again. "The curse mark for all we know it's impossible to remove, not even Jiraiya-sama found a way to get rid of it, the seal the Hokage and I placed on Neji keeps it at bay but it's completely dependent on his will."

 

Naruto nodded his understanding and closed his eye in thought, he could faintly remember reading about such a restraining seal in some of the more advanced material he hasn't yet learned and mastered, even though he couldn't remember what it's called. Not even the legendary Jiraiya had been able to remove the curse mark, that thought made him take the whole ordeal as a challenge. 

 

Deciding to think about the curse mark at a later date, he stole a glance at the stoic Neji and sighed, oh how he disliked him, not a single moment when Neji had been nice to him was stored in his memory and that's because Neji was always rude. 

 

In a weird way, Naruto found comfort in knowing that he was rude to everyone. 

 

Still, Naruto had always been a kind, compassionate and noble person, he refuses to believe there's not even one redeeming quality about him, perhaps the way to make Neji tolerable was finding out what made him the way he is now, worse case scenario he finds out that Neji is a dick just because and nothing changes. 

 

"Winner: Hyuga Hinata!" The voice of Hayate calling the match made Naruto focus on reality once again, he had lost the entirety of the match but judging by how unscathed Hinata seemed, it probably hadn't been all that interesting… 

 

Hinata.

 

That's just it, who would know better about Neji than his own family? Naruto decided then and there that he would approach her about it after the exams were over. 

 

"Will Aburame Shino and Abumi Zaku please come down?" Called out Hayate, bringing up a name a certain Pink-haired Kunoichi was very interested in. 

 

"Sensei…" Sakura had been quietly listening to Kakashi and Naruto talk while she watched the matches but this was something she needed to ask. "That guy Zaku, Neji almost blew up his arm when he was possessed, how is he fine?" 

 

Kakashi focused his attention on the sound genin and thought hard, he remembered watching such a thing through the monitors in the forest, what he doesn't remember seeing is him getting treatment in the forest and he was sure, no one had given him or his teammates treatment ever since they got into the forest. How did they evade the surveillance systems in the forest? 

 

"Are both contestants ready?" Kakashi saw both genin nod and decided to file away his concerns for a later time, it was best he paid close attention and learned as much as he could from these mysterious individuals. 

 

Back in the arena Shino and Zaku jumped away from each other and stared the other down, deciding to take action Zaku started channeling chakra through his un-bandaged arm and shot a Zankuuha at Shino who, much to his surprise, didn't even try to dodge. 

 

The Jutsu hit full force and instead of dropping to the ground a bleeding mess like Zaku had hoped, Shino burst into a swarm of bugs that all rushed at Zaku from different directions, he jumped back and performed another Zankuuha to clear out the area.

 

Standing in front of Zaku was Shino, both hands on his pockets looking his forever but confident stoic visage. "It's best that you give up now, why? Because my bugs can eat your chakra out if you try to attack me and I can do the same should you try and attack them." 

 

Zaku was indeed surrounded, but he was nowhere near beat. "Don't understimate me stupid tree-hugger! " He removed the bandages covering up his other arm to reveal there was nothing wrong with it other than a few bruises. 

 

In the balconies Sakura looked even more shocked and turned to look at her sensei only to find a similar puzzled look on his face. 

 

Down at the arena, Zaku smirked as he pointed a hand at each of the sides surrounding him but much to his surprise or annoyance, Shino still didn't look troubled at all. 

 

"I will wipe that stupid look of your face, Zankyokukuuha! " Channeling almost all of his chakra carelessly into his attack, Zaku smirked, ready to take out Shino in a single blow… 

 

BOOM

 

Instead of a powerful gust of cutting wind both of Zaku's arms exploded in a gory scene that left pieces of broken flesh and puddles of blood all over the floor, Zaku dropped to the ground now with two missing limbs and screaming and squirming in agony as Shino made his way over him, this time looking regretful. "I told you to give up." Not waiting for an answer Shino kicked him in the back of the neck and made him fall unconscious as the medic team made their way to them. 

 

"Winner: Aburame Shino!" Shino walked up the stairs in silence and was met with looks of surprise and shock, not bothering to acknowledge them he simply walked past them all and stood next to his team. 

 

"H-Hey man what was that?" Had he not been incredibly distracted, Kiba might have berated himself for stuttering. 

 

"I had my Kikaichu fill the air vents in his arms making his arms explode when he used his jutsu, why? Because the wind didn't have a way out and the pressure was too much for his body." Shino didn't wish for him to suffer that way but he's a shinobi first and foremost, throwing a match for the sake of his opponent wasn't smart, he had been given a chance to give up and decided not to take it. 

 

Fighting with Honor is not the ninja way. 

 

The screen started going through names fast and this time both Naruto and Sakura were paying close attention. "Misumi Tsurugi and Sabaku no Kankuro, make your way down at the arena." Hayate called out, making them both jump off the railing, each sporting a smirk in their faces. 

 

"Are both contestants ready?" Asked Hayate, receiving a nod from both Genin, he signaled them both to start and jumped away from the field. 

 

"A brief warning…" Misumi said, looking incredibly smug and confident behind the veil of his. "The moment I use my jutsu, you should give up… otherwise, you'll die

 

Kankuro smirked and looked ready to laugh at his bold claim, were all tree-huggers this overconfident? "It is you who should think about giving up when I start using my own jutsu." Kankuro untied the bandage holding the puppet on his back but was attacked by his opponent before being able to let it go free. 

 

Misumi used his elbow to strike at his chest but was stopped by Kankuro's arm, to the surprise of Kankuro and everyone in the room, Misumi's arm started tying itself around his own while the rest of his body tied itself tightly around every one of his extremities, including his neck. 

 

"If you don't give up now, I'll snap your neck!" Kankuro didn't answer and Misumi took it as a sign of his will, he could respect deciding to face death rather than giving up in the middle of a fight, even if it was foolish. "Have it your way." He grabbed his head with force and pulled it, making his neck snap in a loud and sickening crunch, Kankuro's face now looking directly at Misumi started decaying and turning into a puppet. 

 

The bandaged bundle on the floor unfurled to reveal a perfectly healthy Kankuro controlling the puppet that was now tying its extremities very tightly around Misumi's torso, he moved two fingers and the puppet started crushing Misumi's body who yelled loudly in pain as he loudly gave up. 

 

Misumi fell limp on the floor as Hayate re-entered the field. "Because Misumi can no longer continue, Kankuro is the winner." 

 

He signaled the medic team that took Misumi's unresponsive figure as the Suna genin made his way back to his team with a smug look on his face. 

 

"This exam is full of freaks ." Sakura said to her team looking a little grossed out by the turn of events, it was one thing to see someone losing both arms, but having it be by the courtesy of chakra eating bugs? What about the crushed guy who's extremities looked like jelly just now? 

 

"Oh come on Sakura-chan, don't be so hard on yourself 'ttebayo!" Naruto's comment earned a snicker from the members of the close Team 10 and even their own senseis. 

 

"NA-RU-TO!" Sakura started making her way toward her teammate menacingly with an arm already stretched to hit him hard. 

 

"Maa maa, Sakura-chan." Said Kakashi with a playful tone as he intercepted her, "pay attention now, beat him up later." He didn't even take his eye out of his book, but Sakura could see the eye-smile behind it and decided to let Naruto off the hook for now, thinking back, she did make a rude comment. 

 

The names on the screen started spinning rapidly again and this time it stopped on three different names rather than two. "Will Kinuta Dosu, Akimichi Chōji and Haruno Sakura join me down here?" 

 

Sakura started sweating and looking nervous, she had worked so hard to get here and finally, she got her desired opportunity to show just how much she grew in the past months, so why did she feel so insecure all of a sudden? 

Was it because of the special match up that no one wanted to be a part of- or was it because she didn't think herself capable anymore? Maybe she had been overestimating her own abilities for a while, or maybe she-

 

"Sakura-chan." She turned to her left and found the sight of her teammate looking at her with a warm look, a reassuring hand now on her shoulder. "You got this okay? You're super strong and you're the best kunoichi in Konoha 'ttebayo!" He said as he smiled and gave her a thumbs-up with his free hand. 

 

Sakura chuckled a little nervously and took a deep breath to calm down and returned the smile in kind. "Thank you, Naruto-kun." She walked to the stairs but stopped right by Naruto and placed a soft, grateful kiss on his cheek before continuing on his way down, not staying long enough to see Naruto blushing furiously and hiding in embarrassment behind Kakashi's amused figure. 

 

The girl jumped from the railing and landed softly on the ground, shortly after she was joined by Chōji who looked incredibly nervous and conflicted. "I-I can't fight you Sakura, we're friends." He said with worry in his voice that Sakura could find heart warming, to a certain extent. 

 

"Don't give up Chōji, you're not doing me a favor by not fighting me." She firmly believed that him refusing to fight her was putting her at a disadvantage, if he refused to face her and give it his all, she might lack the necessary experience further down the line and that would only end in disaster. 

 

Chōji didn't look all that convinced but nodded his agreement either way, he had spent enough time with Sakura to know he wouldn't be winning an argument against her. 

 

"You tree-huggers are all a bunch of wimps." Said Dosu with a scoff and crossed arms, he wasn't worried about them teaming up on him, he firmly believed they stood no chance against him. 

 

"This is a special match-up and special rules apply, the winner of this match will be the last one standing." Said Hayate, getting the participants attention before things became heated, it was bound to happen either way, best it happened after he called the match. Hayate asked the participants if they were ready and after receiving nods of confirmation he once again jumped away and gave start to the match. 

 

"You should give up what you can, what can a little girl and fatso over here hope to achieve?" Dosu asked, somehow managing to look smug and dismissive despite having his face completely covered by bandages. 

 

Chōji started trembling in fury at being insulted in that way, he hated being made fun of because of his weight. "What did you call me?" He asked in a menacing tone that was entirely dismissed by Dosu. 

 

"Is fatso angry at me because I-" 

 

NIKUDAN SENSHA!

 

Blinded by rage Chōji used his jutsu and started rolling at the surprised Dosu at high speeds, leaving even Sakura surprised by his quick action, she would be lying if she said she didn't wish to team up with Chōji to defeat Dosu before having a duel of their own, apparently the Akimichi Heir didn't think that far. 

 

Dosu reacted to the advance and jumped away only for Chōji to change directions and keep going after him, Sakura kept yelling at Chōji to stop and think things through or come up with some sort of plan but he either didn't listen or didn't care, she definitely wasn't going to jump in front of him to stop him so she could only watch as Chōji rolled all around the arena. 

 

Noticing Chōji was starting to slow down, Dosu stayed in place- only to side step him at the last minute and hit his side with an elbow. Not really feeling the impact Chōji was just about to retaliate when he lost all sense of direction and became extremely dizzy, he dropped the jutsu making him bigger but the damage was already done. 

 

Dosu did the same thing he had done to Kabuto at the beginning of the written test and Chōji was now on the floor vomiting his soul out his body and unable to stand up. The sound genin grabbed a Kunai for good measure and was about to stab him when Sakura stopped him with her own Kunai.

 

"Proctor, Chōji can't keep on." She said without losing her focus on Dosu, Hayate nodded from a distance and quickly jumped in to retrieve Chōji before leaving the arena once again. 

 

Sakura was frustrated, Chōji had completely dismissed her over a comment about his weight, she understood him better than anyone else as she was easily irked and thrown of her game with comments about her appearance. She just didn't understand why Asuma hadn't taken care of it the same way Kakashi did for her. 

 

How did Kakashi do it? By making fun of absolutely every single thing she hated about her appearance until she had to learn to ignore him of course. 

 

Sakura didn't learn much about Dosu's jutsu other than it required him to use those weird gauntlets that were on both of his arms, they would've to be disposed of. 

 

Without missing a beat, Sakura jumped away as far as she could the moment she noticed a slight shift on Dosu's stand, and sure enough, he had tried to use his jutsu again to make her drop. 

 

"You seem to be slightly better than your friend. No matter, you still can't win against me." He grabbed a hail of shuriken and threw them at her hoping to distract her long enough to use his jutsu on her but, much to his confusion, she stood still and let the Shuriken pierce her body. 

 

Thinking he had won, Dosu lowered his guard but that proved to be a fatal mistake when the pierced Sakura burst in a shower of cherry blossoms and the real one hit his forearm with a rock covered punch, effectively breaking one of his gauntlets. 

 

Dosu jumped away and seethed in anger, he didn't know this girl could use Genjutsu. He was now in a tight spot, he only had one of his main weapons and had to be constantly on guard and checking for Genjutsu, he didn't have much time to think of a strategy because of a hail of shuriken flying towards him. "You annoying bitch! "  

 

Sakura's strategy was quite simple in her mind, keep your distance as much as possible and only close in for an attack when an opening presents itself. She had already done it once and she only had to do it once more, he hadn't used any jutsu that didn't require the use of his device yet which led her to believe he was reliant on them to fight effectively. She could use it in her favor. 

 

"Can't fight without your toys , big-boy?" She mocked and got the desired effect in the form of Dosu cussing her out and losing his cool, she threw another hail of shurikens as he jumped away to evade them. 

 

He landed far away from her and tried to return her attack only to find her gone from the arena, thinking he had been placed under the effect of Genjutsu once again, Dosu used the dispelling technique and surely enough, found Sakura running at him with another reinforced punch, this time however he was able to react in time and used the same move he had used to incapacitate Chōji. 

 

Sakura stopped dead on her tracks and dropped to her knees, Dosu smirked behind his bandages and before the proctor could stop him, he fished a kunai out of her pocket and stabbed her right in the forehead, making all signs of life leave Sakura's eyes…

 

Then she turned into a bunch of rocks. 

 

Doton: Shinjuu Zanshu no Jutsu!  

 

Kakashi watched in amusement as a pair of hands took hold of Dosu's feet from the ground to pull the genin hard, burying him in the ground with only his head and the arm gauntlet free. 

 

Sakura emerged in front of him and looked at him with a smirk, she used a kunai to destroy the device to then place the tip on his forehead. "You lose."

 

"Winner: Haruno Sakura!" 

 

After being announced the winner Sakura did a little victory dance and released Dosu from his underground imprisonment, oh how she loves that Jutsu. 

 

Kakashi had done great to teach it to her for sure. Sakura turned her back on Dosu and started walking back towards her team. She could still hear Dosu cussing her out but she honestly didn't care much, that's why she didn't notice when an enraged Dosu picked up a Kunai and started running at her. 

 

"You stupid bitch! "  He called out, making Sakura turn around to find his attacker's kunai just inches away from her face. She had been too slow to react to his advance but the exam proctor hadn't been and Dosu was stopped by his firm grip. 

 

"You should've learned to accept defeat." It was just then, hearing Hayate's icy tone and the lack of coughs between his words that she noticed the Kunai piercing Dosu's neck and dripping blood. 

 

Sakura stood incredibly still and started stuttering nonsense; she had seen death before of course, her teammate had died in front of her, but she had never seen someone being killed in front of her. 

 

She didn't even notice Kakashi using a Shunshin to bring her back by his and Naruto's side. "Are you alright, Sakura?" 

 

"S-Sensei? I-I he, he tried to, he, I- " Why was it being so hard for her now to form a coherent sentence, she was worried she would look like a baby but she couldn't even say that. Sakura could faintly hear the sound of Hayate calling out names in the distance, Tenten had gone to fight that Temari girl from Suna apparently but she didn't have it in herself to pay attention to the match. 

 

Her hands wouldn't stop shaking, every time she thought of what would happen she would see Dosu's face, she would see how life left his eyes, but the face, it wasn't Dosu. 

 

It was him. 

 

Someone had been killed in front of her and she immediately went back to that place again. Sakura was standing on the balcony but her mind wasn't there. She looked around and all she could see was a bridge covered in fog and her lifeless teammate bleeding out in front of her. 

 

And she couldn't do anything. 

 

"Sakura, calm down." The voice of his sensei snapped her out of her thoughts as she started to focus on the current time again, she could see Shikamaru going up the stairs and an unconscious Kin being taken to the infirmary. ‘ Shikamaru? Did Tenten finish fighting already?’ 

 

"Take a deep breath, Sakura." She did as instructed and started taking deep breaths, slowly her vision started becoming normal again, she could feel her heart-rate stabilizing. A panic attack? Out of nowhere? "It's alright, Sakura, we'll talk about it later. It's Naruto's turn."

 

Seeing as Sakura's panic attack was over Naruto walked down the stairs to meet his chosen opponent. 

 

Kiba. 

 

"This one's going to be easy, eh Akamaru?" He said as he jumped off the railing with as much confidence as one could muster, the aforementioned Akamaru simply barked in agreement and jumped off of Kiba's hoody, both now standing up in front of Naruto. 

 

"Pfff, I can beat you with my eye closed any day, mutt ." Naruto loves riling people up, especially when it was so easy, the match hadn't even started yet and Kiba was already impatiently wanting to pummel Naruto into the ground. 

 

"Kick his ass Naruto!" 

 

Naruto and Kiba both looked at the balcony to find Ino cheering for him. Sure Naruto had become friends with Ino ever since he started hanging out with Team 10 for training but this was a little unexpected, clearly it was unexpected even by the members of her own team if Shikamaru's questioning look was any indication. 

 

Ino simply shrugged it off as if it was the most normal of occurrences "What? He's annoying."

 

That comment earned her a snicker from Naruto and deadly looks from Kiba who was now seething in anger, Ino was helping Naruto and she didn't even notice. 

 

"Are both contestants ready?" Hayate was growing tired of these Genin bickering with each other, couldn't they just fight professionally and be done with it? He couldn't really blame Naruto, the boy's sensei sure likes to have a chat with his enemies. 

 

Kiba and Naruto nodded their approval and Hayate quickly started the match, not long after he jumped away from the arena. Kiba tossed a red pill to Akamaru which made it turn red and more feral. "Let's end this quickly, Akamaru."

 

With a call of Giju Ninpō: Shikyaku no Jutsu! Kiba dropped on all fours as blue chakra started swirling around him. His eyes became slitted, his nails became claws and his fangs grew larger. Akamaru then jumped on top of Kiba's back as he made a half-ram seal and called out. Juujin Bunshin! Making Akamaru turn into a perfect copy of him. 

 

The now transformed Akamaru jumped from his back and they both started running at Naruto who had been studying their movements up until now, seeing as an attack was imminent Naruto grabbed both of his staffs and stood in a defensive position. With the left staff in a reverse grip, Kiba and Akamaru jumped in the air with a yell of Gatsuuga! , both started rotating their bodies so far that they became drills and started descending at Naruto. 

 

The Uzumaki jumped back to avoid the hit but was met with another coming drill from his left that he just barely managed to dodge by jumping up where he was met with another drill, he quickly performed the Kage Bunshin and used one of his clones to substitute to a safe spot where he could think of a plan. 

 

"What's the matter, Naruto? Too scared to face me so you keep running away?" Oh how Naruto hated when they tried to rile him up in return, and how he hated the fact that it almost worked, that damn stupid mutt. 

 

"I'm going to make sure you can't dodge the next attack!" Kiba fished a smoke pellet out of his pouch and threw it on the ground, covering the whole of the arena in smoke and leaving his and Naruto's vision completely obstructed. He didn't need to see Naruto, he just needed to be able to smell him while the Uzumaki couldn't be able to see where the attack would be coming from and dodge. 

 

Too bad Kiba didn't know Naruto was a sensor. 

 

Up in the balconies Sakura visibly smirked and Kakashi had an amused look on his visible eye. "He just lost the match." He said, shocking the Jounin sensei of Kiba's team, Yuhi Kurenai, who had come a little closer to him when the match started. 

 

"Really? How come you have so little faith in your student Kakashi?" Asked Kurenai with a curious look on her face, it was good to be realistic of course but that seemed a little cruel from him. 

 

"My student? Who said anything about Naruto? Kiba just sold the match." He said without taking his eye off from the field, he would've used the sharingan to have a better view but the sharingan isn't really capable of seeing through smoke, just watching the flow of chakra wasn't worth it in his opinion. 

 

Back in the arena Kiba started his onslaught once again but much to his surprise, he found he still wasn't being able to hit Naruto despite knowing exactly where he was, the slippery Uzumaki was definitely still capable of dodging the attacks without relying on his sight, annoying little bastard.

 

Angry at the fact that Naruto was still able to dodge his attacks, Kiba stopped his onslaught once again about the same time a gust of wind cleared the smoke revealing… 3 Kibas? 

 

"Hah! You're a bigger idiot than I thought if you think I wouldn't be able to recognize Akamaru's scent moron!" Kiba said as he lunged forward to the fake Akamaru and hit him on the face hard only for his punch to phase through him? How? Kiba knew it wasn't a Bunshin because he could feel Naruto's scent in it. 

 

Suddenly, from the ground emerged three Naruto's in a triangle formation with their hands already on a Bird seal. "I'm sorry Akamaru, I think you're pretty cool!" Not waiting for Kiba to snap out of his confusion and without giving them much time to react, the three Narutos extended their hands toward Kiba and called out. 

 

Raiton: Raikou Kousen no Jutsu!

 

A beam of lightning shot out of the palms of each Naruto and traveled through the arena too fast for the still shocked Kiba to react, it hit both him and his companion head-on and caused him to shake in their spot in pain. They couldn't even yell because the strong energy current wouldn't let them open their mouths. 

Not wanting to use more force than it was necessary on fellow shinobi - despite how much Kiba annoyed him - Naruto stopped the jutsu when he knew it was enough to knock him out, making both Kiba and Akamaru drop limp on the floor. 

 

"H-How?" Asked a sputtering Kurenai. 

 

"Naruto is a sensor, a good one at that, Kiba gave him the opportunity to prepare his attack with the cover of the smoke, not the smartest of moves." Answered Kakashi with a nonchalant tone he used to disguise his own pride in his student turned little brother. 

 

After Hayate called the match and an unconscious Kiba was taken to the medical guard, Naruto climbed the stairs and was met with the cheers of his friends and a questioning look on his teammates face. "How didn't Kiba notice you were just a regular bunshin?" 

 

"Genjutsu." He answered making the Genjutsu mistress of Konoha - Kiba's sensei - perk up at his comment.

 

"Oh? What exactly did you do to him?" She asked, raising her eyebrows. 

 

"It's something Kakashi-sensei taught me, an easy illusion to trick his nose into feeling a scent that isn't really there." He looked at Kakashi who only gave him an approving nod and went back into his book reading, he was just getting to the interesting part. 

 

"I thought you said you didn't like Genjutsu." Sakura rubbed her chin in thought, he did say that to her. 

 

"I said Genjutsu doesn't really fit my style, it takes too much control and concentration out of me, I need more practice to be able to use them effectively." The explanation of how he used it just now was omitted and it really wasn't necessary, Kiba had provided him with a perfect cover to concentrate for a few moments after all, he saw an opportunity and he took it. 

 

The room settled once more and the only two Genin who still hadn't had a chance to fight were clearly anxious, though for very different reasons. Lee was eager to feel the thrill of battle and prove himself as a capable ninja despite his limitations, he wanted to show everyone that his will to fight greatly overcame the fate imposed to him at birth, he wanted to show everyone that it wasn't necessary to use Ninjutsu to be a strong shinobi. 

 

Above everything else, he wanted to show him he was worthy of respect. 

 

Naruto was sweating bullets, Lee had arguably become his best-friend, sure, Shikamaru, him and Chōji had formed a very special bond and there was nothing he wouldn't do to keep them safe; he respected Shikamaru like no other Genin and admired his wits too, but there was something about Lee, something about the way he drives himself that Naruto has admired ever since they met. 

 

His will to never give up.

 

Lee is the strongest Genin there is currently in the village and Naruto has no trouble admitting such a fact, he actually strives to be like him. Sometimes he wonders, just how strong would a person with a determination as strong as Lee's.Without the limitations he had been born with; the idea is both scary and exciting. 

 

If only he didn't have to fight him, Naruto knows Lee can take care of himself but there was something about Gaara that screamed of danger and he hadn't been able to figure it out… he shouldn't be worrying much about it, Lee is strong, if anyone can beat the shit out of Gaara is him. 

 

"Will Rock Lee and Sabaku no Gaara please come down here?" 

 

"YOSH LEE!" Gai struck his trade-marked nice-guy pose and patted Lee's head. "It's time for you to show them the power of youth!" 

 

"YES GAI-SENSEI! I shall make you proud with the brightness of my youth!" Said Lee, just as excited and eager to fight. He pocketed the notepad he had been using to write anything his sensei said or anything he saw during the matches that he thought interesting and jumped off the railing to meet his opponent. 

 

"I'm sorry I haven't been able to give you blood worthy of you mother, wait some more, I'll find someone strong to offer you later." Gaara had a crazed look and a psychotic aura as he said it and held his head tightly with both hands as if he were in some kind of pain but whoever this mother he was talking to must've been pleased with his explanation because he went back to his stoic but menacing demeanor immediately after that. 

 

"Kakashi-sensei." Almost whispered Naruto up in the balcony making sure only his brother could hear him. "That guy… his chakra - chakras - are awful and there's two, why does he have two chakras? What is he?" 

 

Kakashi took note of Naruto's worried look and focused hard in thought, there was only one thing he could think of that would make someone have two different chakra sources. It was hard to believe that Suna had sent their so-called weapon all the way to Konoha for an exam but he had learned to trust Naruto's sensing and so far he hasn't been wrong about anything.

 

The sensei leaned closer to Naruto, whispering a single word so low only he could hear it and saw his face turn white, he knew very well what that word meant and he didn't like it. 

 

Jinchuuriki.

 

"Are both contestants ready?" The question was asked and in the arena it was clear they both were. 

 

Sakura could see Naruto trembling, yet refused to talk about it when she asked if he was okay. He had never been so scared before and he knew he wouldn't be this scared if it was him facing Gaara, he was really hoping Lee would be more than strong enough to pummel him into the ground- Jinchuuriki or not. At the very least, he was hoping Lee would know when to give up if it came to it. 

 

Down in the arena both contestants nodded and the match started, Gaara removed the screw cap of his gourd and it came flying at Lee. He took it as his cue and started running, aiming a fist to Gaara's face to find it connected with a protective wall of sand when he got closer. ' Sand manipulation jutsu, it will be hard to get through it.' He observed as he jumped back.

 

Lee jumped back just enough to avoid a counterattack before coming to the offensive again, he closed in in Gaara's personal space and started throwing punches that would all be stopped by the sand. He started circling Gaara as he attacked hoping it would be enough to divert his attention but it proved for naught. 

 

The green-clad genin started mixing up his attacks with open palm strikes to the chest, lower kicks, punches and jumping kicks but nothing seemed to work so he jumped away. 

 

"Is that all? I'm still not entertained, there hasn't been enough blood ." Gaara said, going into the offensive. Waves of sand started flying at Lee from multiple angles who would dodge in a certain direction only to find more sand waiting for him at the spot. 

 

Lee jumped and was forced to dive back down immediately to avoid being hit in the air, he rolled as he fell to soften the impact and found sand already coming at him, he quickly jumped back up high enough and landed on the pointed fingers of the statue in the back of the room to think on a strategy. 

 

"Take them off Lee!" The strong voice of his sensei filled the air and he turned to look at the imposing man to find an approving look on his face. 

 

"But you said I should only take them off to protect someone very important to me sensei!" He replied, recalling the rules imposed to him by his sensei. 

 

"Yes, I did, but this is an exception, show us all your flames of youth!" No more explanation was needed as Lee started giggling and sat down to remove his leg warmers to reveal a set of weights on each of his legs. Almost everyone started wondering how would removing some weights help his situation, even Kakashi who despite using weights in the training of his Genin, knows that the speed boost they would get from removing them while good wouldn't be fast enough to overcome Gaara's sand. 

 

Not caring about the murmurs, Lee stood up and let both set of weights fall on the ground, making giant craters and lifting up an incredible amount of dust from the ground. Everyone in the room - except for the people who knew about it - had their jaws on the floor as Lee disappeared from view. In the balconies, despite being extremely worried, Naruto couldn't help but smile proudly. 

 

Lee re-emerged in front of Gaara, shocking him and everyone with his speed, he punched him in the face and was just barely stopped by the sand. Not wanting to waste his momentum, he disappeared again only to reappear on a different side of the red-head to attempt to hit him, he did this multiple times until he managed to get past the sand and connect a spinning axe kick on his head. 

 

Everyone, especially Gaara's teammates and sensei were surprised that someone had managed to actually hit Gaara. Lee kept going at him and managed to connect another hit, this time in his jaw and sent him flying. When Gaara stood up once again, his skin started peeling off and turning into sand. ' A sand armor? I need to get him away from his sand so I can break it without trouble, perhaps if I send him in the air and hit him repeatedly… the Lotus .' 

 

Having made up his mind, Lee let loose the bandages of his arms and started running at incredibly high speeds around Gaara, dust started to rise following his steps and except for a few after images, spotting Lee became nigh on impossible, for those who didn't have access to a Dojutsu of course. The Hyuga present in the room almost instinctively turned on their Byakugan at the same time Kakashi uncovered his own Sharingan eye, neither of them wanting to miss out on what was about to happen. 

 

Lee ran inside Gaara's defense and kicked him in the stomach hard enough to send him in the air, not satisfied he used his arms to lunch himself up legs first and kept on kicking him multiple times causing visible cracks to appear in his sand armor. When he deemed them both to be high enough, Lee used the bandages in his arms to tie himself around Gaara as well as restrict his movements and then started spinning, he and Gaara both started falling to the ground fast and the red-head was clearly going to hit head first. 

 

Omote Renge!

 

Both Genin impacted the floor and a loud crash followed, when the dust that had rose from the impact settled, it revealed a winded Lee panting hard with an unmoving Gaara buried in the ground, Hayate made his way to the zone of the impact to determine if Lee had indeed won and found the unmoving Gaara breaking down and collapsing into sand. 

 

'An empty shell?' 

 

A vile energy that made every hair in Naruto's body rise filled the room and he started holding on to the rail so hard that his knuckles started turning white. Behind Lee a maniacal laugh could be heard followed by Gaara emerging from the sand with a twisted face. 

 

"Yes… your blood will be enough to please mother!" Gaara started a new onslaught of sand much faster and powerful, Lee tried to dodge as much as he could but was caught in the end and thrown hard into the wall, engraving his figure in it. 

 

His face became full of determination as he dug himself out of the wall, immediately jumping away from Gaara. Upon landing Lee crossed both of his arms and stole a glance from his sensei. 

 

'To protect and maintain my Ninja way!' Energy started swirling around his body and for the first time ever Naruto had been able to feel the gates, for the first time ever Naruto had been able to feel how truly impressive his friend really is. 

 

Fourth Gate of Pain: Shomon! Lee's skin turned red as a visible green aura formed itself around him. Not wasting any moment he ran at Gaara and the ground started breaking as he went from the sheer power he expelled. 

 

An unsuspecting Gaara who had just reformed his sand armor was kicked in the jaw and sent flying in the air, Lee jumped high up and continued his onslaught at speeds so high Kakashi could barely perceive with his Sharingan. In the air Lee started hitting Gaara repeatedly from multiple angles without ever letting him fall. 

 

'No human can move like this!' Were the read-head's thoughts as his armor was cracked in multiple places and the pain he felt became more unbearable. Lee appeared in front of him and yelled "This is it! Fifth Gate of Closing: Tomon! ", and the energy around him became even more powerful. He looked around and stole a glance at his teammate. 

 

'Are you watching Neji? This is my ace in the hole that I had saved for you.' Lee hit Gaara hard in the stomach and sent him crashing to the ground once again. 

 

BOOM

 

The impact was so hard everyone could feel the aftershock as a loud crash not very different from an explosion echoed around the room. In the arena Lee could be found kneeling and barely able to move with a satisfied and accomplished look on his face. 

 

"LEE!" 

 

Lee heard his dear friend call his name but didn't understand the urgency in his voice until he felt it, strings of sand tying themselves around his body, he tried to stand but failed and only managed to give the sand more ground as it tied itself around his arm and lower back. 

 

The world slowed down for him, he could faintly see Gaara closing his hand and muttering some jutsu he didn't quite catch, he could faintly see how Naruto completely disregarded the rules and was in the process of jumping off the railing. 

 

Then he feel it. 

 

AAAAAAAAH! 

 

He screamed in agony and fell back on the floor, this time everything around him started moving too fast for him to understand. He knew he was being held by someone, he guessed it was probably Naruto if the faint hint of Orange he could see was anything to go by, in front of him stood an imposing figure that had clearly stopped the advance of the sand and was dressed in similar clothing to him, it must've been his reliable sensei. 

 

Everything had become hazy for him and he was just barely conscious, the only thing keeping him awake was a single thought that wouldn't leave his mind. 

 

'I can't feel my legs…' 

Notes:

Definitely the longest chapter so far, did I intend to be this way? Not really.
The prelims aren't exactly my definition of super interesting but I know they are important, I just wanted to have them all in a single chapter instead of doing two parts of the same thing. I skipped through a few fights and it was mostly because they were exactly the same as they were in canon and I didn't just want to write "This fight is the same as canon" in the middle of the chapter, I feel like it breaks the immersion.

You might be thinking Ino and Hinata didn't fight in canon, but - no hate to Ino - that's not my exact definition of interesting to be honest.

That's it for this update, do remember to leave a comment if you wish, I hope the chapter was up to your liking and hopefully you'll like what's to come.

Be safe!

Glossary:

Zankuuha
Decapitating Airwaves

Zankyokukuuha
Great Decapitating Airwaves

Nikudan Sensha
Human Boulder Tank

Doton: Shinjuu Zanshu no Jutsu
Earth Release: Headhunter Jutsu

Shunshin
Body Flicker Jutsu (I'm only adding it now because I've used it a lot of times by now and I don't think I've ever explained what it actually is)

Giju Ninpō: Shikyaku no Jutsu
Ninja Art of Beast Mimicry: All-Fours Jutsu

Juujin Bunshin
Beast Human Clone

Gatsuuga
Fang Passing Fang

Kage Bunshin
Shadow Clone Jutsu

Raiton: Raikou Kousen no Jutsu
Lightning Release: Lightning Beam Jutsu

Omote Renge
Primary Lotus

Chapter 10: Ero-senin

Notes:

i cried
-lucifyr

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

"The fights are as follows…" The sudden and intimidating voice of Ibiki brought Naruto out of his intense glaring to a certain red-head. "In the first match Nara Shikamaru will fight Uzumaki Naruto, in the second match Haruno Sakura will fight Sabaku no Temari, in the third match Sabaku no Kankuro will fight Aburame Shino and finally in the fourth match Hyuga Neji will fight Hyuga Hinata."

 

"You're forgetting my name…" Gaara's voice was menacing, full of hatred and bloodlust but Ibiki wasn't phased in the slightest. 

 

"Because there's an odd number of participants, you Sabaku no Gaara will be facing the winner of the first match, win or lose the progress of your opponent in the tournament will be decided by their match only." After he said that, Ibiki didn't take any questions and dismissed the Genin. 

 

Naruto was mad, he can't remember ever being this angry and perhaps that's why he did what he did. After the match announcements had been made he walked up to Gaara and stated. 

 

"I will destroy you."

 

He then walked away, only stopping in the place where Lee had laid before being taken to the hospital to receive far better treatment than what he could hope to get in the tower's infirmary. Naruto looked at the still fresh blood of his friend and knelt, he took it on the palm of his hand and squashed it hard as he made an oath. 

 

'I will make sure he pays for what he did to you bushy-brows, I swear I will.'

 

"Naruto-kun?" A stern and concerned voice called out his name and it was only then he was finally brought out of his own thoughts. He looked around and found that Lee was still asleep in the hospital room he himself had refused to leave for the past two days. The only person who would ever come to visit Lee besides him was Gai-sensei and that only made him feel a stronger need to stay by his side. 

 

"I'm sorry Dr. Teruya, I spaced out a little 'ttebayo!" He rubbed his nose sheepishly in that silly way he always does when he's apologetic about something, it didn't really feel natural this time, not with his friend lying in bed right beside him. 

 

Dr. Teruya chuckled at Naruto's antics and waved off his apology as she made her way to him and took a seat right by his side. "So, how are you feeling dear?" 

 

"Me? You want to know how I'm feeling?” That seemed like such a dumb question to him, why was he suddenly the object of her concerns when he isn’t even her patient. “What about Lee?" 

 

"Now, now. Don't get all judgemental on me young man. Lee is doing as well as he can given his circumstances, I just wanted to know how you're feeling, that's all." She gave him a look that dared him to say otherwise and that seemed to stir up something in his mind as he slumped his shoulders. 

 

"I'm sorry…" Naruto was never rude, at least not intentionally, he had been a little testy after the prelims were over, perhaps it was the lack of sleep but at this point he was merely guessing. 

 

"Don't be, now tell me, what's got you so upset?" She asked. 

 

"It's just that I-, I feel like I should've done something for him… Kakashi says there's nothing I could've possibly done to prevent what happened but I still can't shake the feeling that I failed Lee." It was most likely because he knew. He knew Gaara was dangerous and never warned him, he knew what Gaara was even if just shortly before his match but he still didn't tell him, it ate at him. 

 

"Well, I'm not Lee - though I'm sure you noticed - but if it were me, I wouldn't even think of you when looking for someone to blame, if anything, I think Lee is really fortunate to have such a good and loyal friend." Kaiya's comment made Naruto brighten up a little and she pinched his cheek like a grandma would do her grandson, making Naruto chuckle and visibly relax. 

 

"There's actually something else I've been meaning to talk to you about Naruto…" As she spoke, she looked around the room, and even though it was empty, she knew the walls had ears. "Come with me, I would like to discuss this with you in my office."

 

The old woman led Naruto away from Lee's resting room and into her own secluded office in a not so accessible part of the hospital, the office was at the end of a corner with only one way in and out that could be watched from the inside at all times. When reaching the office Kaiya fished a weird looking key from her pouches and allowed Naruto in, making sure to lock the door again after he had taken a seat. 

 

Naruto looked a little nervous as Dr. Teruya's wrinkled visage was taken over by a serious look he had only seen once before, the woman stood in front of him and activated a silencing seal under her desk that he knew to be the work of the Hokage himself. "So… what's this all about Dr. Teruya?" He asked as he nervously shifted his feet. 

 

"Oh…" The woman lost her serious look and started chuckling at Naruto's expense, making his eyebrows twitch in irritation. "Are you that scared of me, Naruto-kun? I must say I don't know if that's a good thing or not." 

 

She got what she wanted in the form of Naruto, visibly relaxing. She was thinking hard the whole time and didn't realize her look was unnerving. "There is something I would like to talk to you about, propose even."

 

Naruto replied by giving her a questioning look. 

 

"Months ago I mentioned to Kakashi that I was interested in coming up with a way for you to use your Sharingan like a regular eye, as in making you capable of turning it on and off at your leisure." She explained. 

 

"Just me? Why not him too?" He asked and caused her to smile in pride, it truly was refreshing to see someone as selfless and concerned for others as Naruto. 

 

"I don't know how much you know about the incident that resulted in Kakashi getting his sharingan but, unlike you, he was forced to use it right after he got it and it caused some serious damage. I'm not saying it's impossible, just way beyond what I'm capable of." She had been the one to give Kakashi a thorough examination when he returned from that mission. The damage Kakashi's eye socket had received when he lost his own eye had been bad enough, top that with the stress using the Sharingan right away put on him and well… it wasn't pretty

 

"How would that even work? You do your glowing hand thingy on me and that's it?" He asked, rubbing his chin. 

 

"You really need to learn a little about medical ninjutsu Naruto-kun…" She said as she giggled at Naruto's question before continuing her explanation. "But to answer your question, no, it would technically be a minor surgical procedure, I'd go in and rearrange the nerve terminations in your eye and do some work on the chakra pathways that lead to it. If it all goes well the Sharingan will recede back into the natural form of Sasuke-kun's black eye."

 

"Oh… yeah." Naruto didn't think about that, he wasn't against the idea of having two different eye colors or anything but… having used the Sharingan as little as he can, sometimes he forgets it's even there. Looking at Sasuke's black eye every single day, a daily reminder of the fact that Sasuke isn't there anymore. 

 

He doesn't know if he's ready for that. 

 

"I know what you're thinking dear, I might not have known little Sasuke much but- I'm sure he would appreciate you taking him with him wherever you might go and not only for fights."

 

I'll become your eye, and see the future with you

 

"Yeah… I think he would 'ttebayo!" Naruto discreetly wiped a lone tear away from his face and went back into business mode. "How long would that take though, I kinda have to train to beat the crap out of Gaara y'know?" 

 

"Well, the procedure itself shouldn't take me more than a few hours. Normally, a person would need at least a month to recover from such a thing. You? You'll be good to go in a week." She said as she playfully ruffled his hair, oh how she wished she could recover as fast as he did. 

 

"Is it okay if I talk to Nii-san about it first?" 

 

"Of course dear, come back tomorrow if you decide you do want it."






"I think you should do it."

 

"W-What? Just like that? At least think about it 'ttebayo." Naruto crossed his arms and huffed in annoyance making Kakashi chuckle. 

 

"It's a rare opportunity, and definitely worth it. Besides, a week is not too long, you'd still have three whole weeks to train for your match with Shikamaru and Gaara." Said Kakashi closing his book and putting it back in his pocket. 

 

"I guess you're right… I'm just nervous y'know? I haven't been able to use my eye in public for a while now." It was still very exciting for him, there was something about wearing his headband on his forehead like a proud shinobi that he had always found appealing, now that he won't have to cover his eye with his hair he can wear it like he used to. 

 

"Well… officially you lost it, I wouldn't go around showing off an eye you're not supposed to have, sharingan or not." Now that made Naruto feel dumb. "It's actually great timing, I was going to ask you to tell Sakura that I won't be able to train you guys for about a week."

 

Naruto asked Kakashi, "What? Why?"

 

"So they sent their Jinchuuriki to the village… that is troubling." Hiruzen's chin was resting in both of his hands as he sat on his desk and thought hard about what he had been informed by Kakashi about a certain red-head. 

 

"How would you feel about taking Inu's mask for a little trip, Kakashi?" He asked suddenly, rejoicing in the look of shock he had gotten out of his most aloof Shinobi. 

 

"A black ops mission?" He asked. 

 

"I've been hearing rumors about Suna's discontent, it is no secret that the wind Daimyo has cut funding from them and given many of their assignments to other Hidden Villages, especially ours." The game of politics in the 5 Great Nations has always been shaky at best, recently the Wind Daimyo had randomly decided that he preferred to have less and less dealings with his own Hidden Village for some reason.

 

Tensions had begun to rise in both nations, mostly because the wind Daimyo had decided Konoha was his best choice when it came to missions, giving Sunagakure only the more mundane of tasks. You could argue that Konoha could simply refuse him but it wasn't as easy as that, outright denying your services to an allied nation was simply not in the realm of possibility. The Hokage had still made it a point of finding ways to reject as many missions as possible in hopes of maintaining their friendship with suna. 

 

"Suna openly boasts of their Jinchuriki as a weapon and I want to know why they sent him here. I want you to do a little spying, find out if this is them just sending a Genin to be promoted or a statement."

 

Kakashi of course accepted the assignment without so much as a second thought and made his way to meet Naruto at his house at the boy's request. Kakashi was excited at the prospect of wearing his ANBU mask after so long, he also felt a little trepidation but that went unsaid. 

 

"Hokage-sama gave me a special assignment that he would like completed as soon as 

possible."

 

"A special assignment?” What does that even mean?" Naruto looked up at his sensei, crooking his head to the side.

 

"Don't worry about it, I'll be back in time to help you both train" 

 


 

Sakura was picking up the belongings that she had in Naruto's house, "Is there anything else you need, Naruto-kun?" The procedure had gone pretty well, and Dr. Teruya sent Naruto home to rest with a bag full of a high dosage numbing medicine that had a drowsiness effect.

 

Not as high as Naruto was when he woke up though. 

 

Sakura being the amazing friend she was had gladly taken Naruto back to his house and watched over him so he didn't do anything stupid. The drugs were completely out of his system by now and no longer needed anyone to watch over him. 

 

"I'm alright now Sakura-chan but thanks for taking care of me, I really appreciate it y'know?" He said as he helped Sakura store the rest of her things before escorting her to the door. 

 

"Remember Dr. Teruya told you not to remove your patch until the week is over, don't try to use your eye either." Sakura stopped and added. "If anyone asks what happened to your eye, tell them your wound got infected." As she walked away from him again. 

 

"Wait!" Naruto tripped on his doorstep as he clumsily grabbed Sakura's arm to stop her. "Do you know if they checked Lee while I was out?" He knew Lee was supposed to receive a thorough examination by Dr. Teruya to assess the damage when she deemed him stable enough. 

 

"Yeah… about that." A sad look made its way in Sakura's features and Naruto could feel his stomach gripping at the defeated look on her face. "Apparently the damage done to his spine was too severe…” 

 

“Lee will never walk again, I'm sorry Naruto."

 

She left shortly after that but he didn't notice, he sulked in his living room for hours and wallowed in guilt. Kaiya's words rang deep in his brain, his own common sense was telling him there was no point in blaming himself for what happened to Lee but he still did. 

 

What would his parents do if they were in his situation? 

 

That's the question he kept asking himself over and over whenever he found himself at an impasse ever since he discovered his parents identity. Would the legendary Yondaime Hokage wallow in guilt and self-pity over things he had no control over? What about the feared Hot-blooded Habanero?

 

Naruto smiled lightly to himself and stood up, he wasn't told he couldn't go out of his house and he needed to relax a lot before he could face Lee, perhaps a little trip to the local onsen was due. 

 


 

"Oh yes, move around a little beauty." A man with long white hair tied in a ponytail was giggling and doing a little perverted dance as he spied inside the woman's side of the bath through a peephole

 

Who even does that?

 

"Oi old man! You can't do that 'ttebayo!" This wasn't Naruto's version of a relaxing time. Sure, he could definitely appreciate the beauty of the female body, but he would never fall so low as to violate their privacy. 

 

Well, perhaps if it was Sakura in that onsen he would maybe consider it. 

 

"Get lost brat! I'm doing very important research." Replied the man without even taking his eye away from his spying spot, making Naruto get even more annoyed. He wasn't having a good day and this stupid old man wasn't being helpful. 

 

Naruto tried to get him away from the bath a few more times but it was all to no avail, he had to give it to him, for all his antics the man truly was strong, no matter how hard he pushed he never moved. 

 

Not even a single inch. 

 

"Fine!" Oh, never one to be beaten so easily, Naruto went with Plan B. He went inside of the bath house reception and used his own Oiroke no Jutsu to turn into a female version of himself with two long blonde ponytails and a significant bust. He then picked a towel from the desk to cover his face and ran to the women enjoying their bath time yelling. " Pervert! There's a pervert spying on the wall!" 

 

Every lady heard the fear in Naruto's voice and immediately dressed up to deal with the situation. Outside of the onsen, the screams of agony and "Don't kick poor little me." were music to his ears, this wasn't what he intended to do to relax but it definitely worked. 

 

He might play a few more pranks again. 

 

Having had enough, Naruto went to look for the man just to make sure he was still alive - so he could keep making fun of him - and found him sitting down in a tree as he rubbed a spot on his head. 

 

"Got a little beat up pervert?" He asked mockingly, earning a glare from the man that quickly turned into a look of recognition. It didn't last long enough for Naruto to notice but he had been identified, so the man saw it fit to introduce himself. 

 

"You interrupted very important research you damn brat!" He said as he fished out a book from his pouch and proudly displayed the cover, making Naruto realize just what book it was. 

 

"It's you! You write those perverted books Kakashi-nii reads all the time!" Naruto yelled as he pointed an accusatory finger at the man and stomped his feet in indignation, he truly didn't mind all that much, but Sakura did and she complained loudly about it whenever she could. 

 

The man only smirked as a response and performed a sing-less jutsu that made a cloud of smoke, it dissipated and revealed him standing on top of a human-sized red toad in a ridiculous pose. "Man cower at my presence and ladies swoon all over me, it is I the great Toad Sage of Mount Myoboku Jiraiya the Gallant!" 

 

"J-Jiraiya?" Asked Naruto with a slight tremble in his voice that caught both him and the legendary Sannin off-guard. 

 

"Yes?" Was the slightly nervous reply. 

 

"Jiraiya the Sannin?" He asked again, this time with a more serious look on his face. 

 

"Yes." Was the short and boast-less reply. 

 

Naruto looked at the ground, in a quiet voice he said, "You trained my father." 

 

Jiraiya sighed and let the toad go back to where it came from; he knew of course that Naruto had been told about his father's identity the last time he was in the village, heck, he had been told he could approach the boy if he wanted to but never got around to it. 

 

A little part of him was just hoping that knowing about his father wouldn't mean he knew anything about him. That was of course wishful thinking, how would a boy who idolized the Yondaime long before he even knew they were related not know everything there is to know about him? 

 

"Listen Naruto…" The words came out but he was still unsure of what it was that he wanted to say, what was he supposed to say? At least he got the desired effect of getting his attention. 

 

"You know my name?" Naruto knew from Kakashi's stories that Jiraiya and his father were really close, but judging by the lack of contact between them he had guessed long ago that the closeness probably didn't extend to him. He used to be bitter about it but let it go eventually, you can't force people to care about you. 

 

In the end, no matter how lonely it got in that apartment, he always had someone he could go to. 

 

"I know a lot about you, even what you hide behind that little patch of yours." The world seemed to stop for a second as Jiraiya's comment made Naruto gape like fish, for a moment he didn't know if he was supposed to know or if he could even trust that man. 

 

It was a scary thought. 

 

"Would you like something to eat, brat? My treat, I'm sure you have some questions."

 

Naruto silently accepted the invitation and led Jiraiya to his favorite restaurant in the village, Ichiraku Ramen. Ever since he was a little kid he felt attracted to the place. The energy inside was always so different from that of the entire village, he never knew how to explain it but, being there felt right , for some reason he always felt like he belonged there. The amazing people that ran the stand were obviously a big plus. 

 

They both settled in and ordered some food, Jiraiya discreetly placed a foot on the ground and erected a little silencing barrier to keep whatever they talked about between themselves, having realized what the man had done, Naruto relaxed a little and spoke up. "Do you uhmm -? Am I? Do I-? Pfft…" 

 

Jiraiya allowed himself to chuckle at the boy's troubles and smiled fondly. This wasn't what he had been expecting of their first meeting, in some part of his mind he had been convinced that maybe Naruto would see him riding a toad and immediately decide he was the most awesome ninja ever and would pester him for training restlessly until he bulged as if he wasn't thinking of training him either way. 

 

"Do you hate me?" The question was asked in a voice so weak that it didn't sound like it belonged to a boy that earlier had such a confident aura around him. It's easy to forget that the boy had grown up with only a single person he could call a family, Naruto for all his confidence was just a scarred boy who had to grow up in a lonely apartment looking every night at the ceiling, crying, asking himself just what it is that he could've done to make his family leave him behind. 

 

He had found out the truth eventually, but a lot of damage had already been done. 

 

"Why would you ask that, Naruto?" Asked Jiraiya in a voice that conveyed nothing, not a trace of anger, sadness or regret. 

 

"Nii-san said you and my father were very close, so I thought that maybe you would… I don't know. " But he did know, he just didn't want to say that he hoped the man would've made himself present, that he hoped Jiraiya would've been there for him so he wouldn't have been as lonely as he was. 

 

It didn't really matter now, that's what he thought at least. Hiruzen had been family for him when he needed it the most and now, he has friends, he has a brother. 

 

He has people he cares about now. 

 

"You thought that I would've been there for you?" Jiraiya took a sip from a cup of Sake he had gotten out of nowhere before continuing. "It's not because of you, Naruto, at the time I was very troubled myself, I focused solely on my work and thought you'd be alright… by the time I realized I was wrong, you didn't need me anymore so I stayed away."

 

He took another sip of his drink and stared at the counter as his mind wandered. He could remember Minato asking him for permission to name his soon to be born son after the main character of his first and unsuccessful book. 

 

"I kept tabs on you from a distance, I know all about your exploits in the pranking department, your graduation, all about your sharingan and what happened to you in Nami, I'm sorry for your loss." He said sincerely and got a smile out of Naruto. 

 

"Thanks…" Naruto said as he slurped some noodles before continuing. "Were you the one who gave me Gama-chan?" He asked as he fished a cute frog wallet out of his pouch and showed it to him. Hiruzen had told him when he gave that to him that a dear friend of his mother had sent it as a gift. At the time he didn't know about his father but it made a lot of sense now. 

 

Jiraiya for his part released a heartfelt laugh and took the wallet from him and stared at it fondly. "I can't believe you still have this after all these years." He gave it back and looked at Naruto before continuing. "If you're still mad at me, I will completely understand. I just want you to know that nothing I did was your fault, nor was I trying to hurt you in any way okay?" 

 

"You know…" Naruto said as he stored Gama-chan away. "There was a time when I would've been really angry at you but… I don't see the point anymore, I have Nii-san now and Jiji was always there for me, I'm really lucky. There really is nothing to be mad about 'ttebayo!" 

 

A wave of relief came over Jiraiya as he released a breath he didn't know he had been holding. "What do you say if I help you train a little while Kakashi comes back? Think of it as payback."

 

"I can't really train this week, but there is something you can help me with…" Said Naruto in a cryptic tone that spiked Jiraiya's curiosity. 

 

"You're the only fuinjutsu master in the village right?" He asked and received a nod from the curious man in response. "How would you go about fighting a Jinchuuriki?" 

 


 

A Week Later

 

"I have interesting news Hokage-sama…" The Hokage looked at the arriving Kakashi and nodded so he could continue with his report. "Suna's forces seem on edge, they appear to be preparing for something."

 

"Were you able to find anything more?" Asked Hiruzen, making Kakashi shake his head. 

 

"I'm afraid not, they are actively making an effort to hide their activities. I think you would also like to know that I couldn't find the Kazekage while I was there." Replied Kakashi. 

 

"You couldn't find Rasa?" 

 

"That is correct." Kakashi nodded. "I searched the whole place more than once and I'm certain he wasn't in the village." Kakashi had been looking for him ever since he entered their territory, it might've been risky for him to actively search someone as powerful as a Kage but you don't become a legendary ANBU captain without learning how to properly hide yourself. 

 

His original plan was quite simple: get as much information as he could from the man that would hold more knowledge of the village's activities than anyone else. 

 

It was a real pity that Rasa was nowhere to be found

 

"I can't help but feel like this is all connected somehow…" Hiruzen spoke suddenly, getting Kakashi's attention back. "I can't accuse Suna of anything without evidence, I'll have ANBU reinforce the surveillance on the village, if anything it'll make whatever they're planning harder to accomplish, keep your ears on the ground Kakashi."

 

"If that is all Hokage-sama, I will go and meet my team now." A whole week had passed and that gave Kakashi a lot of time to think about his team's training. Sakura could definitely use some more strong Doton Jutsu to get past Temari's wind jutsu. 

 

Naruto on the other hand,

 

There's only one thing he could think of that would be powerful enough to get past Gaara's perfect defense. He wasn't really worried about it, after careful consideration he realized, if there is someone that he could completely trust to learn such a technique, it's Naruto. 

 

"Oh yes… Naruto-kun has been hanging out with Jiraiya this week, apparently he finally decided it was time to introduce himself." Hiruzen chuckled remembering his students retelling of the events that led to their first meeting, only Naruto would be able to make someone get beat up by a group of angry women and then bond over some Ramen. 

 

Kakashi simply smiled fondly and vanished in a swirl of leaves as he went to his apartment to ditch the ANBU equipment. 

 

Shortly after Kakashi left Hiruzen decided to keep on working on the paperwork he had left to do for the day but an unexpected visitor made his way to his office with a look of uncertainty in his face. 

 

Definitely more emotion than usual. 

 

"Hiashi, to what do I owe the pleasure?" Asked Hiruzen as he put his pipe down on his desk. 

 

"Hokage-sama… I would like you to lend me your assistance with some very important matters…" 

 


 

Earlier that Day

 

"We must deal with that child before he becomes a problem Hiashi!" Demanded an elderly man that had seen it fit to come crashing into Hyuga Hiashi's office along with some of the elders from the Hyuga's main branch. 

 

It had been going on ever since Neji had returned to the Hyuga estate after being marked by Orochimaru and it truly was annoying him to no end. They claimed Neji had been compromised and shouldn't be allowed to roam free with a seal no one knew how to remove and that they should make sure the clan's integrity was protected.

 

By 'dealing with him before he becomes a problem' they meant they wanted to activate Neji's Caged Bird seal and kill him of course. The way they kept on talking to him about it like it was such an obvious solution made his blood boil everytime. 

 

Hiashi wasn't a saint by any means, he had his fair share of blood and mistakes on his hands but he would never let anything happen to his brother's beloved son, he had watched the boy grow up full of hatred and resentment for the main branch but never did anything about it because he had thought he deserved that much. 

 

He never stopped to think that all that hatred was eating him inside, he even kept a letter from the boy's father just so he could have it as a keepsake from his brother. 

 

Only after Neji had been targeted by Orochimaru did he realize how selfish he had been all these years. 

 

"You would do well to remember who you're talking to, don't think for a second that your position as an elder means anything to me. If you dare to speak to me in that tone ever again you won't live to regret it ." The temperature in the room dropped and the uninvited guests found themselves cowering at Hiashi's imposing figure and the murdering look in his face accentuated by his activated Byakugan. "Leave this place immediately ."

 

The elders hurriedly left and Hiashi slumped back in his chair as he sighed dramatically, he was a cold man but he wasn't emotionless. These people's constant vouching for activating Neji's seal was starting to take a toll on his mind and he felt exhausted. 

 

So exhausted

 


 

Present Time

 

"I won't be able to shield him forever, I have no doubt that eventually someone will go behind my back and activate his seal without my consent." He scoffed as he explained the situation to the Hokage, the tone he used so flat it almost appeared like he was flippant about the situation. 

 

"How can I face my brother if I let his son die?" But he wasn't

 

"What do you need from me, Hiashi?" The way the Hokage worded his question didn't sit right with him - evident by the way his face suddenly screwed up - he almost made it sound like he was doing him a favor; his features became smooth like is becoming of a Hyuga shortly after as he begrudgingly realized one very important fact.

 

He was asking for a favor. 

 

"All main branch members have the knowledge to activate the seal and there are some that would ignore my orders to protect their interests but…" He looked at Hiruzen and a little smug smile appeared on his face. "No one would be stupid enough to go against the Hokage, if Neji is put under the village's protection, they would have no other choice but to stop pestering me with their idiotic ideas."

 

It seemed reasonable enough for Hiruzen and something he was going to do anyway, he was actually already waiting on his secretary to send a letter to the Hyuga Clan Head. This just made things a little easier for him. 

 

"Very well then, your request is approved. My secretary will be waiting for you with a written statement you can show to your clansmen if you wish."

 

Hiashi gave a small bow and left the office to retrieve the paper from the legendary man's secretary; as he left, all he could think of was his late brother and how much he had failed him after everything he sacrificed for him, including his life. 

 


 

"So… what are we training in sensei?" Sakura had been very excited when she was asked to meet the recently returned Kakashi in their training grounds. She still couldn't believe that she had made it to the finals and was very excited at the idea of getting some training in. 

 

"Well my cute little Genin, I've been thinking and decided that I will only train you for your first matches." Kakashi's comment earned him a look of confusion from Naruto and a look of understanding from Sakura. 

 

"It's because we're facing each other." She said. 

 

"That is correct, I have no doubt that as he is, Naruto can easily beat Shikamaru so I will help him train to defeat Gaara and I will help you Sakura to defeat Temari, you can find something to train yourselves in for your match." He said as he fished a scroll out of his pouch and tossed it to Sakura. 

 

"I believe the best course for you is to make your Doton Jutsu stronger. Teaching you more jutsu won't help you right now so we'll use this 3 weeks for you to complete the second step of mastering your nature transformation, as well as constant Taijutsu training." He eye-smiled and made a Kage Bunshin that took Sakura with him to a couple of big rocks that were in the middle of the clearing. He could explain the exercise himself but he knew by now that Sakura learned best reading, he would only make sure to provide assistance when needed. 

 

Without speaking a word he placed a hand on Naruto and used a Shunshin to take him back to a completely different clearing where Jiraiya was already waiting for them. 

 

"Jiraiya-sama and I have been talking about your training and I think you should keep working on mastering that special fuinjutsu for Gaara so I will be teaching you your plan B." Kakashi's tone became serious and the air around the clearing became so heavy Naruto found it hard to make a joke. 

 

He had grown used to Jiraiya's antics and usual perverted nature, he had even begun to call him Ero-senin for that same reason but he knew there was a big difference between the pervert and the Sannin. 

 

Seeing a serious look on Jiraiya's face was very unnerving. 

 

"I will teach you a jutsu that only you can learn Naruto but I want you to promise me something, promise me that you won't ever use it on a comrade and will only use it when it is strictly necessary." Naruto knew by now that this facet of Kakashi meant they weren't playing games. 

 

"Why?" 

 

"Because this is an assassination jutsu I created myself." Just then Naruto realized exactly what they were talking about and it scared him a little even if the fact that Kakashi would trust him with such a thing was a very rewarding feeling. 

 

"But, how can I work on my fuinjutsu at the same time?" He asked and made Jiraiya smirk. 

 

"I know you've been using Kage Bunshin to study fuinjutsu with Sarutobi-sensei, we'll be doing the same, a couple of clones will work with me on that while the real you works with Kakashi." He said and started to rub his chin as if he forgot to say something. "Oh right! Don't be scared of using it here, this whole clearing has more barriers and detecting seals I can count, no one but us will be able to watch you here."

 

That made Naruto smirk as he took his Hitaite from his neck and tied around his forehead where he had always felt it should be, with the hair covering his right eyes now clear he opened them both to reveal a beautiful azure orb along with an imposing onyx one. He channeled a little chakra to it and the black eye started spinning as it became a glowing red with two black tomoe. 

 

A single thought made its way to the mind of both men at the young Uzumaki's display. 

 

'Show off' 

 


 

A week Before the Finals

 

"Thanks for coming, Hinata!" Said Naruto as he led the recently arrived Hinata to a stool next to him at Ichiraku's. "I was going to ask you to meet me after the prelims were over but with everything that happened I guess I just forgot y'know?" 

 

Hinata nodded but she wasn't really listening, she thanked whatever god was watching over her right now that Naruto was way too oblivious to notice her blushing madly, she still couldn't believe Naruto had asked her out. 

 

When she dreams about this moment she always figures she will one day confront Naruto about her feelings and leave him so impressed by her boldness that he would have no other option but to return them in kind. 

 

This was good enough. 

 

"I'm sorry I asked you to come here all of a sudden, it's just that… I've been thinking about this a lot y'know?" She was now on the brink of hyperventilating, her dreams were going to come true. 

 

"I want to ask you something very important and I don't want you to feel forced to answer me or anything." How could he even think she would feel forced by him when this is exactly what she has always wanted. 

 

"So I really hope you don't mind me asking about this and I really hope I won't make you uncomfortable with this 'ttebayo, I wanted to ask you…" Oh Kami, Oh Kami, Oh Kami, this was it, Naruto was finally going to ask her the question, the question she has been wanting to hear for ages now, it was taking every bit of strength in her body to not pass out. 

 

"I wanted to ask you if…" 

 

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ... 

 

"I wanted to ask you if you could talk to me about Neji."

 

'Yes Naruto-kun! I want to talk to you about Ne-' 

 

"HUH?" 

 

Was all she managed to say before passing out in embarrassment, of course Naruto wouldn't really be interested about her, why would anyone be interested about her at all? 

 

After Naruto managed to wake Hinata up with the help of Ayame and Hinata apologized for every reason possible they finally got around to actually speaking. 

 

"W-Why do you want to know about N-Neji nii-san Naruto-kun?" She stuttered timidly without moving her gaze away from the now cold bowl of Ramen he had gotten for her. 

 

"I feel like I'm greatly overstepping but I just can't help it, I just wanted to know why Neji is the way he is." He answered with complete honesty. 

 

Hinata sighed and wondered if this is something she should be telling him or anyone else for that matter but decided that she probably could tell some of the story. "It's not Neji nii-san's fault, he has g-gone through a lot."

 

"I've seen the way he is for months now, he treats me with some very little amount of respect but the way he treats Lee and you, especially you is just… What can make him hate you so much?" He couldn't fathom the idea of good old Hinata doing something that could earn her the glares, the comments, the degrading, the hate she receives from him. 

 

"His f-father died because of me." Was her short reply that almost made her burst into tears. 

 

Naruto couldn't believe what she was saying and goaded the story out of her, or at least as much of it as he could. 

 

When Hinata was just four years old a Kumo ninja that had come to the village along with a diplomatic party had tried to abduct her in the middle of the night. Her father had noticed and pursued, saving her by cruelly killing the kidnapper. 

 

Kumogakure denied the events that transpired and wrongfully blamed the village of killing a diplomat, at the time Konoha was still recovering from the Kyuubi's devastating blow on their forces and couldn't afford to go into another war so they complied with Kumo's ridiculous demands and turned over the man who had brutally killed their shinobi to them. 

 

Except it wasn't the man who killed their shinobi, Konoha figured out that Kumo was after one of their powerful Kekkei Genkais and had orchestrated the whole thing to get their hands on the Byakugan one way or the other so the Hyuga sacrificed her father's twin brother who beared the mark of a side branch Hyuga, when he died, the Byakugan disappeared and all Kumo got was a corpse they could gain nothing from. 

 

That event marked Neji forever, Hinata claims he used to be the most sweet and caring child there was, but the death of his father and his consequent marking had been enough to turn his life around; he grew resentful, resentful to the village that had caused the whole mess, resentful to the main branch that treated their kin as slaves, resentful to the girl he saw as the cause of all his problems. 

 

And resent, can easily turn into hatred. 

 

He convinced himself that it was his fate to bear the destiny of a slave and that nothing could be done about it, no one could go against fate. 

 

It was all because she had been too weak, she was always weak. 

 

"It wasn't your fault Hinata, you were just a kid being kidnapped by a big Ninja." He said as he put a comforting hand on her shoulder. "I don't think you're weak Hinata, if anything, you're super strong 'ttebayo!" 

 

"I-I'm strong?" She asked with a voice so full of doubt it made Naruto wonder why would anyone hurt someone as kind as her so much. 

 

"You've been carrying a burden that doesn't belong to you for years now! Of course you're strong, you just have to believe you are…" He took one last slurp of his sixth ramen bowl and stood from the corner, "you know I don't think Neji is a lost cause yet."

 

"You don't?" It shouldn't be that surprising for her, after watching Naruto for years it was obvious that the boy was full of compassion. 

 

"But there's only one person who can help him." He said in a matter of fact tone. 

 

"Who is that Naruto-kun?" 

 

"It's you Hinata, it's always been you." 

 

Naruto paid for both of their meals and left the stand, allowing Hinata to think about what this all meant. It was funny really, she had always wanted to hear those exact words from him and now she finally got them, even if it wasn't in her desired way. 

 

One thing was clear, Naruto believed she could help Neji so she would at the very least try, they were going to fight in the tournament either way, hopefully she will be able to last long enough against him to make it worth it. 

 

The idea of winning never even crossed her mind, but she would ask her father to train her harder than ever for the rest of the month. 

 

For Neji. 

 


 

Three days before the Finals. 

 

"Ero-sennin says I'm doing good with the things he's teaching me, he even says he's going to teach me something very special tomorrow." Naruto was retelling his day of training to Kakashi as if he hadn't also been there for the day as they walked to Naruto's apartment. Kakashi was incredibly satisfied with Naruto for his incredible progress in learning his jutsu. 

 

Having him train his affinity for Lightning from the very start clearly had been an excellent choice. He didn't know much about what went over with Jiraiya in his fuinjutsu training, the Naruto clones and him worked separately so they would be able to concentrate away from the more loud nature of the Jutsu Kakashi had been teaching him. 

 

He had made it, after weeks of non-stop effort Naruto had made it and he decided to treat him for a meal in celebration, he only wished Sakura had been able to join them. 

 

The girl of team 7 had made steady progress, she managed to complete the second stage of her nature transformation faster than Kakashi had anticipated and had made good progress in a very short span. Her Doton jutsu had become more powerful and her Taijutsu had greatly improved over his guidance. It came off as a surprise to him that she didn't want to train her Genjutsu but it made sense, she decided to develop more as a heavy-hitter and he wouldn't blame her for choosing to go that way. 

 

Sakura hits hard. 

 

"How is your other training going?" Kakashi asked in a suggestive tone that Naruto understood all too quickly. 

 

"It's going well I guess, I have to rely on a lot of guessing to figure out some stuff y'know? It'd be easier if I had someone to teach me." But there was no one, Naruto was as far as anyone knew the last of the Uzumaki; Kakashi was convinced that there were more, hiding, but they clearly didn't wish to be found and he could respect that. 

 

Nothing guarantees that they would share Naruto's Kekkei Genkai either way. 

 

"It's hard but I know I can make it, I will never giv-" 

 

He stopped mid-sentence and turned his gaze to a direction different from the one they were going in, his stance became different and the look on his face immediately put Kakashi on edge, he was just about to ask him what was wrong when Naruto spoke up. 

 

"S-Someone's dying over there, I think I've felt their chakra before." He said worriedly. 

 

Kakashi put a reassuring hand on his shoulder and told him to lead them there, Naruto released his weights and rushed at speeds far surpassing that of a regular Genin, definitely not enough to outrun Kakashi but still pretty damn fast. 

 

As they both ran and jumped on rooftops Kakashi couldn't help but feel a pinch of sadness wash over him, Naruto knowing what a dying person feels like is still in his mind his greatest failure, he only wished he could've done something back then. 

 

They finally landed on a rooftop and found a bleeding Gekkō Hayate laying there, barely moving anymore. 

 

"It's the proctor!" Yelled Naruto with clear distraught in his voice. 

 

Kakashi dropped next to him and started using Iryo-ninjutsu on him, he still wasn't by any means a medic and all he new about medicine was very rustic still but he trusts he should be able to keep him alive long enough for someone who knows what they're doing to help him. 

 

Sasuke wasn't that lucky. 

 

"It's not safe to move him Naruto, bring a doctor here fast!" Not needing to be told twice Naruto placed both hands on a ram seal and phased from existence, a special Shunshin Sakura had come up with after Kakashi taught her how to create her own, she liked using Genjutsu on it and was very creative. 

 

A few minutes later Naruto re-emerged on the rooftop using his special shunshin, this time being accompanied by the ever reliable Dr. Teruya who was carrying a bag full of supplies. 

 

She instructed Kakashi to keep working on stabilizing him while she started to work on the more serious of his injuries. "The damage is very extensive Kakashi, I'm sure this is the work of Futon Jutsu."

 

The seasoned Jōnin furrowed his brow in thought as he kept on landing his assistance, wind jutsu isn't common in the Fire country let alone Konoha. It was very possible that Hayate was attacked by a foreign shinobi and it just so happened that Konoha currently had visitors from a village known for their mastery of wind.

 

"He's stable enough…" Said Dr. Teruya, interrupting Kakashi's thoughts. "Let's take him to the hospital."

 


 

Waking up to a white ceiling you don't recognize and a smell of antiseptic all over the place is no one's definition of a good time. It certainly wasn't when your name is Gekkō Hayate and you were sure that you were supposed to be dead. If the other world was all like this Hayate started to think this was just the beginning of an unpleasant eternity. 

 

"Rise and shine sleeping beauty." 

 

He recognized the voice but found it incredibly hard to turn his gaze or speak back to it, why was the light in this place so damn bright? "W-Wa…te…r."

 

He managed to somewhat request that glorious and refreshing liquid through rasps and was awarded with a careful and soft hand pressing a glass of water in his lips as the other one softly caressed his hair. "You scared the shit out of me Hayate."

 

"I'm sorry." Well he had somehow managed to stay alive long enough for his beautiful girlfriend to save him and bring him to the hospital. Apparently one more thing he owed to Yugao. 

 

"How did you find me?" He asked softly and then went into a fit of coughs, not that it wasn't normal for him to cough all the time. This one was just unbelievably painful. 

 

"I didn't, you got really lucky." She put the glass of water back into the nightstand next to his bed and took a seat behind him. It was then he took his time to analyze the room and realize he couldn't recognize it. Hayate had spent a great deal of his childhood in the hospital and was pretty sure this all white room with no windows and a single door was not what a regular hospital room should look like. 

 

"Where are we?" He asked. 

 

"This is a special room in the hospital reserved for ANBU personnel and high-ranking officials, only a few people know you're here including the Hokage." That made a lot of sense, it was only right that they had some form of extra security measure in the Hospital to keep some information safe. 

 

"I need to talk to Hokage-sama." He requested coldly, making Yugao sigh. She knew something important must've happened if it warranted a murder attempt on him so it didn't come off as a surprise that he would request a meeting as soon as possible. 

 

A small part of her still wished she could hold him a little while longer to convince herself that he really is there. 

 

The devoted ANBU put her mask back on and swiftly left the room only to re-enter it again this time with the Hokage, Kakashi-senpai and… a kid? 

 

"Uhmm Hokage-sama… why is he here?" He asked, his gaze never leaving the figure of the kid standing right behind Kakashi. 

 

"Naruto-kun here was the one who found you on that roof Hayate, he is here because he wished to see if you were doing okay." Hiruzen conveniently left out the part where Naruto refused to go back and stubbornly claimed that he wouldn't leave until he knew what was going on. 

 

It was those moments that reminded Hiruzen of a fiery woman with Uzumaki blood and crimson red hair. 

 

"Oh." He said, realizing he had been saved by a kid he just now recognized as a participant in the chunin exams and one of the most promising in his opinion, he smiled kindly at him and said. "Thanks for saving me Naruto-kun."

 

"I didn't do much really, Kakashi-nii- err Kakashi-sensei was the one who saved you 'ttebayo." He replied nervously as he waved his hands frantically in front of him, still not used to praise and trying his best to behave like a professional Shinobi. 

 

Hayate chuckled and went into another fit of coughs, after he recovered his gaze met the Hokage's and he shared with him the information that had put him in this state. "Hokage-sama, Suna and Oto have allied themselves to invade Konoha the day of the finals."

 

The bomb was dropped and everyone in the room had very different expressions in their faces, Naruto started thinking that maybe he shouldn't have insisted of sticking with Hiruzen for this. 

 

Quickly regaining his composure the legendary Hokage took over the room. "This is not to leave this room Naruto, am I clear?" He asked, getting a "Yes Hokage-sama" from the shocked teenager. 

 

"Are you certain of this Hayate-kun?" The Hokage asked as he looked him straight in the eyes. 

 

"Yes, I was on patrol when I stumbled upon a Genin of this village I recognized from the exams talking with one of the Jōnin-senseis from Suna, they were talking about the invasion and some weapon they plan on releasing during the finals." Hayate's comment lit a fuse in Kakashi's head who immediately connected the 'Genin from this village' to the person who had slipped his tongue in front of Naruto. 

 

"It's Gaara…" Naruto commented suddenly, reminding everyone that a Genin was a part of the conversation. "Sensei told me the villages use their Jinchuuriki as weapons."

 

Hiruzen had been very reluctant to allow his grandson face a Jinchuuriki in the tournament and now knowing it was a part of some sort of scheme he was doubting it even more. "We must deal with this immediately."

 

"We should let it happen…" Everyone looked at Kakashi like he had grown a second head until he elaborated further in his explanation. "We know what they're planning and should use that knowledge to our favor. If we hint that we know of their plans they might change them and that would put us at a disadvantage."

 

Kakashi would make a great Hokage and Hiruzen had always been certain of it. 

 

"Tora!" Called Hiruzen and a brown haired ANBU with a lion mask made its way into the room and knelt in front of the Hokage. "I want you to start mobilizing our forces. The day of the finals, ANBU are to infiltrate the civilian population and be ready for evacuation."

 

"It will be done." He was about to dismiss himself but was stopped by the firm hand of Hiruzen. 

 

"A Jinchuuriki will most likely be let loose on the village during the invasion, I need you to make use of your special talent to deal with it-" 

 

"I can help." Said Naruto all of a sudden earning looks of shock from the people present in the room, well, everyone except Kakashi. "I'm going to face him anyway and I've been training with Ero-senin and Kakashi-sensei to beat him."

 

"Naruto-kun, I will be the first to admit that your progress in fuinjutsu is incredible but I don't think you will be able to help in this scenario, should he release the power of his beast during your match you won't fight him any further." The Hokage had a caring tone in his voice but Naruto understood it was an order, still, he had more to offer than just some seals. 

 

"This was supposed to be a surprise but…" Naruto clapped both hands together and started concentrating his energy, purple chakra started swirling around him and everyone could feel a change in the room, suddenly, out of Naruto's forearms two beautiful chains of golden chakra emerged and swirl around, one of them taking Hiruzen's Hokage hat from his head and putting it in Naruto's. "I think I should be able to help just fine."

 

He was working hard not to burst out laughing at the looks of everyone in the room, he especially found Hiruzen's ridiculous face hilarious. He had made it a point of showing off right there and there, he definitely didn't need as much chakra as he used to manifest his chains but it had the desired effect of dropping everyone's jaws on the floor. 

 


 

"So…" Naruto started shifting his feet as he turned his gaze to the ground which had suddenly become very interesting, it definitely wasn't because of Jiraiya's scrutinizing look. "What's it gonna be, pervert?" 

 

A tick mark appeared in Jiraiya's face and he loudly corrected Naruto in the middle of the clearing. "I'm not a pervert you brat! I'm a super pervert!" 

 

His look then became his normal one and Naruto finally found himself relaxing and waiting for instruction.

 

"I originally wanted you to learn a Jutsu your father created, similar to Kakashi's in nature but not classified as an assassination jutsu but…" He slumped both of his shoulders and a worried look made its way to his features. "Shit is about to hit the fan so I'm going to teach you something that will be of greater help to you."

 

"What are you going to teach me, Ero-senin?" The question was accompanied by Naruto jumping around in excitement, it truly was amazing how calm he could be at times and then turn into a little joyful fox. 

 

"Today Naruto…" The self-proclaimed super pervert bit his thumb and smeared its blood in one of his palms, then he went through a quick set of hand seals and finished by putting the bloodied palm on the ground as he called out Kuchiyose no Jutsu!

 

The cloud of smoke caused by the Jutsu dissipated and it revealed Jiraiya standing on top of a red toad holding a scroll in its tongue. "You're going to learn how to summon toads."

 

"E-Ero-senin can I really?" He asked as he stuttered in shock and excitement. 

 

HAHAHAHAHAHAHA! 

 

Jiraiya boasted in laughter as the toad carrying the scroll returned to its realm leaving him behind with the scroll. "What's the matter brat? Don't tell me you're that easy to impress."

 

He was of course aware that it was not so easy, but Naruto hadn't really been impressed by him so far so this was gold for him. Reigning in on his laughter he let the scroll unfold in front of Naruto and explained to him how to sign the contract that would allow him to become a summoner. 

 

Naruto didn't think about it twice and hurriedly bit his thumb and used the blood to write his name right next to a name he was oh so familiar with. 

 

Namikaze Minato.

 

"You've seen the hand-seals already, all you have to do is use some blood in the palm of your dominant hand and put it in the ground after you're done with the sequence." Jiraiya walked a little farther from him to give him enough space and added. "This is a very chakra extensive technique, Naruto, if you use too little you won't be able to do much."

 

He went about trying to summon a toad and just as Jiraiya predicted, Naruto only summoned a toad-pole which he found incredibly amusing as he observed from the sides. A technique like this is not something you would normally teach Genin, especially not when it implies summoning creatures as big as battle toads but Jiraiya knew Naruto had more than enough chakra for it. 

 

Even by Uzumaki standards Naruto has an incredible amount of chakra greater by far than any Jōnin in the village, including Kakashi. Not him of course, but you don't reach the level a Sannin has for nothing, still Naruto had about half the amount of chakra he does and that's very impressive. 

 

"You need to use more chakra, Naruto, I know you have the control for it." He didn't blame him for using the amount he did as it was necessary to regulate how much chakra one uses for their techniques but, the Kuchiyose no Jutsu is a completely different story. 

 

Having decided it was all or nothing Naruto stopped to gather his energy and let it out in a single use, purple chakra started swirling around him and he went through the set of hand-seals one more time. 

 

Kuchiyose no Jutsu!

 

A massive cloud of smoke filled the clearing and when it dissipated it revealed Naruto standing on top of a gigantic red toad with a pipe in its mouth wearing a dark blue Haori. 

 

"Why have you summoned me here Jiraiya? You know I hate it when you summon me for nothing!" The toad had a powerful and deep voice that was capable of filling the whole clearing which only seemed to excite Naruto even more. 

 

"Oi! I was the one who- I was the-" 

 

Exhaustion suddenly took over him and he couldn't finish his sentence as he collapsed and fell from the head of the toad. He lost consciousness in mid air and didn't get to see the look of surprise in the toad’s face as it saw him fall. Luckily, Jiraiya had been all too ready for such an event and jumped in just in time to catch Naruto and land safely with him in his arms right in front of the summon. 

 

"What do you think of our new summoner Bunta?" He asked teasingly, knowing very well that the incredible Gamabunta, boss of the toad summons, had a soft spot for Minato back in the day. 

 

He would obviously recognize Naruto. 

 

"To think he would be able to summon me of all people at such a young age, Minato would be proud of his brat." His comment made Jiraiya chuckle warmly as he looked at Naruto's sleeping form with something akin to longing in his face. 

 

"I'm sorry he summoned you without a real reason Bunta, I clearly underestimated how much chakra he used; he isn't quite ready for a boss summon just yet, I just hope he'll be able to summon Ken safely." His worried tone wasn't lost on Gamabunta who could clearly see something was troubling Jiraiya. 

 

"Why would he need to summon someone as big as Gamaken?" Even in his powerful voice one could hear he was weary of the answer.

 

Jiraiya hardened his gaze and looked at the giant toad "I will probably give you a lot of work soon Bunta."

 

Apparently that was enough for him as he nodded his understanding and released himself to go back to his realm. Jiraiya started walking back to the village with an unconscious Naruto in his arms and couldn't help but think. 

 

'I just hope you're ready, Naruto.'

Notes:

Another chapter that is way longer than I expected, it really wasn't on purpose, it just happened. 

I don't know if you guys remember I stated Naruto's chakra is purple at the beginning of this story, it hadn't been worth mentioning again up until this point of the story. Also, in case anyone's wondering, Naruto with his headband on his forehead looks like he does in his version of Jiraiya's first book. 

The adult Naruto we never got, sad stuff. 

That's it for this chapter, I hope you all enjoyed it, do leave me a comment if you want. 

Be safe!

 

Glossary:

Kuchiyose no Jutsu
Summoning Jutsu

Oiroke no Jutsu
Sexy Jutsu

Chapter 11: Caged Bird

Notes:

you guys have no idea how much codex improved omg

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

" Fuck NO!" 

 

A beautiful day was taking place in the respected and feared Konohagakure no Sato. Today an air of excitement could be felt all around, countless vendors, different food, and game stalls could be found anywhere you looked. Children ran carefree on the streets playing and laughing like there would be no tomorrow. 

 

The day of the Chunin Exams finals had finally arrived, a famous and prestigious event that takes place every six months in many different villages; visitors from distant lands were seen enjoying the nice atmosphere and welcoming warmth of Konoha's residents. All in all, it looked like the final tournament was going to be a fun and great event. 

 

A shocking contrast with the conversation going on at the Hokage's office.

 

"You must finally be going senile in your advanced age, old man." The powerful and feared white-haired Sannin walked around the room as he venomously spat his disagreement with the Hokage's latest directives. "You're being stupid! ". 

 

Sarutobi Hiruzen had to resist the urge to chuckle at his students' childish behavior. It was truly refreshing to see him so focused on the matter at hand, it truly was heart-warming to see him so concerned, it almost made him reconsider. "You're being stubborn Jiraiya, this isn't up for negotiation."

 

Jiraiya was torn between smashing his head repeatedly on the wall or smashing Hiruzen's on his desk. "How do you expect me to let you in there alone?! Don't you realize how unreasonable you're being?!"  

 

" Jiraiya. " Oh, Jiraiya didn't like that tone, that was the voice that said you wouldn't be changing the man's mind. "I've made up my mind, this is something I must do. I can't allow you to neglect your duty to this village for the sake of keeping me safe."

 

Just last night Jiraiya had come to him with very concerning news, ever since Kakashi informed him of Rasa's absence- Hiruzen had grown weary of the standing between their allied nations so he had Jiraiya do a little digging. The man had been stationed in the village helping out with Naruto's training but that didn't stop him from using his carefully built spy network. 

 

The information he got was not what they were expecting. 

 

One of Jiraiya's spies had come across a lifeless body buried in the desert, just away enough from Suna to ensure that it would be hard to find but not impossible, whoever did it had been trying to make some sort of statement. 

 

It's not every day that you find the corpse of a Kage after all. 

 

"We both know the Kazekage that's resting in a hotel right now has to be him! " It wasn't so hard in Jiraiya's mind, to stay with Hiruzen and take on their invaders by surprise when the whole thing starts. "You have to let me help you sensei, please. "

 

Beggin wasn't a good look on Jiraiya, it pained Hiruzen greatly to see him in such a state but it was necessary. "You're my best student Jiraiya, I know you understand what I'm asking you to do is the right thing, it truly warms my heart to see your concern for my safety but it is misplaced. This is my duty as Hokage and as a former sensei."

 

That was as far as it got and Jiraiya knew it, Kami knows he hates being in these kinds of situations, so powerless… 

 

So utterly useless.

 

He knew his sensei was right, everyone had their task to fulfill and he had to comply, it didn't matter if he liked it or not, no matter how close he was to the seasoned old warrior Jiraiya was still a Shinobi under his command. 

 

If his sensei wanted him to defend the village from their soon to be invaders with the aid of the toads he would do just that, he hoped to whatever god was listening to his thoughts that Sarutobi was still the same man worthy of being called the second 'Kami no Shinobi'. 

 

"The ANBU are already on the move as we speak." Seeing as their little conflict was settled Hiruzen decided to update the Sannin on their current activities. "Civilians from strategic places are being evacuated as we speak and many of them are being replaced by our forces in disguise, there was however no way to start an evacuation on the Hospital and the academy."

 

It was funny to think that right now some of the foreign visitors were buying food from Shinobi in disguise, it was however a necessary step. Nothing would've pleased Hiruzen more than keeping their visitors safe but as a Kage, it was his duty to ensure the safety of his people first and foremost. They hadn't managed to evacuate half of their citizens yet and probably wouldn't be able to. 

 

Many of the people in the arena were after all Konoha's citizens eager to watch the new batch of shinobi giving their all. 

 

Hiruzen went for second best and put as many of his available shinobi in the protection of the places he knew they wouldn't be able to evacuate without alerting their enemies. 

 

He sighed as he looked outside the window in his office and stood from his chair. "It's time."

 


 

The arena where the tournament would be taking place was full of people from all over the nations, even nations whose shinobi weren't competing. Loud cheers of excitement and chants of "Start already!" echoed around the stadium. 

 

The Sandaime Hokage made his way into the Kage balcony where he found the 'Kazekage' waiting for him. He smiled at him and exchanged pleasantries to then move forward and use his powerful voice to address the public. 

 

"Ladies and Gentlemen!..." The crowd erupted into even louder cheers and yells of 'Sandaime-sama!' at the sight of their beloved Hokage. "We are here today to celebrate the end of the Chunin Exams, I hope you all find the matches you're about to see to your liking. Let us all rejoice in our Shinobi's powerful show of their Will of Fire!" 

 

The people went crazy in excitement and anticipation after the Hokage's speech and even more when a massive door in the arena where the fights would be taking place opened and in walked the contestants. 

 

Naruto and Sakura both walked together smiling brightly and looking for familiar faces in the crowd. He might've known that something big was going to happen but that didn't stop him from feeling excited at the prospect of showing everyone how much he had grown since their graduation. 

 

"Attention contestants!" A man with brown hair wearing a bandana not too different from the late Gekkō Hayate stood in front of them chewing on a senbon needle. "You already know your opponents and the order in which you will be fighting, my name is Shiranui Genma and I will be your proctor. You already know the rules and stipulations so there's no point in going over them again."

 

Behind him in a far wall was a giant screen that turned on right after his explanation was over revealing the names of the first match's contestants. 

 

Nara Shikamaru VS Uzumaki Naruto. 

 

"Everyone but Shikamaru and Naruto, make your way over to the contestant balcony." The Chunin hopefuls did as they were told, leaving behind only Shikamaru, Naruto, and his teammates. 

 

Not much needed to be said between Naruto and Sakura, she stood in front of him with a warm and caring smile as she wished him the best of luck and left, not without stopping to say. "Kick his lazy ass Naruto!" 

 

Ino and Chōji were sharing similar thoughts from their place on the spectator’s podium. "You better do something Shikamaru!" Was her yell of encouragement as she frantically shook her fist in a promise of pain if he didn't. 

 

"Are both contestants ready?" Asked Genma receiving only nods of agreement, he then jumped away and left both Genin to their devices. 

 

Both Naruto and Shikamaru sported playful smirks on their faces. The Uzumaki simply took both of his staffs and started dancing around with them, showing off how skilled he had become in using them. 

 

"You've become arrogant ever since you started copying my clothes, Naruto, so troublesome." Joked Shikamaru, noting the similarities between his clothing style and Naruto's, the main difference between them being the length of Naruto's sleeves and the color of his jacket. 

 

"Well, I have to say they're pretty cool, though I look far better in them than you of course." He then rushed Shikamaru who only had time to fish a Kunai out of his pouch. 

 

Naruto then started using both of his staffs to beat the crap out of him, Shikamaru managed to use a Kunai to block a few of his strikes but Naruto had an advantage over him in hand to hand combat, his style of fighting was fairly unpredictable, anytime he thought he had seen an opening Naruto would do something he had not seen coming. The blonde could use both of his weapons perfectly and mix his attacks with a few well-placed jumping kicks whenever Shikamaru tried to go low. 

 

Seeing little choice, the Nara heir allowed one of Naruto's kicks to hit him in the face head-on and was sent flying away from him, in the air he threw a smoke pellet on the ground to cover himself. 

 

Naruto was an accomplished sensor and knew where exactly Shikamaru was but decided not to risk getting close to the black-haired genius without the ability to see. 

 

Kage Bunshin no Jutsu!

 

With both hands on a crossed hand sign characteristic of his favorite jutsu, Naruto sent 5 clones of himself into the smoke to fight Shikamaru. Having expected something of the sort Shikamaru used the cover the smoke provided him to use his clan's Kagemane no Jutsu to create a cover around himself. Every time one of his clones stepped in they would be frozen in place long enough for Shikamaru to stab them with his kunai. 

 

Wanting to take the initiative for as long as possible Shikamaru then extended his shadow and made it launch forward to capture Naruto. The Uzumaki saw a string of shadows coming toward him and jumped away only for it to keep on his pursuit, Naruto jumped and jumped away until the shadow could no longer follow and used the special seal on both of his staffs to put them together into one large Bo-staff, he then started to spin it as he channeled his chakra creating a gust of wind that cleared the smoke from the arena and revealed Shikamaru was no longer there. 

 

Naruto turned his gaze to a rock where he knew Shikamaru to be hiding in and was about to use his long-range Raiton Jutsu when a sizzling sound reached his ear. He looked down and found a kunai with an activated exploding tag and a shadow string. 

 

"Son of a-" 

 

BOOM

 

The tag exploded and Naruto managed to jump just far enough to avoid a lethal blow but was still caught in it and sent crashing into a tree, his back making a loud cracking sound on impact only to then fall to the ground. 

 

He got back to his feet quickly however and was just about to run at Shikamaru when he found that he couldn't move. 

 

Kagemane no Jutsu: Success

 

Shikamaru emerged from his hiding place and walked towards the frozen Naruto placing a kunai on his neck. "Give up."

 

Much to his surprise, Naruto didn't give up and instead smirked smugly. Suddenly a kunai was placed on his neck from behind. Shikamaru smirked when he realized he had been set up by Naruto and released his hold of him, as he did the clone that was pointing a kunai to his neck disappeared and the real Naruto jumped back to prepare a follow-up attack. 

 

"I give up."

 

Shikamaru's sudden proclamation had everyone confused and some were even a little angry. 

 

"SHIKAMARU YOU LAZY IDIOT! " The voice was that of his blonde-headed teammate and it immediately made Shikamaru regret what he was doing just a little. 

 

"I'm almost out of chakra while Naruto hasn't even started to breathe heavily, I also know for a fact that if he wanted to he could've broken free of my shadow binding himself. There's no need to keep this going, he wins." Now, it was true that he could've easily broken Shikamaru's technique, it's easy to overpower it with his chakra because Shikamaru still neglected training it or training at all. 

 

Naruto knew for a fact Shikamaru was lying about his chakra, while it was spent he still had more than half of his energy left, why would he lie about it? 

 

"Winner: Uzumaki Naruto!" 

 

The crowd erupted into loud cheers and a certain silver-haired Jōnin looked fondly at his student turned little brother as he released Shikamaru and both walked together back to the contestant's booth. 

 

On their way, Shikamaru could feel Naruto's questioning look on his back and he answered it simply. "I have a feeling I'll be needing my energy later."

 

Naruto stopped breathing for a short second before continuing to walk after him. If there was someone who would be able to figure out something weird was going on today it would be Shikamaru. 

 

"Yosh! Kakashi, it seems like Naruto-kun's flames of youth still burn as brightly as the day we met!" Flames could be seen burning in the man's eye and all everyone around him could do was sweatdrop at his antics and try to ignore him. 

 

Almost everyone. 

 

"My dear friend Naruto-kun is full of youth Gai-sensei!" Lee was still bound to a wheelchair but nothing could've stopped him from showing up to the finals and showing his support to everyone's favorite blonde. 

 

"Well said, Lee!"

 

"GAI-SENSEI!" 

 

"LEE!" 

 

"GAI-SENSEI!" 

 

"LEE!" 

 

"SHUT UP!" Yelled absolutely everyone around him making them both deflate and sulk in a momentary depression. 

 

Up in the balconies, the Kazekage watched as Hiruzen observed the young Uzumaki as he returned to the competitor’s booth with a smile on his wrinkled face. "You seem fond of that boy Hokage-dono ." 

 

Hiruzen turned to look at the man's veil-covered face and smiled slightly. He was perfectly aware of who that man truly was but replied either way. "I had the privilege of watching Naruto-kun grow into the fine Shinobi he is today."

 

That seemed to be a good enough answer for the Kazekage as he simply turned his attention back to the matches. 

 

"Haruno Sakura and Sabaku no Temari, come down here."

 

Both girls perked up at the mention of their names and had different reactions. Temari smirked at what she thought would be an easy match and unfolded her fan as she jumped from the railing, using it to glide down to the ground in a show of her skill with wind jutsu. 

 

"You got this Sakura-chan!" Naruto hugged Sakura's shoulder and gave her a reassuring smile as she set off to the arena to face her smirking opponent. 

 

"You'd do well to give up little girl, the Kunoichi of this village are a joke." Temari's mocking was of course referring to Tenten and her easy win in their match during the prelims. It had been a terrible matchup for the kunoichi in team 9 and it had gotten way over Temari's head, Sakura decided she would make sure to show her just how wrong she was. 

 

Genma called the match and jumped away, leaving the two girls ample space for their fighting. 

 

'She uses long-range jutsu, I need to get close.' Decided on her course of action, Sakura rushed her as fast as she could hoping to catch her off guard but ended up being blown away by Temari's quick use of her Kamaitachi no Jutsu with the aid of her battle fan. As she landed, Sakura threw a few kunai and shuriken her way only to have them blown away once again. 

 

Realizing her opponent was faster than anticipated Sakura went through a short set of hand seals and performed the regular Bunshin making 6 of her start rushing Temari once again. She knew they were Illusions and only one of them was the real one so she used her fan and blew them all away but much to her surprise all the Sakuras disappeared leaving no trace of the real one behind. 

 

She was left alone in the middle of the Arena and no matter where she looked Sakura was nowhere to be found; suddenly a hand emerged from the ground right below her and she jumped just in to jump in time to avoid it but Sakura didn't count on her falling for that trap so she quickly jumped from the ground in time to hit the still airborne Temari hard in the stomach and send her flying towards the trees in the arena. 

 

Temari crashed loudly into a tree and fell limp on the floor, after she took her time recovering she quickly stood up and started walking back toward Sakura with an enraged look on her face. ' That bitch!' 

 

She suddenly tripped with seemingly nothing and fell back to the ground. Sakura made use of the false surroundings illusion on her and decided to act before she had time to release it. She dropped from the trees and tried to stomp her back; Temari rolled on the ground and quickly stood up as she released the Genjutsu to start a Taijutsu bout with the pink-haired.

 

Temari proved to be a lot better in Taijutsu than Sakura anticipated and after trading blows for a while managed to use the closed fan as a weapon giving Sakura a hard blow with it in the stomach and then to the head sending her flying and crashing hard with a few rocks scattered around the area. 

 

Sakura stood up dizzily and Temari decided to act before she had time to recover. Using the same jutsu she used on Tenten before, she sent her flying in the air and kept her elevated as multiple cuts and gashes appeared all over her skin and clothes. 

 

Her screams of pain started being heard all over the arena and back in the competitor's booth, a blond-haired teen started cheering her on desperately. 

 

"YOU CAN DO THIS SAKURA-CHAN! DON'T GIVE UP!

 

Something started stirring in her after her loud teammate's bold exclamation. She started falling and Temari placed her fan for her to fall on top of it and humiliate her in the same way she did Tenten but Sakura wasn't having any of it. 

 

She twirled around mid-fall and re-adjusted herself to dive fist first while focusing enough Doton chakra on her first that it quite literally solidified it and made it look like she was wearing a rock glove. Temari noticed and tried to use her fan as a bat to fend her off.

 

BOOM

 

Sakura landed and the force of the impact was so strong that the collision between the two made a big cloud of dust rise. In the stands, all the spectators were watching in shock at the edge of their seats, desperately trying to see what was of the two girls. The dust cleared and revealed a barely conscious Temari on the ground and a Sakura breathing heavily on her knees with a smile on her face. 

 

She had made it. 

 

"Winner: Haruno Sakura!" 

 

"Way to go Sakura-chan!" With complete disregard for the rules, Naruto jumped from the railings and ran toward her teammate. He helped her stand up and raised one of her arms in a show of her victory. Loud claps, cheers, and whistles accompany his actions. 

 

Looking up Sakura watched as people cheered her on and chanted her name in support, being moved to near tears she looked around the audience for her sensei and found him standing with Gai, his sharingan eye uncovered as he eye-smiled at her and gave her a proud thumbs-up. 

 

"Calm down mother… I will give you blood soon ." Back in the competitor’s booth, Naruto observed his soon-to-be opponent as he helped Sakura to a seat. All he could feel when he looked at him was anger, anger because he hurt one of his dearest friends severely and ended his shinobi career for good. 

 

He was even angrier because he tried to do it twice. 

 

"Where are you going, Naruto?" Shikamaru ran behind his blonde friend on their way to the hospital carrying a gift basket he had bought for Chōji. The young Akimichi heir had eaten too much and landed himself in the hospital due to food poisoning. 

 

Naruto turned around in surprise but quickly greeted his friend with a big smile on his face. "I'm going to see Lee, he was examined yesterday, and well… it wasn't good."

 

"Oh yeah…" Shikamaru's face adopted a more solemn look as he looked at Naruto. "Sakura told Ino during our team meeting yesterday, I'm sorry Naruto."

 

"People keep apologizing to me for some reason…" Naruto looked up to the sky and closed his eye. "I'm not the one you should be feeling sorry for."

 

"I guess you're right, what are y-" 

 

Shikamaru was interrupted mid-sentence by Naruto placing a hand on his shoulder. He looked up and watched as the Uzumaki's gaze was focused directly on the direction of the hospital. He didn't have time to react however when Naruto used a half-ram seal and performed a Shunshin to get them both as close to the hospital as he could get them. 

 

Once they were both at the hospital's door Naruto started running like crazy without stopping to look at him or tell him what was wrong but it didn't matter to Shikamaru, he still followed behind him through the corridors despite the yells from all the angry nurses at their step. Naruto then kicked the door of one of the rooms open and revealed exactly what was going on. 

 

Kagemane no Jutsu!

 

With his hands on a rat seal, Shikamaru's shadow extended and froze the red-haired Jinchuriki in place, stopping him from using his sand to murder the resting Lee. 

 

"What are you doing here?" Naruto's tone was menacing and full of anger, his knuckles started turning white from the sheer pressure he was putting on them. 

 

"I'm going to kill him," Gaara spoke to them matter of factly and it only made Naruto start trembling in annoyance even more. 

 

Trying his best to defuse the situation, Shikamaru decided to go for a more peaceful approach. "Why do you want to kill him? You've already won."

 

"Killing him…" Gaara looked directly into Naruto's lone eye and smiled a twisted smile that betrayed just how truly broken his mind was, "-will prove my existence."

 

"You think you can just go around killing everybody and doing as you please?" So much for trying to get a peaceful resolution, Shikamaru was already raising his tone. "You're a sick and psychotic bastard."

 

Gaara didn't seem at all concerned by Shikamaru's accusation and simply warned the both of them. "If you don't get out of my way I will kill you."

 

"You're a monster …" 

 

Time slowed down for Naruto and Gaara at the same time as Shikamaru said that. One ready for a fight and the other just… amused? 

 

"I am a monster." The sand started to pick up and swirl around him but Gaara's demeanor didn't change in the slightest. "My father used a jutsu to seal a powerful sand demon on me the day of my birth and I took the life of my mother." 

 

"I was born a monster."

 

'His father sealed the demon on him? Like how my father wanted to seal one in me?' Naruto started feeling something he couldn't quite figure out as the thought filled his brain. 'I could've been just like him.'

 

"He's been trying to get rid of me since I was six, sending assassin after assassin after me, that's why I live only for myself; as long as there are people to kill I will always exist." He finished his speech by effortlessly breaking free of Shikamaru's biding and using his sand to attack them both. 

 

"That's enough!" Gai appeared in front of them and stopped Gaara's advance to protect them the same way he had done Lee before. The young Jinchuuriki started trembling and grabbing his head tightly at the sight of the man putting his life at risk to save someone again. It didn't make sense, why would he keep saving the weak?

 

"It doesn't matter…" He talked as he left the room. "I will kill you all."

 


 

Naruto sighed and slumped dramatically on his seat, this whole thing has been going a little bit too stressful for his taste, there was too much at stake and what he knew to be coming was the more stressful, he knew that the moment his fight with Gaara started things were going to get real and he was starting to doubt himself, one thing was to fight a Jinchuuriki but having to fight to save his village? 

 

His thoughts regarding the Jinchuuriki as a person weren't helping him either, the question he couldn't help but keep asking himself over and over again. 

 

Could Naruto have been like Gaara? 

 

If Minato hadn't failed in sealing the Kyuubi inside of him, would Naruto be as twisted as he was? 

 

The thought terrified him.

 

One thing was clear for him, though he could never claim to know what Gaara had been through, he could relate to something in his eyes. 

 

Loneliness. 

 

The difference? Naruto never was completely alone, yes he cried himself to sleep many times in his apartment, wondering what was of his parents and why he of all people had to be in his situation, why he of all people had survived the day the Kyuubi attacked and not died along with those who were supposed to be there for him. 

 

If Sarutobi Hiruzen hadn't made it a point of being present in his life, who knows what would've been of him. 

 

Then there was Sasuke, his best friend, the one he always felt he could relate to.  despite their situations being so different. 

 

He miss Sasuke, a lot.  

 

What if Gaara had turned out the way he did because no one had bothered to be his friend? It wasn't unfathomable, at least not for Naruto. He did firmly believe everyone deserves a second chance, perhaps that's all that Gaara's missing. 

 

A second chance. 

 

It's a pity he was on the wrong side of the upcoming battle, Naruto had never killed before but if it meant protecting his loved ones he wouldn't think twice about killing him. 

 

"Aburame Shino and Sabaku no Kankuro, come down here."

 

Kankuro jumped off the rail begrudgingly as he looked back at his brother constantly while his thoughts went haywire. ' Oh fuck! I can't skip my fight, I need to give sis some time to recover for our plan. I just hope Gaara doesn't get too mad for making him wait.'

 

"I-I believe in you Shino-kun, g-good luck." Hinata timidly cheered her stoic teammate who only responded by giving her a court node as he went down the stairs to meet his opponent. 

 

Genma called the match the moment both contestants were down in the arena and ready. Shino pulled both arms out of his sleeves and revealed them to be covered by a swarm of insects as he addressed his opponent. "I am from Konoha's Aburame clan, we never underestimate our opponents."

 

Kankuro's response to Shino's compliment? was to unveil Karasu the puppet he carried on his back and take the initiative of the match, hoping to take just long enough to buy some time for her sister but not so much that he would be pissing Gaara off. With a flicker of a finger, the puppet shot out his tail toward Shino who jumped back just in time for it to hit the ground instead of him. 

 

Shino observed his attacker and noticed the needle at the tip was injecting poison into the ground. He extended his right arm and countless insects flew at Kankuro who chose to jump back and retreat to the mini-sized forest in the arena; once there he kept on using Karasu to try and stab Shino but failed on every single attempt. 

 

Shino landed safely on a tree branch right in front of the one Kankuro was standing and stared him down as he calmly analyzed the situation. ' He keeps trying to poison me from a distance, why? Because he's most likely not good at hand-to-hand combat.'

 

Kankuro suddenly went into the offensive again and Shino barely dodged in time by dropping from the tree and jumping to a different one, he fished a few kunai out of his pouch and threw them at the puppet with perfect accuracy, hitting it in the head and joints from multiple angles. Having thought he had won he lowered his guard which proved to be a mistake when the puppet turned into a log and the real one stabbed him from the back.

 

Kankuro smirked from the distance and watched as Shino fell to his knees and then transformed into insects. 

 

"What the f-" 

 

A strong punch to the side of his jaw courtesy of Shino interrupted him and made him hit the tree he was standing in with a loud crash; he quickly jumped away in time to avoid further punishment and recalled Karasu. 

 

"You were able to use a puppeteer's weakness against him, impressive but not enough!" The puppet opened his mouth and launched a bomb at Shino, when it exploded a purple gas that he immediately recognized as poison exploded and shocked him as he jumped away and started coughing. 

 

'Did I inhale a little?' He looked around and realized the only thing there was Karasu and Kankuro was nowhere to be seen. "So you distract your opponent and hide to let your poison finish them off, smart."

 

The puppet went flying straight at him and managed to stab him with his poisoned needle but Shino once again exploded into a swarm of insects; Kankuro tried to use Karasu to attack again but found that he couldn't move it. 

 

Insects had made their way inside the puppet's mechanisms and started eating from inside, obstructing its joints and rendering it incapable of moving in the process, then they started advancing towards the hiding Kankuro through the chakra strings that connected him to the puppet. 

 

Kankuro reacted quickly and released the strings to avoid being found by the insects but reconnected them just as fast to make Karasu's head separate from its body and rush straight at Shino with another poisoned needle; it was just about to hit him when it stopped right in front of his face and dropped back to the ground. 

 

"Once my Kikaichu get a taste of your chakra it's futile trying to hide from them." Shino was panting hard and dropped to his knees as his insects completely engulfed Kankuro and started eating away his chakra. 

 

"If you don't want my insects to eat your chakra until you die you should give me the antidote." Seeing no alternative, Kankuro complied with his demand and handed him a vial containing a green liquid, Shino drank it and immediately started feeling better, he then walked back to Kankuro and kicked him hard in the head making him drop unconscious. 

 

"Winner: Aburame Shino!" 

 

The crowd erupted in cheers once again at the exciting display that though not as action-packed as the previous one had everyone on the edge of their seats in wonder. 

 

"Your son fought well, Kazekage-dono. " Up in the Kage balcony, Hiruzen decided on making conversation with the person he knew to be an impostor and - although not yet sure -  most likely was his former student in disguise simply to see how he would answer. 

 

"He should've done better, this was truly a disappointing display of ability." The fake Kazekage answered exactly the way you would expect a man of his reputation to. Hiruzen could admit that his student wasn't lacking in the acting department. 

 

"Hyuga Hinata and Hyuga Neji, make your way down to the arena."

 

The Kazekage immediately turned his gaze back to the arena, specifically to the Hyuga prodigy who was calmly making his way to the arena. 

 

Perhaps he wasn't that good of an actor. 

 

In the stands, Hiashi tightly held on to his other daughter's hand as he watched his nephew go down the stairs with a smirk and a satisfied look on his face. He knew Hinata would be fighting him and he tried so hard to dissuade her from fighting him, Hinata was too weak to be fighting someone like Neji, a true prodigy. 

 

He didn't manage to convince her not to fight.

 

Something had awoken within her and she started to be moved by a whole new drive, he still didn't understand it, despite showing better improvement than he ever hoped from her in the last two weeks from her training, it still wasn't enough to beat Neji but she knew it, and she didn't care, winning was not a part of her plan. 

 

What was Hinata trying to do? 

 

"Hinata!" Naruto stood up from his seat and quickly caught up with the Hyuga as she talked with his teammate before going down to fight. "Do you remember what we talked about?" 

 

Hinata was a little surprised by his sudden approach but seemed to get a lot more confident. "Yes Naruto-kun, I will do my best."

 

"That's great." Naruto then put a hand on her shoulder and smiled warmly at her, it was a soft and small smile but it was able to convey everything that Naruto wanted perfectly. "I believe in you Hinata, you're not weak."

 

The girl beamed up at his comment and promptly walked away from both him and her stoic but curious teammate as she made her way to meet her beloved cousin.

 

"I advise you to give up Hinata-sama, it wouldn't do for you to humiliate the Main-branch." Neji of course didn't wish for her to give up, it was his time for vindication, after all, that didn't change his position as a side-branch Hyuga in charge of protecting her. 

 

Hinata looked directly at Neji and in a show of confidence no one had ever seen from her she smirked and said. "Neji nii-san… you're full of shit. "

 

Silence.

 

Everyone that had ever met Hinata before had their jaws on the floor, in the competitor’s booth Sakura, Naruto and Shino were sputtering nonsense as they looked at each other and then at Hinata and then at each other again. 

 

Hiashi… 

 

Hiashi almost fell off, his seat trying to pick his jaw from the floor, his pupil-less eyes wide as plates while Hanabi - his younger daughter - giggled. 

 

A voice started whispering in Neji's head, he trembled in anger and tried his best to calm down; he then gave Hinata a murderous look and said. "You will pay for your insolence." 

 

The match was called and he didn't think twice, he activated his byakugan without waving a single hand sign and ran at her. Neji started going hard against her and connected strike after strike on her, he would hit her with open palm thrusts and switch to single fingers closing his tenketsu without breaking a sweat. 

 

Hinata surprised him by fighting back, and impressively so. 

 

The young and determined Hyuga heiress had a look of pure concentration on her face as she blocked as many of Neji's strikes as she could while connecting a few palms herself. She wasn't gaining territory on him but she was standing her ground in ways not everyone could consider themselves capable of when fighting someone like Neji. There was however much more to the fight than just hits and punches. "Your belief in destiny is idiotic."

 

Neji started seething in anger, almost allowing himself to get distracted. 

 

'She's mocking you.'

 

'Shut up.'

 

Hinata could see something going on in Neji's mind as they battled and decided to keep on the pressure. "We make our own destiny Neji nii-san, it's time for you to accept it."

 

'Foolish little girl… silence her.'

 

'Shut up!' 

 

His desperate attempts to remain calm started failing catastrophically, his hits started looking more like those of a brawler than a composed Hyuga, and Hinata could see it; it still wasn't enough to get past him. 

 

Neji placed a few good hits on her chest and arms, he closed some of the Tenketsu in one of her shoulders and used a closed fist to hit her on the cheek, sending her flying and crashing to the ground. 

 

"Give up Hinata-sama, you're weak. " His words were spat and full of venom, he looked at Hinata's figure on the ground with eyes full of hatred and suppressed emotions, all bottled up for years and about to be released in a single blow. 

 

"I don't think you're weak Hinata, if anything you're super strong 'ttebayo!" 

 

On the ground, Naruto's words rang deep and Hinata couldn't help but smile as she stood up again. "I am not weak ."

 

She rushed Neji and much to everyone's surprise, performed one of the main-branch jutsu she was notoriously bad at to perfection. 

 

Hakke Sanjuni Sho!

 

A look of surprise filled Neji's visage as he did his best to block and deflect as many of Hinata's powerful strikes as he could. Hinata started connecting hit after hit in multiple places, sealing as many of the tenketsu on Neji's body as she could, including those in the arms Neji used to block her advances. She finished up by calling the last of her strikes, "32 palms!" as she connected an open palm in Neji's chest and sent him to the ground. 

 

"I am not the reason your father died." Though seemingly an explanation for Neji, it was clear on Hinata's face that she wasn't only trying to convince Neji of his misplaced hatred for her, she was trying to convince herself of it as well. The sincere smile and approving nod on Naruto's face when she looked up to the booth reassured her even more. 

 

'She's lying to you'

 

'SHUT UP' 

 

Neji stood up once again looking like Hinata's hits were nothing and looked at her with pure hatred in his eyes. He didn't even try to answer her, he simply ran again and kept punishing her, this time, much more violently than before. He started striking vital organs and important chakra pathways in her body, Hinata couldn't do anything but spit blood and looked directly into his eyes. 

 

"You know nothing!" He snarled as she dropped back to the ground and this time remained unmoving for much longer, Genma had walked up to her and was about to call the match but Naruto's yell of "Don't give up Hinata!" seemed to do the trick as she once again stood up with shaking legs. 

 

"I-I was a baby, not even you would've b-been able to defend yourself at that age." Completely true and both Neji and she knew it, he just couldn't and wouldn't accept it. 

 

He saw red, he started walking toward her body, now unable to defend herself, and fell into a jyuken stance again. Hakke Rokujūyon Shō!

 

The Hyuga in the stands went white as ghosts, Neji, a side branch member, had called out a jutsu only taught to the main branch and was now performing it flawlessly. Neji started placing hit after hit on Hinata's body, counting from 2 to 64, he watched as her body trembled from pain, he watched as she spat blood on his clothes and didn't look remorseful at all. 

 

Hinata fell again, and this time, no one thought she would wake up. She laid on the floor barely conscious, a voice in the distance cheering her on while many others urged her to stay down, she chose to listen to the former. 

 

"It's you Hinata, it's always been you."

 

"I-I don't care how much you hate me." Everyone watched stunned as she once again stood up, Neji even more than everyone else. "Y-You use main branch jutsu, if you truly believed your fate was to be a slave, why w-would you go against it?" 

 

'She's mocking you again!' 

 

'SHUT UP!' 

 

"I don't care how much you h-hate me Neji nii-san." He looked at her stunned, there she was, bleeding barely able to stand up because of what he had done to her, and somehow she kept claiming she didn't hate him, but she had to, she had to hate him. 

 

Because, if Hinata truly had always felt love for him despite his treatment of her for all these years then what kind of person had he become? 

 

"I-I don't care because I've a-always looked up to you-" 

 

'SHE'S A LIAR!' 

 

'SHUT UP!' 

 

"I a-admire you Nii-san, I know y-you will make the Hyuga better one day."

 

'KILL HER!' 

 

'SHUT UP!' 

 

"I don't care how much you h-hate me because… because I love you."

 

'KILL HER NOW!' 

 

"SHUT UP!" 

 

Hinata spat blood again and dropped to her knees, barely able to breathe, the medic team had already made their way to the arena and was running to her when it started. The whispers became unbearable for Neji, he started gripping his head and yelling nonsense as the curse mark started extending over his body, his will had finally faltered and the mark would make sure to take advantage of it. 

 

He looked at Hinata and slowly started creeping up, the seal slowly making its way past Neji's neck. 

 

Hiashi watched in silence and regretted completely what he was about to do, wondering just how he would be able to forgive himself or earn his brother's forgiveness, hopefully, Neji would survive it this time. 

 

With a half-ram seal, he activated Neji's curse mark and watched as he dropped to the ground and yelled in pain, surprisingly the curse mark's advance didn't stop. Something that even the disguised Orochimaru found utterly surprising. 

 

The curse mark kept advancing over him and reached Neji's forehead where both of the marks he had been given met. They started glowing red, this time both of them, and the agony became unbearable. 

 

Gripping his head and thrashing around the ground didn't help, Hiashi had long since deactivated the seal but whatever was happening to him didn't stop. His screams of agony only grew louder and more difficult to hear without cringing. 

 

After minutes that to him felt like an eternity both of the seals reached a final point, they shone in a red blood-like color and merged together only to end up collapsing, they became a puddle of ink on his body that just fell off looking like they never were there at all. 

 

Neji stopped screaming and became completely still as he laid on the ground and faced the sun, not yet aware of the miraculous event that had transpired, his attention was elsewhere now. 

 

The only thing his barely conscious mind could focus on was a bird, a bird flying alone in the sky. 

 

It looked so… 

 

Free

Notes:

This chapter isn't as long as the previous ones though it is fairly long so I think it's alright. I don't think I ever explained my reasoning behind Orochimaru going after the Byakugan so here it goes.

I initially didn't see much value in Orochimaru going after the Byakugan but I think I'm at least partially right about this.
Canonically Orochimaru wanted the Sharingan to aid him in his quest for immortality and learning every jutsu in existence, he said as much multiple times. Orochimaru didn't really know about the true power of the Mangekyou Sharingan because no one really knew all that much about it besides the Uchiha. Danzo knew about the Kotoamatsukami because Shisui revealed he possessed that ability and wanted it for himself, Kakashi seemed to know only the name of it and how to use the power it gave him to a certain extent, so we know for sure that primarily Orochimaru wanted the sharingan to learn Jutsu.
The Byakugan isn't able of copying jutsu but it is capable of seeing through them as was stated multiple times, Byakugan users can perceive the flow of chakra, how it's used, and in what amount. Ao was even able to tell Danzo's sharingan had been taken from Shisui because he noticed the chakra even had the same color as Shisui's energy/susanoo, which was green.
There's no doubt in my mind that the Byakugan would aid Orochimaru in his quest for knowledge, maybe not in the way the sharingan would but it would definitely be helpful.
Even if it wasn't, Orochimaru collected Kekkei Genkais like they were Pokemon, think of Kimimaro, Suigetsu, Karin, Juugo, Guren, The Sound Four you name it.
I like to think that at the very least there's some logic in my reasoning.

That is definitely it for this chapter. I decided not to include Naruto's fight with Gaara on this one because it would honestly make it longer and I don't enjoy having to edit that many words.

I hope you all enjoyed it at least a little and will keep on enjoying it even more.

Be safe!

Glossary:

Kage Bunshin no Jutsu
Shadow Clone Jutsu

Kamaitachi no Jutsu
Sickle Weasel Jutsu

Kagemane no Jutsu
Shadow Binding Jutsu

Hakke Sanjuni Shō
Eight Trigrams 32 Palms

Hakke Rokujūyon Shō
Eight Trigrams 64 Palms

Chapter 12: Invasion

Summary:

GASPPSS invasion arc ?!!!?!?!!

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

No one knew what just happened. 

 

The Hyuga watched as their youngest most promising prodigy succumbed to his emotions and gave in to the control of that dreaded cursed mark. They watched as their honored clan head used their own mark to subdue him in a swift move. 

 

It backfired terribly. 

 

Somehow, the simultaneous activation of both of the seals on his body made them go into conflict. Neji had to endure an impressive deal of pure agony as the very thing that had made him a slave fought fiercely against the mark that aimed to turn him into nothing more than a simple vessel. 

 

Neither really won that match, the only thing they both managed to accomplish was destroying each other; an inevitability of fate perhaps, or maybe just pure luck. Either way, the course of events that led to it happening was so improbable that it is safe to say it will never happen again. 

 

But Neji didn't need it to happen again, it happened, and if only for a brief moment, he allowed himself to feel free. 

 

Not everyone shared that sentiment, the tournament had been paused for a short while to allow them - the Hyuga - to properly deal with the situation. There wasn't a shortage of people demanding that Neji be marked with their Caged Bird seal again immediately. 

 

Hiashi knew that's what had to be done, he knew that to be the rules of the clan he himself had upheld for ages, so why was he doubting himself now? Tension was palpable in the air as the Hyuga in the stands were trapped in a battle of wills. 

 

Neji was taken away to the medic guard along with Hinata and Hiashi followed suit, he didn't know what he was going to do about him just yet, but he knew what he could do for him, something that he should've done long ago. 

 

He walked in and found his daughter out-cold with wires attached to many places in her body, it was hard to look at, he had always seemed like a cold man and people thought he held no real love for his daughters… 

 

He did, he does. 

 

It was too painful to see so he decided to dwell on her current state and his many regrets about his treatment of her at a later time. He walked to a surprisingly conscious Neji lying motionless in bed and said, "This is something you need to read, and something I should've shown you many years ago."

 

That letter meant a lot for Hiashi but… it meant even more for Neji. He just didn't know it. Granted, it was because he had been denied the knowledge of ever knowing, Neji was after all the one it was addressed to, better late than never was Hiashi's reasoning.

 

The truth shall set him free

 

He left promptly, not feeling strong enough to face his nephew just yet; he didn't see Neji read his father's letter, apologizing to him and explaining that his sacrifice had been exactly that, something he did willingly and against his uncle's wishes. He missed Neji finally understanding what Hinata had been trying to convey and he missed Neji breaking down as tears flowed down his face finally allowing himself to fall into the realm of unconsciousness. 

 

Or did he? 

 

Hiashi activated his byakugan the moment he left the room to observe Neji's reaction from a distance, allowing him to face his reality alone, he watched as Neji finally fell asleep and decided it was for the best, he would let him rest and have a long-postponed conversation with him after this whole thing was over. 

 

It was a real pity though. 

 

Hiashi left the medical guard without knowing that Neji wouldn't be waking up anytime soon. 

 


 

"Sabaku no Gaara and Uzumaki Naruto, come down here."

 

It was finally time, the final match of the first phase had finally arrived. The fifteen minutes recess that had followed Neji's collapse was finally over and Naruto now found himself going down the stairs to the arena. He could've jumped off the railing, he had already done it after all but there was more to this match than the eye can see. 

 

The time to face off his latest sworn enemy had finally arrived and Naruto still didn't know what he would do about it. Was he going to try and kill Gaara? Was he going to try to help him? Would he even be strong enough to do anything against him?

 

"I will give mother your blood, Uzumaki Naruto, your death will make me feel alive." It didn't matter how many times Naruto or anyone listened to Gaara's creative speeches, they were all disturbing as fu-

 

"You're sick and delusional Gaara, I will show you just how much." Serious Naruto wasn't a regular occurrence. Everyone who knew him felt chills running on their skin when they heard his icy tone. 

 

It was very uncharacteristic of him. 

 

"Are you both ready?" Genma asked the question but was only looking at Naruto, he had been informed of the current situation and what might happen, he wasn't sure why but something told him that this would be it, the beginning of the end for one side of the upcoming conflict. 

 

Naruto nodded his approval and Gaara's maniacal laughter was enough confirmation for him as he jumped away from the arena and left ample space for them to fight. 

 

He quickly put his plan into action and used the same Kage Bunshin to send many of him to fight Gaara while he watched from a distance and analyzed his situation. Being this focused wasn't Naruto's regular modus operandi but Kakashi had made sure that he would use his brain before he used anything else in a match like this one. 

 

Just as he expected, Gaara dealt with the 10 attacking Narutos without moving a single muscle, his gourd popped open and strings of sand flew out of it, piercing each one of the clones and dispersing them before they even had time to react. 

 

More clones emerged behind Naruto and ran at Gaara again, this time running around him in circles as they each fished a couple of shuriken from their pouches. They all stopped suddenly and threw the shuriken at a smirking Gaara and then went through a quick sequence of hand seals as they yelled,

 

Shuriken Kage Bunshin no Jutsu!

 

The few shurikens suddenly turned into hundreds that rained on the red-head from multiple angles, it all proved for naught however when the sand simply surrounded him and stopped the advance of the shurikens without any effort.

 

The clones dispelled and Naruto huffed in annoyance, he raised his hands in a single half-ram seal and yelled, "Kai!" making his special bracelets - designed by no other than Konoha's fuinjutsu expert - release the weight they were applying into his whole body, Naruto then grabbed his twin staffs and smirked as he made them crackle with electricity. "Let's get a little serious. "

 

At speeds far superior to those of regular Genin and even Chunin, Naruto started running around Gaara, his speed was still not nearly as fast as Lee's, not even without his weights on but he was still pretty damn fast, definitely faster than Gaara. 

 

Naruto kept running around him to disorient him and got inside of his defense to place a single hit with an electrified staff only to step away and keep running before his sand had enough time to catch up to his advances. Contrary to what everyone would think the more Naruto ran - the faster he seemed to get and only some people in the stands realized just what he was doing. 

 

Gai was incredibly proud of his semi-student, truly, he could only take credit for teaching Naruto how to fight properly but couldn't help but marvel at his incredible progress and display of ability. "How is he doing that Kakashi?" 

 

Kakashi turned his gaze to his eternal rival, revealing his Sharingan eye uncovered and carefully watching the match; he smirked at the question and answered simply by saying. "Which one?" 

 

Gai was confused by the cryptic response but after a few seconds of concentration, he understood. Naruto was keeping an illusion of sorts to appear faster than he actually was. 

 

The boy kept running at impressive speeds that made his image blur for the regular eye, it was even harder to see him with the dust that rose every time he took a step on the ground, Naruto knew this and started slowly adding more clones running around Gaara, making more blurry figures appeared around him that could easily be mistaken for after images, something only extremely fast people are capable of. 

 

It was working, Gaara was finding it hard to know from which side Naruto would attack and his sand had a hard time catching up to it, his look started becoming more unstable and enraged as his chakra spiked. Naruto knew the chakra to be his and not the one of the demon in his gut, making it somewhat more impressive. 

 

The Jinchuriki got tired of being trashed around and used the sand in the ground to form a wall all around him that eventually shot large spikes of sand, piercing all the Naruto clones and sending the real one who managed to block the attack just in time flying and crashing against the arena wall, leaving a dent in the form of his body on it. 

 

Gaara wasn't one to waste an opportunity and laughed maniacally as waves of sand started rushing towards Naruto set on finishing him for good. "Yes… you are strong, killing you will prove my existence!"

 

"Killing you will make me feel alive." 

 

The sand crashed strongly into the wall and earned a loud yell of pain from Naruto making everyone in the stands gasp but that wasn't enough for Gaara, he encased Naruto with his sand, and once he was all swallowed up - he tightly close his fist, calling out the deadliest of his jutsu. 

 

Sabaku Sōsō!

 

The sand contracted and started pressing against its captive from every direction. The pressure was so great that Naruto wasn't able to scream or yell in his position. The arena suddenly went silent and some couldn't even bear to look anymore. Gaara kept laughing more and more as he called his sand back to his gourd, it was only when the sand left the room that the audience felt like they could breathe again. 

 

In the spot where Naruto's unrecognizable body should've been was nothing but a log turned into splinters; Gaara didn't have much time to be confused however when three different Naruto's emerged from the ground surrounding him, each holding an open scroll pointed at him, with a flicker of their chakra, the scrolls activated and released three powerful jets of water that hit Gaara head-on and damped his sand, making him temporarily unable of using it to defend it. 

 

From the trees in the arena the real Naruto started going through a quick set of hand seals that he finished as he ran to Gaara, once in his presence, he pointed both of his hands at him and used the same jutsu he had used to knock out Kiba and Akamaru before. 

 

Raiton: Raikou Kousen no Jutsu!

 

A beam of lighting shot from his arms and hit Gaara head-on, his damped clothes and sand amplifying the effect of the Jutsu and making him drop to the ground as he trembled in pain.

 

"Your mother taught me this jutsu, Naruto, I think it will help you in the fight." Jiraiya tossed Naruto a scroll with the Uzumaki cress on it and watched as the boy read over it. 

 

"A barrier jutsu?" He asked without taking his eyes from the scroll. 

 

"A containment jutsu." Corrected Jiraiya. "Though similar in nature a barrier and a containment jutsu are not the same, this specific jutsu will allow you to absorb the chakra of your captive and use it to make their prison stronger."

 

Two of the clones that had shot the water at Gaara moved and stood in a perfect triangle formation around him with the real Naruto in one of the tips, no words needed to be exchanged between them as they started going through the same set of hand seals while they watched Gaara start to recover. 'You better be right pervert!'.

 

They all finished their sequence with their palms together in a praying motion and called out. 

 

Fuinjutsu: Sanhō Fūin!

 

Light purple energy emerged from the ground and connected itself to each of the Narutos holding the seal and then shot up from the ground encasing Gaara in a perfectly shaped prism of chakra but Naruto wasn't done just yet, he went into a different sequence of hand seals and an array of different symbols appeared on the ground where the red-head was standing. 

 

His chakra started being absorbed and transferred into the barrier keeping him locked making it slowly but surely change its color into a stronger shade of purple, signifying it was becoming stronger; inside the barrier, Gaara could feel his energy start to leave him and he became frantic, pulling his hair and yelling pure nonsense. 

 

"No! You won't defeat me! I'm strong!" Naruto's hands started trembling at the sudden surge of energy inside of the barrier, he focused and used even more of his energy into keeping the barrier stable and strong. 

 

"Sakura-san…" The voice of Shino was the first to break the silence that had taken over the contestant's booth, everyone had their jaws open at Naruto's display of ability, even Gaara's siblings who had returned there just in time to see his brother's match couldn't believe what was going on. 

 

"Yes, Shino?" Sakura answered him but didn't turn her gaze away from the match and her struggling teammate. 

 

"What is Naruto-san trying to do?" Shino was a great shinobi, even for a genin, but few were privy to the intricacies of Fuinjutsu, to the outsider the only thing Naruto was doing was keeping Gaara locked in place, it didn't seem useful. 

 

"He's trying to drain Gaara's chakra but…" Sakura looked as dark energy started pouring out of the red-head and Naruto's struggle became more apparent "I don't think it's working."

 

She was right, Naruto's chakra was strong, stronger than even the Jōnin in the village but the chakra of Gaara's tenant was more powerful than anything he had ever felt before, he was being overwhelmed by it and he knew it, his plan had failed. The barrier wouldn't be holding for any longer. 

 

"YOU WON'T DENY MY EXISTENCE !" 

 

The powerful chakra became too much and the barrier exploded, Naruto was sent crashing into the wall of the arena once again and he watched as Gaara enclosed himself in a dome of sand where the energy of the monster he housed became stronger. 

 

He carved himself out of the wall but remained sticked to it with the use of chakra, his lone visible eye looking around the arena for a certain silver-haired man. 

 

"What if it doesn't work, Ero-sensei?" He believed in the knowledge of his newest master, he was perfectly aware that few people could claim to be as strong and capable as he was so he shouldn't even be asking the question, right? 

 

Wrong.

 

Always asking questions was one of the first things Naruto had learned from Kakashi. 

 

"If it doesn't work…" Kakashi interjected as he swiftly made his way into the clearing, faster than Naruto could sense. "If it doesn't work you will go ahead with plan B."

 

He found the face of the man he was looking for and knew that Kakashi had been expecting it. He looked at his uncovered Sharingan and serious face, his eye asking a question Kakashi answered by giving him a short nod.

 

Naruto sighed. 'This is it.'

 

Everyone watched confused as Naruto removed his Hitai-ate from his neck and tied it around his forehead making sure that the strands of hair covering his supposedly missing eye were no longer a sight impediment. 

 

What he did next surprised everyone. 

 

Naruto looked up and for the first time in months opened his right eye in public, revealing a Sharingan with two red tomoe. 

 

The crowd went silent for a moment, and then the murmurs started. 

 

“That boy has a Sharingan, is he an Uchiha?” One of them asked out loud, in shock.

 

Another covered their mouth, connecting the dots together. “Wasn't he in a team with Sasuke-sama?”

 

“The Uzumaki stole the sharingan of the last Uchiha!” A man angrily exclaimed, pointing at Naruto. “How could he do that to his teammate?"

 

Some other civilian emerged from the crowd, “He's just like that Hatake guy!” She accused, “His sensei must've taken it for him!”

 

“He's a traitor!” 

 

The people went into a fit of rage and loud accusations that made Naruto look down to the ground in sadness, he knew everything they were saying was false but it still felt like shit. In the Kage balcony, Hiruzen looked at him with a saddened look at hearing the way his surrogate grandson was being treated. 

 

"Kakashi, is that true?" 

 

"Of course not, Gai." The fact that Gai had even asked was enough for Kakashi to get pissed at him, he seemed to catch up quickly, and apologized for his mistake and for doubting 'Naruto's youthful ways'. 

 

The murmurs didn't stop and every one of them seemed to only get worse and worse, Naruto allowed himself to be distracted and Gaara was slowly gathering the chakra he needed; Sakura was the first to notice and the first one to do something about it. "ALL OF YOU SHUT THE FUCK UP!

 

Silence, somehow Sakura's voice filled the entirety of the arena and everyone was now looking at her like she had grown a second head. "You know nothing about Naruto and you know nothing about Sasuke! So shut up and keep your idiotic baseless and hurtful comments to yourselves! Idiots!

 

That seemed to do the trick, it's not like people seemed to instantly believe what was being said but it was convincing enough to at least let the matter go for a while. Naruto looked around and realized just how much time he was losing. He gave everyone in the stands a soft and sincere smile that made everyone wonder if such a sweet and kind boy could be capable of the things they were accusing him of. 

 

Naruto re-focused, he went through a sequence of hand-seals that included some that most shinobi didn't know of, once he was done with it, Naruto extended his right arm and started channeling his chakra. Soon, a chirping sound filled the arena and Naruto's hand was engulfed by lightning. 

 

He took a deep breath and ran. 

 

Naruto ran the fastest he had ever run in his life, with each step taken he left a dent in both the wall and the ground he was stepping in, Gaara realized the incoming danger and the sand of the dome extended into spikes and strings of sand that followed Naruto around as he moved. 

 

It didn't help him, the enhanced vision and predictive abilities Naruto gained from the use of his Sharingan far surpassed the speed of his sand, the young Uzumaki ran straight at him as he dodged flawlessly every single attack he sent his way. 

 

Electricity followed Naruto around, small particles of sand became crystal the moment they came into contact with his overcharged state, the Uzumaki finally reached the dome of sand and in a swift motion stabbed his arm in it, going right through it and even piercing the body of the one within; it all happened as he yelled the name of his jutsu, one that few who encountered it survived long enough to hear. 

 

RAIKIRI!

 

Silence… 

 

No one dared move a muscle as they stared and gawked at the scene. Every person in the audience watched in amazement as a Genin performed one of the deadliest techniques ever invented almost flawlessly and had nothing to say about it. 

 

They didn't have much time to recover. 

 

Inside the dome, Gaara could feel pain, unbelievable pain through his shoulder, he watched in shock as a gloved hand still remained inside of his domain, he couldn't believe it, his absolute defense, the jutsu that hadn't been beaten ever had succumbed to a single person; that wasn't the worst of it. 'What is this? It's so warm and… red, it's so red… it's - it's MY it's…' 

 

" IT'S MY BLOOD! IT'S MY OWN BLOOD!

 

Energy darker than Naruto had ever felt in his life filled the stadium following Gaara's piercing scream. The sand around his arm became tighter and started putting pressure on it, set on ripping him out. He re-ignited his jutsu, setting himself free with the sudden spike of electricity, and then jumped away from the scene. 

 

Gaara started becoming something else and everyone could feel it, one of his eyes became different, in the shape of a star that looked at him with a vicious glint that only spoke of danger. 

 

In the Kage balcony, Hiruzen had an open view of the scene and the events that followed, he watched as a shower of white feathers dropped in the arena putting the visitors and some of his most inexperienced Shinobi to sleep, he watched as explosions started going off in the distance, he watched as the fake Kage standing next to him stood up along with fake ANBU, and he watched as his surrogate grandson suddenly found himself surrounded in the arena. 'So it begins.' 

 

BOOM

 

Naruto watched as the balcony the Kage were standing on exploded and the Kazekage emerged holding a knife to Hiruzen's throat, followed by a group of weird-looking ANBU that erected a gigantic barrier on the roof they were all standing. 

 

A group of ANBU landed in front of him and engaged the Suna shinobi that intended to protect their weapon, the leader of the foreign shinobi, Baki, ordered Gaara's siblings to take him away from the arena to prepare for his attack as he performed a long-scale Futon jutsu to cover their escape. 

 

Shino had jumped in just in time to stop Kankuro from leaving and engaged him in combat once again but wasn't able to stop Temari from unfolding her fan and taking Gaara flying away with her.

 

"Uzumaki-san…" The same lion masked ANBU he now recognized as Tora landed behind him with a squad of his own and placed a hand on his shoulder. " It's time. "

 

Naruto nodded and followed the ANBU away from the arena as they all ran in pursuit of their prime objective, he didn't worry much about his grandfather, he was the strongest shinobi in the village and no one could defeat him, whoever was behind the barrier hadn't been too smart in trapping themselves with such a powerful man. 

 

" NARUTO! " Sakura jumped into the arena and attempted to follow her hastily leaving teammate but was stopped by a powerful hand on her shoulder, she looked up and found her own sensei with a stern visage on his face. 

 

"Naruto has his orders Sakura, you have to follow yours." She could only look at him with a puzzled expression on her face but nodded, either way. She followed Kakashi back into the stands as they both battled the invading shinobi and freed civilians in their way, they stopped when they found Shino with Kankuro tied and unconscious along with Shino's teammate, Kiba. 

 

"Would I be wrong to assume you're the leader of your team in Kurenai's absence, Shino?" The boys looked in surprise to find Kakashi snapping the neck of a sound shinobi that had tried to stab him in the back and Sakura with both of her fists covered in rock, one of them a little bit too bloody. 

 

Not one to participate in useless chatter, Shino nodded at Kakashi's inquiry and waited for the orders of his superior Shinobi, ignoring the cries of indignation from his self-proclaimed stronger teammate. 

 

Kakashi turned his murderous gaze to Kiba making the boy cower, maybe this wasn't the time to debate his teammate's not so obvious superiority, he would, just not with Kakashi around. 

 

"Shino, the civilian population is being evacuated as we speak. Rendezvous with Team 10 and help reinforce the Academy and Hospital, it is up for you to decide which team goes where." Kakashi made a seal-less Kage Bunshin and sent him to aid some of his fellow shinobi, freeing the civilians from a few distracted attackers as he continued with his explanation. "Sakura is a temporary member of team 8 now, go!" 

 

The genin left and Kakashi watched as they dealt together with the invading forces, they were truly lucky that Oto's forces were as mediocre as they were, it looked like Orochimaru focused on quantity rather than quality. Kakashi made sure he was standing in a place where Konoha's forces could see him and used a sign language known only to them, relaying a short but important message. 

 

Leave the Oto shinobi to our younger forces and focus on Suna, they're the bigger threat. 

 

The fighting continued and he focused on making sure the arena was clear of attackers so he could make sure his students were safe as soon as possible. He wasn't too worried about Naruto, he was in the company of one of Konoha's best ANBU, Sakura didn't have that privilege. 

 

A big explosion in the middle of the village right where the Hokage tower stands erupted and caught the attention of many Konoha shinobi, Kakashi started fighting even more fiercely than before with a single thought invigorating his will. 

 

'We better make this count!' 

 


 

Hokage Tower

 

"Koharu-sama, it would be best if we take you to safety now."

 

The woman and one of the respected village elders scoffed as she looked at her former teammate, they both might not be as strong as Hiruzen, but you don't become the student of a man like Senju Tobirama and learn nothing. Even in their old age, they should be able to at the very least defend themselves. 

 

She fished a scroll out of a hidden pouch in the back of her dress and out of it unsealed a beautiful black Naginata, she then looked at her former teammate and said. "Hear that Homura? Our own ANBU think we're no longer good enough."

 

Homura simply chuckled as they both jumped down from the roof of the tower landing on the ground, he then took out a hidden tanto from his sleeve. "We have become old Koharu, don't take it personally."

 

They both found each other facing the incoming attackers running at the tower, set on stealing as much knowledge from the village as they could and destroying the rest. No matter how old, the elders would be damned if they allowed one of the most important buildings in the village to fall so easily. 

 

It started very fast, the ANBU gave up on escorting them out and decided to fight by their side, as soon as the invading forces got too close for comfort - they started their attack, using a combination of their skills in kenjutsu and ninjutsu, dealing with dozens of shinobi in an instant. 

 

Homura quickly drew his blade and jumped in, slicing throats and chopping off limbs as he went from ninja to ninja, mixing up genjutsu with his attacks to confuse them and make them vulnerable to his advance. 

 

Koharu smirked as she allowed herself to feel the thrill of battle once again after so long and started running, she stabbed her naginata in the chest of an unsuspecting shinobi that hadn't thought a lady of her age would even be able to fight him. She released her weapon and let him fall on the ground but unlike what people would expect, he didn't simply bleed out. 

 

Showing off her mastery of suiton ninjutsu and a technique she had created herself, Koharu used her weapon to channel chakra into the bodies of her victims and take control over the blood in them. She started doing what could only be described as a deathly dance, stabbing hearts and slashing throats, using the blood of Oto and Suna shinobi to create blades and even ropes that stabbed and choked the other shinobi. 

 

The attackers didn't stand a chance, the combined efforts of the ANBU and the two winded elders proved to be more than enough for the defense of the tower. They knew more forces were likely to arrive and were prepared for it. 

 

Or so they thought. 

 

A powerful chakra started advancing towards them too fast for any one of them to react until it stopped right in front of Homura, revealing a thing that could only be described as a creature. It had dark brown skin and orange hair with multiple weird-shaped spikes and dents. 

 

The creature hit Homura hard in the stomach and laughed maniacally as the man coughed blood on his arm, to everyone's shock, the arm he used to knock the wind out of him started changing form and turning into the shape of something akin to a cannon that never left the elder's body. 

 

"DIE!" It kept laughing like a maniac as it channeled chakra into the cannon and let it explode forward into an impressive beam of pure energy. 

 

Koharu watched in shock, she watched as the creature threw the body of her dearest friend to the ground like it was nothing, she watched the face of Homura still in shock and unable to react in time to what was happening to him. Watching as blood kept pouring out of the gigantic hole in his abdomen. 

 

'H-Homura.'

 

The ANBU were having a hard time, they had managed to use jutsu after jutsu and hit their attacker many times but it only brushed the hits off like they were nothing without losing the crazy look that seemed to be engraved in its face, the fact that it kept on laughing and yelling nonsense at them wasn't exactly helping them. 

 

Koharu stood up, she fished two scrolls out of her dress and threw them on the ground, unsealing two massive water containers out of them, and sighed in regret. 'I'm sorry I never learned how to use water jutsu like you did Tobirama-sensei.'

 

She took a deep breath as she started going through a set of hand seals without taking her gaze off of the monster that had taken the life of her friend. "ANBU, out of the way!" 

 

Suiton: Daibakufu no Jutsu!

 

The water shot out of the containers and it formed a vortex that hit the creature head-on and dragged it for dozens of meters, leveling the ground and everything it came into contact with as it went. When it stopped, it revealed a man with orange hair and orange eyes breathing hard and leaning against a rock. Koharu watched him with hateful eyes and started walking towards him with her naginata ready in hand. 

 

She didn't reach him, a few squads of Oto shinobi arrived at the time and stood between her and her target, they weren't a match for her and the ANBU defending her of course but once the last one of them fell the orange-haired man was long gone. 

 

Explosions kept on going all throughout the village, she watched as giant toads appeared in the gates of the village far in the distance fighting what looked to be giant serpents but she couldn't bring herself to care. 

 

Koharu dropped her weapon to the ground and walked towards her friend and teammate, she knelt next to his lifeless body and held him close to her, hugging him tightly as she spoke a parting prayer quietly. 

 

Once she was done… she cried. 

 

She cried as she watched one of the closest friends move on to the pure world and wondered just how she was going to tell his wife, his son, his sweet grandchild. 

 

The sound of fighting kept on filling her ears and no matter how much she tried to, she couldn't bring herself to ignore it as more invading forces advanced to the tower. The elderly woman stood up once again and picked up her weapon, standing next to the ANBU and resuming their battle with a single thought in her mind. 

 

'We better make this count.'

Notes:

And that's the first part of the invasion done, the next chapter will include the end of the battle and of course the end of the chunin exams phase of this story, I really hope it was up to your standards.

Also, I gave Naruto the Chidori yay! It was a bit obvious that was going to happen, you might've noticed that Naruto said Raikiri and not Chidori.

The Raikiri and the Chidori are the same jutsu, it only has two names because Kakashi once used the Chidori to cut through lightning, earning the nickname of lightning cutter or Raikiri, which I like way more than Chidori, that's all there is to it, it's simply a matter of preference.

That's it for this update.
Do follow the story and leave a review if you can, it means a lot. [or kudos, and a comment]

Be safe!

Glossary:

Shuriken Kage Bunshin no Jutsu
Shuriken Shadow Clone Jutsu

Sabaku Sōsō
Sand Funeral

Raiton: Raikou Kousen no Jutsu!
Lightning Release: Lightning Beam Jutsu

Fuinjutsu: Sanhō Fūin
Sealing Technique: Three Directions Seal

Suiton: Daibakufu no Jutsu
Water Release: Giant Vortex Jutsu

Chapter 13: Sandaime

Notes:

this chapter got me emotional a bit, read it w juan gabriel [juanga] in the background

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

"That's not good."

 

Konoha's forces had been fighting admirably in every site of the battle, their contingency plans had reduced the civilian losses to a minimum and everything seemed to be going in their favor… 

 

So far. 

 

The Hokage had warned Ibiki that Orochimaru might use his snake summons to aid in the fight against the village, they didn't anticipate that he wouldn't be personally doing the summoning, however. 

 

Apparently, the treacherous Sanin had the foresight of preparing multiple summoning scrolls for multiple giant snakes that were now crushing Konoha's forces and infrastructure, definitely not something they had predicted. They were losing a lot of shinobi fighting the summons, definitely not good. 

 

"Hold the line! We can't allow them to go any further." Ibiki wasn't feeling very optimistic all of a sudden, giving out orders he knew were incredibly hard to follow. Fighting a force of invading ninjas plus a battalion of hungry and blood-thirsty snakes is something few people are capable of. 

 

Luckily for them, one of those few people arrived just in time. 

 

Kuchiyose: Yatai Kuzushi no Jutsu!  

 

In the air a giant light-blue toad with a sword strapped to its back and a white-haired man standing on its head appeared and fell right on top of two of the snakes with immense force limiting their movements and finishing them off with a quick slash of its blade, beheading them both. 

 

Three more snakes were summoned on the battlefield by Orochimaru's forces but were crushed under the weight of a different toad, this one of red color and a pipe Jiraiya was all too familiar with. 

 

Jumping from one toad to another, Jiraiya landed right on top of Gamabunta's head and said, "I did say I would be giving you a little work didn't I, Bunta?" 

 

The boss toad huffed in annoyance as he watched more snakes being summoned in front of him and his greatly perverted summoner. "Yes Jiraiya, you did."

 

"Jiraiya-sama!" Said Ibiki as he landed on top of Gamabunta's head and stood right beside the legendary man. "Your assistance is appreciated but, shouldn't you be aiding Hokage-sama?" 

 

Jiraiya looked down and sighed as an air of defeat surrounded him, "No Ibiki, this is where I'm supposed to be." He still didn't agree with the orders that had been given to him by his sensei but knew there was nothing that could be done, he was first and foremost a soldier under his command, and following orders was his duty. 

 

"Jiraiya, where is the boy?" Asked the boss of the toads, changing the topic of conversation as he stared the snakes down. 

 

"His fight is…," Jiraiya sighed as he looked into the distance with a worried look on his face, "somewhere else." 

 


 

Forests outside Konoha

 

"Uzumaki-san…" The ANBU and Genin pair had been following the escaping Gaara and his sibling for quite some time now in painful silence, at least for Naruto. "It would be best that you tell me about the nature of your suppressing jutsu so that we may plan accordingly."

 

The young Uzumaki sighed as he took in his surroundings and appreciated the view. Maybe it wasn't the best time to relax and breathe some fresh air but he still did.

 

" Kongo fusa … it's an Uzumaki Kekkei Genkai, I can create chains of chakra that do a lot of stuff, suppressing chakra is just one of the things that I can do."

 

Tora hummed and brought his hand to his chin in thought, in theory, it didn't sound all that different from the famous Mokuton jutsu he himself was capable of. "You said one of the things, may I ask what else you can do?" 

 

"It's useful in combat though I hadn't trained myself enough to be able to use them that way and…" Naruto looked up at the sky and sighed, "Jiji told me my mom used them to form a barrier around the Kyuubi the night it got free, I haven't tried to do that yet but I know how to go about it."

 

"Very well then, when we catch up to them you will form a barrier around us to make sure he can't escape from us, our objective is to incapacitate him before he can fully release the Ichibi." Though keeping a stoic voice the lion-masked ANBU was feeling a little nervous, fighting a Jinchuriki was a huge deal for anyone, he had been counting on having the aid of his subordinates on this but they had to stay behind and deal with their pursuers. 

 

Naruto and he will have to be enough. 

 

"What about his sister?" Asked Naruto. 

 

"She doesn't represent much of a problem, I will personally deal with her first and we'll let her out of the barrier for the ANBU to secure her." A good plan in his opinion, he would be the first to admit that the young Suna genin had promise but at the end of the day she was only that, a genin. 

 

They kept on running for a few more minutes and were finally able to see their objective. The girl stopped running and got ready to face them as she allowed her brother to keep retreating. Temari unfolded her fan and was about to use a futon jutsu on them but the bark of the tree she was standing on suddenly came to life and tied itself around her whole body, choking her long enough to make her lose consciousness and trap her. 

 

Naruto let out an impressed whistle at the display of ability from his ANBU companion and understood just why Kakashi spoke so highly of him. They both landed in front of the red-head now tightly holding his head and got ready. 

 

"Let's do this!" 

 


 

Ninja Academy

 

Not long after Kakashi dismissed him, Shino, Kiba, and Sakura took off running in search of their comrades in team 10. The Aburame had made use of the time it took them to familiarize himself with Sakura's abilities to form better strategies that would make proper use of them in conjunction with his own. 

 

It didn't beat the exceptional teamwork he and his team had built over the months but it had to do for now. 

 

Shino's visage became stern as the academy building being raided by a force of Oto shinobi came into view, they could see some of their old senseis laying on the ground with no sign of life. He had always been a pragmatic person who lived a life following logic and realism but seeing the people that helped him become the capable shinobi he was in such a state… 

 

It almost made him lose his temper. 

 

Shikamaru and his team had been sent to aid in the evacuation of the hospital, a building that was currently under the protection of the original InoShikaChō formation, so it made sense to send them there and have them send reinforcements to the academy as soon as possible. 

 

The team knew they had to buy as much time as possible and strengthen their resolve. 

 

Sakura and Kiba both turned to look at their current leader and waited for instructions, Shino simply nodded as he held up a special hand sign, indicating to them it was time to put one of the plans they had discussed into action.

 

The pink-haired genin stopped running and quickly went through a series of hand seals, making four solid copies of her made out of stone, as soon as the clones formed themselves they alongside the real Sakura phased into the ground and disappeared from view. 

 

While she did that, Kiba gave Akamaru a pill that made the dog's skin go red and made use of the Juujin Bunshin , once there were two of him, Kiba yelled to get the attention of the invading shinobi. "Hey, assholes !" 

 

Kiba's loud yell startled the Oto shinobi and even some of the Konoha Chunin that were currently fighting them. The dog and teen duo jumped in the air and started spinning as they yelled, " Gatsuuga! " Seeing the impending doom the Oto shinobi tried to jump away to dodge the attack but much to their surprise, four different pairs of hands emerged from the ground and held as many of them as they could tight and stuck in the ground. 

 

Kiba and Akamaru performed a deathly dance and tore through the shocked and unmoving invading shinobi, those who weren't caught allowed themselves to become distracted and didn't notice the bugs creeping out their bodies and eating out their chakra before they had time to retaliate. 

 

Sakura emerged from the ground as the last of the invading shinobi were dealt with by the Chunin that were stationed in the academy long before they arrived. As soon as the last of them fell, the Chunin quickly started evacuating the children that were still in the academy. 

 

A tired Iruka made his way to the arriving Genin and managed a proud smile despite the dire situation. "I can't believe we have to be saved by our students."

 

Shino - logical as always - replied, "You shouldn't feel bad about it Iruka-sensei, why? Because our plan only worked since they weren't expecting it."

 

Iruka smiled and was about to reply when another batch of shinobi could be seen running towards them in the distance, this time accompanied by the more capable Suna shinobi. Quickly the chunin fell into a defensive stance once again this time accompanied by his former students. 

 

Shino was running his mind a mile a minute thinking of a quick strategy to keep the young kids safe. "Sakura-san, you said you were capable of using Genjutsu, yes?" Sakura looked puzzled by the sudden question but nodded her response either way.  "Do you think you could mask their escape?" He asked, gesturing to the academy where all the children were at. 

 

Sakura's breath hitched when she looked at the size of the academy, she didn't have the chakra to pull an illusion that big off… but, she could probably mask the front of the building to make it look like there were still kids crying and attempting to flee while the real deal ran off through the back. 

 

The pink-haired genin steeled her resolve and looked back to Shino before saying. "I can do it but it will take a lot out of me, I don't think I'll be able to help you fight anymore after this." That seemed to be a reasonable trade-off for the Aburame as he voiced his approval and - along with Kiba - got ready to face the upcoming shinobi. 

 

Sakura took a deep breath and put both of her hands in a praying motion as she started channeling as much chakra as she could while thinking. 'Come on Sakura! You can do this!'. She went through various different hand seals, focusing so as to not miss one when she felt drops of sweat making their way down her forehead and trembling hands. She smiled in satisfaction once she finished and released it with her usual war cry in mind. 'SHANNARO!'

 

Magen: Kokoni Arazu no Jutsu! 

 

Sakura released the chakra she accumulated, and the front of the building started changing, masking the Chunin going in and taking the children through the back and making it look like way more of them were on the ground lifeless as kids cried in horror watching their senseis bleed out. 

 

She started falling into exhaustion but was caught by Kiba who softly laid her on a rock, she thanked him silently and focused on keeping the illusion long enough. Being satisfied with the current state of his temporary teammate, Kiba joined Shino and watched as the Suna and Oto shinobi arrived.

 

They jumped into battle without a second thought and gave it their all to make sure the next generation of Shinobi was safe. In a show of skill no Genin should be capable of, Kiba and Shino fought side by side with their former teachers and decimated their opposition. 

 

But more kept coming. Horde after horde of Oto and Suna shinobi kept on advancing towards them. Fatigue started setting in soon after that. 

 

Shino was the first to fall. 

 

The constant use of his clan jutsu over the day had been taking a toll on him, especially after having recovered from poisoning not too long before that, a moment a distraction was all it took for a sword to pierce his leg and arm as he was sent crashing to the ground with a strong punch to the face, he was unconscious before hitting the ground. 

 

Kiba followed right after him. 

 

Akamaru had allowed himself to get caught after releasing the transformation and Kiba didn't think twice before jumping to save his life-long friend, his unwavering loyalty had cost him a few slashes and bleeding wounds, and he fell to the ground with his pup still being protected in his arms. 

 

The Suna shinobi that had dealt the blow decided he wouldn't be satisfied until he saw a job well done and tried to end his life. 

 

Iruka wouldn't have it, he stole the sword of the man right from his hand and used it to slash his neck open in a single strike. Bearing a Kunai in one hand and the stolen chokuto in the other, Iruka jumped in battle displaying a level of skill no one had thought him capable of before. He dealt with the invaders and spilled their blood to make sure his former students and his village would leave to see another day. 

 

Even if it cost him his own. 

 

"IRUKA-SENSEI!"  

 

The world went silent for Sakura, she was just starting to stand back up when it happened, Iruka started becoming slower with each passing second and it proved to be his doom as a long sword went right through his chest. 

 

She ran carelessly, stumbling on her way yet never falling, and made her way to the falling man without even turning to look at the enemy. Iruka smiled sadly at his former student as he collapsed in her arms, he cupped her cheek and brushed off her tears with a single thought in his mind. 'I'm sorry I'm doing this to you Sakura.'

 

He had no trouble with the idea of dying to protect his village, he only regretted making her watch as another person dear to her bled out to death again. 

 

"Why don't we take this little bitch with us boys?" The Suna shinobi all became smug after their victory and started celebrating as they tried to rip Sakura off of Iruka but she wouldn't budge, she was using her limited medical knowledge to keep him from bleeding out and apparently, became strong enough to not be moved in the process.

 

She couldn't keep the illusion running anymore and it fell, revealing to the invaders that the children they were sent to eliminate were now long gone and that they had been tricked by a little girl. Angered by a trick, the man who was trying to take her with him - kicked her in the head in a show of pure rage and sent her flying and crashing into a rock making a sickening crunch from her behind.

 

Sakura yelled in pain but refused to give up and gathered all her willpower to start standing once again, she clutched her sides as she stumbled back to the fallen Iruka. Set on keeping him alive as long as possible. The genin let go of the weights she was carrying, which had begun to make it difficult for her to move for the first time in a long time. The shinobi saw her resolve and found it amusing, thus he kicked Iruka in the head… repeatedly.

 

Then she saw red , her mind became enraged at the punishment being given to her favorite teacher in the academy and she completely lost it. She began summoning a force she shouldn't have while her right arm began hardening and hardening into a rock purely on instinct.

 

Then she ran.  

 

Being faster than the enemy was as expected, the training she went through had prepared her for this moment, Sakura reached the bastard that had dared to kick Iruka and put his arm right through him. 

 

Everyone looked in shock at the display of strength and even Sakura became full of shock at having killed someone, for the first time in her life. She watched the face of the man she had just killed replaced by a familiar face of her dead teammate, bloody and angry at her, angry because she hadn't helped him. 

 

Angry because she had let him die. 

 

A voice she knew all too well reassured her that it was alright, Naruto wasn't even there but he somehow always managed to find a way to help Sakura when she needed him the most. The face of Sasuke disappeared and she released the body of the now very dead man and let it fall to the ground. 

 

She was surprised when instead of a great opposing force waiting to strike her down she found a man wearing a green bodysuit making his way through the invaders with no signs of effort while yelling cries of war and youth. 

 

Never one to look a gift-horse in the mouth she smiled and watched as a pair of medic-nin took Iruka and Team 8 with them, unable to stand anymore she collapsed and fell back. 

 

She didn't hit the ground, she looked up to see her silver-haired sensei holding her in his arms and looking at her proudly, finally Sakura could allow herself to relax and feel safe as exhaustion took over her body, the last words she heard before unconsciousness claimed her were spoken by Kakashi. 

 

"You did good, Sakura."

 


 

Forests outside of Konoha. 

 

"YOU!" Gaara started screaming as a powerful and malevolent chakra engulfed his person and started transforming him, slowly turning him into a thing . Sand solidified and took a tanuki-like shape all around his body, leaving nothing but his feet uncovered. "UZUMAKI NARUTO!" 

 

Not a nice way to have your name called by anyone, Tora was the first to react to the unsettling situation and instructed Naruto to put their plan into action. 

 

Naruto jumped back as Tora used some strange wood jutsu he had never seen before and knelt on the ground, he put both of his hands in a ram seal and closed both of his eyes in concentration. 'Please… help me out a little Kaa-chan.'

 

Purple chakra started swirling around him and he opened both of his eyes as he slammed both hands to the ground, immediately, a pair of golden chains emerged from his forearms and dug themselves into the ground, with each passing second, both chains started growing more chains that shot up into the sky and tied themselves around each other, forming a barrier of energy that locked them all in that place and prevented Gaara from escaping and setting the Ichibi free on the village. 

 

Not one to be easily outdone, Tora smirked at Naruto's display and decided this wasn't the day he would be shown up by a Genin. He went through a quick set of hand seals and called out. 

 

Mokuton: Daijurin no Jutsu!

 

Out of Tora's extended arms shot countless tree branches that quickly tied themselves around the Jinchuriki as tightly as possible. Things quieted down shortly after that, the trees that now bound Gaara and rendered him incapable of moving were still growing and covering more and more parts of his body, if only for a short moment it started to look like they had won. 

 

But it couldn't be that easy. 

 

"Is it over already?" If Sakura's tales were to be believed, the legendary Mokuton was capable of subduing the legendary Bijuu but that didn't mean Naruto understood how it worked, somehow he was sure there was more to it than just touching him. 

 

AAAAAAAAAAAH! 

 

The hold over his jutsu started to waver and Tora found himself struggling to keep the Jinchuriki at bay, no surprises there, he didn't think for a minute that would be enough to stop a rampaging vessel but that didn't mean he couldn't try. 

 

"Uzumaki-san," He said as he jumped back and avoided a wave of sand that was set on finishing him off. "I will try to create an opening for you, try to make good use of it." He then kicked Naruto on the side catching him by surprise but saving him from a claw of sand emerging from the ground. Naruto conceded and realized he had allowed himself to become overwhelmed by the current situation and was getting sloppy. 

 

He started taking deep breaths, he knew he could beat Gaara if he tried to and would do his best to make sure it happened, he promised Hiruzen and he fully intended to keep his promise. 

 

Naruto never goes back on his word. 

 

Tora started running at Gaara as he went through a series of hand seals, the branches of the trees around the clearing started to extend rapidly and tied themselves around him. The red hair turned tanuki started laughing like crazy and watched as the sand destroyed the branches that were restricting him; once he set free he used his sand arm and lounged at the ANBU who was sent flying and crashing loudly into a tree. 

 

Fully intending to end the life of the person he deemed inferior, the sand enclosed Tora and crushed him with incredible strength. When the sand cleared and returned to his body, it revealed the man to be a wooden copy of himself. 

 

Not having much time to dwell in confusion, the sound of a thousand chirping birds made him turn around to find Naruto in the air, Raikiri in hand, and his Sharingan eye blazing in life. Tendrils of sand shot at him but Naruto - still connected to the chains keeping the barrier erect - maneuvered himself mid-air to evade every single one of his attacks and landed safely on top of him, lightning-covered fist right into his chest. 

 

He was expecting another cry of pain or even silence, what he got in return was Gaara laughing maniacally again and trapping him with sand. He was about to be crushed when Tora re-emerged and used his ANBU-issued tanto to set Naruto free from the sand and jump back to safety. 

 

"DON'T RUN FROM ME UZUMAKI!" 

 

"You seem to have made a big impression, was it something you said?" Most people had the idea that ANBU were emotionless people incapable of feelings or human interaction, in reality, they were as prone to making jokes in the middle of a battle as anyone else. 

 

Naruto enjoyed fighting alongside someone who seemed to share his sense of humor. "Oh well, I'm hard to forget." 

 

Chuckles aside, Tora started running his mind like crazy and remembered Naruto's strategy during his first fight with the red hair in the tournament. 

 

Water. 

 

Suiton: Mizurappa!

 

After going through a quick set of hand seals Tora took a deep breath and spat out a powerful stream of water that completely engulfed Gaara, all while jumping around as he and his genin companion evaded the onslaught of sand that followed them.

 

Naruto - catching up with what Tora was trying to do - went through a series of hand seals of his own and extended both of his arms. Raiton:Raikou Kousen no Jutsu!  

 

A beam of lightning shot out of both of his arms and hit the dampened body of Gaara, making him tremble and scream in pain at the attack. Deciding to keep pressing now that they had the advantage, Naruto summoned over twenty Kage Bunshin that jumped high in the air and threw many shurikens at Gaara, going through hand seals of their own after they did. 

 

Shuriken Kage Bunshin no Jutsu!

 

Dozens of Shurikens turned into hundreds of them and while not a devastating attack in short quantities, the vast amount of weapons that showered him were both strong and numerous enough that some pierced Gaara's Tanuki-like form and were able to injure him. 

 

Using the distraction provided by Naruto, Tora made a snake seal and roots emerged from the ground, tying themselves to Gaara's unprotected feet. Once he deemed him restricted enough, Tora jumped in and placed an open palm in the back of the Jinchuuriki, linking his chakra with his demon. 

 

Jumping back he went through a quick set of hand seals and called out. 

 

Hokage-Shiki Jijun Jutsu: Kakuan Nitten Suishu!

 

From the ground emerged ten wooden pillars surrounding Gaara at the same time Tora extended his hand towards him, the kanji for sit appeared on his hand and the chakra of the beast started being drained by the jutsu, if he were Senju Hashirama himself Tora would have no problem in dealing with the Jinchuriki, sadly he wasn't. 

 

The suppressing ability of Tora's Mokuton wasn't as powerful because he wasn't related to the legendary man by blood, his abilities came from being experimented on by the same bastard that led this attack on his precious village, he found some comfort in using Orochimaru's gift to go against his plan. 

 

Easier said than done. 

 

Gaara's will wasn't even close to weak and the beast he housed was in no way looking forward to being sent to sleep again, Tora quickly found that he wouldn't be able to subdue him alone. 

 

Good thing he wasn't. 

 

Naruto realized - by the look of Tora's trembling hand - that he wasn't having as easy a time as he hoped he would; once again Naruto closed both of his eyes in concentration and channeled his chakra through the chains holding the barrier. At his command, some parts of the barrier grew more chains that shot directly at Gaara and tied themselves tightly around him, effectively aiding in the suppression of his chakra. 

 

'Is this how it ends? Am I weak, mother?' 

 

The red hair watched as the chakra that once powered him up was filtered and absorbed by the people who showed up to fight him. His gaze wandered and it landed on the same blonde teen that had dared to question his means, his way of living, his existence. 

 

He wouldn't allow such disrespect. 

 

Before they could finish the work they were doing, Gaara did something none of them had seen coming, with both hands on a ram seal he made himself fall asleep. 

 

They felt it immediately. 

 

The chakra became too powerful too quickly, faster than both of them could react and it skyrocketed; the sand went out of control and created a tornado around Gaara, Tora tried to jump in before he could finish doing whatever it was that he started but found himself being hit in the face, hard. His mask shattered on impact and he was sent flying through various trees. 

 

Naruto watched it happen and tried to reinforce his hold on the redhead but it was to no avail, the sand tornado advanced towards him and sent him flying in a way similar to his ANBU companion. 

 

The sand stopped spinning and instead started flowing back into Gaara's body, growing larger and larger with each passing second until it revealed a giant sand Tanuki. "FINALLY I'M FREE! I'M FREE!" 

 

With a powerful and fierce roar, the Tanuki let out a massive gust of energy that shattered the protecting barrier Naruto had been holding and all he could do was watch. 

 

"Uzumaki-san." The unmasked ANBU limped his way beside him and stared at their opponent. "That won't be easy to deal with."

 

"I agree." Had it been any other time, Naruto probably would have commented on the man and his unmasked appearance. "We will probably need some help."

 

-

 

"You have enough chakra to summon a big toad Naruto."

 

"But I passed out last time, Ero-sensei!" Naruto whined and Jiraiya's eyebrow twitched at the nickname he refused to drop but decided to explain anyway. 

 

"You summoned Gamabunta, the boss of the Toad summons, he is by far the most powerful of the big toads and as such requires more energy to bring him to your aid." Naruto found it a bit weird that Jiraiya had said 'of the big toads' when mentioning the power of Gamabunta but decided to let it slide. 

 

So far, Naruto could either summon a little toad that was useless for battle or summon Gamabunta and pass out in the process, it was truly mind-blowing for both of them, putting his concerns aside for the moment Jiraiya asked him to try the jutsu one more time and he complied, going through the hand seals again. Kuchiyose no Jutsu!

 

"Yo!"

 

Naruto watched the little toad appear before him and sighed at his failed attempt. "Hello again, Gamakichi."

 

-

 

Tora agreed of course but was worried about the outcomes of their plan, waiting for help was wise as they clearly wouldn't be able to defeat the beast on their own but it had its downsides "We can wait for our ANBU reinforcements to arrive but we run the risk of it going to the village."

 

"Not what I meant, Tora." The ANBU found himself confused and turned around to find Naruto with both of his eyes closed in concentration as he gathered his chakra once again, before he could ask what he was doing Naruto bit his thumb and smeared its blood on his palm, going through a familiar set of hand seals after doing so. 

 

Kuchiyose no Jutsu!

 

A giant cloud of smoke filled the clearing and confused the Tanuki, when it cleared it revealed both Naruto and Tora standing on top of a toad the size of Gamabunta with black markings on its face, arms, and legs as well as bumps above its eyes. It wore a black Kimono and wielded a giant black sasumata on one hand and a beige shield on the other; when Naruto realized he was still conscious he almost jumped and celebrated, if he was being completely honest he thought he was going to fail again. 

 

"Are you Uzumaki Naruto-kun?" The toad asked, showing off its powerful and deep voice. 

 

"Yes that would be me, I'm sorry I summoned you in this situation, I am in a bit of a problem." Jiraiya had stressed the importance of being kind and respectful to the toads and he had been, but he had only been able to summon the smaller toads and Gamabunta, he never stayed conscious long enough to greet the boss. 

 

"Don't worry Uzumaki Naruto-kun, my name is Gamaken and I will help but I must warn you I'm quite clumsy." The toad jumped high in the air after his introduction to avoid a wave of sand that was sent by the feared Ichibi. 

 

Naruto and Tora were both taken by surprise and barely managed to stick to his head using chakra. "A little heads up would be great next time Gamaken."

 

"I'm sorry Uzumaki Naruto-kun, I told you I'm clumsy."

 

Naruto sighed at the answer as he wondered why none of the toads he had met were in the very least normal, not that there was anything normal with talking toads but still. 

 

"Don't worry about it, do you have any ideas on how to deal with that?" Jiraiya is always saying the toads are the most knowledgeable of the summons and so far they haven't disappointed, hopefully, this wouldn't be the first time. 

 

Gamaken kept jumping from side to side to avoid the crazy beast's attacks and cries of outrage all while doing his best to focus on the question he was asked, why do people ask so much of him when he always reminds them he's clumsy. "Does this Bijuu have a host?" He asked and received two affirmatives. "We must wake the host."

 

The Tanuki seemingly heard their conversation and got enraged by what they intended to do to him. "YOU WON'T STOP MY FUN!" 

 

The ANBU's eyebrow twitched at the display of the legendary beast, it was bad enough that it was trying to destroy the village, but having fun? 'That is one sick son of a-' 

 

FUTON: RENKUDAN!

 

The beast took a deep breath and then punched its own belly hard, letting out a powerful air cannon from its mouth. 

 

Gamaken used his shield to cover himself and his summoner and companion from the attack but, even though he avoided the damage they were pushed back far. 

 

"Uzumaki-san…" Said Tora, getting the teen's attention. "Can you locate Gaara in there?" 

 

Naruto nodded and focused his sensing ability on trying to find Gaara's signature in the gigantic pool of chakra that was the Ichibi, it took some time but eventually, he found him. "He's in its head, resting on its forehead." 

 

Tora nodded his understanding and came up with a plan. "Gamaken-san, can you do something to disperse the sand from its forehead long enough for us to get close?"

 

"I can try but I am quite clumsy."

 

"It'll have to do, Uzumaki-san…" He said and realized he already had the young man's full attention. "I will make sure he can't move, once he's revealed, wake him up."

 

Without waiting for confirmation Tora jumped off from the head of the toad and Gamaken took it as a sign to start their plan, he jumped up high in the air and threw his sasumata at the Ichibi's neck, making him stumble back he then breathed in and shot a big water bullet as he thought. 

 

Suiton: Teppodama!

 

The water hit the Ichibi right in the head and not only did it succeed in revealing the body of Gaara sound asleep on its forehead it also managed to make the beast fall back with the sheer force of the impact, just what Tora needed to restrict its movement. 

 

The beast recovered quickly and managed to sit but the reliable ANBU made sure it wouldn't be able to stand, going through a long set of hand seals at high speeds, Tora used the single most taxing jutsu in his arsenal to make sure it stayed in place. 

 

Mokuton: Jukai Kōtan!

 

From the ground emerged the biggest trees Naruto had ever seen before, the place that was turned into a clearing by the constant fighting and advances of the Ichibi was once again turned into a forest full of life, trees emerged from the ground and tied themselves around the beast, restricting its movements and freezing it in place, leaving only its reconstructing face exposed enough for Naruto to do his work. 

 

He jumped from the head of the toad that dismissed itself shortly after, the energy of Naruto not enough to hold the summoning longer without the risk of passing out. In mid-air, Naruto maneuvered himself to fall fist-first. "WAKE THE FUCK UP!" 

 

His fist connected and life seemed to return to Gaara's face now fully covered in blood, the Ichibi yelled and cursed the Uzumaki and his companion as the sand that was his body lost form and fell to the ground alongside its vessel, Naruto too was falling in a similar nature - too exhausted to do anything about it - but an equally tired Tora jumped in and caught him, making them both fall into the ground but a lot safer than Gaara. 

 

They were both laying side to side on the ground and breathing equally hard when Naruto broke the silence. "Another happy landing."

 

Tora stared at him and then started laughing softly which made Naruto smile and laugh alongside him, it was then Naruto remembered the ANBU had lost its mask. "Won't you get in trouble for losing your mask, Tora?" 

 

"Don't worry about it Uzumaki-san, we're expected to keep our identities hidden as long as possible but we understand there's a possibility it won't always be the case." The explanation seemed reasonable enough for Naruto who shakily stood up and then helped him do so as well. 

 

"Please stop calling me Uzumaki-san, you're making me feel old." Tora once again chuckled but conceded his point, the kid had already seen his face, there was no need for formalities anymore. 

 

"You may call me Tenzō, but refrain from doing it in public though." Naruto beamed at the show of confidence, an ANBU willingly told him his name and that felt like a big achievement, granted he knew Kakashi's name but he never knew Kakashi when he was ANBU, though he remembers a silver-haired ANBU that felt a lot like him. 

 

A groan brought them back to their situation and Naruto watched Gaara as he lay on the ground with blood covering his face. The Uzumaki let go of Tenzō and started limping towards him which greatly distressed the red hair. "No! Don't get close to me! You won't end my existence!" 

 

"I'm not going to kill you, Gaara." Naruto's reply was full of sincerity and even he knew it, but that just couldn't be, he had threatened his friends, his home and he still didn't wish to kill him? Naruto had multiple bonds, he cared about people, he was supposed to be weak and Gaara still lost.

 

"Why? Why won't you do it?" 

 

"Because I was almost like you." He said and got an incredulous look from the red hair and a sympathetic one for the ANBU standing on the sidelines. 

 

"The day the Kyuubi attacked I was almost made a Jinchuriki, if it hadn't escaped at the last moment I would've been a Jinchuriki like you…" He knelt next to Gaara and looked him directly in the eyes. "I know loneliness well enough but I don't know hate, I-I don't know if there's anyone that can truly relate to you Gaara."

 

"I kill to feel alive, that's the reason I exist, that's why I'm strong ." Was Gaara's reasoning, but this time it didn't sound as menacing, it didn't sound like a threat.

 

"And you still lost… do you know why?" Naruto asked and Gaara shook his head.  "It's because you fought alone, I'm strong because I fight with others, I'm strong because I fight for others, a very wise person once told me that you can only become truly strong when you fight to protect what it's precious to you." 

 

Naruto's words were nonsense and Gaara knew it, but, if he knew it, why was he crying? "I don't have anyone to protect, my village and my family hates me, I'm alone." He tried to reason.

 

"That's not true Gaara, your sister risked everything to get you out of the village safely, even when you were transforming." Naruto didn't know why he felt such a need to help the boy, he knew it wasn't possible to help anyone but he still tried. 

 

"You don't have to be alone Gaara, if you want I can be your friend." That statement caught even Tenzō by surprise but he decided to trust the boy, for now, he had proven to be very capable so far. 

 

" Gaara !" 

 

Temari jumped in the clearing and stood beside Gaara already unfolding her fan to attack Naruto, when the Ichibi was released her bindings were released, she ran to her brother as soon as she woke up. 

 

Gaara was shocked, here she was, proving Naruto's words to be true despite every time he had threatened to kill her before, perhaps he was right, perhaps he could allow himself to trust again. "Temari, let's just go."

 

His tone didn't carry any of the hate and power as before and that caught her by surprise, Naruto's compliance to simply let them go also confused her but she decided it was best to escape, she felt bad about leaving her brother behind, but he had been captured and there was nothing that could be done at the moment. 

 

Tenzō walked next to Naruto and helped him stand up after they left, he wasn't happy about it but he knew neither of them was in any condition to pursue them, they had both used a lot of chakra.

 

"It was fun working with you, Tenzō." Naruto's attempt at lighting up the mood worked as they both walked leaning on each other, limping their way to the village.

 

"Taichou!" 

 

The squad of ANBU that had stayed behind to deal with their pursuers finally caught up to them after having to fight wave after wave of oto shinobi, they felt bad for leaving the fight to only the both of them and even more so for the state they were both in. Two of them had started carrying each of them on their backs and started running towards the village to get them medical attention as soon as possible.

 

One of the ANBU gave Tenzō a backup mask as they all chatted and listened to Naruto's retelling of their battle when he stopped all of a sudden and looked directly at the arena in the village. "Jiji's fighting! His chakra it's getting weaker!" 

 

Every ANBU in the village knew exactly who Naruto's Jiji was so they decided to run first to the aid of their Hokage, a decision that was greatly supported by Naruto. They all left the clearing without noticing the little orange fox that carefully observed everything that had happened there and vanished after they left, leaving only a small cloud of red smoke as evidence of his presence. 

 


 

The fight between Orochimaru and the old Hokage had been very much even if not slightly to the advantage of the seasoned warrior that was Sarutobi Hiruzen. Student and teacher battled it out in an impressive exchange of jutsu and Taijutsu that much to his annoyance Orochimaru found himself to be losing. 

 

It all changed however when the perverse Sannin made use of the cursed Jutsu created by Konoha's own Sairin Senju Tobirama, the Nidaime Hokage. 

 

Edo Tensei. 

 

A cursed Jutsu capable of bringing back the dead at the cost of a human sacrifice, it allows the user to control and suppress the personality of those it brings back while giving him complete control of their power. 

 

A jutsu that should've never been created.

 

Orochimaru clearly enjoyed playing with his sensei's feelings if bringing back the dead Hokage was anything to go by, he failed at bringing back the yondaime but he figured the man's own teachers would be more than enough. 

 

Moments before being forced to fight his student, the Nidaime had seemed apologetic about what was going on, now under the evil man's control. He didn't even seem fazed by his actions, such as the power of the cursed Jutsu. 

 

Hiruzen had run out of options. His most loyal student was actively looking for a way to take the barrier down, Jiraiya was no doubt Konoha's number one Fuinjutsu master and probably the number one practitioner of the art in the elemental nations but even he couldn't make a barrier powered by four shinobi under the influence of Orochimaru's cursed seal. 

 

Sarutobi didn't doubt his student could take down the barrier, he just knew he wouldn't be able to make it on time. "Kukuku…" Orochimaru giggled, mocking the Hokage. "I'm afraid you won't be making it this time dear sensei, after I'm done with you I will use Konoha's founders to destroy it."

 

Suiton: Suiryuudan!  

 

A gigantic water dragon came to live around the Nidaime's body and came crashing full force at the old Hokage. Sarutobi tried to avoid the impact but was too tired and beaten to make it and was forced painfully to the ground by the impact. 

 

"SARUTOBI!" Yelled out Enma. 

 

King Enma was the leader of the Saru Clan and Hiruzen's personal summon, he had been called into this fight to aid Hiruzen in battle but was brutalized as much as his summoner. 

 

"I-I'm alright… Enma." A lie , Hiruzen was almost out of chakra, he had been forced to the ground by his teachers more times than he could count but was still able to stand up once again despite all the pain he's been put through. 

 

The revived Hokage and his fallen student landed in front of him once again, set on finishing him for good but seeing the three of them together gave Hiruzen an idea. 

 

Kage Bunshin no Jutsu!

 

Two solid copies of the monkey summoner appeared right behind Hiruzen. 

Orochimaru saw his old sensei getting ready and scoffed, there was nothing in his eyes that he could do to stop him now. "Enma, I'm going to end this now." Proclaimed Hiruzen. 

 

The monkey king couldn't quite figure out what it was but there was something in Hiruzen's voice when he said that that seemed almost… 

 

Final.

 

The three Hiruzens looked directly at their foes and raised their hands together. 

 

This was it. 

 

They all started going through the same set of Hand signs. Almost immediately, the Shinigami emerged on Hiruzen's back and licked their lips. It had been a while since someone had called to offer them a few souls. 

 

" HAHAHAHAHAHA "  Orochimaru laughed like a maniac at what he assumed to be a futile attempt. "You can't do anything Sensei, whatever you're trying to do won't help you, I already won."  

 

"I am Sarurobi Hiruzen, the Sandaime Hokage and pillar of this village, I will do everything in my power to protect it." Proclaimed the Hokage with conviction in his voice. 

 

Genjutsu: Kukuangyo no Jutsu!

 

Darkness engulfed Sarutobi and his clones after Tobirama cast his jutsu making Hiruzen look around frantically but it was all to no avail, he could see nothing; a strong punch struck his face and he stood guard but it didn't stop the countless follow-up hits was given ; blind to them all and powerless to stop them. 

 

"You're weak sensei."

 

Hiruzen refused to fall into provocations and ignored his student's taunts. "You can strike me down all you want Orochimaru, it doesn't matter if you kill me, another stronger Hokage will rise and fight for this village, that is what we stand for, that is our will of fire." 

 

Oh how much Orochimaru hated Hiruzen's talk of the will of fire. "You've become delusional in your old age, that nonsense means nothing, this village will fall to pieces!" 

 

"Your overconfidence has always been your weakness." He taunted back, knowing it was bound to make Orochimaru retort but the old Hokage beat him to it. "I'm going to show you an ultimate jutsu you've never even heard of before!" 

 

Fuinjutsu: Shiki Fuujin!

 

The powerful presence of the Shinigami cleared the Genjutsu and finally moved into action. 

 

The Hiruzen clones each grabbed one of the revived Hokages and the hand of the god of death fazed right through their stomachs, taking each of their souls and sealing them away, making their bodies turn to ash. 

 

"NO OOO !"

 

Ignoring his student's yell of indignation, the old Hokage took hold of his shoulders and the Shinigami's hand fazed through his stomach once again and grabbed the soul of the Snake Sannin. "If I am to die, I'm taking you with me, Orochimaru."

 

"Damn you, stupid old man!" Orochimaru was suddenly losing, he couldn't believe it. Just moments ago this village was his for him to destroy and now his most powerful weapons had been taken from him and the stupid old man was even trying to take him with them. 

 

One of Orochimaru's snakes rushed to the scene and placed itself on Hiruzen's back, the snake turned out to be the holder of the Kusanagi, Orochimaru's legendary sword, capable of cutting through anything and channeling a lethal poison. The Snake opened its mouth and the Sword rushed at the Hokage, King Enma tried to stop it but was too tired and beat and couldn't manage to stop it from going right through his back. 

 

A battle of wills started, Hiruzen knew he had little time left and the poison now running through his body on top of his blood loss wasn't making his job any easier. There was no way for either of them to win, so he had to make sure his sacrifice was worth it, he might not be able to take his student's life, but he might be able to take something valuable from him.

 

"I won't be able to take you with me…" Blood started pouring from Hiruzen's mouth as he started coughing, "but I'm going to take your jutsu!"

 

FUIN!

 

The Shinigami's sword cut clean through Orochimaru's soul, Hiruzen wasn't able to take it completely but he was able to take the part of it that allowed Orochimaru to cast Jutsu. 

 

" AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHH !" 

 

Orochimaru released a piercing scream of pure agony as both of his arms fell limp on his side. Suddenly, the barrier fell and Orochimaru knew exactly what that meant, his former teammate had just made it through, he had to leave and he had to leave now.

 

"Every single waking moment…" Hiruzen looked at his fallen apprentice with a victorious face and a smug smirk despite his condition, "and every time that you're alone I want you to remember that not even with my death were you able to defeat me."

 

Orochimaru snarled and hissed like a real snake, he knew what the Hokage was trying to do, he knew the old man was riling him up, he knew that not even with the man dying had he won this battle, he knew the old man was just rubbing the fact that despite how hard he tried, he failed to destroy his will and his village. 

 

He hated that he was right. 

 

"WE'RE LEAVING !" His 4 guards landed right beside him and swiftly took him, they all disappeared in a shunshin

 

Not long after, the white-haired Sannin landed right beside the barely alive man. "Sensei!"

 

"It's o-okay Jiraiya, there's nothing you c-can do for me."

 

"Sensei I… I'm sorry I didn't make it sooner."  The Gama-Sennin knew he could've made a difference if he had been faster, he knew he could've beaten Orochimaru if he and his sensei fought together. 

 

He had been late to save his student and he had been late to save his sensei. 

 

He was always late. 

 

"JIJI!" 

 

Naruto arrived together with the squad of ANBU hoping to assist the Hokage with whoever he was fighting. He stopped upon realizing the state of Hiruzen, he didn't even notice Jiraiya, he was solely focused on the man who raised him. 

 

"What happened…?" Naruto questioned, his eyes wide and body shaking.

 

This isn’t happening.

 

This isn’t happening.

 

This isn’t happening.

 

Naruto looked at Jiraiya, seeing him hold the bloody figure of one Sarutobi Hiruzen. his mind started racing, focusing, trying to make sense of it all. He stumbled back, his hands holding his head, he was trying so hard to sense his grandfather, trying to sense he was alright but all he would get was a slowly fading signal. 

 

His vision started distorting and a weird pain made itself present in his sharingan eye. 

 

‘A…nge ‘s, kill … man…’ 

 

A voice softly graced his ears, and Naruto refused to understand what it said. 

 

‘I'll bec…e your … …nd see … f…re for y….’ 

 

He shook his head and stopped himself from spiraling, his mind focusing on the now instead of the past. 

 

Naruto opened his eye, he didn’t even realize he closed it; he wished he had continued closing it as his gaze fell to the man bleeding right in front of him. He also failed to realize he had subconsciously walked toward Hiruzen and Jiraiya.

 

Naruto let out a small hiccup as he fell to his knees, clutching his fist as he stopped himself from bursting out in tears. He refused to look into the old man's eyes until a barely warm hand cupping his cheek forced him to look up. 

 

"It's a-alright my boy."

 

"Jiji I-I'm going to get doctor Teruya s-she… s-she can, s-she will…" Naruto wanted to do something, he knew he had to do something, he just didn't know what. 

 

"It's alright Naruto-kun, you d-don't have to do anything." Hiruzen knew there was no saving him, he had signed a contract and it was time for him to pay up. He just wished it didn't have to be this way. "I-I am so proud of you…" He said before going into a fit of coughs, blood spouting from his mouth. 

 

"I've always been and I always will." He coughed even more blood but the loving smile gracing his face never faltered, not for a second. "This is m-my last stop, Naruto…" The blonde boy was covered in his tears now, everything he had ever done was to make this man proud. 

 

"Jiji…" Choked Naruto. 

 

"I love you immensely and I-I'm beyond grateful you let me be your grandfather"  

 

The boy was now crying desperately, there had to be something they could do to save him, they just couldn't let him die. 

 

Someone had to do something. 

 

Naruto felt a hand on his shoulder and turned around to see Kakashi had arrived at the scene with Sakura still leaning on him for support. 

 

"Nii-san y-you have t-to do something, please d-do something!" He begged. 

 

Kakashi was torn looking at his student and little brother in such a state, he wished there was something he could actually do, just when he was about to speak up the dying Hokage beat him to it. 

 

"It's a-alright Naruto… It's alright…" The Hokage smiled at him once again and looked behind him to see the figure of the Shinigami visible only for him to see, motioning it was time. 

 

"When t-the tree leaves dance…" The Hokage started reciting a poem his senseis had taught him and he knew the boy would recognize it, "one shall find flames… "

 

Naruto looked at the dying man and understood what he was trying to do, he picked up his trembling hand and started reciting along with him, as they used to when he was still a little kid. "The fire's shadow will illuminate the village... and once again tree leaves shall bud anew." 

 

"Y-You're going to be an amazing Hokage someday." He said as he brushed off a tear from Naruto's face and despite the pain smiled in the way only a loving and proud grandfather could. 

 

The shinigami phased off existence once again, this time taking the soul of the Sandaime Hokage along for the ride. 

 

'Biwako-chan… I'm sorry I won't be joining you yet…'  

 

The hand cupped in Naruto's cheek fell limp to the side of Hiruzen's now lifeless body. The boy was desperately trying to feel his grandfather's presence, to feel him still with him but couldn't. Everyone gathered around was saddened by the heartbreaking scene, even the stoic ANBU felt greatly for the poor boy they had seen grow up from the shadows. 

 

"Jiji! Please… Please don't leave me" 

 

"Someone do something!" He begged and begged and he kept begging but it was all for naught, everyone present knew there was nothing more that could be done, but even then, as Naruto felt how the chakra in Hiruzen faded, he kept clinging on to hope, hope that some miracle would happen and someone would save him. 

 

It didn't happen. 

 

"Please…" He sobbed. "Someone do something." 

 

"Someone do something !" 

 

Droplets of rain started to fall and with each passing second more and more Shinobi arrived at the scene, the invading forces were retiring, and the battle had been won but it had come at a terrible loss. All gathered around and witnessed the boy doing everything he could to bring the beloved Hokage back as he cursed those who refused to help, it was heartbreaking to see and some were even shedding tears alongside him. 

 

"Please!"

 

Sarutobi Hiruzen, the man who made sure Naruto grew up knowing love, now laid lifeless in the arms of the boy he gave everything to protect. 

 

"Someone do something!" 

 

"PLEASE!" 

Notes:

This chapter was by far the hardest one to write and I really hoped I delivered something worth your time. This of course finalizes the Chunin exams arc of the story, it took me longer than I was expecting ngl.

Glossary:

Kuchiyose: Yatai Kuzushi no Jutsu
Summoning: Food Car Destroyer Jutsu

Juujin Bunshin
Human Beast Clone

Gatsuuga
Fang Passing Fang

Magen: Kokoni Arazu no Jutsu
Demonic Illusion: False Surroundings Jutsu

Mokuton: Daijurin no Jutsu
Wood Release: Great Forest Jutsu

Suiton: Mizurappa
Water Release: Raging Waves

Raiton: Raikou Kousen no Jutsu
Lightning Release: Lightning Beam Jutsu

Shuriken Kage Bunshin no Jutsu
Shuriken Shadow Clone Jutsu

Hokage-Shiki Jijun Jutsu: Kakuan Nitten Suishu
Hokage-Style Sixty Year Old-Technique: Kakuan’s Tenth Edict on Enlightenment. (I always found this long ass name funny and thought it was simply because Hashirama had horrible naming skills - Which he did I think, not as bad as Minato though - but the reason behind the name it’s actually pretty interesting, check it out if u want, I would add it myself but it’s a fairly long explanation.)

Kuchiyose no Jutsu
Summoning Jutsu

Futon: Renkuudan
Wind Release: Drilling Air Bullets

Suiton: Teppodama!
Water Release: Water Bullet

Mokuton: Jukai Kōtan
Wood Release: Great Nativity of a World of Trees

Suiton: Suiryuudan
Water Release: Water Dragon

Fuinjutsu: Shikki Fuujin
Sealing Technique: Death Reaper Seal

Genjutsu: Kukuangyou no Jutsu
Illusionary Technique: Harbinger of Darkness

Chapter 14: Will of Fire

Notes:

if you follow the story on both wattpad or fanfiction.net, you'd know that the chapter update came first on there//
I was supposed to post after I went home from school but I had my immunization shot today in school and it hurts, it still stings and I thought I could sleep it off [I couldn't] its getting better now

so sorry, hopefully this won't happen again/// - lucifyr

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

A soft breeze followed an elderly man in white robes and the little blonde child holding his hand. They had taken to having these little 'play dates' - as the kid put it - at least twice every week and this one was not an exception. The old man chuckled as he walked hand to hand with the bundle of joy that jumped and played around the streets of his beloved village. 

 

…u…

 

The villagers watched the lovely scene and voiced their admiration of the kind man and his altruistic nature, everyone knew who that man was of course. Konoha's very own Sandaime Hokage taking time off to hang out with some nameless orphan, 'he's truly a man of compassion' they thought, incapable of realizing there was more behind his commitment to the boy than just charity. 

 

..a.u…

 

"Settle down my boy, these old bones can't keep up with you anymore." He was lying of course, but it seemed to work if the little boy no older than six sitting by his side was anything to go by. They both sat there and relaxed, watching everything and nothing at the same time, just the two of them sitting alone in a park somewhere in the village. 

 

..a.u…..?

 

Hiruzen watched fondly as the little boy's gaze was focused solely on a butterfly that happened to fly close to them; he looked so innocent… what he wouldn't do to have it remain that way. "Tell me Naruto-kun, what do you want to be when you're older?" 

 

...a..u..?

 

The boy beamed at the question and looked at the man with a fire and determination that had no place in the eyes of a kid his age. "When I grow up I'm going to be an awesome ninja like you Jiji! I'll take that hat from you so you can rest your old bones dattebayo!" 

 

..a.u..o?

 

Hiruzen laughed at his boisterous claim and ruffled his hair affectionately, there was no doubt in his mind that the little boy would do exactly as he said."I look forward to it."

 

...aru…o..

 

That's exactly what Naruto loved the most about his Jiji, not once did he ever question his goals or call him stupid for aiming so high; all he ever received from him was unwavering faith and support. That's why Naruto loves and respects the Sandaime like he does no other. 

 

He would do anything to make him proud. 

 

Naru..o..

 

The boy found himself moved to tears by the love he received from that man and felt like an idiot for making a fool of himself in front of him, not to worry though, Hiruzen had always known how to make Naruto feel better. "Why don't we go and get you some Ramen?" 

 

"Naruto!" 

 

'Huh?' 

 

Naruto focused on reality once again and finally caught sight of the tall silver-haired man that was standing right in front of his bed. He knew there was no point in asking how he got in, he just did. 

 

A week had already passed, he was cleared from the hospital just a day after the invasion ended and he went back to his place to be alone. 

 

He didn't even attend the funeral. 

 

"What are you doing here, Kakashi?" 

 

'Rude', thought the man but ignored it as he invited himself to sit right beside Naruto and take on that empty look adorning his face, he felt like a hypocrite; here he was coming all the way to the blonde's house so he could give him a heartfelt speech about grief and why it isn't good to let it consume you and run your life for you. 

 

Yeah right.  

 

Resisting the urge to scoff at his own thoughts, Kakashi put a hand on Naruto's shoulder and patted him comfortingly. He had been in the situation many times before, meaning, he understands Naruto's position more than anyone else. "No one's seen you in a week, Naruto, I thought I might as well come and see how you're doing."

 

The obvious sunken eyes from the genin spoke volumes, he knows there's no need to ask. He just wanted a verbal confirmation, to hear his voice again. "I'm doing great Kakashi, isn't it obvious?" Okay, the deadpan tone and snarky reply might've been uncalled for but Kakashi knew when a point was being made. 

 

Instead, he said quietly, almost in a whisper, "You missed the funeral,"

 

Naruto sighed in defeat as he slumped his shoulders against the sheets, he was perfectly aware of the treatment he was giving Kakashi, and that only made him feel sadder. "I'm sorry Nii-san it's just that I-, I couldn't be there, I- I don't-

 

"It's okay Naruto, I'm not blaming you, no one is," Kakashi hated watching him in such a state, would anyone blame Naruto for missing the funeral? Absolutely not, any person living in Konoha with half a brain knew Hiruzen meant everything to him. If there was any, then he would just take matters into his own hands. "We were worried about you Naruto, I'm worried about you."

 

Naruto looked at Kakashi and found himself smiling softly. Losing Hiruzen has been like losing the only reason he even lived for, but it didn't have to be that way, he had people that cared about him now. "I know, I-,” He took a deep breath, “thank you."

 

"If someone knows what you're going through, it's probably me. I don't want to see you living life as a shell of your former self, far too focused on what you've lost and nothing more..." He knew Naruto wouldn't ever be like he was, he's just too good for that, still, it would be better if the boy didn't lock himself for days. "You're allowed to grieve Naruto, you're allowed to cry and you're allowed to vent. I'm not the Sandaime, but I think he wouldn't want you to be locking yourself up. For what it's worth, I will be here for you for as long as I live."

 

What was he even doing? Sulking around alone in his room staring into nothing, he missed the funeral because he felt devastated and incapable.

 

He felt so… so guilty

 

But there was nothing to feel guilty about, Naruto had done his part during the invasion excellently and everyone knew it, somehow rumors of his exploits during the attack had spread and now everyone in Konoha was talking about the blonde kid and the masked ninja that teamed up with a giant toad to defeat the Ichibi. 

 

He only felt that way because he felt like he needed to, he felt like it was his responsibility; if only he had been there faster- maybe if he had defeated Gaara sooner, he would've arrived just in time to save Hiruzen, maybe if he hadn't offered to aid in fighting Gaara at all he could've been there to fight alongside him.

 

Naruto locked himself inside of his house because if he got out and helped reconstruct what was damaged during the attack. He would've to go to the tower, he would've to enter the office and… 

 

The Hokage wouldn't be there. 

 

"Kakashi I- if I go out and he isn't there and I- I know it's stupid okay? I just don't, I- agh !" He couldn't hold it anymore, that was the first of many more frustrated and angry yells, frustrated by his own weakness, angry at the heavens for taking him away.

 

Kakashi understood Naruto's feelings and allowed him to let them out. He sat there for hours, rubbing his back as he lay crying loudly on his lap and reassuring him in a soothing tone, encouraging him to keep at it until he released all his bottled-up emotions. The Uzumaki hadn't shed a single tear after Hiruzen died, at first too numb by the experience and then refusing to accept the harsh reality. 

 

They stayed like that for a while, Kakashi briefly caught sight of a white-haired man watching them through the window and exchanged nods with him as he took care of his little brother, it would seem Naruto was too distraught to focus on his surroundings, or maybe he did feel the man watching them and just didn't care. 

 

After he was done, Naruto looked up and found Kakashi with a reassuring eye-smile as he softly caressed his head. "Don't stay locked in here, I know full well what isolation can do to you and it's not pretty. Seek your friends and help around the village, it will make you feel better."

 

He had stuff to do so he stood up and walked away from Naruto but he stopped at the door to give him a final message before leaving. "Asuma wants to talk to you, go see him when you can, okay? Oh and take a shower, you stink."

 

With that he disappeared into a Shunshin and left behind a chuckling Naruto with red puffy eyes and a messed up face, he decided right then and there that the shower might be a good idea after all. 

 

 

"Why aren't you coming to class, Kono-baka? You think you can just get special treatment while all of us have to help reconstruct and study?" An older academy student soon to graduate was questioning Konohamaru in a less than kind way. The little boy had been nothing but a shadow of himself this past week and dedicated his time to wandering around the village without a clear path in mind. 

 

It enraged some idiots. 

 

"Leave me alone!" Usually, he wouldn't be this bold or rambotious in this kind of situation, Konohamaru had often been the target of bullying and mistreatment from his older classmates for what they always perceived to be special treatment, sadly, with the village in the state it currently is, his usual protectors were a little too busy for that. 

 

His biggest shield was completely gone now. 

 

"What are you going to do about it?" The big kid and his accomplices all burst out laughing at the defensive stand Konohamaru had taken, 'does he really think he stands a chance?' they all asked themselves as they watched their leader throw the first punch. 

 

It didn't land. 

 

An oppressive and intimidating presence suddenly filled the street they were in, the leader of the bunch trembled in fear as he watched a golden shining chain tie itself around his arm, very very tightly. 

 

The few that weren’t chained slowly looked to see Naruto standing behind them, Sharingan eye blazing in life and a murderous look on his face. "Special treatment?..." He asked without removing his glare from the kid who tried to hit Konohamaru. "I can give you some of that."

 

All the kids that weren't restricted took that as their cue to run leaving behind their leader trembling in fear and looking like he was just about to cry, Naruto was no more than three years older than them and he still managed to make himself be feared. "Try that again and I won't be so lenient next time."

 

He then released the chain and watched as the kid ran off crying as fast as he could, when they all left, Naruto let his aura go back to his normal carefree and kind one. He walked toward Konohamaru while saying, "I don't even know what lenient means 'ttebayo."

 

Naruto had been hoping that Konohamaru would hug him as he praised him and thanked him repeatedly for helping with his bully, the empty and judgemental look on the young Sarutobi's face was nothing short of unsettling. "You weren't there… you left me alone."

 

Oh, that's what this whole thing is about.

 

At the time he didn't understand what his absence might have meant for his self-proclaimed younger brother and former rival/Hokage competitor.

 

"I did and I'm sorry Saru, I was just being stupid and I wasn't thinking right, if it's any consolation I don't think I'll be able to forgive myself for missing Jiji's memorial I-,” Naruto looked at the youngers face as he took a deep breath and quietly said, “I just hope he isn't mad at me." 

 

The sincere tone he used and the dejected look on his face was enough proof for Konohamaru that Naruto hadn't missed the funeral just because he was an asshole - like others - and was actually going through grief of his own. Enough to forgive him, at least for now. 

 

"Naruto-nii!" This time Konohamaru did run and hug Naruto as he cried in the arms of his older brother. "The old man he- he's- and I- I was I-, Asuma oji-san he-"

 

His crying and sputtering of nonsense continued for a few more minutes in which Naruto could only grasp some of the things that Konohamaru had been trying to convey to him. He gently picked the crying boy up, a comforting hand brushing through his hair. Just like Kakashi did to him. He was already heading to the Sarutobi estate so he might as well give Konohamaru a ride at the same time he provided a shoulder to cry on. 

 

He wasn't fine, not anywhere near it actually. Kami knows it was taking Naruto every bit of self-control he could muster not to burst out crying in the middle of the street with Konohamaru but he found a weird comfort in the situation they were both in. 

 

It was then he realized just what Kakashi meant about not grieving alone, he hadn't realized just how much Konohamaru looked up to him. Naruto relished in the comfort having Kakashi as an older brother provided him, and neglected the role he had taken up when he accepted the title of the little monkey's older brother, even if it was something symbolic at best. 

 

He decided to own up to it now.

 

Then he started walking to the Sarutobi estate. It wouldn't be easy, going there and not finding Hiruzen waiting for him with a treat ready and countless interesting stories from his youth to share but, he would manage, if not for his sake then for his little brother's. 

 

A soft breeze caressed his cheek and he turned around for a moment, getting sight of the Sandaime's face carved in that mountain. Naruto smiled in fondness and sadness but kept on his way, listening to Konohamaru's incomprehensible babble and sniffing while thinking. 'Keep watching us Jiji… I swear we'll make you proud.'

 

 

"I'm not asking you if you want to, Jiraiya ."

 

An elderly woman could be seen berating a white-haired man and neither seemed ready to reach an agreement. 

 

The reason behind their argument? The Hokage position of course. 

 

"I already informed the Daimyo that a Legendary Sannin will be taking the hat, he seemed rather pleased with my choice." As the last remaining member of the village's elders - that had the late Hokage's trust that is - it's Koharu's duty to negotiate the next shinobi to take over the position of Hokage directly with the fire country's ruler. 

 

"Koharu-obaa san, you can't expect me of all people to take over, I'm not Hokage material." Jiraiya desperately pleaded his - in Koharu's opinion - selfish and childish claim fiercely, fully convinced that he isn't the one to become Konoha's ruler.

 

The elderly woman in question sighed and took a defeated look, she was just so tired of everything, provisionally administering the village for a week in possibly the biggest crisis they had endured would take a toll on anyone, particularly someone who lost many friends. "Listen Jiraiya, this is what Hiruzen wanted and it is what the village needs, get over yourself and act like a self-respecting adult for once in your life! The Daimyo is already tired of waiting for his new Hokage and it's already taking a lot of effort to convince him of ignoring our less desirable option."

 

Deciding to let go of the subtle insult for a moment, Jiraiya furrowed his brow in thought. He wasn't stupid, nothing good could come out of allowing the less desirable choice to take over, but he still firmly believed he doesn't have what it takes to rule a village. "If it is a sannin you want, there is another one."

 

Koharu scoffed and chuckled at what she thought to be a terrible idea. "Do you honestly think you can bring her back and convince her of becoming Hokage? You're not as old as me Jiraiya, you shouldn't have gone senile yet."

 

"Look…" Jiraiya took a deep breath and prepared himself to present his case. "I am in no way ready to become Hokage, Tsunade was practically raised for the position, let me bring her back, I know I can."

 

The elderly woman looked at the serious and resolved look on the man's face and decided to humor him, if anything she now found himself curious. "The Daimyo is breathing hard on my neck for this, you have two weeks to bring her back and not a day more, if you don't manage to bring her back by then you will take over the hat or you'll watch it fall to his head."

 

A gloomy thought, but it wasn't going to happen, Jiraiya was convinced that Tsunade would come around and become the next Hokage, after all, he had a pretty convincing student. If push came to shove, he would step in before allowing him to take over, that's the least he could do for his sensei. 

 

 

"Asuma-sensei?" 

 

Naruto walked into the Sarutobi compound with a sleeping Konohamaru on his back and took on the sad breeze that blew in the place, not even his favorite guard had been up for their usual chatter whenever he happened to stop by. After making sure the young heir got to his room safely and tucking him in. Naruto made his way to the main study of the estate where he was supposed to meet the new head of the clan, Sarutobi Asuma. 

 

"Naruto, it's good to see you, please take a seat." Asuma pointed to a chair in front of him and watched as Naruto nervously sat down, chuckling internally at the unintentionally intimidating mood he set. 

 

Putting all that aside, Asuma sighed and took a deep breath as he handed Naruto a closed envelope with his name written on top. "The reason I asked Kakashi to have you come here is this letter, we went through my father's will yesterday. He left that for you." Naruto's hands started shaking as he grabbed the envelope from Asuma's hands and stared at it, quickly recognizing his grandfather's handwriting. 

 

"I will leave you here to read this by yourself okay? Naruto I-, I know how close you and dad were… many people come here and offer their condolences to us but I doubt anyone other than your friends do that to you, you lost just as much as Konohamaru and I did, for that, I'm truly sorry." After saying his piece Asuma walked out of the room and left the boy all by himself, he stepped into the backyard and looked at the sky, he could only think of his father and how his absence would affect everyone’s lives. At the very least they parted ways in the best of terms, omething had made Hiruzen want to fix their relationship years ago, and he was really glad they did. 

 

Back in the room, Naruto opened the envelope and started reading through it carefully with his sharingan activated, making sure to remember every detail of the letter; if one were to look at him from a distance, they would watch as tears fell on the piece of paper being held by those shaking hands. 

 

To Naruto. 

 

As I'm writing this; you're not older than 6 years of age, I'm currently watching over you, taking a little time off to write this letter for you while you sleep peacefully. 

 

It is a bit weird, is it not? I guess it is true that old people like myself are always talking about the day they're going to die and I am no exception, I just wanted to be ready. 

 

In all my years of living, I've made many mistakes but taking you in and making you a part of my family is not one of them. Naruto, you have shown me unconditional love and respect and you have brought a new light into my life, you've inspired me to become a better person and even a better father, Kami knows it was you who unknowingly made me want to fix my relationship with my son. I will never ever be able to repay you. If you're reading this letter it means I'm no longer walking alongside you and admiring your growth. 

 

Fret not. 

 

I will always be with you no matter what so long as you want me to, if you ever find yourself missing my presence, look up the mountains, I will be there watching over you. The faces of the Hokage are carved in a mountain for all to see… I always thought it was unnecessary and a bit egocentric but I suppose it has its uses. 

 

I'm leaving two things behind for you, one of them is something that I found not too long ago and should've probably given to you in that very same instant, I chose not to in the hopes that if you ever found yourself needing to feel the warmth of my embrace you'd get something very close to it even if I'm long gone, it is selfish of me to do so and I hope you can forgive me. 

 

Folded inside of it there's something very special, something that should've been Asuma's but he rejected it many times. I couldn't think of anyone better than you to keep this safe, open it up when you're ready and you'll find the assistance you require. 

 

There's only one thing I ask of you Naruto is to take good care of yourself and Konohamaru, he is still only a baby but I know deep in my soul that just like you, he's destined for greatness. 

 

I hope you grow up into the amazing man I know you can become, always remember that I'm beyond proud of you and that won't ever change, even if I've moved on to the pure world. 

 

With love… 

your Jiji, Sarutobi Hiruzen

The Sandaime Hokage. 

 

Naruto let the letter fall into the ground and just sat there, staring at the ground, fighting his falling tears and willing them to stay inside. Just like the letter his mother had left behind, the Sandaime's letter made him feel reassured but sadder. 

 

He decided to put it aside for now and found himself curious about what Hiruzen deemed should've been Asuma's, more importantly, why would Hiruzen make him the keeper of something that important. 

 

Naruto unsealed the contents of the letter and something covered in a beautiful blue scarf with white linings fell on his lap. He picked it up and found a little note on it, addressed to him. 

 

Naruto, if by the time you're reading this I still haven't told you the truth then I am truly sorry, this scarf was knitted for you by your mother. Seek Hatake Kakashi or Jiraiya of the Sannin, they will tell you all that you need to know if necessary. 

 

Useless note at this point, but the Uzumaki could appreciate the foresight of his grandfather all the way back when he wrote his will, it's surprising enough that he added him to his will so long ago, the fact that he even considered Naruto might not know the truth is honestly not as surprising, Hiruzen had always been a smart man. 

 

Naruto unfurled the scarf and put it on, it was really hot that day, very very hot…he didn't care, all that mattered at the moment was the gift made to him by his fiery mother; it meant a lot. After relishing in the comfort of what he thought to be the closest to his mother’s embrace he noticed the scroll that was being kept safe in the cover of his new scarf, it was a fairly small scroll with nothing particularly noteworthy, just a scroll with the Sarutobi crest keeping it closed, he shrugged mentally and removed the scroll, not at all expecting what would happen after he did so. 

 

The scroll exploded in a cloud of smoke that filled the room completely and sent Naruto into a coughing fit. When he recovered, a tall dark-skinned monkey with a Konoha hitai-ate looked at him with scrutiny. "K-King Enma?" 

 

Enma the monkey king and leader of the monkey summoning clan stood there in what used to be Hiruzen's study and looked as imposing as ever. "Hello boy, it's been a while."  

 

Though not many times as Hiruzen wasn't one to just summon his loyal friend with no real reason, there were occasions when both friends simply wanted to have a cup of tea together as they caught up with each other lives, it was in one of these reunions that a little Naruto had the pleasure of meeting Enma; if anything, the king was surprised that he was so easily recognized by the boy, even after all those years. 

 

"W-What are you d-doing here, King Enma?" He wasn't usually one to stutter but anyone would probably think twice before talking to the legendary monkey that stood in front of him. That said, Naruto wasn't that afraid of the toads when they first met… interesting

 

"I'm here to fulfill Sarutobi's will…" Enma tapped his right foot on the ground and a cloud of smoke manifested again, this time revealing a large scroll that unfurled and revealed a list of names, the last one of them being Sarutobi Hiruzen. "He wanted you to sign this."

 

"But- but b- but…" The stutters intensified at the sight and even got a laugh out of the big monkey, Naruto managed to breathe slowly again after a few tries and calmed himself down enough to form coherent sentences. "But I already signed the toad contract, how can I sign this one as well?" 

 

"So you did sign the toad contract, it would seem like Hiruzen was right…" He started musing in his head as he rubbed his chin in thought, after a few moments of distraction he caught sight of Naruto's puzzled face and decided to explain. "Sarutobi knew it was very likely you'd end up signing a contract with the toads, it doesn't matter, we are very different kinds of summons."

 

Naruto nodded his approval and nervously approached the contract, the toads wouldn't get mad, would they? In his situation, it was probably better to ask for forgiveness than ask for permission, he was just about to bite his finger and sign with his blood when an intrusive thought stopped him from proceeding. 

 

"What's the matter, boy?" Asked Enma. 

 

"It's just that…" He struggled, struggled to find the words to convey his emotions, to convey his insecurities, "why would he give this to me? Why not Asuma-sensei? I'm not even his real family y'know?" 

 

"Nonsense," Enma interjected with a serious look on his face and a stern voice that dared Naruto to object to his words, "You were family to Sarutobi, blood wasn't important to him, he saw you as a grandson as much as he did Konohamaru. Why isn't Asuma in your place? He simply didn't want to, but that is something you'll have to ask him if you truly want to know."

 

It felt weird. Being reassured by a dead man's monkey friend was weird no matter how you saw it but, Naruto greatly appreciated it, Hiruzen was and is the first person Naruto could call family and he never stopped questioning himself about it, about how true it was for the elderly man, he now has a definite answer. 

 

Enma was getting tired of Naruto's indecisiveness and had no qualms in letting him know, he still tried to word it a little kindly, mostly out of respect for his late friend and his family. "Let go of your fear and self-doubt boy, I don't wish to be here all day." 

 

That seemed to do the trick for Naruto as he - in a moment of confidence - bit his thumb in blood and wrote his name in the scroll before he had time to doubt himself again. The new name in the scroll shone for a moment before settling back down and Enma smirked at the sight before disappearing in a puff of smoke, Naruto was just about to question what was going on when he too disappeared in the same way. 

 

He opened his eyes and found himself to be standing up on a mountain, a really tall mountain. The young Uzumaki looked flabbergasted at the sight and allowed himself to become distracted, that's why he got scared to the point of almost falling down when he heard Enma clearing his throat behind him. He looked back and once again found himself in shock at the beautiful sight, there right on top of the mountain was the home of the monkey summons, a gated estate full of trees with many different beautiful houses and a big mansion in the middle that was most likely for the king. 

 

Enma walked in without ushering a word and Naruto took it as a key to following him inside, everywhere he looked the were many more monkeys of different sizes, some looked to be shinobi and some others just looked like they had regular professions, it was truly amazing for him to see a society so much like his and yet so different. 

 

"We, the monkey summons bond with our summoners for life," Enma spoke suddenly and it was only then Naruto realized they had stopped walking and were both standing in front of the mansion. "That is what you're doing here, I was Hiruzen's personal summon and will keep on being so even if he's no longer among the living."

 

At the same time, he finished his explanation around a dozen monkey summons of many different sizes landed in front of them both quietly, showing off their expertise and skill as shinobi. "These are our candidates to bond with you, all of them share the ability to turn into an adamantine staff like myself."

 

Naruto was then suddenly blindfolded - much to his chagrin - and stood there shifting his feet nervously as he waited for further instruction. "You are going to play rocks, paper, and scissors with all of them."

 

 

 

"WHAT?" 

 

"Don't yell at me brat! Kids these days are incredibly disrespectful," Naruto found himself a little - very - scared of Enma and regretted his outburst but, could anyone really blame him? How is it that the bonding process of one of the most legendary summons in the shinobi world is something as dumb as playing rocks, paper, and scissors? 

 

"You had the same look on your face Hiruzen did when we met all those years ago… it's annoying," Enma continued. "This is very simple, you're going to play with each and every one of them with your eyes closed, if you manage to get the same results as one of them three times in a row then you're all set, you might think this is a convoluted way of doing it and you'd be absolutely right, now get to it."

 

Every monkey formed a line in front of Naruto and each took a turn to play with him, Enma watched as the young Uzumaki won every single game he played without really trying to, it would be great if the objective wasn't for him to lose. Much to his annoyance, there was only one more monkey left and he didn't seem to be the one to fail successfully either. 

 

"Enma-oji san!" A small monkey dropped from the trees and landed beside the legendary king who sighed at his presence. 

 

"It would do you good to show me some respect…" The show of respect he got was the little monkey laughing and completely disregarding him, Enma sighed once again. "Where did I go wrong with you?" 

 

"So…" Started the young monkey. "How come no one can beat the blindfolded dude? I bet I could beat him no problem."

 

Enma was going to explain what was going on to one of his most promising and annoying apprentices but decided not to, thinking he would too lose to Naruto and get humbled for once in his life; what ended up happening was far more interesting. The little monkey played more than three times in a row and every single time got the same result as him, he yelled and yelled multiple curses and calls of a cheater to Naruto being completely unaware of the amused looks of his familiars. 

 

"Well Eiji, it would appear you found yourself a summoner far earlier than I had anticipated." The now revealed Eiji stopped his whining and took on a more surprised and annoyed look. Naruto took that as his cue to untie the blindfold, squinting his eyes at the sudden light, he observed the small monkey in front of him.

 

"What?! Me?! His summon? Why?!" 

 

Naruto gapped offendedly, eyes wide. "What does “ his” mean you brat?!" 

 

"Both of you shut up!" Enma looked at them both and decided to explain after he deemed them calm enough. "You brought this upon yourself when you jumped in the ceremony before allowing me to explain Eiji, Naruto here isn't a Sarutobi by blood but he was raised by one, the Kami no Shinobi deemed him worthy of us, and as the loyal allies of the Sarutobi clan we won't turn him away."

 

That seemed to be enough of an explanation for the monkey who sighed in defeat, Naruto was far too scared of Enma to boast and rejoice in his victory so he opted to smile warmly and thank Enma for everything he was doing for him. 

 

"From now on Naruto, you may summon Eiji when you're in need of aid in battle, he does too share my transforming abilities. Also, as I said before the toads and us are very different summons so there should be no problem with them, I had shared enough drinks with Gamabunta to think we're friendly enough." Eiji stepped in and looked at Naruto with a judgmental look before sighing in defeat and extending his little hand. 

 

"Summon me to have a snack together or something later, I'd like to at least get to know you before you use me as a smacking stick." Naruto chuckled at Eiji's comment and watched him walk away stomping his feet comically, after he left Naruto walked up to Enma and waited to be sent back home. 

 

"We bond for life, Naruto, you may never summon me in battle because even if you did, I would not help you…" Harsh but fair, Naruto wouldn't want to disrespect Hiruzen in any way though so he was more than willing to comply. "That said, it doesn't mean you can't summon me if you're ever in need of a listening ear or some advice, consider it my way of helping Hiruzen take care of you."

 

The fact that Enma was actually pretty fond of Naruto ever since he was a child went unsaid as Naruto was sent back to his home by the monkey king finishing his summoning. Naruto reappeared in the middle of his Jiji's house and realized hours had passed by, he found the scroll that summoned Enma to burn to ashes leaving only the scarf his mother had knitted for him behind, he picked it up and promptly left.

 

But not without stopping to see Konohamaru sleeping well and looking as good as he could given the circumstances, he promised himself right then and there to pass on the contract to him as soon as he was ready. 

 

 

Naruto opened the door of his house wanting nothing but to sleep and rest his tired self, he felt awful when looking at the mess that had become of his house while he wallowed in self-pity and planned to clean tomorrow, he also had some people to visit in the hospital. 

 

"You took your time brat."

 

Much to his annoyance, he looked to his left as he walked towards his bed and found Jiraiya seated by himself on his kitchen counter, drinking some tea like he had no care in the world. "What are you doing here Ero-sennin?" 

 

The legendary sannin huffed in annoyance and crossed both of his arms in mock anger. "Now now, that's no way to greet your dear godfather is it?" 

 

"I'm too tired right now, if you have nothing important to say I'll go to sleep, you're welcome to stay over if you want."

 

Jiraiya deflated but conceded Naruto's point and figured there was a lot on his plate, he knew of the talk he had with Kakashi and he knew he had gone to the Sarutobi estate, he would have to tease Naruto at a later time. "I know you're going through something and I wouldn't bother you if it wasn't necessary but we have a mission, sleep tight, we're leaving tomorrow."

 

He disappeared shortly after leaving Naruto with no time to question anything, not even the fact that he would be going on a mission with one of the Sannin, he simply shrugged and laid on his bed, falling to the realm of unconsciousness rather quickly. 

 

It would appear like he'd have a difficult day tomorrow too. 

 

 

"Are you going to track her down Orochimaru-sama?" 

 

The snake Sannin sat in a poorly lit room with only his trusted assistant there . He was in a pathetic state, unable to move his arms or perform any jutsu that required the use of hand signs and unable to do most of his everyday activities by himself. 

 

He was bitter

 

"If there's anyone that can fix my arms it's her Kabuto."

 

"What if she refuses?" Kabuto glanced at him without turning his head, crossing his hands behind his back.

 

Kukukuku…

 

"Tsunade is nothing but a shadow of her former self, Kabuto," The Sannin said in between chuckles. "She doesn't have what it takes to refuse me , not even in my state, still I would prefer it if I manage to convince her without the use of violence, she can be very useful to my plans."

 

Kabuto didn't seem too convinced but knew better than to question Orochimaru and his plans, he still had one question that wouldn't leave his mind. "What will you do if she can't fix your arms, Orochimaru-sama?" 

 

"If that were to be the case, I would have to change into a different body."

 

That shocked Kabuto. "Are you not interested in Neji's body anymore? Or the Uzumaki's sharingan?" 

 

Orochimaru looked at his subordinate with a scrutinizing look but relaxed shortly after and replied. "The sharingan in a body that is not it's own… that's hardly ideal, I wouldn't benefit from his body, if anything I'd do better simply stealing his eye but that can prove rather hard under the protection of the Hatake and my old friend, as for Neji-kun, a body that survived the application of my curse mark and its forcibly removal? It'll prove to be of high value in my research and that will take time."

 

"But worry not, eventually his body will be mine. "

Notes:

This update took a little time and to be painfully honest the coming updates will do so as well, I've become very busy over the last few weeks and my writing is still a hobby, one that I quite enjoy but a hobby nonetheless.

That said, I'm not abandoning this, just expect the updates to become slower.

There is a comment by D-Na25 I would like to address. I do want to make Sakura justice, not because she's weak in canon but because of the fact that Pierrot made her character intentionally dislikeable in the anime, exaggerating things that weren't so prevalent in the manga, her flat chest is just one example. I wanted to write a NaruSaku at first but decided against it in the end, why? Because I don't want Naruto to need Sakura and I especially don't want Sakura to need him, I don't want Sakura's growth to be dependent on Naruto's, I hope that makes sense.

Chapter 15: Interlude

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"So you're telling me a legendary Sannin asked you to go on a mission with him to look for another legendary Sannin?" Lee looked incredulous in his hospital bed at his dear and youthful friend with a mix of wonder and realization in his eyes, he has after all spent enough time with Naruto to know he's fairly special. "Yosh Naruto-kun! Even in these dire times your flames of youth burn brightly!"

Naruto laughed at his bushy-browed friend's boisterous attitude and stared in admiration at the way he went on in life despite his current condition, he had been informed of Lee's depression episodes of course, he knew there was more to it than just the facade he put on, but the fact that he even tried to be happy was truly praise worth it.

He wished he was at least a little like him.

"Ero-sennin says this Sannin lady is the best medic alive, I'm going to bring her back and have her look at you, I promise and I never go back on my word!" He just hoped she would deliver, in all honesty Naruto was starting to fear Jiraiya simply oversold the Slug Sannin's abilities to make him more interested in the mission.

"You must have her look at Neji as well, Naruto-kun, even if there's nothing that can be done for me I'm sure she can help Neji." Lee was just so selfless it almost made him sad, but he wasn't wrong.

Neji's situation could only be described as complicated.

Naruto hated his guts, well, he liked to say he hated him but it wasn't hate that he felt for him; he just made his blood boil. It all changed when the chunin exams started, for some reason the young Uzumaki became interested in him and managed to extort his whole life story out of Hinata, he learned all the things Neji had gone through and even though he wouldn't say his actions were justified he could at least say he understood why he did the things he did.

The curse mark.

The Hyuga prodigy caught the attention of the treacherous Sannin and received his… gift. Now he was fully unresponsive. The doctors couldn't give Hiashi a straight answer. Apparently Neji went to sleep after his match with Hinata and never woke up, they had some theories of course, the most likely to be true, his brain suffered a lot of strain when both of the marks in his body came into conflict and the damage was so severe it simply became too much to handle so he fell into a coma.

Some sort of self-recovery mode, at least that's what Doctor Teruya called it.

"I'm going to ask her about that too, don't worry about it," Naruto looked out the window of the room and saw Jiraiya there signaling it was time for them to leave. "I have to go now Lee, I'll be back in 2 weeks tops."

He jumped out of the window shortly after and joined the white haired man as they both walked through the streets of the village on their way to the main gate. It was impressive how well they did in the invasion if you stop to think about it. They had been lucky to find out the truth about the situation in time to prepare for the attack.

The village had lost many brave shinobi and it would take them some time to recuperate but the sacrifices had not been in vane, civilian casualties were few and the village itself didn't need much fixing, they lost some important buildings during the attack, the shinobi academy still in reconstruction being the prime example, but they still managed to come out on top against adversity.

They always did.

Naruto kept on walking along his newest master and godfather, oblivious to the looks of wonder and curiosity he got from the village, he had discarded using his Konoha hitai-ate in the same way Kakashi did, every person in Konoha knew of his sharingan by now and even though no one except for a handful of people knew of the events that led to him having one, his actions during the invasion had been proof enough of his character for the villagers who no longer thought ill of him.

The vast majority at least.

Jiraiya didn't know whether to be worried or proud of him, any kid his age would be delighted with all the attention Naruto was getting and the teen didn't even seem to notice, he knew of course why he was like he was and wouldn't blame him for it, kami knows the kid already blames himself enough.

That's one thing they both had in common.

"Heads up brat, we're here." The main gate came into view and Naruto found his team there waiting for him to say goodbye, it was only then he realized it had been so long since he last saw Sakura.

Kakashi was the first to step forward, closing his orange book and putting it back on the pouch reserved just for the safe-keeping of his most treasured item, once in front of his self-proclaimed brother he eye-smiled like he always did and ruffled his hair affectionately. "Ja ne!" He said as he disappeared in a swirl of leaves, not much was said but Naruto knew how Kakashi was by now, he wasn't serious at all but he also wasn't particularly straight forward when it comes to shows of affection and feelings in general.

It was perfectly fine, Naruto had gotten to see Kakashi's more affectionate side before when it was just the two of them which is why words were not needed for this, anyone that could see Naruto's soft smile and the hand he used to caress the spot on his head where Kakashi's hand was just moments earlier could see it.

"Take care Naruto, don't do anything stupid." Haruno Sakura, sarcastic as always but still as caring as she has been for a long while now. She hadn't particularly liked it when Kakashi informed her Naruto would be going on a mission with Jiraiya and they were not a part of it, at one point her reaction was more on the angry side, she understood however that this mission was sanctioned by the legendary Sannin himself and as such he was the one to make the calls.

She hugged Naruto and gave him many instructions to take care of himself while doing so, Jiraiya and the chunin guards watching the gate found it incredibly amusing but Naruto - even if he knew all that she was saying by now - couldn't help but enjoy the feeling of someone worrying about him so he nodded and answered all that Sakura said with a positive remark; he ended up watching as she left with a smile on his face.

Shortly after saying his goodbye - and listening to some undesired and much annoying comments from his new mentor - Naruto and company finally left the village on their new mission, looking at the rising sun in the distance all he could think of was of the people he had promised he'd help even before he knew if such a thing was possible.

He better learn not to make promises he can't keep.


"I hear you're interested in learning Fuinjutsu Naruto-kun, is it true?" All he could do while being questioned by the wise old man was look nervously at his own feet, not bold enough to look at the face of the man he thought he'd let down.

"Yes jiji, I want to be more like my mother and stuff y'know?" He finally managed to muster some courage to look up. "It's just that you gave me those books ages ago and I haven't even started with them, I'm sorry."

The man started chuckling softly until his chuckles became a controlled laughter, putting a hand on the troubled teen's shoulder he smiled warmly and said. "You don't have to learn Fuinjutsu if you don't want to, Naruto. I gave you the material because I assumed you would have a knack for it like your ancestors; that does not mean you have to learn it or even be here for that matter."

"I also know for a fact you don't like reading."

Both him and Naruto started laughing together as they sat, one in the chair of the most powerful man in Konoha and the other on the seat right in front of him…

Not many people would approve of Naruto using the Hokage's chair.

"Naruto?"

The young Uzumaki was suddenly brought back to reality by the white haired pervert, they had been walking together for who knows how long, contrary to what Jiraiya would've expected Naruto was very silent during the trip so far, looking ahead most of the time but in his eyes you could see he wasn't really paying attention to the road ahead.

"Are you alright?" He asked the question knowing the answer, just yesterday did Naruto finally start to accept what happened and he was already on a mission, albeit a tracking mission and a safe one at that, Tsunade is not an enemy of the village and even though she might kick Jiraiya a little when they meet she has no quarrel with Naruto.

The aforementioned teen just sighed as he focused back on reality and shook his head a little to set himself free of the memories that haunt him, he decided to set himself into mission mode and focus on the things that make him sad at a later time. "Yes Ero-sennin, I just got a little distracted."

It was convincing enough, even if Naruto completely missed the fact that his 'little distraction' lasted a good 6 hours, enough for them to reach Tanzaku Gai, the next biggest city - after the capital and Konoha of course - and Jiraiya's first stop.

The city was hailed as a paradise for heavy drinkers and gamblers as well as perverts, their current objective happened to be two of those things so, if there was a place where Jiraiya thought Tsunade could be found this would be it. Under normal circumstances Jiraiya would look for a place where Naruto could rest while he did some research, unfortunately for him Naruto happened to be a good sensor, it would be stupid to not include him in the search.

"Listen up Naruto, we're going to start looking for her here, I'll do some digging on my own and I expect you to do the same, meet me at the hotel in the middle of town in 5 hours." Shortly after saying his part Jiraiya went off running in a direction so specific it made Naruto think the pervert was going to be of little help for the day.

No use crying over spilled milk he figured as he started walking in the opposite direction, he looked at every building with his different colored eyes trying to familiarize with his environment the best he could, this was after all the second time he left the village and a new place to know and observe. An idea came to mind as he walked so he stopped in the middle of a less crowded road and bit on his thumb to then perform a quick series of hand-seals.

Kuchiyose no Jutsu!

A puff of smoke manifested and then cleared with the wind revealing a little reddish toad Naruto had gotten to know since signing the contract, Gamakichi smiled at the sight of his human friend and was just about to greet him when the blond interrupted him by performing the same jutsu again, only this time out of the smoke a different kind of summon was revealed.

"I wondered when I'd be seeing you again, what do you need?" Eiji emerged from the smoke looking as uncaring and annoyed as he did when they first met, they didn't really dislike each other but they weren't friends either, Naruto would have to change that.

"I don't need anything, I'm on a mission right now and it's not really exciting, you said I should summon you and hang out some time, that's what I'm doing." Naruto took Gamakichi from the ground and put him on the toad's usual place on top of his head. "This is Gamakichi, the son of the toad's summoning clan leader and a friend of mine."

"Yo!" Was Gamakichi's greeting, carefree as ever before he looked at Naruto and asked a question. "You signed another summoning contract, did you tell pops?"

Naruto sighed and looked at the ground in something akin to embarrassment. "No, I pass out whenever I summon your dad y'know?"

"So you also summon toads? Interesting…" Eiji looked at Gamakichi and politely greeted him, surprising them both. "Hello Gamakichi-san, I suspect we'll be seeing each other more often than not" Gamabunta and Enma had met on many occasions during their lives after Jiraiya happened to bump into the toad contract. That's why Enma taught all the monkeys to respect the Toads and expect respect to be given in return.

Being done with his musing, Eiji fell in line with Naruto, getting a kick out of the people watching in amazement as some blond kid with a toad in his head and a monkey the height of his shoulders walked together around the town. "So dude… what exactly is your mission?"

"We're looking for one of the legendary Sannin, the pervert says she's the only one that can become Hokage." Naruto wasn't too convinced about it, and it wasn't because he felt like Hiruzen would be replaced and forgotten, he understood perfectly why the village needed a new and strong leader, he just didn't think they were going to find that someone in Tsunade. One of the Sannin was a no-good pervert and the other was a sick and twisted bastard.

How is she going to be any different?

Naruto and company walked around the place looking for any sort of evidence as they talked among each other about everything and nothing in particular, he had to admit Eiji wasn't really a bore to hang with, he could definitely see them becoming a good team along with the toads, the young monkey seemed to agree with him judging by his current calm and relaxed mood.

Hours went by and Naruto never managed to spot a chakra signature that felt particularly outstanding or at the very least different than that of a regular civilian, still for some reason, he couldn't help the feeling of being watched. Naruto stopped dead in his tracks and focused his sensing abilities the best he could, he even made his onyx eye turn red hoping he would be able to find some sort of evidence with the help of the sharingan, much to the confusion of his animal companions.

He found nothing.

Was he imagining things now? He could hardly be the one to blame, losing someone as important as he did and then being tossed into a mission right after was bound to be a stressful situation. Naruto took a deep breath and let his friend's eye go back to its normal onyx color before going back to meet the pervert in the hotel he set as a meeting point.

Fully unaware of the truth going on besides him.

"He seemed to feel we were here, most curious don't you think… Itachi-san?" A blue shark-like giant man with a big bandaged sword strapped to his back and a toothing grin that showed his pointed teeth suddenly materialized out of thin air, revealing alongside him the subject of his question. A young man no older than 19 with long black hair and two sharingan eyes.

Uchiha Itachi.

He looked stoic and said nothing, his eyes following the path Naruto walked until he came out of sight before simply turning back and leaving the place, not bothering to spare his companion so much as a glance, which only served to irritate him even more.

"Why are we even here?!" He asked, his irritation and annoyance now clear for all to see. "You were the one who discovered the kid wasn't Konoha's secret Jinchuriki, why did you come here only to observe him?"

"You yell too much Kisame," Itachi glanced at him for a second before continuing his path away from the city. "All the information we can get for our leader is our priority, besides… I was curious."

"What information?" Kisame hated Itachi and that air of superiority he always had around him, like he knew everything or at least more than him. "We went to Konoha looking for information and we got nothing! What information could you possibly gain from that brat? Unless… the information you were looking for wasn't for the leader."

The true last Uchiha wanted nothing to do with the conversation the shark-man was about to start so he cut him off before he could even begin. "We're losing time Kisame, let's go."


Earlier that day

"What are we doing here Itachi-san? Are you feeling Homesick?" Kisame and Itachi were walking together in a path leading outside the village. The scenery was… beautiful, green leaves scattered all around trees oozing with life and that crystal clear river that flowed beside them; it was hard not to get homesick.

Yet Itachi's face showed none of that.

"We're being followed"

Two figures emerged from the trees revealing themselves to be none other than Sarutobi Asuma and Yuhi Kurenai, two of the best Jōnin in the village. They knew what Itachi was capable of, they knew what he did and they were ready to put a stop to him… or die trying. "Uchiha Itachi… tell me, what brings you here?"

Itachi turned around and looked directly in the eyes of the person who asked the question with a look of complete and utter calm in his face. "Asuma-san, I don't wish to fight you, I would advise you just let us go… for your own good."

Asuma didn't exactly like the threat and reacted as one would expect. Fishing two chakra knives out of his pouch and holding them in a cross guard; Kisame decided he would be the one to fight him and unfolded his bandaged sword to fight him. Both shinobi jumped at each other and traded slash after slash, the Sarutobi found himself to be overpowered slowly but surely and was hit by the weird sword wielded by his opponent.

Asuma had felt the pain of a sword slash before, this wasn't anything like it.

The part of the sword that hit him didn't look like an ordinary blade, not even close to it. The bandaged object set itself free revealing the real composition of its body, it definitely wasn't any normal sword, there were tons of scales in it, dangerous hard and sharp scales; Asuma looked in both amazement and confusion at the object that had managed to hit him, a look Kisame found hilarious. "My beloved Samehada doesn't cut, it shreds!"

The fight once again started and both Asuma and Kurenai found themselves terribly outclassed, they were both Jōnin and good ones at that but their strengths simply didn't seem to be enough against these two, a failed attempt at capturing Itachi in a genjutsu left Kurenai their victim of her own attack while Asuma simply didn't have what it takes to overpower Kisame.

"I told you it wouldn't be wise to underestimate them, Asuma, Kurenai."

An imposing figure, calm and collected made his way to the place where the battle was taking place looking not at all bothered by the scene, he didn't even bother to pocket his ever present orange book until he was standing right in front of the treacherous Uchiha.

Itachi looked at the man with caution, he knew it wouldn't be wise to ignore the threat that meant being in the presence of this man. "Hatake Kakashi… it's been a while, senpai."

Asuma and Kurenai looked in relief at Kakashi and decided their victory was secured with his arrival, something the lone Hatake wasted no time in refuting. "This man was made ANBU captain at 13 years old, you haven't seen what he really is capable of yet."

This wasn't good, Kakashi was sure this is not what the third wanted but there was nothing he could do at the moment, so he had to play it out, he allowed himself to be pushed by both ninjas, trading Katon and Suiton ninjutsu with them left and right with the help of Asuma and Kurenai but it proved to be fruitless. What frustrated him the most was how obvious it was that Itachi was not putting too much effort in the fight.

At one point all three Konoha shinobi stood in the water and watched as Itachi's sharingan eyes morphed into a different shape, one that Kakashi knew to avoid. "Kurenai! Asuma! Close your eyes, NOW!"

They both did as they were told and avoided being captured by the most powerful genjutsu in the world… at the moment. Kakashi didn't share in their situation and found his reality shaping again, finding himself crucified in a world of red black and white with multiple Itachis surrounding him, all of them carrying swords. "Welcome to my Tsukuyomi Kakashi-senpai, don't try to break free from the genjutsu, it will be pointless." A Sadistic glim took over Itachi's expressions as he slowly made his way closer to his victim's body "I wonder how long will someone without a Kekkei Genkai last."

"I know everything, Itachi."

The last Uchiha stopped just in time to avoid stabbing Kakashi and looked him directly in the eyes with a look that could only mean he was waiting for further explanation.

Kakashi was all too happy to oblige and avoid being tortured non stop for Kami knows how long. "I know all about the coup d'etat and the slaughter of the Uchiha, I know Danzo forced you into it and I know of your mission in the Akatsuki; Sandaime-sama told me all about it."

The scenery around Kakashi immediately started to change, the world created by Itachi no longer took the form of hell on earth, the color scheme that made the copy cat gulp in fear quickly transformed into that of his everyday life all while the multiple forms of Itachi disappeared leaving but one of them still there alongside him; he looked around and found himself in a familiar place yet never seen before at least not by him, the extent of the Uchiha's power was just… impressive.

"I believe we should talk, Kakashi…" Just like that a little tea shop was in front of them both, unlike the first time Itachi made his world shift, this little safe abode simply appeared, one moment there was nothing and the other it was there; in a similar fashion, the Hatake couldn't remember ever sitting at a table right in front of him, but there they both were. "I assume you still have some questions despite what Sandaime-sama told you… I will also assume that he told you the version of the truth he believed in as opposed to some of the more gruesome facts."

In a way it was refreshing for Kakashi to see Itachi had not really changed in all his time, then again, the possibility of the Hokage's truth not being all that legit did unsettle him. "You make it sound like there's more to the Hokage's story than one would think."

"Sarutobi-sama was a great and honorable man, that's part of the reason why he failed to see the full reality of the situation; he liked to think of the Uchiha as mere victims and failed to acknowledge their transgressions." Images, visions of a past not too distant came to the mind of the tormented shinobi, the things he had seen, the things he had done will forever haunt him and his clan. "My clan was prideful, arrogant and obsessed with power. They were put in a bad position, yes, but I can't say it was fully unjustified."

Faint memories and conversations came to mind in Kakashi's head, pieces of a puzzle slowly taking the right shape. "Are you saying The Uchiha deserved to die?"

That's not what Itachi wanted to say, but he didn't blame Kakashi for reaching that conclusion. The truth is that there was little anyone could do to save them, they allowed themselves to be manipulated by anger and the carvings in some old stone. When looking at the situation from a distance one could reach the conclusion that Itachi held no love for his clan and his family, and one would be terribly wrong.

Itachi was said to be one of the most loyal shinobi by the Sandaime, he loved his village immensely and would've done anything to keep it safe, some say at seven years old he already had the mindset of a Hokage… it makes you wonder, in the situation he had been in, would the other Hokage do the same?

Hiruzen said Shimura Danzo had been the one to manipulate Itachi into eliminating his own clan and even though he was a man sick as they came and someone who was on the lone Uchiha's kill list, it would be a lie to say Danzo had forced him into it. Itachi wasn't easily deceived, he knew what had to be done, he merely used the opportunity to keep his brother safe for as long as possible.

We all know how that turned up.

"Naruto-kun…" The sudden mention of his surrogate brother put Kakashi on edge, there was something about the way Itachi ignored the question and remained in silence to then change topics that made him understand there were things he just would never open up about. "He is in possession of my brother's Sharingan, yes? Tell me, how is he?"

Kakashi suddenly remembered a time when he was in charge of Itachi's ANBU squadron and the young shinobi inquired about the origin of his own sharingan eye, to be completely honest, he didn't know if Itachi would approve of Naruto taking his brother's eye or not, he never actually considered it. "Naruto is doing as well as one could hope, he and his teammate worked hard to move on past Sasuke's untimely death, they truly cared for him, Itachi."

Kakashi chose to forgo how bad the Sandaime's death hit Naruto, he knew that even though the question was asked it wasn't really about the young Uzumaki. He could feel Itachi simply wanted to know about his brother. "Are you against him having Sasuke's eye?"

Itachi for his part, sipped at the cup of tea in front of him before answering the question, it made Kakashi wonder why he even bothered when they both were on a genjutsu. "I know the way my brother's life came to an end and, knowing what I know of Naruto, I don't think he would steal it but… am I against him having Sasuke's Sharingan? I guess that's for me to know and for you to find out."

When he was young and posed with the same question, Itachi didn't understand why Obito would willingly give up his Sharingan for Kakashi and now after all these years facing the same scenario he still didn't have a clear answer, it irked him in some weird way. One thing was clear: Itachi doesn't hold any ill will toward Naruto and that's reassuring enough for Kakashi. Having spied on his brother for as long as he did, the Uchiha had come to understand and appreciate the influence of Naruto in his late brother's life, for however long that lasted.

He will always be grateful for that.

The atmosphere became a little lighter and both men relished in the moment of silence that came between them, but it had to be broken, there was no point in extending things any longer. "The mission the Sandaime told you about… it was both and order and self-imposed, I have my reasons for being a part of the organization that I'm in and was never actually given an order to spy on them for the village but to protect it, rest assured that I will never do anything to harm my home, I will keep on leaking the information you must know of to Jiraiya-sama's spies as I've been doing, there's no need for you to find me."

"But, what does the Akatsuki want? Why did they send you here?" Kakashi asked in a pleading tone and Itachi decided it wouldn't hurt to tell him that, it was hardly going to be kept a secret any longer with how close Jiraiya had been getting himself.

"Akatsuki is after the Bijuu, I was sent here of my own bollition to investigate if the village had managed to make a new Jinchuuriki in secret." He didn't need or wanted to explain what it was that he wanted by showing up there himself but Kakashi wouldn't question that.

"Now I'm sorry Kakashi-senpai…" Itachi's voice could suddenly be heard in the back of Kakashi's head as his form disappeared from view along with the teahouse they were both sitting in. "But I have to make this believable." He said as a sword pierced right through his chest and sent them both back to reality.

The world once again shifted in front of Kakashi's eyes… he felt like shit, who would've thought a fake sword going through you in a fake world was so effective in the real world? The Hatake knew he was just about to lose consciousness… props to Itachi for making it look real.

He just hoped he wouldn't go too far against his Jōnin companions.

Kisame wanted to wait no longer in order to intervene and even though Itachi wished there was something he could say or do to avoid the slaughter of two Konoha shinobi it just wasn't possible, stopping Kisame while there was no real opposition or impediment in their way would just be suspicious, they'd have to die.

With no hesitation, the shark-man raised his mighty sword as he ran at the Sarutobi heir and one of Konoha's newly minted Jōnin, Kakashi watched in despair as he fought to stand up, he knew Asuma was no pushover and Kurenai was skilled in her own right but… against the might of the Akatsuki, not even he would be able to stop them.

Time slowed down when the mighty Samehada stood centimeters close to Asuma's head… only to be stopped and pushed away by a man in green with a toothy grin and the bushiest eyebrows in the village. "Fear not Asuma, I will help you fight these two."

Kisame found himself confused at the fact that such a ridiculous looking man had been able to stop his attack and even more so push him away but it didn't matter to him, to him it just meant he had the chance to enjoy himself, Itachi it seemed had other plans. "If you fight that man you won't leave unscathed, we shall be going now we've attracted much attention as it is."

He didn't like it, not at all but even in his blood lust and thrill for battle Kisame could see reason in Itachi's words, no matter how strong he was a whole battalion of shinobi meant trouble especially this new guy the Uchiha seemed weary of, for this time he would comply with the orders he was given.

Both men started their retreat and knew better very well that they would not be followed, well… that's what they thought. Kakashi's warning did little to stop Gai's youthfulnes from attacking the back of the retreating Itachi but there was no way such an attack would hit the legendary shinobi…

Right?

Much to everyone's surprise, even Gai's, the flying kick actually managed to hit Itachi head on as his blue companion kept on running away. Everyone seemed to watch the last of the Uchiha falling to the ground almost in slow motion… only for him to burst into a cloud of smoke.

Kakashi started chuckling softly on Asuma's arms as he processed what happened, his mind never even noticed when it fell into the realm of unconsciousness being carried to the hospital by his green-clad friend. Itachi had really committed to making their confrontation as realistic as possible, sadly for the one-eyed shinobi that meant he would be asleep for a little while.

While all that happened the real Itachi could be seen standing by himself in an open area of the village, the memories of his Kage Bunshin suddenly rushed into his mind and he wasted no time in voicing it out-loud. "It appears my time in the village has been cut short… " he tried to speak normally but found himself stopping at the lumps that kept forming in his throat "I will try to come and see you again soon, there's still much I want to tell you I- I'm sorry, I really am."

A soft breeze caressed Itachi's face as he turned his back to whoever it was that he spoke to; little droplets of water started falling to the ground but there was not a single cloud in sight; not many would believe the reason behind it but if one were to look but a little closer they would realize those drops of water were all pouring out of his own eyes. "So don't wait for me okay? I'll try to be back before you notice…"

And so he walked away; he never once turned his back to the person he spoke to or rather the thing he spoke to, he left the place where hundreds and hundreds of names could be read, all carved in beautiful stone tablets set on the ground to remember what once was, he swiftly distanced himself from the name of his greatest regret and didn't look back… he couldn't show himself to him like that.

Itachi… crying?

After everything he had done he firmly believed he didn't deserve to cry, not in front of him.

So he didn't, he suddenly disappeared from view, most likely running to catch up with his partner in retreat. If you listened closely, you could hear his parting words being carried by the wind "rest well… Sasuke."


"She's not here anymore Ero-sennin, the people at the bar said she left town yesterday." Naruto and his animal companions stood in front of Jiraiya in such an orderly fashion it might be disturbing enough to distract him from the ruckus behind them. Broken doors and windows, a hole in the wall that was most likely the exit of the drunk bastard who laid unconscious a few meters away.

Jiraiya just couldn't understand how that happened, after reuniting in their hotel both with no real clues about Tsunade's whereabouts Jiraiya and Naruto agreed on searching on every single bar and casino in the place as opposed to extorting information, hell, even Jiraiya sobered up and actually let go of his less desirable habits to look for her, so the question is: how in the fifteen minutes they were away from each other did Naruto manage to destroy a bar.

The blonde in question anticipated the question simply by looking at his sensei's eyes. "You see… when we walked in some random guy thought he was hallucinating when he saw two animals talk and tried to eat Gamakichi just to see if 'imaginary things had flavor' so Gamakichi used some water jutsu on him which caused him to fall onto some other drunk who fell into some other drunk and before long everyone else was fighting each other." Both animals kept on nodding through all of the story as a way of showing their agreement and veracity to the story.

"If no one really fought you… how did you get that information?" Jiraiya was now more curious now than angry and it was pretty obvious by the amused look on his face.

Naruto started rubbing the back of his neck in a sheepish way as he let his black eye turn into a two-tomoe sharingan. "Well Kakashi taught me how to use the Sharingan to extract information from people, I can't do it on him but it's really easy on civilians y'know? The bartender knew a lot about her spending habits, people here know how and when to get money out of her… I don't know if that's sad or funny 'ttebayo."

Jiraiya sighed and nodded, he didn't know if it was sad or funny either and that only frustrated him more. Tsunade, a legendary Sannin reduced to a depressed drunk with terrible spending habits, was her loss really that traumatic? Everyone had lost something in the war from all those years ago so why? Why was she allowed to leave the village and become the person she is today? Why is her trauma more important than everyone else's? Why did Sarutobi and he let it happen?

Maybe if she hadn't left the old man wouldn't have died, maybe if she hadn't left Orochimaru wouldn't have betrayed them, maybe if she hadn't left Naruto wouldn't have had to grow up with only the Sandaime.

Maybe if she hadn't left things would be different….

He quickly shook his head off from those intrusive thoughts and continued on his journey to the next town along with his newest apprentice, Jiraiya let Naruto get in front of him and admired the person he was becoming, there was something about the way he walked and the way he did things that made him want to trust him.

There was more about Jiraiya's insistence on bringing him than just needing a sensor, if there was someone that might have the exact words to get the slug sannin back on her feet it would surely be him.

They just have to find her.


.

.

.

.

.

"Hurry up neechan! We're going to miss Sarutobi-sama's ceremony!" The young boy proved to be stronger than one would give him credit for, after all… how easy could it be to pull around one of the more capable shinobi of her generation? The sister and brother duo parted on their way to the Hokage tower where their beloved uncle and leader of their village would be giving a speech.

She had always found it weird, how the people of the village loved her and her family despite not having done anything particularly remarkable, other than being related to their heroes that is.

"Look! Dan-san it's over there! Don't you like him or something?"

A vein started popping on her forehead as she bonked the head of his little brother for his lack of common sense, she disappeared from view alongside him to avoid being spotted by the subject of her fantasies. She did like Dan after all… she just wouldn't be admitting that to him anytime soon.

The speech went smoothly, like always, Hiruzen knew very well how to handle a crowd and even inspire some among them. The little boy being no exception. "One day It's going to be me Nee-chan, I will become Hokage and take care of the village, just like grandpa."

"I know you will Nawaki, I know you will."

Almost in an instant the air around them changed, it became heavier and for some reason Nawaki seemed very comfortable in it, he took the necklace he had been given by his own sister in his hand and stroked it very lovingly and carefully as he looked up into the eyes of the older and confused Senju.

"It's time to wake-up Tsunade-neechan"

Oh… that's right.

"It always is…"

A soothing voice welcomed her back to the land of the awake, it was weird for her really, the drunk Sannin appreciated and cared for her companion like she cared for no one else but she still couldn't help but wonder, why was the feeling reciprocated? It's not like she did anything to deserve it.

"Oh Tsunade-sama you're awake, do you already know where we're going today?" Of course she knew, and Shizune knew as well, she just kept on asking every single day hoping someday it would all be different.

That moment was yet to come.

The legendary Sannin turned gambling-addict and borderline alcoholic shook herself from her drunken stupor and stood up almost immediately after, her itinerary for the day very clear in her mind already; first breakfast, then some sake and then some gambling.

After that it's all rinse and repeat… it always is.

Something was bothering her today though, her dream with Nawaki, it sure wasn't the first and she was sure it wouldn't be the last so… why did it seem different this time?

Why did Nawaki's tone change when he asked her to wake up?

What did he really mean?

Notes:

AIt's been a while hasn't it?

I did say I wouldn't be abandoning the story and it still holds true. I've just been so busy these last few months, it's exhausting, I don't really feel like sharing much of what's been going on but… yeah, busy.

This chapter isn't action packed or anything but I do think it's worth a read, I know someone said I'm just rewriting canon with some changes here and there and it's kinda true? I do have plans for events and story arcs that deviate from canon but at least this part of the story has always been this way in my mind. How would these events go without Sasuke there? And that's what I'm trying to do, fear not though we're close to making the Shippuden transition of the story and that's where the more interesting things will start to happen.

On the subject of Itachi… I don't know if I'm writing him correctly tbh, I chose to acknowledge the history behind him rather soon in the story because we all know how things really are and even though I could change some things, Itachi is not one of the things I felt like changing. I don't idolize him or anything and I've always found it weird how sometimes people fail to acknowledge the many many flaws in his character.

Homeboy needs some therapy.

That doesn't mean however that I can't see the appeal to his character and I do want to make him justice.

Now, I got a comment from Write Your Wrongs I would like to address (this is not a personal attack or anything I truly appreciate criticism) They said Naruto's Kongo Fusa is a sad imitation of Kushina and well, yes. That was never supposed to be a secret you know? Naruto is not only just learning how to use the chains but he's also not a full blooded Uzumaki, which is why I made his chains only come out of his arms, think of it as a limitation of sorts, I didn't think that detail would get lost. On that part I also don't want to make Naruto overpowered especially because even though he has a shit ton of Chakra, he is no Jinchuuriki. I have some plans for what the Kyuubi's chakra in him is going to mean for him further down the line (which is also why I wrote his chakra purple) but that's yet to come. I gave him a Sharingan and the chains, making him able to hold a bijuu at bay on his own with a jutsu he pretty much just learned would be a little too much, I think? I might just be wrong. Anyway, I felt like it was worth explaining myself on this point.

This chapter is also the first one I post by myself on this site which is kinda weird to me.

Either way I do hope I will keep on writing a story that's worth your time and I will try to have the next chapter out sooner rather than later.

Stay safe!

Chapter 16: Broken Senju

Chapter Text

"I-It was about time you woke up... g-granny" Oh no, not again, she couldn't let it happen again, she wouldn't let it happen again. The blood in her hands was bothering her, begging for her to look away, she tried to ignore it, blood wouldn't be much of a bother if she managed to keep it inside him.

But it was so hard, between his sudden spasms and that awful gurgling sound he made choking on his own blood "W-Why don't you get that look off your f-face, I'm n-not-" She had to force him to shut up as she kept working on his injuries, the bastard had gotten him good, he was only alive because of his amazingly strong life force but he wouldn't be if she didn't fix it soon.

"G-Granny?" She had to get it together, she stopped healing and focused on the blood again, it took over, it brought back memories and it stopped her from helping him but how? How is she supposed to stop his bleeding if she can't focus?!

ARGH!

With a strong kick to the face Tsunade was sent flying away from the now - once again - bleeding form of Naruto, courtesy of Konoha's newly found traitor and a big pain in the ass, she still couldn't focus on anything else but the boy she could see now laying on the floor motionless, eyes closed and body oozing with blood.

'HOW DID IT COME TO THIS?'


A week ago

Naruto and Jiraiya had left the village and resumed their travel not long after hitting a dead end, it was good that they now at least knew Tsunade had moved to a different place but still... The perverted Sannin couldn't help the feeling that it was him who was the issue, that it was because of him that she kept running away, he wanted so desperately to believe it because that would mean...

That would mean that he mattered to her.

"Cheer up Ero-sennin, we're going to find her in the next town and then I'll have her fix bushy brows and Neji." That comment got a chuckle out of him, in the short time that they've been getting to know each other Naruto has always been able to lighten up his mood at least a little, his unwavering faith on the outcome of their mission made him hopeful, if only he weren't so afraid that Naruto would be disappointed.

Yes Tsunade is without a question the best medic alive in the world but, she is no longer the person that earned such a title. She is still Tsunade Senju of course, just watered down into a version of her former self, a depressed and alcoholic one and even worse than that, scared of blood. How in the world is she going to heal someone in a situation as delicate as Lee's without the ability to see blood and not fall into a shock?

Jiraiya feared this might not only break Lee, but Naruto along with him. 'I better not get too distracted, wouldn't want the brat to notice something's wrong, at least not yet'

"Say Naruto… would you like to learn a new jutsu?" Nothing better to cheer yourself up than being swayed by Naruto's eagerness to learn, the boy had matured and grown a lot but he would still get all excited about learning new stuff, his jumping around made it even more interesting, besides, it's about time he learns the jutsu, it is his father legacy after all.

Naruto - of course - said yes and watched as Jiraiya seemed to be looking for something in the scroll he carried around, he knew that to be the place where Jiraiya stored most of his things so he could only imagine what super awesome tool the toad sage would be using to teach him that new jutsu. What he ended up receiving left him a bit… underwhelmed.

With a deadpan and very confused expression on his face Naruto said "What am I supposed to do with this Ero-sensei?" and Jiraiya could only chuckle, he was still being called names but appreciated the distinction when he taught something to the blond Uzumaki.

"Don't get too ahead of yourself brat, this" He said pointing to a balloon filled with water that both him and Naruto held in one of their hands, "is only the first step to learning this new jutsu, the technique I'm going to teach you is the highest form of Chakra's shape manipulation and is fairly hard to learn, that's why you need to do so in steps, watch this."

Jiraiya got closer to Naruto and extended his arm with the water balloon in it, at first it didn't seem like he was doing anything but the water in the balloon suddenly started moving inside, stretching and putting pressure in all of its form until it couldn't hold any longer and popped, spraying Jiraiya's hand with water. "The first thing you need to do is make the balloon pop by using only your chakra, the way you accomplish this is by making the water inside swirl in all directions."

Without giving any further instruction Jiraiya tossed Naruto a little scroll containing many of the water balloons sealed inside and decided to keep on watching as Naruto tried and tried to pop the balloons, he realized his protégé's frustration was very very amusing to him.

It's a good thing, he figures, being able to watch as Naruto tried and tried without giving up for hours turning into a day. In all reality the blond doesn't exactly need this jutsu, Kakashi had made it a point to teach him the Chidori which is by no means a bad jutsu, he actually went with the Raikiri version for that matter, as far as the sannin knows the jutsu is pretty much the same thing, the only thing that changed between each version of it was Kakashi himself.

The point is, Naruto already has a jutsu of the same nature as the one he is currently being taught, said nature being very close range. Main difference is this technique is not really an assassination technique, it's deadly if the user wants it to be of course, most jutsu are, that's not what's important though. Naruto's own father - his student - was the one to develop this jutsu, it's the boy's birthright.

"YES!" Jiraiya had been so lost in thought he lost track of time, had Naruto not yelled he probably would still be thinking about him. He looked to his newest apprentice and found him doing an excited dance with a popped balloon and a wet hand. The little brat had managed to pop the balloon in just a day and a half.

Impressive.

"Excellent work Naruto, you're doing far better than I did when I learned this technique, you should be proud." The little guy wasn't sure how to respond to that, Jiraiya is normally not the kind of teacher that goes for positive reinforcement, that's not to say he is aggressive or diminishing at all, he just isn't this… kind.

"We're close to Tanzaku Gai Naruto, I'm going to put a pause on your training until we find Tsunade, keep on practicing the balloon pop for the time being, we'll move to phase 2 once we have made contact with her." Not exactly something he would like but understandable given the situation, he is on a mission after all and a very important one at that, he knows his sensory skills will play an important role in locating her.

Soon after that both of them entered the town and started exploring, to Naruto it feels weird. He can't feel any chakra signature that's remarkably big or simply noticeable but there is something in the air, a presence of sorts; one that he's felt before, he just can't pinpoint exactly what it is…

There's something he does know about it though, it makes him angry.

Jiraiya picked up on Naruto's mood change almost immediately it made him weary, he wouldn't dream of something happening to Tsunade or anyone in the town for that matter but he can't shake Naruto's expression off of his mind, he is after all a great sensor and the Toad-sage had learned to trust his abilities which only leads to question, what got him this spooked? "Talk to me Naruto, what's wrong?"

"I'm not sure, there's something awful in the air," He closed his eyes and knelt down to place a finger on the ground, to Jiraiya it was still amazing that the little brat uses his sensing abilities in the same way the Nidaime did and is not even aware of it, Naruto took a deep breath and let his chakra flow through the soil, concentrating on every little thing he could feel, his chakra created some sort of sonar that bounced on every little thing it touched and came back to him, this is the most efficient way to track in his opinion, being a natural sensor allowed him to feel things around him without the need of little more than concentration but this took his sensing to a different level.

The Gama-Sannin watched patiently as the blonde tried to pinpoint whatever it was that interrupted his inner peace, he wished he could help him really but his sensing abilities are nothing to be considered impressive, like most trained shinobi Jiraiya had trained in the ability to sense danger around him but it doesn't compare to the things a natural born sensor can do.

"Jiraiya-sensei!" That can't be good, Naruto only calls him by his name if they're seriously training or when he's worried, they're most definitely not training right now. "I-It feels just like when Jiji d-died!" He hurriedly took off in the direction where he felt that, completely ignoring his sensei's orders and questions, whatever it is that feels that way must be related to the man that killed his grandfather.

The perverted shinobi had little options other than to run behind his student and follow him to wherever he felt that, Jiraiya isn't stupid and is perfectly aware of what it means for the air to feel that way, but why is he here? Why now? What is he looking for? There's only one thing that he could hope to achieve and he's not excited about it.

Tsunade had just become even more important.

What they found when they got there is pretty much nothing, there was a significant crater on the ground and holes on the walls which Jiraiya can easily connect to Tsunade, there was also the big Castle that was supposed to be surrounded by said walls.

It's still there of course, just not in the way Jiraiya remembers it. "Tanzaku's people are not going to like this; the castle was their main tourist attraction... Can you feel anything else?"

The young shinobi shook his head no "No, not a chakra signature at least, there's energy still here though, it feels a lot like Neji when the mark activated." Naruto never really met Orochimaru himself, he'd been able to feel the effects of the curse mark on Neji's shoulder and was of course there when Hiruzen passed, he can remember how everything felt that day.

"We need to find her Naruto and we need to do it now, we'll sweep the town as many times as needed today until we find her okay? Orochimaru is here and he's most definitely looking for her, they had a confrontation here," He's finding it hard to not look at the castle that got turned into ruins, it looks like someone dropped a summon on it and it definitely wasn't Tsunade, if there was a confrontation though, it means that whatever Orochimaru wants Tsunade is not exactly on board, that's a good thing. "Let's get going."

Search they did, for a long while and they weren't able to find her at all, Naruto is a good sensor but Tsunade is the staple for what Chakra control means, having a control of one's own energy in the same way she does means she can hide her signature so well that only the best of sensors would be able to pick on it, Naruto sadly isn't quite on that level just yet, another thing the young Uzumaki can start training on.

They decided to take a little rest from their search and went into the first thing that looked like a restaurant they could see, it smelled awful but food is food and they were both too tired to care, Jiraiya also needed a drink so it's a good thing the restaurant was also a bar. They both made their way into the establishment and the first thing he saw as soon as he entered definitely wasn't expected.

"TSUNADE?!"

"JIRAIYA?"

Naruto didn't know what to expect, in his mind, she looked like any other woman, he of course noticed the size, he's a teenager, of course he's going to notice; and he also noticed she's quite pretty, a little too young looking for someone the age of Jiraiya perhaps. There just isn't anything about her looks that screams danger to him, then again' shinobi are supposed to be pretty stealthy, he made his way toward her table with Jiraiya -moth still agape - in tow.

"Both of my teammates paying me a visit on the same day? How lucky of me." Her tone nothing short of dismissive, he doesn't like it, he also doesn't like the way she seems to disregard Jiraiya entirely, sure, his newest teacher/godfather/newly acquired family can be a little eccentric and exasperating but he's also proven to be smart and a very capable shinobi, he deserves at least a little respect. "Why are you here Jiraiya?"

"Straight to the point as always hime, it's good to see some things don't change... before I answer your question tell me," The toad sage's tone seemed to change out of nowhere and it unnerved his charge for some reason, something about that seriousness doesn't fit well with the Jiraiya he's grown used to in the slightest "what does Orochimaru want with you?"

"He offered me something in exchange of a favor, nothing you should be too concerned with," She knew the comment would in fact be concerning as she said it but she also didn't particularly care, she didn't owe an explanation to anyone, especially not Jiraiya, "so what are you doing here? And who's the kid?"

"The kid is Uzumaki Naruto, he's their child." He almost sounded proud as he said that, and for some reason, being introduced as their son also made him feel proud, in a weird way, for him it never stopped being weird. Naruto went from being a no-name orphan to being the orphan of Namikaze Minato, Konoha's Kiroi Senko and Yondaime Hokage as well as Uzumaki Kushina, Konoha's Red Death and most proficient Fuinjutsu Master after Uzumaki Mito; being aware of his legacy and all that he has to live up to is overwhelming.

"It's nice to meet you both." It was only after he greeted her that Jiraiya actually noticed Shizune also there, now a full grown adult, it just made him realize how long it truly was the last time they met each other.

"As for the reason we're here," Started off Jiraiya after Naruto finished politely introducing himself to everyone, including the pig they had with them. Hiruzen definitely had something to do with the kid's manners. "I'm going straight to the point, after sensei's passing Konoha's elder and clan heads have decided you are to be our new Hokage, congratulations."

.

.

.

WHAT?

"Are you kidding Jiraiya?" It didn't look like it and Jiraiya's shooking head made it perfectly clear, it was now obvious to her he finally lost his mind. "Absolutely not, I won't go back to the village and I definitely won't be the new Hokage." Wel, he couldn't say he wasn't expecting that answer but he was holding on to hope that she might be more reasonable.

"Hime, with sensei's passing the village needs a strong leader, I'm not fit for the position and Kakashi is not ready for it yet, you are our only option." Naruto would eventually become a great Hokage and he could only count the days to see it happen, but for now, she'd have to come through.

"The Hokage is a fool's job, it's no wonder they all die as young as they do and even if Sarutobi Sensei died old, it could've been avoided if he had just given up the hat, I won't go back to the village and I won't take the hat!."

"Tsunade you-"

"What did you say about the past Hokage?" The air around them became heavier and Naruto's voice dropped to a surprisingly low level, Jiraiya didn't know whether to be proud or weary, maybe bringing him along to meet Tsunade hadn't been a great idea after all.

"What do you care brat? You better start learning how to respect your superiors and watch your tone when you address me," Yeah that wasn't good, Tsunade and Naruto were getting in each other's faces and it definitely wouldn't end right. "If I say the Hokage are fools then they are."

Jiraiya didn't think Tsunade would ever be this broken, stooping so low as to mock her sensei and ancestors as well as his own student, Naruto's father and grandfather in all but blood, oh right, that's who they are to Naruto. "How dare you call them fools, you old hag? You are nothing compared to them."

"WHO ARE YOU CALLING OLD STUPID BRAT?!"

"YOU YOU OLD HAG!"

Jiraiya didn't see this coming, thinking about it he realizes he should've expected this development but it never even crossed his mind when he decided to bring Naruto along, Tsunade didn't seem to have any filter or regard for the young shinobi, she knew who he was, even if she had thought him dead. While she might not be aware of the relationship he developed with the sandaime she knew about his heritage, but the way he said things, the way he continued to argue with her about his beliefs of the position and the people who had it before her irked her.

It brought back bad memories, and she's terrible at reacting to those.

"THE YONDAIME GAVE HIS LIFE FOR NOTHING AND THE OLD MAN DID TOO! THEY SACRIFICED EVERYTHING FOR THAT STUPID VILLAGE AND GOT NOTHING IN RETURN! WHAT GOOD ARE THEY NOW HUH?! THEY'RE JUST A COUPLE FACES CARVED IN STONE, THEY BOTH DIED LIKE FOOLS! THEY ALL DID!" A pin drop would make a million times more sound than the impassive silence that followed that statement, Shizune and Jiraiya could only watch with a dumbfounded expression mixed with a look of disbelief at her, the reply that followed? Even more.

"YOU ARE NOTHING BUT A USELESS, STUPID UNGRATEFUL WOMAN! I've read all about you Tsunade," That came out very dark, Jiraiya didn't like where this was going, and he definitely didn't like Naruto's chakra becoming visible, he had seen him angry before, but never like this. "you are a joke, a disgusting alcoholic with terrible luck that spends her days shaming the name of the village's founding clan! MY FATHER sacrificed his life to save the village and Jiji, my grandfather did it too!"

His chakra only became wilder and more out of control as he kept on going, to people like Shizune and even Tsunade who are only viewing someone's chakra being this color for the first time, it's almost mesmerizing, if only she wasn't being chewed up by it.

"These people gave their all to save us and what have you done?! I know what you lost, Jiji told me all about it but guess what, you are not the only person to have lost someone! I HAD NO ONE!" That made Jiraiya wince. "If Jiji hadn't taken me in I still wouldn't have anyone, my father and Jiji were heroes and so were the Nidaime and Shodai but you... YOU ARE NOTHING BUT A FAILURE, YOU'RE JUST SOME IMBECILE THAT WAS NEVER ABLE TO MOVE ON-"

"Naruto!"

"I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE PERVERT WANTS WITH YOU THE VILLAGE WILL ONLY BENEFIT WITHOUT SOMEONE LIKE  YOU IN IT -"

"Naruto calm down!"

"YOU SIT HERE AND DARE TO TRASH TALK MY FATHER AND SARUTOBI-JIJI AFTER THEY GAVE THEIR LIVES TO SAVE EVERYONE WHILE THE ONLY THING YOU DO IS DROWN YOUR PROBLEMS WITH ALCOHOL!"

"Naruto stop it!"

"UNGRATEFUL! SELFISH BIT-"

"NARUTO!"

He lost it, he lost all semblance of control in a matter of seconds and he just couldn't comprehend why, why did he allow himself to become so worked up by her? Enough so that his chakra started swirling around him and his sharingan eye came to life, blue eye now almost nearing... purple? What is it with Naruto and everything about him turning purple?

"B-Breath Naruto, c-calm down." The voice of his sensei suddenly brought him back to reality, not nearly enough to calm down but enough to become aware of his surroundings once more, only then was he able to see his master being far from okay, it would seem in his anger Naruto lost more control than he thought himself capable of.

Tsunade looked terrified, her body trembled and any form of coherent sentence died in her mouth. She kept on pointing in front of her but looking to her side, taking in the newest state of both her student and old friend, it isn't pretty. Naruto activated his Kongo Fusa; this being the first time he uses the chains without actively trying to and they had allocated themselves in a rather unorthodox place, Shizune's left arm and Jiraiya's right one along with his leg and left shoulder.

"Jiraiya-sensei I-I didn't mean to I swear I-"

"It's okay Naruto, I know; Just breath okay? Calm down." Sure, he was not particularly thrilled about being quite literally impaled by Naruto and it sure hurts a lot, but he understands, the boy has been keeping a lot of his emotions bottled up and in check for the sake of this mission, he had interrupted his grief when he stopped by his house to recruit him just minutes after he met with Enma.

Naruto can't be blamed for this.

Tears started welling up on Naruto's eyes, he just couldn't believe he would do such a thing, how can he explain that a single person managed to get to him this way? What kind of ninja is he? He kept on cursing his own weakness as the chains receded back into him, his remaining eye turning blue again while his implanted sharingan receded into the onyx orb that once belonged to his closest friend.

He disappeared shortly after that, not being strong enough nor willing to address Jiraiya after his display, he used the Shunshin he had created with the help of Sakura to disappear from view leaving only an afterimage of himself that lasted just a second.

The room was filled with silence shortly after that, Jiraiya had secretly put on a privacy seal the moment Tsunade and Naruto's argument became heated which had allowed the whole ordeal go unnoticed by the customers on the restaurant, the staff will most definitely encounter blood when they go and pick up their plates but it wouldn't be that big of a deal, it just meant he'd have to pay more.

"Let me help you Jiraiya-sama." Shizune started patching herself up the moment the chain had left her body, it hurt of course but it wasn't anything a medic of her expertise wouldn't be able to fix, if anything she was just surprised it would come to this. "Will he be okay?"

The toad-sage let the powerful and magnificent healing chakra run through him as Shizune worked on stopping his bleeding and closing up his wounds, it never ceased to amaze him. "He'll be fine, it's better that he's left alone for a moment though, Sarutobi-sensei was the only family he had for most of his life and they both loved each other dearly, he should be at home grieving and I still brought him along on this mission."

To a certain extent Jiraiya thought this to be his fault, but not too much, while he would've liked Naruto to grieve in peace, the boy is a Shinobi and as such is expected to do what it's right for the village when the village needs it, he swore loyalty to the village and its Hokage the moment he put on the hitai-ate.

Standing back up as soon as Shizune finished on him, Jiraiya put some money on the table and undid the seal. "Thanks Shizune, I will meet you both later at the hotel, make sure she snaps out of it okay? I will have a very serious conversation with her as soon as she does."

In his eyes for the first time Tsunade looked pathetic, sitting there with her eyes still focused on the blood stains that were left on the couch while her mouth opened and closed as she tried to form words that simply refused to come out, he couldn't help but scoff at her, he had been sympathetic to her for a long time, but seeing her in this state after all the things she said.

He could only feel pity.

He disappeared not long after that and followed after Naruto, he will let the boy vent his frustrations alone, Kami knows he needs to, but that doesn't mean he won't watch him from a distance and make sure he's okay, someone has to be there for him when he needs it and he would die before he lets himself ignore the Uzumaki's well-being once more.

For Hiruzen, for Minato and most importantly, for himself.


"STUPID STUPID STUPID!"

Over in a clearing not too far away from Tanzaku Naruto kept on berating himself while he threw fist after fist to the ground, each one stronger than the last if the big dent that formed where he hit was any indication.

He still couldn't stop himself from feeling guilty, he had hurt a person who's only becoming more dear to him the more time they spend together, and he even hurt someone he had just met just because he couldn't keep himself in check, it's just, the things she said, she infuriated him.

"You know Naruto-kun, your mother had a very short temper when she was younger, she would have the same look of defeat I see on your face right now." The Hokage found Naruto's frustration a little amusing to say the least, in a way doing this was therapeutic to him, he had enjoyed helping Kushina turn into the master of fuinjutsu she was when she died a lot, even if she could be a little harsh around the edges.

"She worked a lot on her character to be able to get a better control of her emotions and even as an adult her old personality would show up from time to time." Sure, Naruto isn't really being that explosive right now and he would most likely never be, that doesn't mean however he shouldn't learn how to deal with his frustrations.

"What should I do Jiji? I feel like I'm not learning anything anymore, this all feels so hard for me, it's like I'm reading a different language."

"You need to lay back a little, give your mind some time to adapt and process what you learned, do something else that allows your mind to become relaxed and susceptible to reason," He rubbed the boys hair and stood up from the couch as he made his way back to the desk, ready to resume his duties as the leader for the day.

"We'll finish today's lesson here, go and have a moment for yourself okay? Vent a little and let your frustrations out in a healthy matter, you and Sakura-chan both learned how to play instruments as per Tsutsuji's instruction correct?" He asked without taking his eyes off that damned paperwork."Why don't you do that?"

Naruto smiled softly at the memory of his grandfather, Hiruzen always had a way of helping him.

"Thank you Jiji..." He said in a soft whisper as he sat on the ground and reached to a seal that was hidden in his clothes, he took a deep breath and applied a little chakra to it in a very specific way, revealing its content in a plume of smoke that was swiftly taken away by the wind.

"It's not much I'll admit but I know you'll put it to great use," He smiled and motioned Naruto to inch a bit closer to him and Konohamaru as they shared a quiet dinner in celebration of Naruto's most recent fuinjutsu accomplishment, in reality, Hiruzen was just looking for an excuse to give the boy the gift he had gotten him, much to Konohamaru's jealousy, not like he wasn't just given a new toy by the same man a few days ago but still.

"Thank you Jiji, this is..." Breathtaking, Naruto unsealed the most beautiful guitar he had ever seen out of the scroll that he received as a gift, the body was of a beautiful onyx color with dark orange bindings and an equally dark neck. What stood out the most to him was the beautiful Uzumaki swirl made out of a blinding silver lining that was engraved near the strings, he couldn't help but caress it and be reminded of the mother that he never knew, a little tear escaped his eye as he looked at it. "This is the best I could've asked for"

"Nonsense my boy, now, why don't you play me that song again? I quite liked it."

"I still think it's weird you like that song so much jiji, it's very sad"

"Oh just indulge this old man a little, I just think it suits your voice very much, even if it's a little on the sadder side"

'Anything for you Jiji.'

Naruto started playing the strings shortly after his trip down memory lane, these days everything reminds him of the Sandaime and this particular song only helps bring back those memories, it's painful for him but at the same time he never wants to let go of those memories, that's what keeps him close to him, that's in a way what keeps him alive.

The melody filled the forest shortly after, Naruto closed his eyes and concentrated as he started reciting the words from memory, truth be told, the song didn't mean anything to him other than his grandfather liking it very much, it wasn't really important what the song was but what it meant.

At least in his mind.

Hiruzen at the time discovered the boy to be a very decent singer, in pretty much the same way the white haired pervert watching from a tree far away from him is finding out right now, this is something after all that Naruto hadn't bothered disclosing to him or showing for that matter, he has to say the kid is quite talented in every sense of the word.

'He'll be fine' he thought, he always is Jiraiya just has to make sure someone's there to guide him through everything he's been going through as of late but seeing there, sitting down playing a guitar, singing a song he had never heard before and probably meant something very different to him than what the song's lyrics actually talk about.

That almost made him flinch, almost, not as much as Naruto's voice calling out to him though. "Enjoy the show, pervert?"

He smirked. "Who would've known you had a little talent hidden behind all that recklessness?" The flinch back wasn't exactly what he was waiting for as an answer but it probably was to be expected after what had happened. "Are you all calmed down now?"

"Yes, I'm sorry I exploded like that I- I just didn't want her to speak like that about them and then I- I just couldn't y'know?"

Jiraiya gave Naruto one of those weird warm smiles of his, not the one that's always plastered on his face that kinda almost looks like a smirk, he gave him the one that showed he cared, the one that showed that he understood and above all else, he isn't angry at him. "I know Naruto, it's okay, I'm okay, Shizune is okay, nothing serious happened. Go get some sleep, why don't you? We can talk about whatever our plan is going to be tomorrow, Shizune already got us a room in one of the town's Inns, just track her down."

"What about you Ero-sennin?" Oh there it is again, and here Jiraiya thought he'd go by without hearing the nickname for a while, no point in fighting it now he figures.

"I'll be off to have a very serious conversation."


He did in fact not have that conversation, at least not that night, when Jiraiya found her she was passed out at some bar downtown so he decided not to bother her, instead he went back to the hotel and got some sleep.

The following days he had helped Naruto with his training, he explained to him the second phase of the jutsu and the blonde manage to accomplish in a single day once again, he was now down to the third and hardest step and had been trying for a few days now, but he knew it would only be a matter of time for him to completely learn the jutsu.

After he left Naruto alone for his own devices he decided to look for her once more, a week had passed since their first encounter and he hadn't been able to talk to her, luckily for him, she wasn't difficult to find this time around.

"So... I didn't think I would be watching you get grilled by a little brat and then accidentally traumatized by the same brat." Finding her had been extremely easy, he knew her to be having a rough time but someone of her caliber should be able to hide if she so wishes to, then again, she very well could just not bother hiding from him "Finding Sake good enough to make you forget some things?"

She didn't even bother to make a retort to Jiraiya's very obvious jab, something completely different occupied her mind at the moment. "Is he really their son Jiraiya?"

"Straight to the point as always" He took a seat next to her. "Yes, he takes a lot more after Kushina but you can still see little oblivious Minato in him from time to time, it used to be painful to look at him."

"But you know... I ended up realizing it didn't have to be, he reminds me so much of them and it used to kill me but I realized it doesn't have to be like that, as long as he's here then they're not really dead, they'll always live inside of him, one way or the other." He allowed himself a sad smile before returning to his ever present goofy smile and persona. "But enough about me, will you be Hokage now?"

Tsunade started chuckling at his expense once more, it was weird for her seeing him of all people being serious, calm and collected, but he still managed to bring out the idiot in him, he always did. "You already know the answer to your question Jiraiya."

That doesn't mean he has to like it, and he certainly doesn't. "Oh well, can't hurt to ask no?"

They both fell in silence shortly after and each of them mused in their own thoughts, there was no wey Naruto and he would return to the village without her, Jiraiya the Gallant, Konoha's great Toad Sage and best selling author would not be locking himself in an office any time soon.

"Will you at least tell me what Orochimaru wants with you?"

"I figured he wouldn't have escaped you of all people."

"You made it easy for me to figure it out, that way of getting angry of yours always leaves a mark."

She cursed herself at that, she wasn't planning on having both of her teammates look for her at the same time and both of them for very different things, but the snake wanted something relatively easy to accomplish and offered much in return, Jiraiya's proposition? Not so much.

She knew of course, playing with Orochimaru meant playing with the devil and you don't play with the devil. But she had made up her mind now, and nothing could stop her, that's why she had lured Jiraiya into the bar.

"Whatever it is that he wants with me is my business Jiraiya, no need for you to meddle in."

He sighed and took another sip of his cup of sake "Listen Tsunade, I don't know what Orochimaru wants but I hope you understand what you're doing, if you do anything to betray Konoha, not even my love for you will be enough to stop me from killing you on the spot, this will be your one and only warning."

She knew it to be true, heck, anyone would believe Jiraiya if he addressed you in that way, she felt sorry about doing what she did to her teammate and knew she would be hunted if things went south but in the end, it had to be done. That's why she didn't even bat an eye when Jiraiya fell unconscious on the booth.

She would do what must be done and wouldn't allow anyone to interfere.


"It's not like you to summon me so late, Naruto, what's up?"

"I'm sorry Gamakichi I couldn't sleep and wanted to speak with someone that wasn't Jiraiya-sensei, I hope you don't mind."

The toad and blond duo had truly become friends in the last weeks, even Eiji had made his way into their friendship circle but Naruto appreciated the small size of his toad companion when it came to wanting a private and unnoticeable conversation.

"Some things happened today and I was feeling like- What are you doing here so late?"

Oh curse her luck, it was just like her to run into the last person she wanted to run into while going into her little escapade, well, she was planning on having a word with him about what happened after all, this might as well be the best time for it.

"Nothing in particular, I just needed some fresh air, same as you I would guess."

Naruto, with Gamakichi now hidden in his clothes, answered perhaps a little faster than normal. "Listen I- How do I put this?... I didn't mean all that stuff earlier y'know? I was just angry and lost control for a bit and I didn't even know I could do that y'know? It just sort of happened and then I hurt Ero-sennin and Shizune-san but I really didn't mean to. I also didn't know you were afraid of blood which is weird y'know? But no offense it's just I never knew that was a thing and I didn't mean to scare you but you were being rude and I didn't like it but Jiji said I should always be diligent and I wasn't cuz I kinda forget sometimes 'ttebayo!"

He was kinda hoping for her to get mad at him again but surprisingly enough, she started laughing, and it didn't look like she was laughing at him, it was more of a heartfelt laughter complimented by the longing way she started looking at him, like she wasn't looking at him at all. "You're a lot like your mother Naruto, more than you will ever know."

"Oh... You knew my mother? That's awesome!"

"You can say your mother and I used to be close"

They both shared a warm smile to one another, she was surprised of course to see how forgiving the boy seemed to be, she knew she had crossed a line when things went down and didn't really blame Naruto for any of the things he said.

None of them were unprovoked after all.

"Listen Naruto, I said things, very untasteful things to you. It's true I hold no love for the position but I loved sensei like a father and I respected your father greatly," Naruto seemed surprised about the familiarity in which she spoke of his parents but being a friend of Jiraiya, it probably made sense. "Minato turned out fine despite being trained by that gigantic pervert after all."

Naruto snorted. "I'm sorry about the things I said to you too, I had never lost control like that before, it's just… things have been hard for me lately."

At some point during the night Naruto decided to unsummon Gamakichi, sending him off with an apology for wasting his time, much to Tsunade's surprise, in all honesty she didn't expect the both of them to end up having a conversation as long and lighthearted as the one they were having. Naruto, after all, never wasted an opportunity to find out more about his parents; especially about his mother, she was the one people talked about the least.

He was impressed at learning that while Tsunade had not been in charge of Kushina's Genin team, she had been crucial in her training, having taught her for years in a way not so different to the way he is being trained by Jiraiya now. "I am the world's best medic, but being a medic ninja isn't all I know how to do and that's what you should aspire to become, a well rounded shinobi."

The conversation between them became amicable very quickly, both of them now having moved to the rooftop of a nearby building, watching the stars as they talked. "Can I ask you a question, Naruto?"

He nodded.

"How did you get the Sharingan?" She knew of course this could be a sensitive topic for him but she needed to know, she needed to know exactly what kind of person she was dealing with, it would help her make a decision.

"My team and I went on a C-rank mission we were not ready for.." Tsunade listened intently at Naruto's tale without making any comment, leaving Naruto to explain himself without interruption, she heard the way Naruto talked about himself and knew that while it was an experience he had moved past from it had made a great impact in his personality, it was pretty obvious for her that he greatly blamed himself. "I was so pathetic I couldn't do anything to protect myself so he had to do it for me, when Gato betrayed Zabuza he had his men rain fire on us, I was quick enough to avoid any lethal injury besides losing my eye but Sasuke wasn't so lucky."

Tears fell down his face freely as he told his story, he had long since stopped looking at her, choosing to stare at his own shaking hands. "Sasuke asked Kakashi to implant his Sharingan into me and promised he would watch the future with me, he died after that, he bled to death in my arms and I couldn't do a thing to stop it, so I trained and trained, I thought that if I became strong I would stop it from happening again but Jiji… he died in my arms too and there wasn't a damn thing I could do to save him… I was weak."

He was so young and had gone through so much, it made her feel a little ashamed about herself. She understood however Naruto to a certain degree, she had felt the same way before of course but she knew him to be wrong in blaming himself so she couldn't help but ask herself.

'Am I wrong too?'

"Jiraiya-sensei told me a bit of what happened to you but wouldn't go into details, said it wasn't up to him to discuss," She had learned Naruto was serious if she started referring to Jiraiya with respect and not with his perverted moniker so she knew the next question would be hard to answer. "What happened to you? What made you like this?"

She sighed, this conversation had extended well past the time she had expected but she couldn't say it didn't feel good to talk about the things that tormented her, it had come to be almost therapeutic for her. "My little brother, Nawaki, died when he was around your age in a way not so different than your friend Sasuke, a C-Rank mission gone wrong with shinobi involved where there shouldn't have been any; my lover, Dan, bled out to death in my arms despite my best efforts to save him I watched him die with a smile on his face as he told me he loved me."

A lone tear adorned her face, glistening in the moonlight as she spoke with such sadness it made Naruto understand that she had also gone through awful things. "I gave both of them my necklace just days before their demise, when they both told me they wanted to be Hokage, that position ruins lives, Naruto, you need to understand that."

He could understand her plight to a certain extent, she was wrong and there's no denying that but, there was a semblance of reason in the things she said even if he couldn't agree with them. "Do you really think the position or the necklace is cursed to ruin the life of the person that has it?" He asked, curiosity taking over his voice.

"Yes"

"You're wrong but I can kinda understand where you're coming from." He said as he stared back at the sky. "Do you know what it means to be a Shinobi?"

"Tsunade, Orochimaru, Jiraiya, please come sit with me for a moment. There's something I want to talk to you about."

The three young shinobi made their way to their sensei fast and all sat down in front of him, the four of them being the only people in the clearing they used as a training ground and had managed to become home away from home for them.

"Do you know what it means to be a Shinobi?"

All three of them gave their own answers to that question, each of them different and correct in a way, though it wasn't the answer Hiruzen was looking for, it did give Hiruzen a bit of insight on the mindset of his students, he just couldn't be any more proud. "A shinobi is one who endures."

"What does that mean, Sensei?" Asked Tsunade.

"Being a shinobi means enduring for one's sake, to fight everyday for the good of your village knowing it could be your last day. It means to protect, to fight for those whom we hold dear and give our lives for what we love if it means keeping it safe. And finally, it means to be burdened, it means to carry on despite what you lost, to protect the dreams of those we lost and hope to make the path to achieve them."

He was pleased to find out all three of his students were deep in thought about his words, it meant he made the right choice in choosing them to carry on his legacy. "You are Genin now, all three of you, so it's important for you to know it. These are difficult times and things for you will only get harder, I trust you'll keep my words to heart my students. The will of fire burns brightly within you."

"A shinobi is one who endures."

"I'm glad Jiji always taught the same thing" Naruto had a fond smile on his face, at the memory of his late grandfather. "He was a great man 'ttebayo."

"Yes, yes he was."

"Listen, I know you've been through awful things and I can understand that, but talking about the past Hokage in the way you do… It's insulting to Nawaki and Dan, if you want to honor them, come back to the village, protect their dreams and honor them by becoming the Hokage." His face burned with determination and she swore she could see them both smiling down at her on his back as he said.

"I'll be Hokage one day but I'm not ready yet, so we need you to take care of things in the meantime, I swear I'll take that hat from you in no time and I won't die till I'm made Hokage, that's a promise and I never go back on my word 'ttebayo!" It was just so unfair to her, the way a little brat was able to turn her mind around in such a way as much as she tries to resist him.

"I understand you're hurt and traumatized with the things that happened to you, I have my own share of trauma to deal with but I know that as long as I have people willing to help me by my side I'll be alright." He smiled at her and she could swear that both Dan and Nawaki stood there with them. "Come back even if you don't want to be Hokage I'm sure they wouldn't want you to be this way for them."

"I also kinda need the world's best medic to look at two of my friends, well, a friend and a not so friendly guy but still, hehe." He rubbed his neck in a sheepish way that was exactly what she needed to make up her mind, she would do what's right, to honor Nawaki, Dan and her sensei.

She still had something to do, and she would do it alone, it was her responsibility after all. The night was almost over, both her and Naruto having spent hours talking to each other, but she still had time.

Out of nowhere and using a speed worthy of her title as the most powerful Kunoichi to have ever lived Tsunade disappeared from Naruto's line of sight and repositioned herself on his back, he barely noticed and didn't have time to do anything before she gave him a swift chop to the neck and sent him into the realm of unconsciousness.

She picked him up and took him to his room in the Inn Shizune had gotten for them and left the area quickly, speeding towards the agreed location with Orochimaru, it was a little far from the city they were in so she had to rush, it would do her good though, traveling at high speeds would help her unrust a little.

She would need to be in top condition for what's to come.


'I can't believe she could trick me like this… Again, my head hurts so bad' Jiraiya carried himself to the hotel. Well, he dragged himself through the streets and managed to jump into the window of the room he knew to be Naruto's and his, only to find Shizune desperately waking Naruto up.

"Naruto-kun wake up! We have to find Jiraiya-sama and go after Tsunade-sama, I'm afraid she went to meet Orochimaru and is going to do something terrible!"

"No need to find me S-Shizune, where is T-Tsunade?" Jiraiya made his way into the room, panting and barely able to stand, with Naruto who immediately stood up and went to his side, helping him and serving as his support.

"Orochimaru offered to bring back Nawaki and Dan-ojisan if she healed his arms! He asked her to meet him on the outskirts of town today, I'm sorry I didn't tell you Jiraiya-sama she asked me not to say a word and I didn't think she would actually do it." She looked at the floor in regret, truly there was not a moment where she even stopped to consider the possibility of actually making such a stupid decision.

She underestimated Tsunade's pain.

"It doesn't matter now Shizune, let's focus on finding her first. Naruto!"

"On it sensei!"

In soldier like fashion Naruto jumped out the window and landed on the road outside the building, quickly falling to his knees and putting a finger on the ground with eyes closed, extending his senses as far as possible for him. He had spent enough time with her last night to be able to recognize her signature, no matter how suppressed it was.

And find it he did, deceptively small and getting away real fast, he pretty much was able to find her just before she left his sensing range giving them enough time to run after them, he had to create two Kage Bunshin to carry the barely able to walk Sannin to be able to keep up to speed with them, Tsunade was still just close enough for him to feel her so they would make it to her and Orochimaru, of that he had no doubt.


"How kind of you to join us, Tsunade, I appreciate your cooperation."

"Let's just get this over with Orochimaru I don't want to be near you any more than necessary" She spat the name of the treacherous Sannin with venom, to think she had once called someone like him a friend.

"You hurt me Tsunade-hime, I thought we were on good terms after our meeting the other day" He mocked her but still made his way to her and allowed easy access to his useless arms.

Tsunade started a basic chakra scan on his arms to determine the nature of his injuries and she had to admit. Sarutobi got him good, there was no real reason for his arms to be in the way they were but they still were falling apart. Nothing she didn't think she couldn't fix.

Too bad she wasn't planning on healing anything.

She was just about to start treating his arms but apparently, Orochimaru's assistant was able to detect the corrosive nature in Tsunade's fake healing chakra, impressive to say the least, it's the first time someone ever manages to catch up on it before it's too late, that would mean things would only get harder from this point onwards.

The silver-haired assistant of Orochimaru threw a kunai her way making her jump away landing a few meters away from them with a pissed off look on her face.

"She wasn't trying to heal you Orochimaru-sama, a little contact with her chakra and your arms would be laying on the floor."

Though on the outside Orochimaru only smirked and prepared for his next move as he thanked his loyal assistant, on the inside he was seething. 'Damn worthless woman!, If this body can't be fixed I will have to switch before planned.

"I have to admit I'm hurt Tsunade-hime, I didn't think you were stupid enough to go up against me, I guess it can't be helped, you've always been too stubborn for your own good, but I beg you to reconsider, will you truly let go of the opportunity to see Nawaki and Dan once more?" In any other scenario, Orochimaru wouldn't have tried to reason with her, but he really didn't think himself capable of going against an enraged Tsunade, at least not by himself.

Tsunade looked to the ground and tightened her fists, hiding the tears that welled up in her face. "If only that was true," she said, bringing a hand to her heart. "I just wish this feeling would disappear but I know it won't… no matter how much I selfishly want to see them again I won't let you do to them what you did to my grandfather and Tobirama-ojisan"

Ku Ku Ku Ku. "So you've heard of my exploits back in Konoha huh? I truly hoped it wouldn't come to this but it seems we've reached a dead end so you leave me no choice but to do this the hard way"

Both former teammates stared at each other as a gust of wind blew past them, Tsunade wiped the tears off her face and strengthened her resolve, Orochimaru will pay for his transgressions and she would make sure of it.

The gambling Sannin rushed at both Orochimaru and his assistant at very high speeds and leapt to the air right in front of them, falling back to the ground with an ax kick that promised severe injury if they didn't jump away from the impact, and they did. Both Kabuto and Orochimaru landed on a tree branch not too far from the place where they stood, watching how Tsunade's kick left a gigantic crater on the ground testament of the strength of the blond kunoichi.

She once again jumped after them, destroying the tree branch where they stood as they both jumped away, which only infuriated her more. The three of them started playing a game of Cat and Mouse in which Tsunade would strike dangerously close to them and they would keep jumping away, tiring each other out in the process.

Well Kabuto and Tsunade at least, Orochimaru was only really jumping away and wasn't being directly targeted by her with the silver haired nin occupying her mind at the moment. After one particularly devastating hit to the ground however, Kabuto stopped running away, looking at her from the rock he landed on, panting.

Tsunade was ashamed to admit she felt tired, after this whole thing was over she would subject herself to some needed conditioning, not even her age should be an excuse to how little it took for her to become winded.

"That strength of yours is truly impressive," He said, panting. "I have to do something about it." Kabuto fished a food pill from the pouch on his back, instantly feeling his reserves fill up a little, he then took a deep breath and started going through a fast sequence of hand seals.

"This ought to be enough"

Tsunade looked impressed as she tried to regain her breath from her place in the ground, the constant mocking of her former teammate doing nothing but further aggravate her, she was starting to think that maybe, just maybe it was a bit stupid that she was doing this without Jiraiya, then again this wasn't always the plan. 'Isn't that right, Naruto?' She asked herself.

"It's amazing to see that you know some Iryo-Ninjutsu brat, I can always show a bit of respect to people with the control for it, to think I'd see the Chakra Scalpel be used against me of all people" She was after all the pinnacle of medicine in all five great nations, if anyone knew how to counter such a technique it would be her, though she has to admit, she had never seen it used in battle before.

At least not efficiently.

They both once again rushed at each other and exchanged blow after blow, she was highly frustrated that this punk was able to go toe to toe against her, especially the fact that he was slowly gaining ground against her. "You won't be able to dodge my attacks forever!"

But he didn't need to dodge forever, he only needed a slight slip from her part and as soon as he saw it, he took advantage of it. Kabuto tapped her on her left arm and right leg once and leapt away, watching as Tsunade collapsed on her knees and looked at him, enraged.

"That way you won't be able to unleash that monstrous strength of yours anymore, Tsunade-sama, you are beaten." He said, smirking as he pushed his glasses up with one finger.

"Don't get so full of yourself brat!" She managed to stand up once again and rushed at him once more, surprisingly capable of keeping his offensive and launching more kicks and punches at him, these however were a lot more sloppy and lacked strength, enough for him to strike her with an open palm to the chest. He tried to jump away but was cut off by her and received a hard punch to the stomach that made him fall to the ground breathless.

'Stupid brat, he's managed to put me in this estate, have I really become this pathetic? I won't allow it to continue, I won't be beaten to the ground!' She stood up with her will now renewed and started applying healing chakra to the damaged parts. It was some serious damage and she cursed herself for allowing him to hit her like this, still; such things were nothing to her, she could fix this and more.

Kabuto watched in fear as Tsunade stood up and healed herself without much Issue before starting a slow walk toward him, he tried to stand up to face her once more but found that he couldn't, no, he could move, just not in the way he planned to.

"Finding it hard to move?" She asked teasingly.

"What did you do to me?!"

"I sent a small amount of Raiton chakra through your body the last time I hit you, nothing much of course, just enough to shock your nervous system and rearrange it in a way, I'm sure someone with your capabilities should be able to figure it out in no time but," Her smirked turned into an angry glare as a shit ton of chakra made it to her fist. "I WON'T LET YOU!"

She delivered a punch to the jaw of Kabuto so strong that it lifted him off the ground and sent him flying towards the forest near them at blinding speed, the only thing that could be heard before he went flying was the loud shattering of his jaw. She hit the bone so hard it sounded almost like glass.

"That's one thing taken care of, now where were we, Rochi?" She used the nickname that had been given to him by their other teammate, though it was once used with affection, now its only use was mocking the traitor, and she knew he had very few options right now.

"I have to admit Tsunade, I was expecting a very different outcome from this encounter with us, it would seem the smartest thing to do right now is running away, but I don't feel like you're going to allow that. Am I right?" He was indeed running out of options, the safest bet for him right now was waiting for Kabuto to recover, because he would recover, if he knew something about his assistant is that he's always been extremely hard to kill.

True to his master's words Kabuto slowly but surely stood up as he managed to heal himself from the tremendous blow he had been a victim of, that had hurt him a lot. And the Sannin didn't look any worse than he did, he actually dared to think he looked way worse, it's a miracle he hadn't let out a single drop of blood from that hit, then again.

That was most likely intentional.

Orochimaru had to bite back a curse as he was forced to evade and duck under multiple punches and kicks from Tsunade, she didn't waste any second to once again go on the offensive and it was proving to be way too easy…

AGH! A strong kick to the back of her head sent her skidding to the ground only to be abruptly stopped by a boulder she crashed into, looking up she found Kabuto once again smirking down at her, he looked like shit but there was no evidence of any serious damage done to him.

"You're as annoying as your master brat, it doesn't matter, I will bring you to the ground as many times as I need to!" In response Kabuto fished a Kunai out of his holster but he wouldn't be able to use it on time, she was already up and just about to deliver another overcharged fist on his face.

Only thing wrong is, she was stopped just before she managed to kill him.

In a bold move she didn't even think would cross his mind Kabuto cut open his own hand and splashed blood all across her face, rendering her useless. She collapsed to the ground a babbling mess, she swiped her right hand through her face and looked at it to find it covered in Kabuto's blood.

She had been beaten.

"Look at you, the world's best medic defeated by the sight of just a little bit of blood, pathetic!" He started beating her in the ground, delivering a flurry of kicks aimed for her head and stomach, truly it wasn't like him to be this aggressive and unstable in a fight, but he had reached his limit. Kabuto considered himself to be an elite shinobi and Tsunade had made short work of him the moment the fight started.

It infuriated him.

"We offered you an opportunity to work with us but you let it go to waste. It's a pity Orochimaru-sama will have to work on a different method to recover but I will end you right now!-

Raiton: Dendou Hari Hirogari no Jutsu! Dozens of needles made of pure lightning flew at Kabuto making him jump away in retreat, landing right beside his master. Moments later Naruto with Jiraiya and Shizune on his tail landed right in front of Tsunade, all three of them standing in a protective manner.

"I'm glad to see you took my words to heart hime, though it was really stupid of you to come here without me" Said Jiraiya as he stepped forward. "Doesn't matter though, I can take over from where you left things, Shizune!" He called, getting the young medic's attention. "Take her away and patch her up, this punk ass over here did a number on her." Shizune nodded, taking the older woman in her arms and jumping away to start treating her wounds.

"Think you can handle this guy on yourself, Naruto? Orochimaru is going to require all of my attention" If he were in good condition, an armless Orochimaru and his assistant would be a piece of cake to take care of by himself, that said. Tsunade carried some very strong drugs with her and he still felt the effects, his body was numb and his chakra felt… wonky.

One of the most important lessons Kakashi ever imparted on him was to never underestimate an opponent and Naruto wanting to make his sensei and older brother figure proud never does so he knew he had to be careful around Kabuto, if he managed to survive whatever it was that one of the Sannin did to him he wouldn't be easy to beat. "I think I can take him on my own Ero-sennin, go and take care of that bastard."

Orochimaru and Jiraiya started their confrontation which was purposely led away from Naruto by the latter, if both Master and assistant were unable to work together then it would be a lot easier for the still weakened Jiraiya and Naruto.

"Do you really think you stand a chance against me? I'll admit you're good for a Genin but I'm a Jonin on the same level as Kakashi, you better think this through."

Naruto stared at him in silence, making Kabuto think he was able to get into his head only to realize how wrong he was when the boy burst out laughing at him. "You? On the same level as Kakashi? HAHAHAHAHA!" His eyebrow started twitching at the display and he had to resist the urge to yell at him, today he was being disrespected a lot. "I'll admit that you must be good if you were able to survive being pummeled by granny over there, but she is hella rusty and afraid of blood, even I would be able to beat her like that. Kakashi nii-san would beat your ass so hard you'd forget your name"

He wholeheartedly believed that and he kinda wished Kakashi and Sakura tagged along for the mission as well, they would destroy him if they worked together, teamwork is kinda their thing after all. "But don't worry about that, Kakashi trained me enough to be able to whoop your ass, I do have one question though, were you ever loyal to Konoha?"

"Why would I have ever been loyal to such a place? If you're asking if I was ever a shinobi of the village, I guess you could say I was but that is a different story, one I have no interest in telling you"

That's all the answer Naruto needed, he took a deep breath and looked straight at him, allowing his onyx eye to become the Sharingan, this guy was the personal assistant of the man that had taken his grandfather's life, he would make him pay.

Quickly, the young Uzumaki grabbed both short staffs from their holster on his back and rushed at the silver haired traitor. They both started trading blow after blow and Naruto found himself having some difficulty in fighting him, he was kinda hoping he wouldn't be good at Taijutsu and wasn't thrilled about his real ability, though it wasn't something that he couldn't overcome.

Jumping back, Naruto made the tips of his staffs cackle with electricity and summoned two Kage Bunshin to aid him, all three rushed at the offensive once more, this time far more aggressive and faster than the first time Naruto had tried. One of his Kage Bunshin attempted a swing at Kabuto's leg using his own but his opponent reacted accordingly and sidestepped the attack before stomping on his leg hard, making it twist in the opposite direction and dispelling the clone.

The moment of distraction proved to be a mistake however when the real Naruto hit his jaw with an electrified staff that was followed by a flying kick from his clone that sent him flying away from the force of the impact. Kabuto landed a few yards away from where Shizune and Tsunade were, so the older of the two had a clear view of the way in which Naruto followed after him and continued his assault, having a clear advantage over the other.

Kabuto was seething from the inside, this brat was having it way too easy and there wasn't much he couldn't do to defend himself despite the occasional parry. If it was any other time, he would already be taking Naruto down without much issue, well, perhaps some issues. But as it is now, having near empty chakra reserves every move he made had to be planned to perfection.

Naruto had trained excessively with Kakashi to learn how to use the Sharingan in battle in the best way possible, while he knew how to copy jutsu and had no quarrels in using the ability that made his older brother famous he didn't favor it as much. What he focused on instead was using the Sharingan to memorize attack patterns and learn how to use them against his opponents, so every move his opponent made could potentially be used against them.

Naruto wasn't pulling any of his big moves because he knew that making Kabuto tire himself out would be just as effective, especially if combined with the aid of his clones and electrically enhanced weapons. In his mind, that was the type of elegant solution his grandfather always talked about.

"I can see that if it comes to a battle of attrition I won't be able to beat you, Naruto-kun," A smirk that had no place in the face of a person that was being continuously kicked around the place was plastered in Kabuto as he stopped moving to address a seemingly confused Naruto. "perhaps using a different method!"

He went for the cheap shot and dissolved into a pile of mud, showing he had at some point replaced himself with an Iwa Bunshin, all the way back to Shizune and Tsunade a whole appeared on the ground from which Kabuto emerged, chakra scalpels already on his hands as he hastily aimed for both ladies throats. "DIE!"

Shizune started going through a quick set of hand seals that she knew she wouldn't be able to finish in time at the same time she tried to maneuver Tsunade out of harm's way so at least one of them would be saved. She needn't have worried though, Naruto had taken care of it before it even happened.

From the same whole Kabuto emerged a golden chain made of pure chakra came rushing at their would be assassin and tied itself around him tightly, stopping both of his arms just before they made it to their necks, funnily enough, the chain also tied itself around his neck with the kunai like tip pointed right at his forehead.

"It's over now, you almost have no chakra and are already tired, granny was able to beat you up real good before I even got here." And he was very thankful for that, he didn't think this would be anywhere near as easy if she hadn't been able to leave him in his current tired state, if only she wasn't so afraid of blood, then she would've already kill-

"NARUTO WATCH OUT!"

Shizune's warning came in late, he wasn't able to turn around on time to see Kabuto jump out as his captured form once again turned into a puddle of mud, he had lost, he had underestimated how cunning his opponent could be and paid the price, the silver haired ninja's kunai sliced his throat clean making him instantly drop to the ground a bleeding mess. Anything after that became hazy.

He could faintly perceive how Shizune tried to help him but was rendered useless by another mud clone using chakra scalpels on her tendons. He thought he could hear Kabuto laughing but couldn't focus much, his blood loss was fast and his consciousness was starting to fade.

Tsunade started crawling towards him, the fear of blood very much still present but slowly being driven away by a desire to help the boy that was able to change her mind in just one night. "I-It was about time you woke up... g-granny" Oh no, not again, she couldn't let it happen again, she wouldn't let it happen again. The blood in her hands was bothering her, begging for her to look away, she tried to ignore it, blood wouldn't be much of a bother if she managed to keep it inside him.

But it was so hard, between his sudden spasms and that awful gurgling sound he made choking on his own blood "W-Why don't you get that look off your f-face, I'm n-not-" She had to force him to shut up as she kept working on his injuries, the bastard had gotten him good, he was only alive because of his amazingly strong life force but he wouldn't be if she didn't fix it soon.

'Don't you dare die on me Dan!'

Dan?

"G-Granny?" She had to get it together, she stopped healing and focused on the blood again, it took over, it brought back memories and it stopped her from helping him but how? How is she supposed to stop his bleeding if she can't focus?!

ARGH!

With a strong kick to the face Tsunade was sent flying away from the now - once again - bleeding form of Naruto, courtesy of Konoha's newly found traitor and a big pain in the ass, she still couldn't focus on anything else but the boy she could see now laying on the floor motionless, eyes closed and body oozing with blood.

'HOW DID IT COME TO THIS?'

Almost as an answer to her silent question, Jiraiya flew over her head, having been tossed by the Snake with a particularly strong kick and crashing very loudly in the soil only for him to stand up back again and launch himself at his treacherous opponent once again. 'It's all my fault' she realized, she had let herself become so afraid of blood she would block the instant she saw as much as a drop of the red liquid, but then; she became so rusty a no name push-over was able to trash her in the ground because she couldn't for the love of God stand up and do something about it.

'Why?'

'Why Dan? Why is it so hard?'

'WHY AM I SO WEAK?'

She was doing so well, she had been able to kick his ass and made Orochimaru avoid fighting her, so why? Why is it that after everything she's tried she's still losing? Is it because she drugged Jiraiya so bad he's now having a hard time fighting someone that can't use their arms?

'Why can't I be like them?'

Time stood still for her, in her eyes Kabuto who had not stopped kicking her and throwing around the place suddenly stopped moving, everything stopped for her as memories started rushing through her brain, images of her past the constant reminder of her failures started playing back in her mind but this time… this time it was different.

There wasn't the usual images of blood and death but of sacrifice, she could remember her battle against Hanzo; she could see herself following Sarutobi-sensei into battle as they fought to free a settlement of the Fire Country from Iwa during one of the wars; she could remember fighting alongside her lover and even her own Genin team's first mission outside the village.

But most importantly, she could see them only this time, it wasn't images of their deaths, it was their dreams, their smiles, their voices. The things she loved most about them, the things she should be fighting to protect because that's what they would've wanted.

It's what they would've done.

"It's time to wake up, Tsunade-neechan"

That's right, Nawaki was right, she just wasn't ready to understand it yet but it was finally time, time to snap out of it. Time started flowing again and the next time Kabuto tried kicking her she didn't allow it. She grabbed Kabuto's leg with her hand and looked up at him with rage as she tightened her grip, reeling in the cracking sound of his shin.

She stood up almost immediately after without loosing up her grip only to quite literally throw Kabuto yards away and through many boulders. She had been disrespected but she won't take any of that anymore. The next thing she did was kneel next to Naruto, the blood no longer bothered her but it was clear to her that he had long since lost consciousness and she could barely feel the faintest of pulses on his arm.

Her hands started glowing green and the wound around his neck started closing but it wasn't enough, the blood loss was too severe and the damage was only making things worse, only a miracle would save him now but thankfully, Tsunade was famous for making miracles happen. The diamond on her forehead started glowing a beautiful pink that slowly turned into black markings around her face, she quickly willed those to extend through her arms as fast as possible and into Naruto's body with a very specific thought in mind.

'Ninpō: Sōzō Saisei!' Naruto's neck was quickly surrounded by the black markings and assisted by Tsunade's constant usage of her healing technique the injury he sustained closed almost immediately, without losing a beat, Tsunade tapped a seal hidden on her wrist and unsealed from it a plasma pill she forced down his throat.

It would take some time to restore Naruto's blood levels without an infusion, but the plasma pills and his Uzumaki lineage would have to be enough and she knew for a fact that it would. He just needed time but it probably wouldn't be much if she got Shizune to aid him. She quickly went to find her after allowing the seal on her forehead to become a blue diamond again.

After healing the damage done to her she made sure to send her over to Naruto and made sure he recovers as fast as possible, she knew Shizune would be able to take care of things for her, there wasn't anyone besides her and maybe Kabuto that was better at medicine than Shizune, she'd have Naruto up and running in no time.

She had other things to attend to.


Jiraiya wasn't having a good time, he had been able to see the whole of Naruto's battle from where he was and couldn't be any prouder at his godson. His fighting skill is impressive for someone so young even if he had allowed himself to become distracted enough to be beaten by the slippery bastard Orochimaru made his assistant.

He would have loved to help, he was actually close enough at one point when he landed near them but the snake Sannin couldn't be left alone, so that's where we find him now. Still fighting and having trouble performing even the most basic of his jutsu. The damn bastard was able to give him a fight despite only being able to use his legs, sword and that disturbing long neck of his.

He grew worried by the sudden lack of sound from the place where he knew his newest apprentice and old friend to be at, but found that Shizune was working on healing the boy, he looked like he was breathing which could only be good news.

But why wasn't Tsunade with them?

The woman in question appeared mid air in a Shunshin carrying Kabuto by the leg which - judging by the sickly purple color and the way it bent in the wrong direction - seemed to be just a little broken, what was most impressive though was the blood in her hands and clothes and how unbothered she looked by it, if looks were to be believed the slug Sannin was back in the game and looked mad. "OROCHIMARU!"

Getting the traitor's attention Tsunade threw the unconscious Kabuto at him incredibly hard, making him jump away to avoid being hit by the limp form of his aid. Looking back at the place where he landed Orochimaru watched as he flickered between consciousness and unconsciousness 'He only needs a little time but he'll be alright'.

"What in the world did you give to me Tsunade?!" After she made her way to Jiraiya that was the first question brought up by the Sannin, she actually had the decency to look sheepishly at the ground ashamed of her actions, she had a very different plan in mind when she drugged him.

Looking at her face Jiraiya sighed. "It doesn't matter, just give me whatever I need to brush off the effects."

Now that was another issue he probably wasn't going to like very much. "I didn't make an antidote for it Jiraiya, it's not lethal in any way, you just need to let it wear off."

"BUT I'M HIGH AS FUCK!"

Orochimaru was mad, this wasn't going the way he planned to and he couldn't even escape without help so he would have to keep fighting them until Kabuto wakes up, but fighting a drugged Sannin was very different from fighting one in good condition, especially if said Sannin happened to be very mad at him.

Tsunade smirked in amusement as she looked at her teammate for a moment but went back to looking serious and ready to whoop ass. "Just stop crying and sit down for a moment pervert, I'll take care of this"

"Look at you trying so hard to defend a village you abandoned years ago, do you really wish to die like this?" He was bluffing of course, he knew he could give her a good fight if it came to it but as she was right now, it just wouldn't be possible to kill her, that didn't mean he wouldn't try.

"I am Senju Tsunade the heir of the Senju clan and the Godaime Hokage!" A smile made its way into Jiraiya's face hearing that she had finally gotten things straight. "I've been neglecting my responsibilities for far too long but it's over now, and the first thing I'll do is destroy you, so in the name of the Sandaime Hokage I swear to you Orochimaru you will fall!"

Not one to waste her words she rushed at Orochimaru and started a Taijutsu bout that she was dominating without question. At some point the snake like shinobi had tried to strangle her using his tongue and while successful at first, as soon as she managed to untangle herself she started using it as a way to bring him close to her and sent him flying only to bring him closer once again, she was actually enjoying herself now.

Jiraiya couldn't stop his perverted giggle as he looked at the scene from afar. After composing himself he gave a quick glance to his left and found that Shizune was no longer doing anything to Naruto and only looked at him with a soft satisfied smile, that brought peace to his mind.

It would seem he only needed to wake up.


'Hello?'

Nothing, no answer but the powerful echo carrying his word seemingly all over the place. But what is this place? Why is there echo but no walls? And most importantly, why is it dark? Why can't he see?

'Am I dead?' He was afraid of the answer, as a Shinobi, death is something he had made peace with long ago; he knew he would die eventually and wasn't particularly scared about it, it was losing people he had a problem with.

But he was starting to get scared, is this what dying will be like? Being alone in the dark with no one but his thoughts? It couldn't be right? If it is then it means his Jiji is alone, and his parents, and Sasuke. If he really is dead then he has to do something.

"Quite noble of you to think of others while being in such a situation yourself,"  A voice suddenly filled his ears, it was weird, it didn't sound like it was coming from the dark but it also didn't sound like it was coming from his mind.  "To answer your question, you're not dead but you almost were."

'Where am I?'

"Uhmm"  The voice made a thinking noise that for some reason made him feel reassured.  "I guess you could say we're inside your mind in a way."

'We're inside my mind? Then why can't I see anything? And Why are you here?'

"That I don't know, maybe it's because you almost died or perhaps you're just not ready to see yet, who knows?" The answer completely evaded the last questioned asked by Naruto and judging by the tone of the voice, it was very intentional.

The voice was so… calming he knew it wasn't his own voice from the get go, it was feminine like a woman's so he knew there was no way he was talking to himself, but he also couldn't think of anyone with that voice so who could be talking to him?

'What does that even mean? Not ready to see what?'

"You've grown so much Naruto… I'm so proud of you,"  For some reason, hearing that from the voice felt incredibly good, almost something he yearned for.  "I would love to keep talking with you but it seems it's about time you wake up."

A very bright light took over the place, he went from it being so dark to it being so bright he couldn't open his eyes and he slowly felt himself waking up, but he couldn't not yet. 'Wait! Why are you here? Who are you?!

"We'll meet again Naruto-kun, don't worry about it for now."

Naruto woke up soon after and the voice was left alone, she didn't think this would be the way she'd be released and to be honest she wasn't satisfied, so she decided she'd stick around a little while longer, she started chuckling as she faded away with a thought on her mind directed to Naruto.  'You're so much like your father it's almost unfair…"

.

.

.

"I guess it can't be helped dattebane"


Out of nowhere a kunai was thrown at Tsunade who was able to catch it in her hand, letting go of Orochimaru and looking very pissed at her attacker. "Why is it that you refuse to stay down?!"

Kabuto was starting to enrage her so much she was actually thinking of using a kunai to rip his head off from his body and see if he would stand up from that.

The glasses wearing shinobi looked like shit but still had the nerve to smirk at her as he started going through a set of hand seals, she wasn't able to identify the jutsu though, as a deceptively fast blond kid appeared behind him with a sphere made out of pure chakra in his hand…

A WHAT?

Naruto, much to Jiraiya, Tsunade and Kabuto's surprise appeared behind the enemy shinobi with what would become one his signature jutsu and one he had particularly trained hard to learn, it would be satisfying to re-arrange his organs using a technique created by his father. 'Rasengan!'

The sphere made of pure chakra was just about to hit Kabuto but he was saved in the nick of time by his master who used his tongue to get him out of harm's way as fast as possible. Frustrated Naruto was about to try again but was stopped by a hand on his shoulder from Tsunade. "This is something I and the pervert have to take care of Naruto, stand back for a moment; there's an old friend of mine I'd like to see again."

While confusion filled Naruto's face, Orochimaru and Jiraiya caught the meaning of Tsunade's words almost instantly, the way she bit her thumb and smeared blood on the palm of her hand being all the evidence of smoke they needed.

Orochimaru ordered Kabuto to uncover the tattoo he had made on his arms and smear some of his blood on it as Jiraiya bit his own finger and did the same as Tsunade. All three of them doing the same set of hand seals at the same time.

KUCHIYOSE NO JUTSU!

A gigantic cloud of chakra smoke filled the clearing and when it was blown away by the wind, it revealed Orochimaru and Kabuto standing on top of a giant purple snake with black lining all over its body and 4 horns on its head, it was Manda the head of the snake clan.

Tsunade and Naruto, stood atop a giant slug that had blue strips along its body and two optic tentacles with a slight gray tint and it also had two sensory tentacles on each side of its mouth, her name is Katsuyu. Jiraiya… Jiraiya was just standing next to Gamakichi. "Yo Naruto, how's it going?"

"Are you for real Ero-sennin?!" Naruto jumped off the head of Katsuyu and landed next to the self-proclaimed super pervert, yelling at him and ignoring the indignant cries of 'What did you want me to do you stupid brag? She drugged me!' He shot a glare up at Tsunade who only smirked back at him.

Naruto sighed as picked his toad friend up and placed it on his regular spot on top of his head before biting his finger and smearing blood on the palm of his head. Thanks to Shizune he was feeling as good as new, he didn't really spend that much chakra so it wasn't hard to recover his full strength and his battle with the Ichibi had made his reserves grow after the way he exhausted himself.

So he was now fully confident he would be able to summon him without passing out. He quickly focused the right amount of Chakra needed and went through a set of hand seals that ended with his palm on the ground and yelling. "Kuchiyose no Jutsu!"

Another giant cloud of smoke erupted and when it cleared it revealed a giant red toad wearing a Haori and carrying a Katana as well as a pipe on his mouth. "It's nice to see you awake for the first time gaki."

Naruto let out a satisfied sigh before addressing the toad for the first time, he had sent messages to him before through his toad friends before and had gotten replies back so this wouldn't be their first time talking, but the first talking in person. "I'm sorry it took so long for me to be able to summon you Boss, I only wish it weren't in these circumstances."

Orochimaru was seething, that stupid brat had managed to summon Gamabunta! It would be hard enough for him and Manda to fight Katsuyu and Tsunade, but Jiraiya and Gamabunta too?

Similar thoughts went through his summon's head who wasn't in any way pleased about his situation.

The fight between giants started slowly after, Manda had slithered its way to Katsuyu rather fast and tied itself around its body with the idea of getting rid of the weakest link first but the slug divided its body into many different slugs that reformed just a few meters away and spit acid on the snake who got away but not in time to avoid burning some of his skin with the acid.

Gamabunta made his move right after and landed with his sword aimed for the head of the snake, Manda was able to react accordingly and dodged the impact making the giant sword stab nothing but the ground. He tried to capitalize on its advantage but the toad jumped away while shooting a blast of water at him to prevent him from pursuing him.

The fight kept on going for a while without any one of them getting any ground. Gamabunta and Jiraiya had tried a collaboration jutsu as soon as the white haired sannin gained back control over his chakra but Manda brushed it off by getting rid of his skin while Kabuto and Orochimaru jumped away from the attack.

Just when the snake was about to make his next move, he was impaled by Gamabunta's sword, only it wasn't Gamabunta that did it but Tsunade and her monstrous strength.

"It looks like you've been beaten Orochimaru!" Yelled Jiraiya from atop of Gamabunta's head.

Manda was not going to allow anymore disrespect coming down on him, so he dispelled himself not without giving out a final threat. "If you value your lives you better hope we never cross paths again Orochimaru!"

He was screwed there was just no other way around it. Tsunade had almost single handedly taken care of each and every single strategy he could think of, even Kabuto had been utterly humiliated by the woman on more than one occasion, if it was any other person they would probably already be dead.

He signaled Kabuto to begin their escape and watched as his assistant performed a quick set of hand seals that ended with him melting into the ground followed by him disappearing in a cloud of smoke.

Naruto had felt the use of a very impressive Shunshin that took them both really far, they hadn't really gotten out of his sensing range just yet but he could feel that after a quick pause they started moving at incredibly high speeds, most likely on top of another of Orochimaru's snakes, there would be no catching the two of them today.

"I don't think you'll be needing me anymore today Tsunade-sama, I'll be going back to the forest now." Tsunade nodded at her old friend and companion as she dispelled herself, allowing that part of her consciousness to return to the full being at the Shikkōtsu forest.

"I'm glad you are finally able to summon me without passing out Gaki," Said Gamabunta, getting the blond's attention. "You are now officially my new henchman but do try and not summon me often, if you need help stick to Gamaken, he is rather fond of you."

He dispelled himself shortly after, ignoring the indignant cries of Jiraiya at not being addressed with that level of respect by him, ever.

After their summoned friend went back home, Tsunade made her way toward Naruto and stared down at him, this moment wouldn't repeat itself any time soon but she knew it to be very important, she had to thank him for helping her wake up in one way or the other.

She knelt down to be at eye level with him and smiled softly at him, she decided then and there that no matter how annoying she thought he could be, she would always take care of him. "Your mother would be so proud of you if she could see you right now Naruto."

He blushed and found himself fidgeting at the way he was being addressed by the legendary shinobi. They made peace last night when they talked things through but she never got this sentimental with him, he couldn't say he didn't like it though, in a way it felt a lot like the way Hiruzen would talk to him but in a more motherly way.

Not that he would know what that sounded like.

Tsunade took off her necklace and placed it around his neck, Shizune gasped at the gesture having heard all about the supposed curse that lurked around the prestigious jewel, but Naruto and now Tsunade knew it to be nothing but dumb ideas fabricated by the mind of a broken woman.

To both of them it meant something different, it meant that Tsunade was finally letting go of the ghosts she desperately clung to, it meant that she passed on their dreams and hopes to the new generation, it meant that she would always protect those ideals.

"You will be an excellent Hokage one day Naruto and an even better man." She took off his Hitai-ate and gave him a soft and tender kiss on his forehead. "For now I will hold the hat for you, but you better make sure to take it from me as soon as possible."

Naruto nodded his head as fast as he could, making the people around him chuckle softly. It was at that moment that he knew, Tsunade was always going to be important for him, despite the rocky start to their relationship he would make her a part of his family even if she didn't want to.

"So what now Tsunade-hime?" Asked Jiraiya, interrupting his thoughts.

"Now we go back home."


AN: Dayum!

It's been a while since the last update hasn't it? It took time to write this chapter and to be honest I wasn't too thrilled about writing it, not that I don't want to continue with the story or anything, it's just this part of the story has been done so many times. Still it was important for me to do it because it introduces a character to the story I really want to make justice to.

Senju Tsunade

By far the best female character in the series and my personal favorite, I want to write an incredible Tsunade that stays true to the original character while being even more badass, that's why some of her lines in this chapter were taken off directly from the series. I also want to make her relationship with Naruto more maternal in nature. With my version of him being more mature and developed it'd be easier for them to get along better than the original. I will also make it a point for them not to be antagonistic to each other in the same way they are in canon but keeping their banters with each other because those are real funny. So yes I did buff Tsunade and I will do it even more in later chapters, you don't know the things I have planned for her.

That also explains why Jiraiya was incapacitated for most of this chapter, I wanted it to be solely Tsunade's moments, he'll get his later.

Now talking about Kabuto, I didn't make it a big deal of Naruto discovering him to be a traitor cause if you remember my Chunin Exams, he kinda already suspected him. I also made Naruto lose to him which he would've done either way just not in the same way he did in canon, he underestimated him and it had consequences, that's something he'll be reflecting on in later installments as well. If I make it so Naruto wins every single time, there will be no real growth to his character ever.

Do try and leave a comment no matter your opinion, criticism in any form helps me grow a lot so I appreciate your comments. To those of you that normally comment on my chapters, thank you.

I'm sorry it took this long to update but this chapter alone is longer than some fics I've read so I think it's not so bad. Next chapter hopefully won't take too long. Until then.

Be safe!

Glossary:

Raiton: Dendou Hari Hirogari no Jutsu: Lightning Release: Electric Needle Spread

Ninpō: Sōzō Saisei: Ninja Art: Mitotic Regeneration

Chapter 17

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Getting a person to become Hokage proved to be disturbingly easy; for some reason Tsunade was expecting the process to take days filled with countless meetings and formalities she had no interest in, so when the time came and they finally reached Konoha she was surprised to find the Daimyo as well as the people taking care of Konoha as their de facto leaders already waiting for her at the Hokage office.

Koharu had been brutally honest to her and said something along the lines of 'I actually didn't think Jiraiya would be able to bring you back, let alone sober' but expressed her excitement at having her back in the village. She was hoping to find Homura along with her, they had been Hiruzen's advisors for as long as she could remember so it only made sense that they were there too.

She was never particularly close to the man, he was often serious and had an a strong and respectable aura around him that spoke of his years of experience, he rarely if at all participated in idle chatter so he never really had much to talk about with them, but they - Her and Jiraiya - knew that he was a great man and their sensei seemed to think so too so she would make sure to honor him too.

After expressing her condolences she turned to address the person that had taken the role of Koharu's oldest friend in leading the village while they waited for their new protector, Nara Shikaku Konoha's Jonin Commander and one third of the famous InoShikaCho formation that did so much for the village in the last war.

She couldn't help but wonder, does he ever get tired of being introduced like that?

Last but not least, she respectfully addressed the other man in the room and the most powerful one at that. They had met countless times before, being the Hokage's apprentice and the heir of the founding clan of the village had put her in the man's sight on more than one occasion.

Then the Densetsu no Sannin came to be and she had even more reason to meet with the man so it was fair to say they were already acquainted with each other. Tsunade's opinion of the man? Lame, he at least in her mind is the definition of 'Lacking' she was never able to understand how someone like him had managed to become the most important person in their nation.

The Daimyo isn't a bad person, he was just… meh. He till this day lacks character, he is easily swayed and even though he has great respect for Shinobi and what they entail he has the emotional intelligence of a rat combined with the social skills of a prison inmate.

But he must be decent at the job, at least that's what she thinks. The Fire country is still considered to be a rich nation and arguably the strongest one so there must be some brains behind that uninspiring facade.

She still couldn't remember his name no matter how hard she tried though.

"Tsunade! It's good to see you again but I have to admit, I didn't think you'd ever willingly stand in this office again." That sentiment was shared by some of the occupants in the room at the time, some meaning all of them.

She - smartly - bit her tongue before answering back. "Well Daimyo-sama, the circumstances have changed and I know it's for the better. I just wish Sarutobi-sensei was still here to see it." Coming back home, that's one of the things that filled her mind.

The old man had been nothing but understanding of her and her pain and even before leaving she had been everything but that to him; every attempt he ever made at contacting her after she left was only met with uncalled for rudeness and disrespect, something she wishes she could apologize for.

"As do I, but enough of that, the reason I'm here is to make sure a new Hokage is sworn into office today. I originally wanted it to be Jiraiya but after hearing some arguments against it by him and Koharu-san it was decided that you would be the one to take over." At this he gave her a scrutinizing look that was met with a confident stare that left no room for argument from her, he quite liked that attitude.

"Seeing as you are willingly standing here I would like to think you agree with your appointment?" He asked and received a nod in response which caused him to grin and add his signature to a scroll that laid open in the desk. "That is all then, congratulations Senju Tsunade you are now officially the Godaime Hokage."

She felt… thoroughly underwhelmed. Whatshisname left the office shortly after that, telling Koharu to send him the details about her announcement later. He wouldn't be coming back for it of course, it was merely a formality, he had come to the village only to sign a new Hokage, he had already done that so there was no point in staying.

With that out of the way, Tsunade took a seat at her new desk and started asking all the necessary questions to the people that had been running it so far. She had to say she was pleased with the way both Koharu and Shikaku had managed the village in its state of emergency and would no doubt keep referring to them if needed.

That was actually one of the first she asked about, what was the chain of command like nowadays in the village.

Just like she expected she found that both Koharu and Homura held a semblance of power in everything involving Civilian affairs while Shikaku took care of everything Shinobi related, he didn't do it alone of course. The head of every Shinobi department in the village stood at the same level as him.

Those being The Anbu Commander, the head of Torture and Interrogation and of course himself, the Jonin Comander with the Hokage at the head of them all.

One thing she wasn't pleased with was a name that was brought up right after.

Shimura Danzo

How in the world is he still around? She knew him to be a political opponent of the Sandaime and a rather unpleasant person all around. He had distorted the beliefs of his late grand uncle and twisted them into heavily militaristic and dark beliefs about the shinobi world and how their system works.

Jiraiya had warned her about him on the way back, even said that as soon as they got the chance they would meet with Kakashi and brief her on everything she must know about the village as its new Hokage, he was very cryptic about and it unnerved her to some extent.

She was confused about it at first, she remembered Kakashi being a promising shinobi and the apprentice of the Yondaime but failed to understand how he would be involved in any of this, the Sandaime had apparently trusted him a lot especially in his last months, right after he took the role of Naruto's team leader.

Go figure.

"There is no concrete evidence but the Sandaime believed the organization he founded still exists and continues doing unauthorized black ops missions." Shikaku was incredibly smart and everyone knew it. Danzo himself had tried to sway him into his ways on more than occasion so there was no doubt in his mind that it was true.

Their conversation became hours long after that as they shared details about village security and the possible threats that loomed over it, both internal and external. Koharu and Jiraiya voiced a wish to share with her some intel that even Shikaku seemed to ignore with her as the conversation went on and agreed on another meeting the following day.

Just great.

Well, she had decided to accept the position and would work hard to make a damn good job no matter how hard it proved to be, but she decided to not do it alone. Her sensei for all his greatness loved to do things by himself, he had advisors of course, in the form of Homura, Koharu and for some reason Danzo.

Keep your enemies close?

She certainly didn't need nor want his advice. As long as Shikaku, Jiraiya and Koharu were on her side she had no doubt they would be able to keep the village running without issue and start to prosper, she had some ideas she wanted to come into fruition and their support would be instrumental in them.

The following days went by fairly quickly and without much issue. She was finally introduced to the people of the village as their new leader and started taking over her responsibilities while allowing Shikaku and Koharu to keep some, they were doing a good job before she got here after all.

She even had a meeting with Danzo already, it was more of a power play if she was being honest. He came barging into the office like he owned the place and tried imposing himself into her plans, something she quickly struck down disguised as lacking a 'need for his services' he wasn't very pleased when she suggested he retire already.

He didn't really think he'd get anything out of her but he had to measure her resolve.

After that the topic of Suna's invasion and the Chunin exams was brought up and she requested Suna send a diplomat into the village so she could have a word with the people who betrayed their alliance. As the new Hokage it was up to her to evaluate the situation and decide if they would be forgiven or crushed in retaliation.

Shikaku shared with her his insight on the contestants and the notes the Sandaime had left on the first two phases of the exams. After evaluating everything she was told, some of the footage taken from the preliminary and the retelling of the invasion only four names came to mind for a promotion.

Aburame Shino, Nara Shikamaru, Haruno Sakura and of course, Uzumaki Naruto. She had actually started feeling pride at being told the exploits of Naruto during the invasion and the exams. She had seen him fight herself and knew him to be a capable shinobi, despite being beaten she knew he had lost out of underestimating his opponent rather than a lack of skill, and while a mistake she knew he would never do it again.

She had underestimated the same person so she could hardly blame him.

Shikaku seemed pleased with her decision and after asking Koharu for her opinion she found that the elder was more than willing to accept so it was decided. Konoha had been a little lacking in manpower after the invasion so the appointment of 4 new Chunin was bound to be great for them in the long run.


Sakura had always hated when Kakashi was cryptic to them. She was happy to be able to hang out with Naruto after his mission and had been doing so every day since his return. Last night she had them both over for dinner at her house with her parents and they had a great time together.

Dinner was - in Naruto's opinion - delicious not as good as Ichiraku Ramen of course but close enough, Sakura's parents definitely knew how to feed themselves, even Kakashi seemed to enjoy the food; even though they never saw him eat, she still didn't understand how he managed to eat so fast and without people noticing his face.

Before excusing himself, Kakashi had told them both her and Naruto that the new Hokage needed both of them to present at the office early in the morning for something, he wouldn't tell them what it was and that annoyed her to no end.

Naruto simply shrugged it off as Kakashi being Kakashi.

So that's where they now stand, waiting just outside Tsunade's office to be called to enter, she knew Kakashi was already there and apparently so were Asuma and Kurenai, the senseis of both Shikamaru and Shino who were also waiting to be called inside.

What was going on?

"You may come in!"

Naruto was the first to go through the door after Tsunade called them over and the first thing he saw after he did was the Jonin Senseis all standing up right by the door while Tsunade sat on her desk by herself with both Koharu and surprisingly enough Jiraiya.

He didn't think he would still be in the village.

The thing that caught his attention the most were four beautiful green Chunin Flak Vest that laid on her desk, all of them with a scroll on top. He started losing his mind. 'Oh my God Oh My God Oh My God'

Tsunade wanted to laugh at her… What was Naruto to her again? Wanted to laugh at his reaction but knew she had to be professional for this and he seemed to realize this too judging by the way he relaxed and took that toothy grin off of his face. "Aburame Shino, Haruno Sakura, Nara Shikamaru and Uzumaki Naruto."

They all took a step forward after their names were called, all four of them standing right in front of their leader trying to look as imposing as possible. "All four of you have demonstrated abilities far beyond the rank of Genin. After being briefed on the exams that recently took place I must admit I'm quite impressed."

The three Jonin in the room smiled and looked incredibly proud at the achievements of their students. "The Sandaime left notes on the first two phases of the exams and spoke Highly of your abilities. After watching the footage on the preliminary matches I will have to agree on his assessment, however. It is not because of the matches that I made this decision. You all played a crucial role during the invasion and that is enough evidence for me that the Will of Fire lives on."

"Aburame Shino, come forward." The Genin in question made its way toward the Hokage and stood right in front of the nearest Vest to him. "You led your squad during the assault and successfully defended the academy giving enough time to evacuate the future generation. Your actions and fast decision making as well as the skills you demonstrated during the exams are enough for me to award you the rank of Chunin, congratulations."

Shino took the vest from Tsunade's desk and put it on top of his coat, he'd probably be changing that later but for now, it'd have to be enough. He then picked up the scroll that came with it and pocketed it in one of the vest pouches. "I thank you for this honor Hokage-sama, I'll do my best to make my village and clan proud."

Moving forward she said. "Haruno Sakura, come forward." She neared the desk in a similar fashion. "Along with Shino you took part in defending the academy during the invasion. You managed to quickly settle yourself into a team formation different from your own in an exemplary show of the teamwork this village is built upon, during the attack you were also able to mask the academy building using a strong Genjutsu capable of fooling hordes of enemy shinobi long enough for the students to be evacuated. The feats you accomplished and the skills you demonstrated during the exams have earned you the rank of Chunin, congratulations."

Sakura was ecstatic, she took the vest and hurriedly put it on herself, pocketing the scroll that came with it in one of the pouches. She turned around to show Kakashi and basked herself in the proud eye-smile from his sensei. "Thank you Hokage-sama, I swear I'll make this worth it!"

"Nara Shikamaru, come forward" Sighing, Shikamaru walked up to her in a very unmotivated way that made his sensei and friends want to hit his head. "Your display during the exams was nothing particularly impressive, from what I hear the highest display of ability we had from you was in your match against Naruto."

Everyone had raised eyebrows at this, if the Hokage didn't find him impressive, then why is he being promoted? "What makes you noteworthy is your intellect. You were able to deduce there was something going on the day of the invasion and acted accordingly, giving up your match to keep yourself capable and with your guidance your team was able to secure the hospital against the worst odds possible long enough for your parents to relieve you, all while sustaining minimal injuries."

Tsunade gave him a scrutinizing look for a moment. "Some of your peers have even vouched for your abilities to me, even if they didn't know that's what they were doing," At this she looked at Naruto for a second, one of the first things she asked of him was a detailed summary of his colleagues. "You are living proof that there is more to Shinobi combat than just brute force and these qualities have earned you the rank of Chunin, congratulations."

Shikamaru grabbed a Vest from the desk and put it on top of his clothes. He tried his best to look uninterested but anyone that knew him long enough could see the little hinges of excitement and happiness hidden in his face. "Troublesome"

And now, the final promotion. "Uzumaki Naruto, come forward."

Naruto and Tsunade had not seen each other at all since they got back from the village, he hadn't even been able to take her to hospital so she could get a look at Lee and Neji, they however got along well enough for Naruto to be able to call her a grandma and not die in the process, he would be serious for this though.

"You have by far been the most surprising case to look at Naruto, the Sandaime left nothing but praise about you and your abilities," He smiled incredibly bright at that and looked outside the window, catching a glimpse of the Hokage monument. "In both of your matches during the tournament you demonstrated the ability to think ahead and versatility in different Shinobi skills, even the most obscure ones like Fuinjutsu."

Jiraiya and Kakashi both had satisfied smirks on their faces as they listened to Tsunade talk about their apprentice. "To top it off, you joined forces with an Anbu operative and defeated the Ichibi before it had time to rampage the village. There is no doubt in our minds that you'll make the village proud, you have earned yourself the rank of Chunin, congratulations."

Naruto quickly picked up the last vest on the desk along with the scroll that came with it and pocketed it in one of the pouches, he then removed his orange jacket leaving only his mesh shirt that reached just past his elbows with the Chunin vest on top. "Thank you Hokage-sama, I'll do my best to take that hat from you in no time!"

All people in the room chuckled at the boisterous claim as they congratulated each other, with the seriousness of their meeting over the senseis in the room approached their students and engaged into conversation with them, congratulating them and making plans for their celebration. "We should all go out to celebrate tonight, I'll tell Ino and the others to meet us at Yaikinikiu Q"

Sakura's idea came with the agreement of pretty much everyone that was present in the room, even the two Sannin present were invited to the celebration which they politely declined. "Will you be there Kakashi-sensei?" Asked Sakura with a hopeful look on her face.

The Copycat of Konoha had made leaps and bounds in every single aspect of his life in the last months, socializing more and not showing up late to meetings most of the time but he still didn't enjoy social gatherings too much, but he knew it meant a lot to his students that he was present in the gathering. "Maa Maa, you know I wouldn't let my students celebrate their promotion without me, I'll be there."

Jiraiya and Koharu left the room shortly after making Tsunade dismiss everyone but not without telling them that they'd get their new assignments soon enough, as they started walking out the door she said out loud. "Stay for a moment Naruto, there is something I would like to talk about with you."

He shared a look of confusion with his friends but stayed nonetheless, waiting for everyone to leave the room before he said to her. "What's up Granny?"

Her eyebrows started twitching in annoyance, and she thought she would be getting some respect from him now that he was made a Chunin. "As you know, I haven't been able to leave the office much yet but I had Doctor Teruya send me the files of those two friends of yours you want me to help."

The insight she had gotten from her as well as the reports she read were enough in her mind to draw conclusions on their situations, she'd still prefer checking on them in person. "I finally have some time now so I'll be heading straight to the hospital to look at them, wanna tag alone?"

He nodded and thanked her for not forgetting about them as they both made their way out of the office and walked from the building.


"Are you sure about this Otou-sama?"

"Yes Hinata, I was informed by Tsunade-sama that she would be personally checking up on Neji today, she even said he'll be good to go home with us" Ever since the exams, the relationship between Hiashi and his daughters had improved greatly, much to his chagrin he realized that the moment he started changing his ways for the betterment of his clan his eldest daughter started coming out of her shell.

Everytime he thinks about what he did to both her and Hinata over the years his heart dies a little.

He had been trying however to fix his mistakes and had expressed to both of his daughters his repenment for the way he had raised them. Hiashi had lost a lot with the death of both his brother and lover and allowed himself to become a cold and uncaring version of his former self, something that he's working on changing.

He would never stop being a Stoic no nonsense with zero interest in sentimentality of course but he would stop being a dick about it.

The other Issue he was working on ever since the invasion had been of course Neji, ever since he decided that the boy would be protected by him the elders of the main branch of the clan had become enraged, calling for the boy's resealing and some of them even for his execution.

The only thing he had ever done for Neji was fail him and he felt afraid every time that he visited to find him with a caged bird seal upon entering his room in the hospital or even worse. Being able to take him home, it didn't make him feel as excited.

"Naruto-kun!"

From around a corner came both the Hokage and the young Uzumaki boy his daughter Hinata is so fond of so Hiashi shook himself off from his musing and greeted the Hokage and - judging by the looks of it - the newly appointed Chunin in a dignified manner as its fit for the most powerful clan in the village. "Good morning Hokage-sama, Uzumaki-san it's good to see you."

"Likewise Hiashi-san, but let's get straight to business, I'm on a tight schedule." He could understand that of course, a new Hokage must have a hard time settling into the position, he could only be grateful that she decided to look at Neji herself.

All of four of them walked together as they made their way into Neji's room, he could hear Naruto and Hinata talking discretely about various topics while the Hokage and him talked about the current state of the village, he expressed to her the full support of the Hyuga clan in her new role which she thanked him for.

Once they got into Neji's room Tsunade made her way to him while the rest of them gave her space to work and listened to her talk. "From the reports I was given on his case and Dr. Teruya's assessment I was able to figure out how to help Neji, like she said the stress of both of the marks placed on him destroying each other caused severe damage to his brain."

She made a half ram seal and her hand started glowing blue, it looked almost like the Chakra Scalpel but was in reality a Jutsu she used to evaluate parts of the human body, like a scanner. "I figured out a way to safely chart his neurological system and repair his nerve cells, feel free to watch exactly what I'm doing."

The Hyuugas in the room - the conscious ones that is - turned on their Byakugan silently and watched as the Hokage safely distributed chakra around the whole of Neji's brain. They completely trusted her work and wouldn't dare to question her knowledge, they were merely watching out of curiosity.

After she finished mapping his entire Network and having made sure to memorize it to perfection she closed her eyes and started sending healing chakra through his brain. The way she could control her chakra left both Hinata and Hiashi speechless, it was almost addicting to watch her work.

Tsunade truly is worthy of her fame.

"There, that should do it."

"When can he be expected to wake up Hokage-sama?" Asked Hiashi.

"I'm afraid I don't have a straight answer for you Hiashi-san." She started working on getting him off the ventilator that kept him alive as she addressed him. "All of the damage that was made to his brain has been healed but like any other injury, he'll need time to recover. Don't worry, his brain has taken control of his basic bodily functions again."

To prove this she motioned at the way his chest started going up and down by itself as soon as she took the apparatus out of his throat. "Do try to remember that the brain is still a mystery to all medical practitioners including myself, there's still much we don't know. While the damage has been fixed in the physical sense we don't know exactly what he's going through inside his psyche, I also don't know how safe it would be to have a Yamanaka examine his mind in his current state so I'd rather not take the risk."

With that she motioned Naruto to follow her and both made their way outside of the room but just before leaving she said. "It's now up to him to wake up; he's already gone through the worst part. I'm confident he'll be making a full recovery before you even know it." She and Naruto both walked out and left the Hyugas alone.

He was about to address Hinata again but the head of Tsunade popped up through the side of the door as if she had forgotten something important. "I almost forgot, I found Sarutobi-sensei's binnacle, he wrote about your deal with him regarding Neji and I just wanted to let you know it is still in effect."

With that she finally left and Hiashi released a breath he didn't even know he was holding, to be completely honest he had forgotten about that conversation with the Sandaime but was glad to know Tsunade would still uphold the Hokage's word, that made him more confident about taking Neji back to the compound.

A nurse entered the room shortly after and gave Hiashi some paperwork to fill out while she started getting Neji ready to be transported home.

"Come now Hinata, let's take him home."


"Now Naruto, I've already read the reports and I had a very lengthy conversation with Dr. Teruya about this so before we go in I want you to know that you and Lee may not like what I have to say if my fears prove to be the truth." She hates this part of the job, every medical practitioner in the world does yet it is something they have to do almost every day. "He will need your support as a friend through this."

Without waiting for his response she walked into the room and found Lee along with Gai waiting for her, he had long since been discharged from the hospital so he showed up to his appointment dressed in his usual green outfit. They greeted her in the way they greet everyone.

They yelled at her and showered her with youth.

Naruto came into the room shortly after looking unbothered; he had long since become used to their antics but was glad to meet again with one of his senseis and dearest friend. "It's so good to see you again, my youthful apprentice! How about we train together sometime soon for old times sake, let's fan your flames of youth to celebrate your promotion!"

The Uzumaki was still going around with only his mesh shirt with a new vest on top so it was easy to figure out that he now had a higher rank, something Lee took notice of quickly. "YOSH! IT IS JUST LIKE YOU TO BECOME A CHUNIN ON YOUR FIRST TRY NARUTO-KUN! I'M SO PROUD OF YOU MY FRIEND AND RIVAL! I PROMISE I WILL CATCH UP TO YOU AS SOON AS I RECOVER AND IF I DON'T I WILL RUN A THOUSAND LAPS AROUND KONOHA WHILE STANDING ON MY ARMS!"

"Lee… THAT IS A MOST YOUTHFUL IDEA! I TOO SHALL ENDEAVOR IN THIS CHALLENGE WITH YOU AND YOU SHOULD TOO NARUTO-KUN! WE WILL FAN THE FLAMES OF OUR YOUTH TOGETHER!"

"Both of you Shut up!"

Tsunade had met the boisterous Jonin the moment every high ranking Shinobi in the village met with her so she could have an idea of the forces at her disposal; saying she was thoroughly annoyed at that moment was an understatement and now having found another just like him?

She really needs her sake.

After having calmed down, Gai and Lee engaged Naruto in a very amicable conversation, trying to get as many details as possible about his new promotion and his last mission. Tsunade used the time provided by his… family? To examine Lee closely for herself, using the information she had on his report to fill in any blanks she may have.

The results were just as she expected them to be no different than what Dr. Teruya had told him already.

"I am very sorry Lee." She knew the news weren't anything exactly new to him but she still tried to be as gentle in her delivery as possible, he had after all kept on thinking that he would recover. "The diagnosis you were given before was correct, the damage inflicted to the bones in your leg is too severe, they along with your nerves are completely shattered, turned to pieces, very small pieces. Any attempt at fixing this would require major surgery and you most likely won't come out from it alive."

Time seemed to stop for every person in the room. They all knew this was a possibility, hell they had already been told this same truth before. But Tsunade was coming back to the village, they all had heard, so it was a no-brainer that as soon as she got a good look at Lee her hand would start shining green and put everything back in one piece in a matter of seconds.

Truth hurts.

Lee lost all focus, his dream, everything he fought so hard for seemed to slip in between his fingers. Why? Why do things like this keep happening to him? Why is it that everything he does never seems to be enough? Is this it? Is this fate?

Is there really no way to escape it?

No, no that can't be it, he had debated Neji for months trying to sway him away believing in fate, there is no way he will take his place. "I want to do it."

His voice came out quiet, there was no daring claim, no bold proclamation or challenge or self imposed rule. So much so that Tsunade was actually confused for a moment. "You want to do what?"

"You said fixing this would require surgery right? I want to do it, I want to be operated on as soon as possible please." The way he didn't even look up as he spoke unsettled everyone in the room. Gai had completely stopped talking, he only looked with complete seriousness at his apprentice.

"Bushy brows you have to understand… If baa-chan does anything on you chances are you'll die, I don't want to lose you." He felt selfish saying such things to him. Who was he to decide who lives and dies solely on how convenient it is for him? It made no difference though, Naruto had lost a friend already, he wouldn't be losing another anytime soon.

"You don't have to worry about anyone dying, Naruto" Said Tsunade, before Lee could respond. "I won't perform surgery on him knowing very well that he could die on the table, it just isn't worth it. Forget it Lee, it's not going to happen."

"If I don't do this Hokage-sama, I will already be dead. Naruto-kun, this is what I live for. If I die on the table then it'll be worth it, I don't want to live my life in misery every day longing for my days as a Shinobi." At this he looked up so that everyone in the room could see his face, it revealed tears, very different from the ones in his overly dramatic displays.

"The last weeks have been a nightmare for me, no training, no missions no anything. How can I keep on fanning the flames of my youth if the only thing I can do is sit on a wheelchair and pretend I'm doing alright? I want to do this Hokage-sama" There's nothing worse than pretending to be ok and wanting to cry on the inside. If this procedure had at least a small chance of fixing everything then he would do it.

"Baa-chan I think you should do it" Which didn't mean he liked it of course, but he could understand. If faced with a similar situation Naruto would undoubtedly want this to be done to him despite the odds, why would Lee be any different. "You asked me to come here so I could show Lee my support. As a friend and as a fellow shinobi of Konoha I'm begging you to give him the operation, if there's anyone that can survive it. It'll be him."

Gai didn't know what to say, ever since Lee got hurt by Gaara he had been feeling responsible for everything. He had been the one to instill the value of hard work to him, the guts to never give up and keep on working to accomplish all of his goals.

It had been exactly what drove him to give everything against the redhead from Suna.

So what can he say in this situation? What even is the right thing to say? He definitely doesn't want the kid who became the closest thing he has to a son to die, but he also doesn't want him to become stagnated and depressed longing for something he can't no longer have.

"What are your thoughts on this, Gai?"

The Hokage is actually thinking about it which means she is willing enough, he thinks he faintly heard her arguing with Naruto while he got lost in thought, the boy seems able to convince her of doing things for whatever reasons.

At the end of the day, it isn't his choice to make. His beliefs had driven Lee to the place where he now stands and as much as he wants him alive he wants him happy, the boy is still after all going through the springtime of his youth, he'll come through, he always does. "If Lee-kun believes this to be the best I won't be the one to say otherwise, this is his dream and I support his decision to fight for it."

Tsunade hates them all, why does she keep allowing herself to be swayed into doing things by strong willed brats? Whatever, the kid is going to most likely die if she does the surgery but he's very convinced.

She'll have to find a way to get his odds up.

"You are going to owe me big time for this, the two of you." She said, pointing at Lee and Naruto. "As it is, the surgery is most likely going to kill you and I don't want that in my conscience, come back here in two days so I have some time to figure out how to fix you without killing you in the process."

Naruto and Lee were thrilled to hear her words while Gai opted for contained happiness combined with weariness. She left them there and went straight to the library. The Uzumaki and Lee had to fetch Tenten for their dinner to celebrate the rookies promotions, she had to work on their behalf.

What can she get in compensation for spending two days without sleeping for this?


Dinner had gone as well as you'd expect. The Konoha 11 had gathered along with their senseis to celebrate the newest Chunin additions to the village and they all enjoyed it, eating competitions between the Akimichi and the Uzumaki, fun little games and slightly inebriated Jonins.

But Naruto, Sakura and Kakashi had decided to leave the party early, they were extremely grateful for the attention they received and wouldn't have left if they didn't think it necessary, but there was someone they still needed to see before the night ends, someone they had to thank too.

"I know it's been a while." Sakura said with both Naruto and Kakashi sharing similar thoughts as they watched. "Naruto and I are Chunin now, can you believe it? I'm not as useless anymore," She chuckled at her own words, almost hearing the snort and dismissive grunt with hidden pride laced in it that would've for sure been the answer to her question. "I'm sure that if you had taken the exams you would also be a Chunin by now, you were always the best out of the three of us Sasuke-kun."

There was no way they'd be able to celebrate Team 7's newest achievement without the whole of team 7. Naruto and Sakura rarely came to visit Sasuke, it wasn't out of malice of course they just had been busy with other things. Kakashi made it a point to come at the very least once every week and for him, it didn't feel like enough.

Losing Sasuke was and still is his greatest Sin.

Visiting the cemetery of Konoha had never been an eerie experience, it was, in most cases; an opportunity to bond and share with those that stayed behind. People rarely were afraid coming here, sad? Of course but never afraid, this place has a welcoming aura to those who wish to visit.

Sasuke's tomb isn't any different.

"I keep on asking myself how things would be if I had taken the hit for you" Said Naruto, kneeling down and lighting up an incense stick. "You should be a Chunin by now, the best in the village." His sharingan came to life as he stared at the name of his best friend. "I will fight to make you proud Sasuke, I'll make sure your eye isn't wasted on me."

Naruto had always thought that when it came to skill Sasuke would leave him and Sakura behind, he was never bitter or angry about it though. It just seemed like a fact to him, but it was ok, they were best friends after all, why would he ever be mad at his friend's success?

That is neither here nor there he supposes, his friend is gone and all he can do is make sure to use the gift he left behind for him to the fullest of his capabilities, even if he's yet to discover them all at the moment.

Kakashi stepped forward, his gaze fixed upon the solemn grave before him, with a heavy heart he lowered his head and knelt in front of the stone tablet that showed the name of one of his biggest failures carved in stone and sighed; are things good now? Are they not? What could've happened if he hadn't died? Would he still be a bad sensei? He shook his head trying to clear his mind of the what-ifs.

Intrusive thoughts, that's what Inochi called them in one of their sessions.

A silent prayer was shared between the members of team 7 as they all sat in a weirdly comfortable silence, the smell of the incense stick they lit up filled their noses and soothed their souls, it didn't matter how much regret they all felt for the past; it was almost as if their lost member listened to their prayers and reassured them every time, pushing out their guilt and easing their minds.

As pleasing as the silence had become to all three of them, it had to be broken. "I got you both something." Kakashi grabbed a pair of scrolls from his vest, one red and one orange; these immediately caught his students' attention who extended their hands to catch them as they were tossed at them.

Sealing scrolls, they had become increasingly familiar with those, especially the fuinjutsu practitioner of the bunch. They proceeded to unfurl the scrolls to release the seal holding whatever it was Kakashi had gotten for them. "I know it isn't much" He said, "but I know some Jonin Sensei have some sort of tradition with their students when they become Genin, the Sarutobi and their students all get earrings so I thought this could be our thing."

This side of Kakashi that had surfaced after everything went through never ceased to amaze Naruto and Sakura, the latter being the one most impressed by his present.

"I even got one for myself, don't expect me to wear it too much though, I'm quite fond of the standard uniform." He said as he revealed a Jacket from a pouch that was in the same design as theirs. It's a very peculiar type of black hooded jacket. It has sleeves that reach almost to the elbows with sleeves and parts of the chest of a different color.

In Naruto's case, it is a beautiful dark orange no different from a fiery sunset, and for Sakura, a lovely crimson red reminiscent to the blaze of a roaring flame accentuated with black borders on the sleeves and hood. To top it all off, there is a black line in the middle of the sleeves that lead to a crest right in the center: the legendary Uzumaki swirl for him and the Haruno family symbol for her.

While the lower part of the hoodie is also black; it too has small details in the opposite color, such as small pockets on the front of the hoodie, which, upon closer inspection, reveal storage seals for their ninja equipment. The jackets were tailored to their every need and looked to be more than good enough for their work as Shinobi.

Kakashi's was no different than theirs but he chose to have it be a breath-taking silver color that looked to be the same shade as his hair. He made sure they were made of a highly resistant and waterproof shinobi fabric, that way they would never worry about blood stains. "Now that you both are chunin, we won't be taking as many missions together and you will start leading your own squads."

Both Naruto and Sakura started directing their gaze at the ground as they listened to Kakashi's words, they had gotten used to being a team and as excited as they were to grow in the shinobi ranks, they would miss their sensei. "Things haven't always been great but I want you to know that you two can come to me for anything and I'll do everything in my power to help you out, no matter what you'll always be my cute little genin."

Sakura and Naruto both launched themselves at their sensei and tightly embraced him, something that caught him by surprise but found he didn't hate at all, he actually liked it so much that he returned their hug. 'Yes… everything will be just fine'.

After releasing the group hug, all three of them put on their jackets as they stood up, throwing one last glance at Sasuke's resting place, with a last silent prayer they departed on their ways back home, promising to see each other again as soon as possible, something that wouldn't be hard at all of course, which Kakashi reflected on as he watched his pinked hair apprentice walk away.

Naruto and Sakura were the best of friends and met to train or hang out almost daily, sometimes even both. Kakashi and Naruto were after all brothers by choice and it wasn't a rare occurrence to see them together around the village, either training or just hanging out (something Kakashi had to be forced to do though not as much as he used to). Speaking off… "Say Nii-san, what if we go get some dinner before you go home? How about some ramen?"

He smiled to himself and looked up at the sky as they both walked away from the cemetery together, he would always cherish these moments. "Sure we can, but you're paying this time Naruto."

"What? Why am I paying? Aren't you supposed to be celebrating ME?!" He replied in annoyance, huffing.

"Maa maa Naruto, I only pay for cute little genin and you're no longer one of those, you should take it as a compliment y'know?" Oh he loved messing with his little brother, it's just so easy.

"BUT YOU JUST SAID WE WOULD ALWAYS BE YOUR- HEY! DON'T WALK AWAY FROM ME KAKASHI!"


Seven more days have passed since their promotion and things had gone rather smoothly to all newly promoted Chunin, their assignments so far hadn't been particularly taxing, the Hokage had decided it was best they first learned the inner works of the village's military structure first and sent them all to familiarize themselves with the former.

They had learned how the security patrols worked and how and when they would/could be assigned to them, what was expected of them in those positions and what they'd need to do to accomplish them. Introductions had also been made between them and the chunin and as many of the Jonin forces of the village in that same time span.

Finally, Tsunade asked Inoichi to give them a quick run down of the T&I department and even introduced them to the Anbu commander to receive a short briefing about their procedures so they would know what action to take in different circumstances where a clear chain of command wasn't clear.

Everything had fortunately gone smoothly for them and they received word from the Hokage herself that they would start receiving mission assignments very soon, leading Genin Squads in lower ranks would come first as a way of training for them but they were all confident it would help them out a great lot.

In even happier news, Lee had undergone surgery with both Tsunade and Shizune and even though some complications occurred he miraculously survived the procedure, he would take at least a month to start walking again and for now was still unconscious as per his doctor's wishes.

That was definitely the safest way to have him stay still long enough for the most delicate part of his healing process.

Things were quickly changing and that was actually the reason Naruto had decided to come back to the cemetery again, there were still some people resting there whom he needed to talk to before starting this new chapter of his life. He of course started with his parents, he usually couldn't help but cry every time he talked to them in this place, sometimes they were tears of joy, sometimes they weren't.

It's still hard getting used to the idea that you lost something you never had.

This time it was much easier though, no tears were shed as he talked to them and told stories about his more recent adventures and everything going on in his life so far, he felt at peace like something had changed in the last few weeks but he wasn't entirely sure of what it was. Either way he felt immense relief as he spoke and for a moment could even slightly feel a warm embrace.

He'd start making time to visit them more often.

Before leaving, there was someone else he had to see and a sad look made its way to his face the moment he stood up from his parents' shared grave; Konoha's latest lost hero.

The Sandaime Hokage.

Naruto stared at the name with teary eyes, kneeling down and finding a comfortable position, he lit up an incense stick right after and spoke out-loud. "I'm a Chunin now Jiji, one step closer to being Hokage 'ttebayo! I just… I Just wish you were here to see it. I'm sorry I didn't come sooner, I've been busy with baachan's familiarization but we're going to start getting assignments soon, I'll do everything to make you proud Jiji I promise!"

A sad smile adorned his face with a few treacherous tears running down his face in clear defiance. His loss had been a giant blow for Naruto, but he won't let it affect him any longer; that's not what Hiruzen would've wanted after all. The moment he made that realization a soft breeze caressed his cheeks, it made him feel reassured.

"I miss you very much Jiji…" He sat there in a comfortable silence, reciting a prayer in his mind with both hands clasped together. There was a very comfortable quiet and relaxing aura around him as he connected with his late grandfather. He wished he could make it last longer but alas it wasn't meant to be.

"You know… what you're doing is very rude. I would prefer if you didn't, not here."

Following his words 6 figures emerged from the shadows and surrounded him but much to their annoyance, Naruto didn't stand up.

"You're going to die today brat! Orochimaru-sama sends his regards." One of the opposing shinobi spoke out loud, by the looks of it, their leader.

Opening his eyes Naruto could see they were in fact Oto shinobi by the looks of it, Chunin judging by their age, and here he thought he could have a quiet and relaxed conversation with his grandfather, now he'd have to fight some idiots in his resting place.

It made him very angry.

"I didn't realize that bastard cared enough about me to send you guys to greet me, thinking about it though, he does seem like the kind to be obsessed with children." He purposely made them angry, one of the things Kakashi loves doing to his enemies, throwing them off their game.

Just as he expected, a reckless Chunin grabbed his sword and carelessly rushed at the still seating Naruto, he didn't think there was any way he would be able to react in time despite his comrades saying otherwise. He got right in front of his face and just when he was about to cut his head off a golden chain erupted from the ground and stopped his every move as it tied itself all around his body.

Naruto calmly stood up from the ground and knocked the man unconscious with a quick chop to the neck, using him as an example. "This will be your one and only warning, leave now."

"You will pay for your insolence, you stupid asshole!" Was the answer from one of the Oto Chunin.

"Ok then, just remember you asked for this."

Naruto calmly unsealed both of his short staffs from the seals on his jacket and maneuvered them into his hands, they were a gift from his grandfather so it was only right that he used them to beat the crap out of the people who disrespected the resting place of so many Konoha heroes.

To that regard he actually decided to make them into a larger staff making use of the seals his grandfather engraved on them, he mostly uses that form for defensive purposes or alongside wind jutsu but the Sandaime had trained him in the art of bojutsu and he was damn good at it.

Just as he was about to start the fight explosions started going off in the distance, the cemetery was far from the village but close enough that he would be able to hear such things and it only made him even more angry so, as his sharingan eye came to life he stared down his opponents. "I'm going to beat the hell out of you so hard you'll regret ever coming here!"


Moments earlier.

"The decision is final Hiashi, there is nothing you can do. The boy will be sealed again as he should be."

"Decision?" He asked enraged, "I don't recall making such a decision. As a matter of fact I told you countless times he would not be receiving the mark again. I'm the head of this clan and my word here is law, do you understand?!" He had done this way too many times already, gone through the same conversation, explained the course of action they'd take…

They still didn't listen.

"We overruled you in this matter Hiashi, we believe you are not in the right state of mind to make the decision necessary for the greater good of our clan." Said one of the elders that had entered his quarters, with a smugness in him that made Hiashi's blood boil. "The whole council of elders has agreed on this"

"Overrule me?" His apparently calm visage disappeared from his face just as his chakra started leaking out of him, building an immense pressure in the room. They made him angry. "You have the power to overrule NOTHING! do not mistake your positions for anything else than what they are elders, you are mere advisors whose continuous involvement in this clan's dealings I allow out of sheer pity."

The elders clearly were not expecting this to be the outcome of their conversation, it was obvious by the look in their faces that they thought Hiashi could be intimidated into doing what they wanted, they had done so before after all. "You may have been able to manipulate my father into doing your bidding but do not think for one second he and I are the same. Now leave my office before I decide you should be punished for your insolence."

The elders quickly stood up with their tails between their legs and very angry looks, Hiashi just didn't get it. Why is it that they're so obsessed with this? Sure, he once held very oppressive and outdated ideals towards the side branch, towards his family. But he was able to realize his mistakes, his past misgivings.

Why is it so hard for them?

A very thick and uncomfortable silence suddenly engulfed his compound as he watched the elders leave his office, it put him on edge and even the council were able to feel it, he was about to address the issue when a loud explosion momentarily deafened his ears, followed by countless other smaller explosions that by the looks of it aimed to destroy the walls surrounding the Hyuga estate.

In the commotion, a group of three Otogakure jonin broke through the wall of his office and aimed to strike down the Hyuga leader and advisors in one single blow; they greatly underestimated the might of the Hyuuga.

In a swift move, Hiashi dodged a blade aimed for his head and counterattacked with a jyuken strike to the forehead of his would be assassin, making him drop dead in an instant. The other two watched as their comrade died with extreme ease and charged the man at the same time, sharing a similar fate.

After they died, a pair of Hyuga shinobi with white bandages tied around their foreheads showed themselves and knelt in front of Hiashi to wait for instructions; the man in question removed the Hitai-ate from one of his attackers, seething with disgust at their allegiance. "The fools thought they could sneak up on a Hyuga. Listen well Ritsuka, Setsuko. We're under attack by Otogakure, I want you to gather a force and protect Neji's quarters at all costs, I fear he is their objective."

Both shinobi nodded and disappeared from view to complete their assignments, Neji was one of them, they would give their lives if it meant protecting him.

Hiashi was once again left alone with the elders in his office, the most intelligent course of action would be to let them in there under the protection of a few of his men while he waited for back up to arrive, by now the Hokage must know about the attack and Konoha's forces were bound to join at any moment, they could be protected.

But should they?

These men, with old ideas and outdated views of the world that saw people that should be their family as nothing more than slaves; he had taken part in it before but he is now working on fixing it. They are a constant thorn on his side, rejecting any notion of progress.

Yes, as much as it pains him, for the future of the Hyuga, the past needed to be purged and if anyone is going to bear that responsibility, it'll be him. He picked up one of his assailants' swords from the floor and gave them all an apologetic look, which was received with confused stares.

They didn't understand why Hiashi would need a sword for battle, he is a proud Hyuga after all, he always relies on his Taijutsu.

"I'm sorry about this elders, but this is a necessary step for the betterment of our clan." It was of the utmost importance that no evidence suggested the attack came from a Hyuga in order to keep appearances. So using the cover provided by the attack, Hiashi rushed them using the sword in a show of skill one wouldn't expect from the leader of the proudest clan in the village.

He made sure to work fast and grant them a death as merciful as he could, outdated as they were, they were still his family and in his eyes, deserved to die painlessly, so he slashed their necks and stabbed their hearts as quickly as he could, making them all drop dead in a matter of seconds.

The red liquid started covering almost the entirety of the floor he stood in, whether or not he had made the right choice was now irrelevant, there is no going back now, this attack would end up being a tragedy and losing him many of his clansmen, he knew it.

But it also provided a new opportunity, after this is all over the Hyuga will finally have a new tomorrow.


"Status report!"

"The invaders have only attacked the Hyuga estate and the hospital Hokage-sama, there are no other invaders in any of the key points of the village."

"I want all available squads of Chunin and Jonin to form groups and defend both the Hospital and the Hyuuga compound, have Genin squadrons evacuate the civilians. We cannot afford casualties."

"It will be done, Hokage-sama."

The Anbu reporting the situation to Tsunade disappeared from her office immediately after, leaving her momentarily alone. She stood up from her chair and removed her green haori, opting to leave it behind as she prepared to leave to fight for her village.

From the shadows, a new squad of Anbu showed up, her escort most likely preparing to go with her into the village and aid in its defense, she smiled at her soldiers and was about to address them when out of nowhere all 4 of them unleashed their swords and impaled her in different points of her body, leaving her with a completely shocked face.

"Tch. Killing this old bitch was way too easy you idiots! I was even worried for a second because of your stupid fear of her." The "Anbu" removed her mask and cowl, revealing her appearance; that of a young woman with short red hair and a pale appearance. Her teammates followed shortly after and revealed themselves too.

One was a man with dark skin and black hair tied in a ponytail, you could think of him as normal until you look down and see he has 4 arms and a semblance not too different from that of a spider. Right next to him stood a big man with a bald head except for three patches of orange hair located on both sides and the top of his head.

Finally, there was a man with a pale bluish hair and sickly smile covered in black lipstick, he is by far the most creepy looking of the two and that was only accentuated by the fact he had another head on the back of his neck.

"W-Who?" Sputtered Tsunade with a trembling body.

The creepy looking one looked at her with a sickly smile and started laughing uncontrollably. "Who else but Orochimaru-sama? He asked that we personally take care of you in this little expedition of ours."

Tsunade's shocked looking face quickly turned into a taunting smirk, making all 4 of her attackers feel uneasy. "Orochimaru huh… I figured as much." The impaled Hokage smiled at them and allowed her body to turn into wood before collapsing in the ground, confusing the Sound 4 very much.

"It would seem you were right Tora, someone was going to try and assassinate me tonight, if we had bet on it you would have won." Two figures started emerging from the ground in a way not so different from Orochimaru, after they completely reached the surface the attackers could see a perfectly fine Hokage along with an Anbu wearing a tiger's mask.

"Far be it from me to bet against my Hokage's directives…" Answered the Anbu in a teasing manner the new Hokage found amusing. "I was simply stating what I thought to be obvious."

"Whatever show-off… Go and join your squad at the Hyuuga compound, if Orochimaru sent these idiots it means that's their first objective… To think they'd attack just when Jiraiya left and a lot of our Jonin were sent on missions."

"It seems rather curious that they'd pick this day to attack, don't you think Hokage-sama?" Mused Tora as he made his way to leave the office through the window.

Tsunade rubbed her chin in thought as she took her Anbu's words into consideration, once realization hit she got very angry. "It does suggest someone from the inside tipped them off… We'll deal with it later, go help the Hyuuga, I can take care of these punks."

Tora accepted the command and shunshined out of the room, leaving the Hokage along with Orochimaru's goons. "I was very relaxed tonight; I thought I could go to sleep early and maybe even have a cup of sake.

The pressure in the room became too much as Tsunade allowed her powerful and angry chakra to leave her body. "I hope you came prepared for the shitstorm that's about to rain down on you."

Notes:

AN: I've never been a fan of cliffhangers but If I had written the fights here it would make this chapter extremely long and I honestly don't want that.

I don't know if you remember I said I would be doing something different for Konoha's elders on this fic, they are rather unlikable in canon and most stories double on that aspect which is why I decided to write them differently for the sake of this story.

I did kill one of them though…

Point is, Koharu is going to be good with Tsunade and aid her during the course of this story. I want to reiterate that my Tsunsde is cooler and stronger than canon Tsunade so I'm going to have her do cooler things.

This is my take on the Sasuke retrieval mission of course but with some major changes.

Like Sasuke being dead way beforehand for example.

I'll try and have next chapter ready as soon as possible. Please do let me know what you think and review this chapter, it helps me improve my writing.

Until next time,

Be safe!

Chapter 18: Siege

Chapter Text

He had to admit, the Chunin were a bigger problem than he anticipated; as rash as they seem, the quick defeat of one of his teammates by his hand made them cautious of him, more careful. And they were defending themselves rather well.

That said, Naruto hadn't gone all out yet.

"The copy ninja isn't here to protect you asshole! Give up now and we might give you a quick and painless death."

Why people underestimate him so much Naruto would never know, is it something about the way he dresses? A perfectly normal day suddenly got weirder and weirder by the second, there's no telling what's going on in the village with the explosions he heard earlier and these people - whoever they are - were only holding him in place.

They were correct though, Kakashi had been sent out on an important mission outside the village alongside Asuma and Gai - rather overkill if he were honest - but the silver haired ninja trained the hell out of him to make sure he didn't need protection.

He was admittedly still very far from reaching his level, but for these guys? It'd be enough. "My name is Uzumaki Naruto, future Hokage and student of the Copy ninja and Gama Sennin of Konoha! Don't underestimate me!"

5 against one? Very unfair in his opinion, he'd have to do something about that. During his training Naruto had come across a very important detail. The Kage Bunshin is a very interesting jutsu, you can in theory put a lot of Chakra into the jutsu and spawn a lot of clones, he had proved the theory himself.

But what if one were to try and put a lot of Chakra into a few clones? Applying a lot of extra chakra in a clone when it was already created can be… disastrous explosive even, blowing yourself up was not something he was hoping to do again anytime soon.

He had figured a use for it though, and he was pretty excited about it, too bad Kakashi had burst his bubble telling him that "Jutsu" had already been discovered or invented, he still wasn't sure. It even has a name. Bunshin Daibakuha. So he tried again, this time willing as much chakra as he could while trying his best to not spawn too many clones. The result? 4 clones, very buffed clones.

It had been a very successful experiment at the time, clones that, while still fragile, could very well take a beating before going down, just what he needed. Naruto put both hands in the now familiar cross hand seal and spawned 4 very angry looking clones, each of them with their own set of electrified staffs. "There, that seems more fair."

A battle waits for no one. In the blink of an eye the clones sprung into action, each one of them kicking away one of his attackers and following right after them, leaving the original Naruto with the still unmoving leader of the Oto shinobi.

"I have to say I'm surprised Naruto-san, I'm a person that can respect another man's strength. This battle should prove to be…

enlightening." The man had only spoken to him once before this, and it wasn't anywhere near this respectful; something about his appearance screamed danger.

"The name's Gen'yumaru, be sure to remember that when I spill your blood in the name of Orochimaru-sama!" He has tousled neck-length white hair, a strong chin, and dark purple eyes - as well as some sort of mental disorder - Naruto couldn't help but ask himself why he always is the one to face the weirdos.

He realized then and there that this man was not to be underestimated, not that he wouldn't be demonstrating any time soon. Without speaking a single word, the sickly smile that had taken over his features receded, giving way to the calm facade that was addressing just a moment earlier, and then without even looking the least bothered he started going through a very fast set of hand seals as he breathed in massive amounts of air and chanted in his mind Ototon: Jigoku Himei no Jutsu!

Gen'yumaru released the air he had accumulated in the form of a chakra laced scream, sending powerful waves of sound that leveled everything in his path. With the Sharingan active Naruto quickly jumped away from the range of the attack but found himself surprised when the sonic scream started going after him.

Realizing he wouldn't be able to outrun the attack forever Naruto jumped away as far as he could and tossed his unified staff in the air, with his wind chakra flowing the staff started spinning very fast in front of Naruto who started going through a quick set of hand seals to complete his defense.

Futon: Bouseki Tate no Kaze!

The wind picked up around Naruto and started spinning rapidly in a circular motion, merging with his staff right in front of him and forming a shield around him. When the attack reached Naruto he managed to stop it from hitting him and even deflected it, making Gen'yumaru stop screaming and jump away so he wouldn't be caught by his own attack.

All this while smirking. "Well Naruto-san I didn't think you'd be able to defend against one of my best moves…it seems I'm going to have a lot fun ripping you to pieces!"

The Uzumaki decided not to wait a second longer and rushed his opponent the fastest he could, appearing right in front of him in a matter of seconds with a sphere of chakra already prepared in his hand; with as much strength as he could, Naruto placed the Rasengan right in his opponent's chest and sent him flying away towards the forest, that weird sonic attack had dealt enough damage to the cemetery already, he wouldn't allow any more disrespect to those who rest here.

'This will be a long night'


A squad of Jonin led by Shiranui Genma landed right in front of Hiashi, who felt a little relief as he watched the reinforcements arrive to the aid of the Hyuuga Compound by the dozens. "Genma correct? It is good to see you."

"What is the situation?" Asked Genma

Before answering Hiashi let out a tired sigh. "We're holding back as much as we can, the attackers don't have particularly good skills to speak of but what they lack in talent they make up with weapons, they're using explosives relentlessly against us, I have the main branch protecting us in the front lines but they're starting to get tired."

"Have all civilian Hyuga been evacuated yet?" Asked the Jounin.

"Yes, I tasked my eldest with evacuating the non-combatants and children of the clan, with the elderly following behind them. They used the underground passageways." Thankfully Hinata had been more than apt for the task and should be about to reach the bunkers built by the Hyuuga of the past, the locations of which are known only to them.

The only real issue they were still being faced with is the constant bombardment they're being subject to, he can't think of where they could be getting this much explosives; still, their Hakkesho Kaiten truly is a magnificent technique more than able to repel the constant blasts there is a reason why it is considered the ultimate defense of the clan, the downside is that its continuous use would take a toll on anyone, the head of the Hyuuga had placed his best soldiers with the knowledge of this technique at the front, defending against the onslaught of explosions to shield the compound and its inhabitants but they were starting to give.

Nodding his head in understanding Genma replied "I have a way to deal with them I just need to slip past them, from what I can see the bombers are gathered in a single place, anything else I should know?"

"Enemies have already infiltrated the compound, many of my shinobi are fighting hordes of enemies on the inside, that is the reason we haven't been able to properly deal with them, if this are truly Orochimaru's forces, then I fear the reason for the attack is my nephew." Using his Byakugan he could see that there is indeed fighting going on near Neji's resting place, currently the most secured part of the compound, he could very well recognize Neji's own family fighting to protect him. "Send a squad of your best men to aid in his protection, he's the reason behind this invasion, we must not let them win."

Genma immediately followed orders and sent a squad of Jonin to aid in the protection of Neji, after they left he nodded to Hiashi and disappeared in a Shunshin, positioning himself in a hidden spot just outside the compound but close enough to the bombers to take them down in a single move.

There's a reason why he's considered one of the best ninja in the village, stealth.

With his hands placed in a ram seal, Genma started gathering chakra around his face, letting it travel through his wind pipes with the utmost control posible, after he felt he was ready, Gemma spit his ever present senbon. Surprisingly enough though, it didn't fall to the ground.

The senbon powered by Genma's chakra floated right in front of his face, having made sure everything was set the Jounin took a deep breath and with a smirk on his face started whistling.

At the command of his tune, the Senbon started flying straight at the Oto Shinobi at an incredible high speed, the invaders were able to feel danger coming but didn't realize in what way the danger would get them, preparing themselves for the oncoming onslaught they all formed one big circle, eliminating the possibility of anyone getting pass them.

How incredibly wrong they were.

Genma was pleasantly surprised, it's not everyday that the enemy get themselves in the perfect position for him. With a final whistle that everyone could hear, the Senbon flew straight at the shinobi closest to him, positioning itself at his left ear… then it went in.

Time slowed down for the one next to him, he watched in slow motion as his comrade went still and his face went stale, then, just as quickly as it happened his eyes rolled back into his brain and he fell to the ground.

Dead.

It had been painfully slow in his eyes, and he knew it, he knew not one of them would survive this and it scared the shit out of him. Why were they even here? Why had they been sent to do this? Their leader, the person that was there to protect them did this, but why? Surely Orochimaru-sama would know things like this existed in the village, right? He must've known they wouldn't get out of here, but they were still here.

Looking down at his lifeless friend he started getting angry, who would take care of his son? His wife? His mother? Who would tell them what had happened here? Would they want revenge against Konoha? Time started flowing normal again which meant, it was his turn now. But it had been so… Bloodless.

Is that a good thing?

His thoughts were interrupted, all of their thoughts were. Genma landed inside their circle with Kunai held in a reverse grip in both hands, just in case, but they were not needed. Each and everyone of the people bombarding the compound fell to the ground, dead in a matter of seconds.

"Excellent work Genma." One of the Hyuga defending the state said, joining Genma alongside a few of his clansmen outside the compound, they had met before. Tokuma, a friend from the infiltration unit. "Now that we don't have to worry about stopping the bombs, we're able to eliminate the ones that managed to infiltrate us."

"That is excellent, we'll be leaving you to it then, the hospital has also been attacked, the ANBU and available Chunin forces are there fighting but they could probably use the reinforcements." Said Genma.

"Very well then," Answered Tokuma with a nod. "We'll finish up here and join you over there, these bastards will pay for what they're doing, I'll go inform Hiashi-sama right awa-"

"DIIEEEE!"

"What the f-"

"HIASHI-SAMA!"

Followed by the piercing war cry that interrupted their conversation Genma and Tomuma watched how Hiashi came flying through the still standing walls outside of the compound only to be stopped by a tree, one he hit with his back very hard.

Was that sickening crunch sound the tree or his spine?

"JUUGO WILL KILL YOU!"

His spine, definitely his spine.


"This is going to be your last chance to surrender you old bitch!" Yelled Ukon with a voice filled with disgust. Tsunade was proving to be hard to deal with, they haven't been able to put her down yet and even though they weren't going all out yet, they were perfectly aware that she wasn't either.

"Surrender? Why would I do that? All I see after all is a bunch of snot nosed brats with very little skills to speak of." She knew that was probably not the case considering who exactly they worked for, she knew Orochimaru wouldn't send some push overs after her, especially not after what she put him through.

Still, Tsunade had been working on getting back into shape or as good of a shape as possible ever since she was instated as Hokage, she hadn't had that much time to do it but it had been enough for Jiraiya to help her out some. If only she hadn't sent Jiraiya and Kakashi out on those assignments.

Either way, her skills were coming back slowly and even some knew tricks on her sleeves.

Jirobo and Kidomaru attacked her, the bigger of the two jumped towards her faster than someone of his size should be able to and fell towards her with an extended fist, it was bound to hurt. She skidded back and avoided the impact, watching as he made a crater on the floor.

Kidomaru went right after, making sure not to leave her any time to adjust herself or counter their attacks, he shot an arrow made out of a golden substance that he secreted from the pores in his skin and shot at her with a bow made of that same liquid.

She knelt down to the ground to avoid the arrow and watched as it tore through the wall of her office. 'A kekkei genkai, where does Orochimaru even find these people? I cannot fight them here, we'll end up destroying the tower.'

She smirked at them from her position and burst in a cloud of smoke, leaving in her place a bench she had used to substitute herself. From the window of her office the sound 4 watched as Tsunade stood in a little park right outside the tower and motioned for them to follow her.

The Godaime Hokage started running away from the tower; she knew she could beat them but had to be smart about it, if they fought in any of the forests just outside the village they would have a terrain advantage, but there were a lot of training grounds in Konoha, and most of them were open fields.

She ran to the first one she could think of and smirked as she reached a little bridge with a sign hanging from a pole.

Training ground 7 aka Kakashi's torture spot.

"You can't run away from us!"

Tsunade was starting to get annoyed by the girl's foul mouth, someone needed to teach her some manners and she would be the one. "Whoever said I'm running away from you? I just didn't want to destroy my office, I have a fancy bottle of sake there and I don't plan on breaking it."

Sakon, the leader of the group had been awfully quiet ever since they began chase and it was only then he realized she had decided to leave them to this place, they were standing in an open field in the middle of a forest, with a river running right beside, it presented no significant field advantage for either of them, at least that's what he thought.

"People think that just because I'm a medic I don't really know any offensive jutsu and I'll admit, I rarely used jutsu that wasn't meant for healing back in the day but ever since I got back I've been studying a bit, after all…" She started going through a very quick set of 6 hand seals that ended in the bird seal, surprising the sound shinobi. "The Godaime Hokage can't go around without a few Jutsu to her name!"

Suiton: Suiryudan no Jutsu!

The river behind her started going wild and released a powerful roar. Smirking, Tsunade stood with her hands still holding a bird seal which she used to command the giant water dragon that emerged behind her.

When coming to the village to enact this little invasion the Sound Four knew they arguably had the hardest job out there. Despite their bravado they knew fighting a Kage couldn't be easy and then they managed to impale her in multiple spots fairly quickly, they thought themselves better; for a moment they allowed themselves to think it was easy.

It had been shut off so quickly, and now here they stand, watching as that enormous dragon moved deceptively fast in their direction. They knew they'd be surviving the attack, hell, even in their seemingly shared thoughts they had already started to dodge the attack in their respective ways, it'll still hurt though.

All 4 of them were considered the elite in Orochimaru's forces, the only one above them being Kabuto, the man's right hand. That's if you didn't consider Kimimaro of course, but he could barely even move nowadays. With that thought in mind, it killed them to see Tsunade in such a state of mind.

With not the slightest hint of doubt in her visage, it's like she already knows the outcome of their encounter, like she has absolutely no doubt that she's more than able to kill all 4 of them. Did Orochimaru-sama know of this fact before sending them all here?

The dragon hit its objectives, partially. The bigger of them had created a dome of rock he used to protect himself and his foul-mouthed teammate, it couldn't withstand the full force of the blast and broke down, sending them both crashing into a tree trunk but mostly unharmed.

The two headed shinobi jumped away as fast as he could, trying to make his way into the top a tree, While fast his attempt at evading lacked speed to outrun the water beast, he was caught by the force of the impact and had a very rough landing in one of the tree's branches.

'That's going to fucking hurt' Kidomaru, the one with 6 arms thought, he had a rather curious ability, he was able to produce a web-like fluid that hardened at will and was highly infused with chakra. It's a remarkably strong material and was actually able to withstand the impact, protecting him from any significant damage. He was still sent flying away of course but it wasn't that bad.

Tsunade never lost the smirk adorning her face, something that didn't go unnoticed by her wannabe assassins. "I'm giving you your one and only chance to get the hell out of my village and never come back here."

Kami knows they wished they could take her offer, but it'd be way worse for them if they returned to Orochimaru with their tails between their legs, this woman though, she's playing with them, toying with her minds. "This is the day you die, Senju!" Offered Sakon, trying to motivate his teammates, not that he himself believed it.

"I was hoping you'd say that…" The air around them became heavy and they knew they were done for. It's very common practice for Shinobi to constantly suppress their chakra signature, especially as they grow older and their chakra pool grows more and more, for someone with the expertise and control Tsunade has, hiding her presence was extremely easy, so much so that she could pass as a civilian with little to no effort on her part.

For her it's second nature, something she's been doing for so long now that she doesn't even have to do it anymore, it just happens, that however limits her abilities, making access to her chakra trickier and harder. On a normal day it wouldn't be an issue, but this was far from a normal day and she knows it.

She's truly worthy of her title as a legendary shinobi if the sheer potency of her chakra is to be believed. The thing that stuck out for them the most is how different it felt from Orochimaru's, her chakra doesn't feel vile, it doesn't have that corrosive feel to it that makes you wanna vomit and kill yourself whenever you feel it only to get away as soon as possible. It's warm, it speaks of protection, but it isn't dangerous and they know it, that's what gives them such a feeling.

Fear.

Only one man before this encounter had managed to make them experience true fear, they hate it. Knowing there's an incredibly high chance that you won't come out of a fight victorious really takes a toll on your mind, these 4 shinobi being a prime example of it.

Tsunade hates waiting around, ever since she came back she's been having this urge to do better, to improve, to advance and if it meant fighting with all her might, she would. These 4 shinobi, as young as they are, currently stand against what her ancestors fought so hard to build and she won't neglect it anymore.

It's a pity really, to have been brainwashed and enslaved to this extent by one of if not the biggest psychopath in the world is truly sad to see, she hates blood; she's no longer afraid of it and especially not afraid of spilling it but hates having to do it.

It doesn't matter, she will do what must be done.

"You won't leave this place alive!" She yelled from the top of her lungs and didn't stay still any longer, she had a very clear strategy in mind already after all.

The girl hadn't done much against her so far in the exchange of blows she already had with the invaders and lacks the appearance of a close range fighter, so Tsunade had a good idea of what she could do. 'Either a medic or Genjutsu'

She started running at them with no clear target in her face, it wouldn't be wise of her to telegraph her moves. As soon as she reached half of the way she used a seal-less shunshin and disappeared in a swirl of leaves, re emerging mid-air behind Tayuya, an axe kick already in progress.

"ARGH!"

The girl of the team was hit on the back of the neck and was forced into the ground by the sheer strength of the Hokage, her body digging itself a few meters into the ground. But she wasn't done, not wanting to lose her momentum the woman used the ground she landed into right after the kick to spring herself into another jump, her fist already directed at her next target.

Jirobo realized rather quickly he was the next objective of the deceptively fast woman as soon as he saw her jump again, it was too bad he isn't as fast as her; he managed to bring up his arms but it did little to protect him. On impact he could feel the bones in his arms shattering into pieces as he was sent flying away from her and through a vast amount of trees.

Sakon and Kidomaru instantly activated their curse seals and went into level 2, they knew they would be needing it simply by watching Tsunade handle two of their teams with very little effort, they better be standing up again soon, it would be needed.

"So Orochimaru gave you one of those too huh? I guess it was to be expected." She said putting her focus back on them, earlier the spider looking guy had displayed some of his abilities and while not near enough, she can at least more or less figure out what he can do.

It's they're apparent leader that still remains a mystery, the only thing she knows so far is that he has two heads, could they be siamese twins? "You are the leader of this little team are you not?" She asked, looking at Sakon. "If you tell me who's feeding Orochimaru with information about the village's operations I might let you walk out alive."

A futile attempt at negotiating of course, she knew the outcome before even asking but it can't hurt to try, right? The Hokage watched attentively as their denial came along with the changes one experiences as they activate a curse mark; however disgusting they may be, they're also quite enlightening, giving useful information to those whose goal is to kill them.

Kidomaru quickly made a rough looking bow out of his body's secretion and shot a round of arrows formed of that same substance at her. The curse ran through his veins, strengthening his chakra, forcing her to evade the faster and deadlier attacks produced by his arrows.

As she jumped around to avoid the onslaught of attacks she realized Kidomaru had gone into hiding, leaving only the 'two headed freak' still standing on the same spot. The raining arrows didn't stop and came from many different directions, a very good maneuver when the objective is to throw off your opponent.

Following the trajectory of the projectiles she realized the enemy wanted to lead her deeper into the forest surrounding the training ground where they stood, a little closer to the place she had sent the bigger of the four with that devastating punch.

Do people get a kick out of making her days harder?


"It seems we keep on working together, Shino."

"Indeed Sakura-san, I do not think it's a bad thing however; you've proven yourself to be a capable shinobi." Said Shino as he sidestepped to avoid a kunai flying in his directions. "I would still prefer it if our working together didn't involve being attacked in our own village."

Sakura had been sound asleep when the sound of explosions started being heard all around the village. Without so much as a second thought she stood up and dressed into her clothes with her chunin vest unzipped on top.

She left her room and grabbed both of her parents, upon leaving their house she met with a squad of Genin escorting civilians and sent her parents away with them as she readied to defend her home. Jumping to the rooftops she saw a hawk that the shinobi in the village recognized as a summon, she followed its directions and found herself being debriefed by an Anbu.

Not much was said in the short briefing other than Otogakure using the cover of the night to launch a second invasion. She was tasked with defending the hospital alongside some of her comrades and that's exactly what she set on doing, meeting with Shino upon arrival.

"Is this a good time to compare notes, Shino?" She asked right after finishing off one of the invaders and watching all current attackers in the hospital being dealt with.

"I was sent here by captain Tora to aid in defending the hospital, it would seem Orochimaru decided to send his forces once again, the only targets I'm aware of are the hospital, the Hyuuga estate and Hokage-sama herself." Explained Shino logically, the information mostly matching what Sakura had received from the Anbu that briefed her.

"I didn't know the Hokage had also been attacked, but I guess it would make sense, have you seen Shikamaru and Naruto?" In the hospital were many of the Chunin and Jounin still present in the village and she knew that the others were most likely aiding in defending the target clan, but she still hadn't even heard of them.

"Shikamaru-san and some other Chunin are leading the Genin squads tasked with evacuating civilians, he actually took Kiba with him to help in tracking possible victims. I haven't seen Naruto-san." It made her a little worried, he had most likely been sent to fight alongside the Hyuuga so there was no real reason for her to worry.

She watched as a few ANBU squads led by captain Tora landed in front of the hospital right before the street exploded in giant clouds of smoke that carried with them three giant snakes. The Chunin and few Jonin present all exchanged decided looks as they prepared and watched wood erupting from the ground and getting tied around one of the giant creatures giving them all space to continue on their counter attack.

Sakura jumped into action and joined her comrades knowing she couldn't leave to search for her dearest friend just yet.

'Be careful Naruto-kun'


"AGH"

Naruto crashed into a tree with a very loud crack of his back, he was really thankful for his Uzumaki endurance at the moment, even more so his healing factor, it's definitely coming in handy with how much damage his ears are taking.

His battle with the bipolar loud ninja had been evenly matched up until this point, the reinforced clones Naruto had sent to take care of the rest of the squad sent to kill him had finished their job rather easily and even had time to dispose of the bodies.

One of them had even decided to join him in his fight, a gesture he appreciated - as much as one can appreciate something made for you by a literal clone of you, then again that might just be self-care - though it didn't really work for long, for as strong as it was it didn't stop being a clone, being sent crashing into a few trees was all it took.

Then again, with the use of the sharingan, Futon jutsu and his staffs he had been able to fight a fair battle, so far. He tried to use Raiton to win an edge in battle but whatever weird ability this man had to be able to scream like that was definitely wind based, disabling his Raiton jutsu quite easily.

Still, he managed to get close more than once and exchanged blows with Gen'yumaru, the man is no pushover when it comes to fighting however, the immense training he went through with Gai proved to be the key to besting him in battle; at this point being well versed in combining the use of his staffs with the Uzumaki taijutsu.

But the man had tricks of his own too, one he was now rather familiar with. Kami knows he really hates Orochimaru for ever creating the atrocity that is the Curse Mark and for apparently giving it to every single person he met, Naruto knew the moment he saw the mark that should he tap into it there was little chance he would manage to overcome him, so he had to stop him from using it.

The young Uzumaki once again ran towards his opponent at incredible speeds for one so young, the weights given to him by Maito Gai had been released long ago by now. He jumped incredibly high in the air and came crashing down at his opponent. His attack had been countered but he wouldn't be relenting anytime soon, displaying incredible skill with the now joint staff given to him by his late grandfather his onslaught continued.

The weapon had been electrified, Naruto started a dance of attacks that was incredibly fast yet calculated making great use of the Sharingan he was able to avoid all attempts at counter attacking, his face became incredibly stoic as he concentrated on attacking his opponent.

Gen'yumaru for his credit is an incredibly skilled fighter, he could block most of the blows and pokes Naruto made with the staff and actually started fighting back, but the red eye with two tomoe of his opponent proved to be an incredibly difficult tool to overcome.

The sound shinobi dropped to the ground and attempted to swipe Naruto off his feet only for him to do a slight jump and use his right foot to stomp on the still extended leg of the attacker and then kicking him hard in the stomach with enough force to send him flying through a few trees.

"I'M TIRED OF YOU AND YOUR STUPID STICK YOU IMBECILE!" Vile chakra started swirling around him violently picking up grass and dirt from the ground. The Uzumaki tried to stop him from fully tapping into its power but he greatly underestimated how fast he could get when using its power.

He ran towards him as he split the Staff back into its former divided state and tried to use fast and what he thought were unpredictable strikes. Gen'yumaru reacted way too fast and grabbed both from him, using them both to counterattack and hit Naruto in the head repeatedly.

As much as he tried, only some of the attacks were being parried or blocked as he became increasingly more violent and unhinged. He had thought the curse mark entailed black markings growing and expanding through the recipient's body and he was right of course, what he hadn't anticipated is the way Gen'yumaru's body now is growing, gaining horns and other weird bumps around him.

It even changed colors, he definitely wouldn't be that much into orange after this.

Each blow he received from his favorite weapon now turned against him became faster and stronger forcing him to backtrack and take massive blows, his face now looking more and more beaten and bloody. But that isn't near enough, as the enraged maniac incorporated different tactics into his attacks, mixing kicks and headbutss in between his attacks.

His form and discipline now virtually non-existent, if he wasn't so damn fast Naruto would've pummeled him to the ground already.

Funnily enough though, Naruto started feeling as if his attacks weren't as fast all the time, some looking slower and more telegraphed in a way that's easily dodged but judging by his enemy's appearance it didn't look at all like he started slowing down…

"Say Nii-san… How did you get the third tomoe in your sharingan eye?" He asked with a pensive look, catching Kakashi a bit off-guard. It's not like Naruto never asks questions on his training sessions but he tends to only speak of the Sharingan when that's what they're actually training.

"Why do you ask that?"

"I was going through Sasuke's things with Sakura-chan a few days ago and I found some scrolls on the Sharingan and its techniques… It says that it only is fully realized when the third tomoe appears but it doesn't say how to do it, is it supposed to only reach three tomoe for some or does it like already show up with as many tomoe as it'll ever get?"

He was eventually going to explain that to Naruto of course but he was curious enough already so why not take the time to explain now. "Very impressive Naruto, you're not as dumb as you look-

"HEY!"

"But to answer your question," He said switching into a serious tone, signaling to Naruto that the joking was over. "Like yours my sharingan only had two tomoe when it was given to me so it is possible to make it reach the third eventually."

"How did you do it?"

"I was forced to get it in a moment of great stress and danger. I believe it should be possible to reach this state through training alone but I was never actually able to do it, hopefully you will."

"JUST DIE ALREADY!"

Laughing maniacally Gen'yumaru used both of Naruto's weapons and hit him in the stomach with enough force to make him skid on the ground all while he remained looking down. In his maniacal state the sound shinobi tried to put both parts back together but failed miserably - clearly unable to understand the seals engraved on them and how they worked - which caused him to throw them away as he grew blades from his arms.

The staffs were thrown so hard that one of them actually pierced through a big rock that laid there and the other went completely out of view but the loss of them did not deter Naruto in the slightest. Naruto faced up again only this time with his eyes closed, he brought his arm up and removed most of the blood much to the amusement of the bipolar shinobi.

"You're one persistent young man, it's a pity I'M GOING TO DESTROY YOU!" He said taking in a deep breath that filled his expanding lungs and then released it in the form of a ear-piercing scream that made waves of sound destroy everything in its wake, with the power given to him by Orochimaru's curse mark he was able to obliterate the general direction where Naruto stood, only to leave behind a crater dozens of meters long.

Instead of finding a gory scene like he expected as soon as the dust settled, he found that his desired target was nowhere to be found, he looked around for a few seconds until on top of one the nearby trees he could hear someone taking in a deep breath. Looking up he found Naruto, eyes still closed releasing the air he took in and then passing his thumb through one of his open wounds and smearing it on the palm of his hand.

He then went through a quick set of hand seals and knelt down placing his hand on the tree branch. "Kuchiyose: Eiji!"

A cloud of white chakra smoke exploded on the tree branch making Gen'yumaru annoyed which caused him to destroy the whole tree with another one of his powerful screams but found that his target was once again nowhere to be found; this time however an unfamiliar and young sounding voice - more than Naruto's - caught his attention from behind.

"Is it poker night already?... Oh dude! you look like shit, what happened to you?" The young monkey was finally able to focus and realized that Naruto's battered appearance was accompanied by a disgusting looking monster and destruction all around; a normal being would've been weary of the sight but he… he got excited to finally be able to bust out those moves he practiced with his summoner.

"Man Gamakichi is going to be so jealous when he hears of this." Said Eiji smirking and jumping to his shoulders.

Naruto normally loves to joke around with his friend summons, but this bastard had managed to make him angry. Only then did he open his eyes and reveal a spinning sharingan with three tomoe and a blue eye taking in a slightly purple hue. "Eiji transform!"

The little monkey nodded and jumped up, transforming into a black staff with golden ends and a visibly sturdier appearance. He catched Eiji as he fell with one arm and looked at his opponent.

"We're going to kick your ass!"


'I'm surrounded here and I've long since lost track of the other two… when did I get this rusty? I shouldn't have ignored Shizune all those times she pestered me about honing my skills'

The arrows following her every move suddenly stopped and so did the Hokage, standing in the middle of a small clearing in the forests around Konoha, she couldn't help but wonder if her grandfather was the one who decided such perfect ambush spots to be placed in it or if it was just nature being cruel.

Either way, she wasn't really worried.

"I have to give it to you, it's been a while since I've been last put in a situation such as this…" Not really true considering how much of a beating she took fighting Orochimaru and Kabuto not so long ago but still. "But it's time to end this."

"Your overconfidence is your weakness!"

Sakon yelled as he emerged from the forest and engaged the Hokage in a one to one fist fight… It seemed like a terrible choice and she knew it very well, so there must be a reason he decided to be so straightforward. The curse mark definitely did wonders for the recipient's strength and speed and although not nearly enough to hurt someone of her caliber it did take a bit of concentration out of her, almost enough not to notice.

'Where is his other head?!'

One of her powered up fists was just about to make contact with Sakon's face and completely demolish it but was stopped along with a maniacal laugh. "You're doomed old hag, I've taken control of your body!" Ukon's head started growing out her right arm as he spoke and laughed, which was met with a face full of shock and disgust from the Hokage.

"Don't waste any time Kidomaru!" Yelled Sakon, watching as the powerful woman struggled to take back control. "Kill her now!"

Not needing to be told twice, the traps he set up all around the clearing activated instantly, shooting off a barrage of arrows from multiple directions all directed at the still struggling Hokage. Their Kekkei Genkai allowed the sibling duo to jump from host to host and not take any of the damage done to its body so there wasn't a slight hint of worry in Kidomaru that he would hurt him with his attack.

So why did Ukon look so worried all of a sudden?

"I'VE HAD ENOUGH!"

A powerful chakra burst exploded out of Tsunade and with it Ukon's body was also expelled. The Hokage quickly grabbed him by the throat before his body flew away from the sheer force of her chakra and maneuvered herself outside the trajectory of most arrows coming her way without letting go of him.

They had really gone all out with their attempt to kill her and it showed. Hundreds and hundreds of gold arrows continued flying at her and she was forced to jump, duck and sidestep all of them, a few managed to cut her open and pierce her leg but she avoided all but the last of the projectiles.

She used a human shield for that one.

Time slowed down as he neared his end, it was disturbing, he kept on looking around and everything stood still; like a curse, being able to watch a million ways you could get out of trouble but finding yourself incapable of acting on them. The Sannin's grip proved to be as strong as legends say.

During the whole attack she had managed to sneak in a few punches and stomps his way, making sure he was always just hurt enough to not be able to resist, now he knew her purpose as he felt his body slowly turn to face at the last and bigger looking arrow.

'Fuck'

"BROTHER!"

Blood… So much blood, she hates it and hates even more the fact that she was the one to spill it 'I do what must be done, I do what must be done, I do what must be done' Yes of course, to protect her home and make sure Konoha would live through another day she will always do what must be done.

The body dropped unceremoniously on the ground, Sakon watched in horror. His dear brother just layed there, blood gushing out of a hole in the middle of his face. "YOU WILL PAY FOR THIS! DO YOU HEAR ME? I WILL END YOU, I'LL MAKE SURE YOUR PRECIOUS VILLAGE BURNS TO THE G-"

"You won't do anything" She said, turning around to look at him paralyzing him, a jutsu they had only seen their master use with such mastery before.

Tsunade grew tired of this turn of events so much so that she made sure to end it now, there would be no information gained from fighting these bastards, that much is clear. Her hand grabbed his throat with immense strength, a lot more than she had shown so far.

Her thumb let go of her grasp and quickly made its way to Sakon's chin. He was forced to look directly into her eyes as it all happened, it truly baffled him how such beautiful hazelnut colored eyes could give such a cold and emotionless stare.

"Be gone"

*CRACK*

Yet another body was dropped to the ground, both siblings laying next to each other in their now eternal slumber. Tsunade never realized how deeply ingrained their predecessors' ideals of peace were in her mind up until this moment, despising what she had been forced to do and would keep on doing.

Perhaps she knew it before.

This isn't the first time she's killed someone in cold blood, but it's been so long since then… the war all those years ago. She almost wanted to stop, to offer the remaining members of her squad of assassins the chance to run away, she could even see her grandfather's gentle smile and hear Hiruzen's kind words in her head.

She really wanted to listen to them, do what they did, be the kind leader they were; but she isn't anywhere near as naive as them, she's seen the horrors of this world, experienced losses no one should have to go through, and all for what? So her village would stand strong but forgiving? For her village to be completely disrespected time and time again and yet offer no retaliation?

The same village that produced the greatest traitor and one of the most dangerous men alive, that village that had a hidden division of shinobi created with the sole purpose of undermining its Kage's authority while those who know did absolutely nothing about it.

"It's been a while since I had to fight to the death," She said, turning around and staring at the spider like shinobi who stood motionless in the tree. "I didn't think my comeback to active duty would be like this."

"STOP PATRONIZING US YOU STUPID BITCH!" Out of the bushes, battered and broken with blood covering her hair came out Tayuya, recovered from what should have been a fatal blow to the head and now already on the second phase of her curse mark transformation.

Not waiting for Tsunade to answer, she put her flute in her mouth and started playing a weird melody, definitely not something she would call ugly but definitely unconventional, the Hokage found herself confused, she's never been one to underestimate an opponent - sort of - but didn't see how playing the flute would cause any sort of dam-

CRASH

The ground shook violently as the Hokage lept away purely on instinct, looking back at where she stood she found two giant golem-like creatures that seemingly materialized out of thin air. 'Genjutsu?' But it couldn't be could it? Dispelling it wasn't working and the damage it caused to the ground seemed to be very much real 'It has to be some sort of summoning, where do you find these guys Orochimaru?!'l.

The tune of the flute changed into a more aggressive melody, prompting the two golems to start running in her direction, behind them the corrupted form of the one called Jirobo with rage plastered in what became of his face also reemerged to make his move. 'Oh fuck me!'

The situation kept on getting more and more arduous with each second that passed, reminding her of the great mistake she had made by not finishing them off one by one when she had the chance. 'I really am rusty aren't I? Jiraiya wouldn't ever stop mocking me if he found out I had to resort to this against this punks, good thing no one will be able to tell him'.

Jirobo - angry as he was - reached Tsunade first. "YOU DIE NOW!"

The sheer force of the fist he threw at her was enough to kick the wind off all around him, raising clouds of dust all around the two as it impacted with her, no one would be able to take a hit from a curse seal powered Jirobo, the strongest of the sound four.

"You all have pushed me very far tonight-"

'W-What? How can this be?' He thought, as the voice of the woman who should be laying dead broke through the silence that engulfed the forest after the impact of his attack.

"It's embarrassing that I had to resort to this against the likes of you," the dust around them cleared and it revealed a sight that had Jirobo trembling in place, his fist impacted the open palm of the Hokage who's diamond exploded in pink from her forehead and created markings that slowly but surely extended all over his body. "I've had enough of this!".

She closed her hand, breaking the much bigger fist in a million pieces causing Jirobo to scream in agony. He slumped towards her as he felt a strong pull and was caught by the throat, being forced to stare at ice cold hazelnut eyes. Without uttering a single word, she snapped his neck using only her thumb, turning his head a full 180 degrees before dropping to the ground.

The melody didn't stop, only getting more intense and prompting the golems to become faster and even more aggressive; she took in a deep breath and started going through a quick set of handseals before releasing an incredibly fast water stream that sliced through the golems and kept going through trees and rocks until it reached the hand of the musician… and cut it off.

Suiton: Suidanha!

AAGH!

Tayuya's transformation dropped as she slumped to the ground desperately trying to stop the bleeding mess where her hand once stood, she looked up and found Tsunade walking towards her with a murderous look on her face; she picked up her flute and tried but failed to make a sound that even resembled a melody with a missing limb.

How could this be happening? How could someone be able to best the elite of Orochimaru's forces? Did Orochimaru know they wouldn't be able to beat her? Were they deliberately sent to die?

In an instant, the thoughts invading her mind settled, Tsunade didn't rejoice in the act of senseless killing, so she tried to end things as quick as possible, the reason why she snapped the neck of two of them and instantly stopped the heart of Tayuya with a perfectly placed kick to the chest, something only a doctor of her caliber would be able to accomplish.

"It seems it's only you again…"

How? Why?

"There's no saving you now, I think you know that…"

How could she end them all so fast? It happened in minutes but watching it felt like hours. What is she?

"Will you tell me what I asked? Will you tell me why Orochimaru sent you here?"

Her voice, where is she? Why can't he see her anymore? Where did she go?

"Will you tell me how Orochimaru knew we would be vulnerable tonight?"

'H-How did she get h-here?' He asked himself from the trunk of the tree in which he stood, terrified to turn around and face the voice that seemed eerily close to him. "I-I uh, i-it's the Hyuuga"

"You don't know, do you?" He was forced to turn around and face her directly in the eyes, the strange seal she had released going back into her forehead. "He sent you here, to cause all this destruction, all this death and you truly believe all he wanted was Hyuuga Neji… I can almost pity you, Orochimaru sees you as nothing but pawns."

She gave him no time for a reply, choosing instead to knock him out and keep him alive for interrogation if there even is anything to get out of him… She dropped to the ground and used some wire she found amidst their things to tie him around a tree trunk, she then used a small jutsu to let active Anbu members know a cleanup was needed at her location.

She walked back towards the village and saw flocks of her shinobi running towards the hospital, the sound of explosions and fighting no longer present; sighing in relief she started making her way to the hospital.

"I really need a drink."


Tajuu Kage Bunshin no Jutsu!

The clearing suddenly filled with countless copies of Naruto; not a single branch from a tree was spared of at least a couple of clones standing there. A bloodied blonde teenager hanging upside down from a tree looking at you with a fully matured sharingan carrying a staff with eyes is definitely considered a 'sight to see'.

"Just like we practiced Eiji!" On command the horde of Narutos' jumped down towards his enemy and began an onslaught of vicious attacks. Using the legendary form of the multiplied monkey summon to inflict heavy damage on the body of the cursed shinobi. "You took the 'punching stick' thing way too literally, Naruto!" Yelled one of the many monkeys, not sounding as annoyed as his comment would make it out to be.

The sounds of dispelling clones, chakra laced screams and metal rods hitting on flesh filled his ears but the real Naruto didn't engage. He stayed put, he waited for the perfect moment; he exercised patience.

"You are way too much like your mother Naruto-kun, always quick on anger, prone to frustration and highly impatient." The 'rather unbecoming of a shinobi' went unsaid, or at least he felt like it did.

"Talking down on both me and my mom doesn't feel helpful, old man!"

"Do you see what I mean? quick on anger," He said, chuckling and taking a seat besides the troubled young man. "Though sometimes uncalled for those things are not necessarily undesirable traits, as long as you are smart enough to not let them control you; Kushina stumbled and fell many times trying to learn the same things you are learning now she also got stuck and felt like a failure to the clan."

"Wasn't my mom one of the best seal masters the village has ever seen?"

"That she was," A longing smile adorned his face as he stared at the horizon, whenever he came this high up he felt closer to those that left way too early. "she was also human and much like you escaped from her lessons whenever she became frustrated and insecure, though Mito-sama was the one to deal with her outbursts." He said, chuckling.

"Always remember that things are not black and white, use your frustrations and your anger to better yourself, I know it's hard for someone with an endless supply of energy like you but you have to learn sooner or later that there will be times in which acting fast and careless will be good enough but more often than not only by being patient will you find the answers you're looking for. Your mother's frustrations led to the invention of seals still widely used around the village, I can't help but wonder… what will you come up with?

Naruto focused all of his attention on the fight going on in front of him, he knew when casting the jutsu that clones wouldn't be capable of defeating his opponent but they didn't have to. The jutsu's main purpose had always been gathering information, and that is exactly what they did. Without even intending to do so he had managed to create one of the best methods of studying opponents by combining the memory transfer from the Kage Bunshin, his innate sensor traits and the analytical capabilities of the Sharingan, especially those of a fully matured three tomoe one.

Each clone dispelled taught him something new, how long did he need before being able to use his devastating screaming jutsu, what was his body resistance with this new form of his, what kind of attacks work on him. Does he lose more chakra the more that he fights?

"It's time to make our move, Eiji."

"You filthy rats get AWAY FROM ME!" His scream dispelled the last of Naruto's batch of clones leaving Gen'yumaru alone in the center of the clearing, noticing the absence of the real deal. He stayed put for a moment and then tossed a kunai at a devastating speed to the top of one of the trees in the vicinity; seconds later Naruto landed in front of him with the kunai in between his fingers. "That thing of yours also gives you sensor abilities? Just what exactly did Orochimaru pump into y'all?"

Naruto threw the Kunai back at him and watched with both amazement and disgust at the way his face - if it can even still be called that - twisted and stretched itself with every gesture the transformed shinobi made; the worst part is he didn't even try to catch or deflect the kunai, he let it hit his forehead with a sick grin plastered in his face.

It didn't even scratch him.

"I must commend you Naruto-kun, you've lasted more than most shinobi I've faced before but at some point you have to recognize your attempts are futile, an insignificant worm such as yourself has no chance of ever defeating SOMEONE LIKE ME!" At some point - Naruto had noticed - the man had completely forgone the notion of even preparing for his jutsu, no seals were necessary anymore; his augmented state now allowed him to quick-start it without so much as taking a breath.

But there was an interval, when hundreds of Narutos' fought him he would never scream without at least waiting eight seconds between every cast of his jutsu, it could very well be hours in the world of shinobis.

Eight

The young Uzumaki kept completely still, not at all trying to evade the attack. Gen'yumaru didn't seem to notice it and if he did, he didn't seem to care. He found himself very confused when the sonic waves of his scream simply passed through him, all while he grinned at him, mockingy.

Hundreds of clones attacked Gen'yumaru joined by the hundreds of copies of the monkey turned staff all while the real two watched from afar. "There doesn't seem to be an end to his energy…" Commented Naruto. "He's somehow siphoning energy from all around."

"How is that even possible? I've never heard Enma-oji-san talk about anything like that, and he knows like… everything."

"I don't know, I've never felt this before either, whatever it is, but it's all unstable…" he said in wonder, with a serious and concentrated look his monkey friend had never before seen on him. "I can see the chakra flowing through his body, what's entering through the hickey on his neck looks and feels unstable."

"How so?"

"I don't know that either, but I should be able to use it, if he can't control his chakra then he won't be able to notice Genjutsu if it's convincing enough."

"Don't you suck ass at Genjutsu?"

"I do… but the Sharingan doesn't."

Seven

The image of the young Uzumaki that stood in front of him suddenly dispelled, suddenly he could hear the sound of a thousand birds chirping on his back, he turned around at the fastest speed he could muster and found Naruto about to impale him with a lightning blade. He met the attack head on. Geny'umaru pumped chakra through his arm and moved quickly trying to connect with the sped ninja before he could reach him.

"YOU DIE NOW!"

The enlarged fist of the cursed shinobi connected with Naruto's head just as the tip of the lightning blade nicked his skin but instead of flying away, his body burst in a small cloud of chakra smoke. 'A CLONE?!'

Six

The real Naruto launched himself from a tree with as much force as he could muster behind the impact with his staff turned friend in hand. "Grow Eiji!" Following the command the powerful weapon grew in size as Naruto swatted it down hitting his opponent in the head with incredible strength sending him face first to the ground creating a small crater with the sheer force of the impact.

Five

He landed shortly after and threw the staff up in the air, his friend reverted back into his monkey form and started going through a quick set of handseals while Naruto did the same on the ground.

"Katon; Endan!"

"Fuuton: Daitoppa!"

The flame bullet coming from the air came flying down and was made even bigger and stronger by the current of wind created from Naruto's jutsu; causing it to grow into a searing hot flame bullet that exploded on impact with the recovering Gen'yumaru.

Four

Naruto watched and waited for the explosion to dissipate while Eiji ran away to do what he was asked

Three

As soon as it cleared, he stood in front of the smoke coming from the ground with two other copies of himself emerging from the ground in a triangle formation, without uttering a word all three started going through a set of hand seals that ended with all three of them extending their palms towards the crater.

Two

Fuinjutsu: Sanhō Fūin!

From the ground light purple energy started forming and moving towards each of the clones creating a pyramid seal that could be use to contain and neutralize his opponent just in time before he could-

"ENOUGH!"

Gen'yumaru screamed again and turned his head around, destroying the clones and then hitting the shocked Naruto head on with his devastating attack. The force of the sonic waves sent Naruto flying and crashing through rocks and trees alike. When the screaming stopped his body hit one more tree and slumped to the ground.

A maniacal laughter filled the area, getting closer and closer to Naruto's bloodied form in the ground until it finally reached him and looked down on him, without losing its sickening grin for even a second. "One… ha ha ha HA HA HA HA, I gotta give it to you without Orochimaru-sama's power I wouldn't have made it out alive from that! I told you didn't I? Nothing you do will be enough to beat ME, do you really think I don't know when I'm being studied? I thought that eye of yours was supposed to see right through me!"

He tricked them, he deliberately waited more time in between each use of his jutsu so he would pick up on it, a single second more each time… it worked perfectly.

"Look at me when I talk to you trash!" He yelled, kicking his face up and forcing his body to sit up against the tree. "I will make you suffer for daring to hurt me!" He started kicking Naruto's body repeatedly with enough force so that each hit would cause damage but not enough that it would kill him, rupturing his ribs and making him puke blood.

The Uzumaki somehow had enough strength to try and do something, raising one of his arms slowly in a half ram seal; it only made Gen'yumaru angrier.

"Trash like you must learn when to give up!" He kicked again

"TRASH!" Another kick.

"TRASH!" Another kick.

"TRASH!"

"TRASH!"

"TRASH!"

"TRASH!"

"TRa-"

It suddenly stopped. One of Naruto's electrified staffs lodged itself in the tree where his owner sat bleeding. "Naruto!" Running behind him came Eiji, carrying the other half and incredibly concerned as he watched the state of his friend.

"After you finish shooting your jutsu I need you to run back into the forest and retrieve the staffs he took from me."

"What? Why would I do that? Shouldn't I stay to help?"

"You don't exactly know Fuinjutsu and by the time you hit your jutsu we would have won already…," He smiled at his friend and put a hand on his shoulder. "Just trust me, everything will be ok."

"Okay okay, I still don't see why we can't just go after."

"Aghrg." Gen'yumaru started making a gurgling sound slowly walking back, Eiji finally reached Naruto's side and watched as blood dropped on him, looking up he saw a gaping hole in his throat. The mark on him seemed to respond to the injury, he started receding into his base form. Making the focus of the mark to keep him alive.

Eiji jumped in front of Naruto to face him, something he would've laughed at if he were in his powered state but with the transformation gone the damage of the previous attacks he suffered weighed heavily on him, even more so the hole on his neck he clasped desperately with his hands. Knowing any sort of confrontation could now be fatal he simply walked away from the duo, trying to make it to his medic unit as fast as possible.

Watching him leave, the monkey released the air he had been holding and knelt beside Naruto once again. "Dude I-I was running back and then one of your things started s-shaking and flew away from my h-hand so I tried to run behind it," His voice started shaking as he watched without knowing what to do. " and I-I.. I'm a r-really fast runner you know? I-I c-can run faster than m-most other monkeys i-in the clan but the staff I couldn't r-reach the staff for some reason, it just lit up with your e-electricity thingy and f-flew away and I couldn't reach it! K-Kami I couldn't I couldn't reach the staff I-"

"E-Ei-ji," Interrupted Naruto, spitting blood with each syllable in his friend's name, all while fighting the urge to fall asleep. "Use it E-Eiji"

The sounds of fighting stopped all around the village while the monkey, catching up to his request, looked for something in the pockets hidden inside his attire, finally he found a tag with a seal he didn't really understand but did as his friend had taught him in the case an emergency such as this ever presented itself. Eiji took some of Naruto's blood and smeared it on the paper and threw it on the ground, stepping on it with a little chakra on his feet to trigger its effect.

A giant cloud of smoke burst into the clearing and after dissipating revealed a giant read toad with a shield on its back. "How may I assist you today Jiraiya-sam- Naruto-kun?!" Yelled Gamaken upon realizing the state of his newest friend.

"Gamaken! You need to take him to see Tsunade-sama instan-"

Naruto lost consciousness at precisely that moment, with it making the summoning of his friend he kept trying so hard to maintain falter as soon as his mind did, his chakra at this point all spent. Gamaken however knew exactly what to do, he gently picked the boy up and looked around, jumping in the direction of the village, thankfully he wasn't that far. Not that a giant toad considered distances in the same way everyone else does.

"Hold on for a second Uzumaki Naruto-kun, I'll take you to Tsunade-sama right away, no matter how clumsy I am."


"JUUGO WILL KILL YOU!"

"We heard!" Genma and Tokuma made their way to stand beside the recovering Hiashi, the foremost being the most annoyed with the seemingly mindless beast standing in front of them.

Helping his clan head to his feet, Tokuma asked. "What do we do now, Hiashi-sama?"

"We must dispose of this beast right away," He answered, somehow managing to keep the appearance of a composed and stoic shinobi despite the blow he just took. "But we can't do it here, his ability to destroy is impressive. We can't risk any more damage to the clan estate or this side of the village."

"What do you propose then, Hiashi-san?" Asked Genma.

"That we make him leave," He said, giving Tokuma a pointed look he seemed to catch on to rather quickly, with a few signals he called four more of his clansmen to the scene. "Clear out of the way Genma, we'll take care of pushing him away."

The sounds of the rampage grew ever closer to where they stood so Genma fished a kunai with an explosive note attached and took a deep breath.

The moment it got close to them Genma threw the explosive at his feet to halt his movement and jumped away, landing right behind the Hyuga entourage who all got into position looking at one of the Villages wall's and the closest they were to the outside.

"YOU ALL WILL DIE!"

Standing in line all the gathered Hyuuga gathered as much Chakra as they could into their hands and released it in a devastating blow.

Hakke Kushō!

A massive vacuum air force released from the palms of Hiashi and his clansmen hit the man beast and sent him flying away, right throw the village's wall and hundreds of meters more, their reputation as the strongest clan in the village being well earned.

As soon as it left the fighting sounds inside the compound grew only stronger and as the clan head Hiashi felt it was his duty to defend his home. "Genma and Tokuma take this squad with you and pursue the monster. I will stay here and rid my home of the invaders."

Not bothering to hear a response he turned around and hastily made his way to the inside, running to the place he knew Neji to be resting at.

"Right… let's get going Tokuma, guys; we must make sure that thing doesn't come back to the village." He ran away right after and was followed by his fellow shinobi.


After separating from the group Hiashi was met with resistance as soon as he reentered his home, being attacked left and right by what remained of the invading forces and dealing with them quite easily, all without stopping his advance to the room of his nephew.

When he did he found many of the side branch of the Hyuga laying dead on the ground while others kept on fighting the last of the sound shinobi. As good as they were, it was clear to him how tired they were.

He instantly jumped in taking them out with well placed and gracious hits to their hearts and temples making them drop to the ground dead and slowly pushing them away from his nephews door. The remaining side branch members thanked his arrival and allowed themselves to be claimed by unconsciousness. The state of their bodies catching up to them only after they were convinced nothing would happen to Neji with Hiashi himself defending him.

Hakkeshō Kaiten!

Finding himself surrounded Hiashi started spinning around creating a dome of chakra around himself the moment the invaders got close, destroying their bones with the sheer force of the impact and sending them flying away. The moment he stopped spinning he turned his attention to the lone brave but fool shinobi that had tried sneaking away from the eyes of a Hyuga as he broke down the door to Neji's room.

He was about to make his move and finish him long before he even got close to the bed but as soon as the door fell he was sent flying away with incredible force, breaking through the walls and decorations of the compound and breaking his neck in the process.

Hiashi couldn't believe it, he was looking at it with his own eyes, his undeceivable Byakugan eyes and he still found it hard to believe, standing in front of him with an extended arm stood his very much awake nephew.

"Hiashi-sama, what is happening?"

He didn't get an answer, instead the man slowly walked up to him, afraid that if he moved too fast it would somehow make him fall unconscious again. "N-Neji… "


The beast as they had taken to calling it had somehow escaped, despite running after it rather fast the only thing they had found when they reached the place was the place it landed simply judging by the destruction of the place, even though they had a squad full of Hyuugas none could find it using their Byakugan, not even Tokuma a member of the infiltration unit famous for how far he could see using his eyes, even amongst the elite of his clan.

"He can't have gotten far," Chimed in Genma. "if we don't find it now it might come back later."

"There's not even a trail to follow Genma, it disappeared completely…" Was the beast they fought some sort of summon familiar to Orochimaru? A hawk flew above them right at that moment carrying with it a ribbon all too familiar to the shinobi forces of Konoha. Mission accomplished. "Let's go back to Hiashi-sama, if it does decide to come back it'll have to face the wrath of the Hokage herself."


AN: And that's a wrap!

For this chapter at least.

Before I say anything else I do want to apologize for how long it took for me to release this update, I didn't lie when I said I wouldn't be abandoning this story and it's very much true. I don't know if I've said it before but I am currently in university (not from the US so different system) and these last few terms have been very packed for me I'm getting my degree in software engineering and have different subjects that are loosely related to each other but different enough that all require different projects and I have professors not all interested in working together so at the very least I've had at least 4 active projects all the time.

This is all to say that I have been very busy as of late and whatever free time I do get I mostly spend sleeping or doing some other thing that needs to get done.

I would love to promise that I will get back into a more consistent post schedule but it would be a lie if what I've been told about next term is true, this winter break has been a Godsend and the reason that I didn't post this sooner is because I've been sleeping and resting like crazy (also spending time with family of course).

It warms my heart very much to see people liking and following this story, I know this is very much dead (my fault of course) but I appreciate those of you that stay and are waiting for updates, I will see this story through to the end even if just two people continue to read it.

Now on to the chapter itself.

I absolutely suck at writing fighting scenes and I don't know why I keep getting myself into situations where I need to keep writing them without stop for a single chapter. I hope at the very least I was able to convey the ideas in my head.

Now I did state earlier that Naruto didn't know how to use the chains properly to fight, had he not been interrupted he would've used them as part of the seal he was trying to trap Gen'yumaru in.

Someone pointed in a previous Chapter that Kushina was able to subdue Kurama using her chains and while I know that, Naruto isn't her and is nowhere near her level yet so of course he wouldn't be able to take down the Ichibi by himself or fight with them perfectly, and something you can't properly control might end up making things harder for you, hence why he didn't use them to fight.

While much better skill wise than he was in Cannon he does not have a tailed beast inside of him with a power enough to overcome level 2 cursed seals, especially not ones with extraordinary skills such as the one he had to fight. This is not to say that he is weak, just that he's growing and while getting more powerful each time it'll take time to develop, I also don't want to just turn him into a super intelligent fighting machine, that's just not who he is and while I've always believed him to be smart even canon him, he's just not going to come up with Kakashi level strategies on his own just yet.

Also I tried to write Eiji in shock, that's why he started spouting nonsense I just don't know if I was able to do it right.

I'd still say he did good all things considered, I did have him getting beaten up brutally but hey, that's part of the charm, it's a good setup for future plot points, some that will be explained next chapter.

Earlier on I also said I wanted to do more with Tsunade than what she was and I think this should be telling of how exactly her character will be moving forward, cause I love her and she's badass. I won't drastically change her character, just adding some more nuance to her as a whole (and have the woman be casting some jutsus).

Also, Gen'yumaru is not an OC he's actually the guy who's body Orochimaru ended up possesing because Sasuke didn't make it in time, we don't really know anything about his skills in Canon so I chose to make him into this bipolar dude cuz why not?

Once again thank you very much for continuing to read this and caring enough to check my story. Do leave a comment and tell me how you feel about it and as always criticism (constructive criticism) is much appreciated, hopefully the next chapter will reach you very soon (spoiler, it will be a bit of a flashback chapter with what exactly I had Kakashi, Asuma and Gai doing while all this happened).

Glossary:
(Short reminder that here I only add jutsu names that I haven't used before).

Ototon: Jigoku Himei no Jutsu
Sound Release: Hell Shriek

Suiton: Suiryuudan no Jutsu
Water Release: Water Dragon Jutsu

Suiton: Suidanha
Water Release: Water Severing Wave (Honestly one of the coolest things Tobirama does with water imo)

Hakkeshō Kaiten
Eight Trigram Palms Revolving Heaven

Until next time,
Be safe!

Chapter 19: Boneyard

Chapter Text

Days earlier

"Jiraiya-sama, I'm surprised you're still in the village."

The sounds of battle had long since quieted down and the reconstruction work in the village kept on progressing admirably. Though the invasion came at a devastating loss for many, the sudden economic boost in the form of a great influx in missions was a very much welcomed surprise, bringing in the resources necessary for the village to be rebuilt as soon as possible.

It also brought another problem in the form of a lack of manpower, their forces had taken a very substantial hit during the invasion, many lost their lives and many other suffered injuries that still kept them in the hospital, Tsunade knows many of them won't be able to return to their life as shinobi. Despite it all they had come out on top and the attendees were amazed with the quality of Konoha's forces.

Mission requests kept piling up on the Hokage's desk, a lot of these missions didn't even need the intervention of shinobi much to her shock, it would seem some merchants and nobles that visited during the Chunin Exams jumped at the chance of making business with the village without ever stopping to think if it even was necessary.

Their forces were incredibly stretched, their Jōnin and Chunin forces led assignments all around the nation and at some point, she was even forced to send teams of Genin all alone to complete some of these missions outside the village, she didn't like it but still wasn't in the position of outright refusing missions, hopefully their need for constant economic growth will soon lessen.

Being brought back to the present, Tsunade returned her focus back to the men present in her office just in time to hear Jiraiya's not so tasteful reply.

"What can I say Kakashi? Tsunade-hime over here was too sad to see me leave and asked me to stay around a bit more…" He replied smirking as he stood beside the Hokage in her seat. "You know I could never say no to her."

"I didn't ask you anything Jiraiya, I ordered you to remain in the village…," She quipped in clear annoyance. "As for you three there is a reason I have called you here today."

In the Hokage's office currently stood the elite of her Shinobi forces, three of her most decorated subordinates and three men she really didn't want to send away from the village at the same time. "Jiraiya, get on with it."

Almost as if a switch had been turned in his head, Jiraiya switched from his usual goofy attitude to the one of a man who's name commands fear and respect in the eyes of many who encountered him before, it was almost unsettling to see.

"After the invasion was finalized I set up to retrieve as much information as possible from Orochimaru's remaining forces as they fled the village." As soon as he started explaining, the three men asked to come to this briefing gave him their full attention.

Kakashi had to give it to him, Gai was more than capable enough to be serious and silent whenever the situation called for it, he hadn't uttered a single word about youth ever since they came into the office. Asuma on the other hand had always been the quiet type, he did appear to be smoking even more than he used to nowadays, he continued to take puffs from his cigarette even at that moment.

"I arbitrarily selected a few of their Jōnin and trailed them in different directions, separating and interrogating them individually," Jiraiya continued, looking into the eyes of the three of them just to check they were still following. "I was able to get some information, apparently some of their forces were ordered to abduct civilians and members from our forces and take them to a specific location."

At this point Tsunade intervened. "I had the heads in every department conduct head counts of our full forces, taking out casualties and injured, 7 of our shinobi are currently unaccounted for," This information raised concern, visible in the faces of the three Jōnin. "But I'm afraid that's not all," Continued Tsunade. "I called for a meeting with every clan head soon after I was sworn into office and received some troubling news, the Inuzuka, Nara, Yamanaka and Aburame reported that one child from each of their clans were also abducted."

"WHAT?" Yelled Gai in concern. A sentiment shared by his comrades.

"Tsunade-sama," Started Asuma. "How is it that we only now learn of this?"

"While we knew the abductions had taken place, we didn't know the place they were taken to; without solid information we would have started a wild goose chance that we currently don't have the resources for. The clan heads and I agreed to keep this a secret to prevent fear from spreading around while we figured out how to proceed." She replied.

At this point Kakashi spoke up. "So what changed?"

"Yesterday I received some intel from one of my informants." Interrupted Jiraiya. "A large group of individuals dressed in black with music notes in their headbands were spotted coming in and out of a series of cave entrances with large carriages in a secluded space at the west side of our border with Ta no Kuni, I had also encountered information about a possible hideout of Orochimaru in the area but was not able to pinpoint a location until now."

"How reliable is this information, Jiraiya-sama?" Asked Gai.

"My informant is trustworthy enough, but it doesn't mean she can't be deceived… The sightings were about two weeks ago; I find the timing suspicious. It could either be where they're keeping the kidnapped for experimentation or it's just a trap."

"Are the three of us being sent there?" Asked Asuma.

Jiraiya looked at Tsunade and received a nod in confirmation before proceeding. "Any other time I would have gone there myself, however… I was able to confirm the existence of another one of his hideouts still in Hi no Kuni. It could be the place where Orochimaru gets his new bodies or even the true location of our kidnapped. He might still be there."

"I will send Jiraiya alongside an ANBU squad to locate and assassinate Orochimaru if possible, should they not find him they're to destroy this facility and recover whatever useful information they can get their hands on… you on the other hand," Tsunade looked at them in the eyes. "Will be sent to locate the other hideout and if possible save our forces and the children of Konoha."

"And if not?" Asked Asuma with a grim look on his face.

Tsunade sighed as she looked at them before answering. "We cannot allow Orochimaru to get anything more against us, each and every individual he took can be used for experimentation and become a weapon against our village, if saving them is not an option… You are to eliminate every threat against Konoha."

"Hokage-sama, there's children with them! We cannot extinguish their youth like this!"

"And hopefully you won't have to Gai, but you have to be ready to do what needs to be done, that's an order." An order she hates, an order she wishes wasn't necessary, if she ever gets her hands on Orochimaru, she'll make sure he regrets everything he's ever done. "Kakashi you'll be in charge of leading this squad, you're to rescue our abducted and recover as much information as possible. If you can't, make sure nothing remains of this hideout. This is an S-Rank assignment that will take you outside the country, take nothing with you that can be traced back to Konoha."

"It will be done, Hokage-sama."

"Perfect, Jiraiya will give you the exact location, all three of you be ready for anything and come back home in one piece. You'll leave at different times today in 'personal' assignments, rendezvous away from the village and leave towards your objective together, understood?"

"Hai Hokage-sama" Answered all three in unison.

"Dismissed."

Jiraiya handed Kakashi the information he needed and all three used Shunshin to go outside of the Hokage's office leaving only Tsunade and Jiraiya behind.

"Do you really think there's a leak in the village Jiraiya?"

"Orochimaru had to have had inside help to pull this stunt and I think we both know who it is, we just need to get some proof." He said, giving her a knowing look.

"I just… he's supposed to be working for the village, not against it." That man has always been a mystery to her, the things he did always seemed so stupid, she can't recall anything he has ever done that was supposed to better the village and not himself.

Jiraiya did know a lot about him and much that Tsunade needed to learn sooner rather than later. "Sensei always said that he's the most loyal shinobi this village has ever seen… I just think it's all bullshit, I'm sure there was a time when his love for the village was very much real but at some point it started twisting, morphing into radical and extremist ideals that were always aimed to put him on top; he distorted the teachings of your grand uncle and used them to create a whole organization to undermine the Hokage's power, he might think he's working for Konoha but he's only working for himself."

"I will never know why sensei allowed Root to ever be created and then to keep existing for so long… even now." She long since stopped looking at Jiraiya and focused solely on the picture of the Sandaime that hangs in her office… There's so much she wishes to discuss with him but her idiocy kept her away.

"He was a great man but his idealism got the better of him, much like your grandfather in that sense, he failed to see the poison growing near him until it was too late." He said, joining in admiring the picture of their sensei. "If it makes you feel any better, he got over that phase of him in his last years and started putting some work into it."

She smiled softly and looked at Jiraiya as she asked. "Are you going to go and meet Tenzo now?"

"Not yet. I will stop by to see Naruto first… Speaking of Tenzo, I can't believe you're forcing him to send a nanny with me." He chuckled, annoying Tsunade.

"It's not a nanny you overgrown idiot. Where you're going you will potentially meet with Orochimaru and his allies, as strong as you are you will need help… I won't lose you like this." She could feel the blush on her face as she said that to Jiraiya and hated every second of it.

If he noticed he chose not to acknowledge it and simply smiled warmly back at her. "I know hime, I'm just kidding."

"How's your other assignment going?" She asked.

"Well enough, Danzō's grip in some sectors of the village is huge and Root is particularly difficult to locate, I haven't actually been able to find any of his agents and hiding from me is very difficult." Something Tsunade had asked him to do the moment some semblance of normalcy was restored in the village, not that he hadn't started doing it anyway. "I did manage however to identify some of his plants around the village, mostly businessmen and owners of some companies. As far as I know he doesn't have any sort of sway in the different divisions; do be careful when interacting with them anyway."

"Were you able to secure the locations we discussed?" She asked.

"Yes, I've hidden and protected some rooms of the hospital for you, that reminds me…" He took Tsunade's arm and slightly raised her sleeve so he could have free access to her wrist. He then lit up his finger with chakra and started scribing in her, causing a slight searing sound and a look of discomfort in her face. "This is the key to everything you've asked me to secure for you, the hospital rooms are hidden from view but with this you should be able to see them just fine, channel some chakra to the seal when close and the barrier will allow access for a few seconds."

"What about the other things?"

"This office and your office in the hospital have been soundproofed. Barriers to restrict access would be suspicious but at least you'll have peace of mind in knowing everything discussed here and there will remain a secret, like our earlier briefing." He loved talking about Fuinjutsu, arguably his best skill and one of the things he loved doing the most. Tsunade never said it but it actually amazes her how good he is.

"Naruto's apartment is also protected and soundproofed. I set up barriers and traps that will only allow access to select individuals and those he invites in. I've also been teaching him barrier and trap seals and have him practice by trying to keep me out with them, it'll be good for him and an extra layer of protection just in case." There's a gleam in his eyes everytime he talks about his Godson that Tsunade finds very sweet, he's really been stepping out his game.

"I never thought you'd be that good of a presence in a young person's life Jiraiya, I genuinely respect it."

"You and I have both been through a lot, and made very questionable decisions," He started looking down at the ground, suddenly feeling judged by the pictures of his sensei and student hanging on the wall. "I messed up by not being here and I'm trying to do better now… spending time with the kid actually does some good for me, now that Sensei isn't here Kakashi, you and I are the only family he has, so I'll keep helping him and hope Minato and Kushina will forgive me."

"Minato and Kushina would never have held anything against you Jiraiya, especially not Minato." She smiled fondly at the picture of her predecessor on the wall. "I know that wherever they are they can be at peace knowing Naruto's always had someone with him even if it wasn't always you."

At this Jiraiya smiled and nodded. "Yes you're probably right, you should also try to spend some time with him, there's much you could teach him if you wanted to, though I think he'd appreciate you over lunch just as much, even if he doesn't say it."

"I'll keep it in mind."

"Before I go Tsunade, there are some things you need to know," The sudden shift in tone actually put her on edge for just a second, like she was about to learn some sort of secret that shouldn't be told, she just doesn't understand how right she is. "I told you sensei had started some plans, what you're about to learn is only known to Koharu-obaasan, Kakashi, Danzō himself and me. You need to learn the truth about the Uchiha massacre."


Naruto layed in bed for what felt like the first time in days, between the reconstruction of the village and all the specialized training Tsunade's been putting the new Chunins on he really only wants to sleep for days on end, he was actually just about to start sleeping when he heard a knock on the door. 'Great.'

He walked to his door and opened it only to find his godfather and master standing at the door. "Not breaking in today Ero-sennin?"

"I decided not to humiliate you today, consider it an act of kindness from the great Gama-senin." He chuckled and invited himself in, taking a seat on Naruto's counter and motioning for him to join. "I also know you're tired so I won't bother you for long, I just came to give you these."

He handed Naruto some small pieces of paper with a seal inscribed on it, one now very familiar to him. "Summoning seals?"

"Emergency summoning seals." Corrected the Sannin. "I'm going to leave the village tomorrow and I'm not too sure of how long it'll take me to come back this time around."

"Are you going on another 'research' trip, Ero-sennin?" He asked, rather annoyed at his teacher's perverted nature.

"You know my work is very important, Naruto! How can I possibly give my readers quality material in my next book if I don't do enough research!" He stood up as he said it, giving his young apprentice a formidable and imposing pose.

"You're just a pervert!"

"Super pervert! Anyway…" He sat down again. "These seals are linked to the Toad contract the blood of any of their summoners - those being you and me - will activate them, they're special because they're linked to me, if you find yourself short of chakra and in a tight spot you can use them to summon Gamaken to get you out using my chakra instead, that way I will know if there's trouble and do my best to come back quickly, understood?"

He nodded. "Perfectly, ero-sensei!"

Jiraiya grunted at the nickname and stood up from his chair. "I'll be leaving now, have a good rest and keep on working on the material I gave you. We will start on more difficult things when I come back ok?"

He received only a nod in response and started walking out the door.

"Ero-sennin!"

"Yes?"

He started shifting awkwardly and looking at his feet, which was good for Jiraiya. That way Naruto didn't see the surprised reaction and warm smile that would've ruined his image after he said. "I'll uhmm miss you and stuff 'ttebayo."

"I'll miss you too, brat."


Tenzo sat alone in a secluded room hidden somewhere in the village as was the norm for those who - like him - wear the porcelain masks characteristic of their village's silent protectors. To many, even shinobi, the lifestyle of those in the ANBU is an undesirable one, forced to live in solitude; but he's never felt that way, there's a nobility in fighting from the shadows so there can be peace in the light, that's what he thinks anyway.

"You know Tenzo," Came the sudden voice, interrupting his meditation and surprising him with its appearance. Not that he let it show, except maybe for the way his hand instinctively went for his pouch. "Y'all should really put some work in making these impenetrable bunkers of yours more impenetrable… then again, it is hard to keep me out of anywhere so I'll cut you some slack."

With a relaxed - yet still on guard - posture, Tenzo stood up to address his now identified visitor. "I will make sure to pass on your advice to our superiors, Jiraiya-sama."

"Why so serious Tenzo?"

One of the things that made Jiraiya such a great spymaster, interrogator and overall shinobi is his ability to unnerve just about every individual if he set his mind to it, when on the field almost every word he said was meant to elicit a reaction… more often than not it worked really well.

He had taken a liking of trying to break the ANBU corp's famous stoicism for what he described as "shits and giggles" suffice to say, the corp was rather unwelcoming of such behavior, not that they could ever do anything about it of course.

He is Jiraiya of the Sannin.

Tenzo never cared too much.

"Me? Serious? I'm sorry if my attitude is a tad bit somber for your liking Jiraiya-sama, I'll make sure to throw a parade next time you visit" He replied mockingly, earning a satisfied smirk from Jiraiya.

"That's why you've always been my favorite." A bit of a lie of course, this man did serve under Kakashi for a time though so it probably makes sense he shares some of his traits. "I hear you made Captain, how's that going for you?"

"I can't complain… forgive me for being so crude with you Jiraiya-sama but I was told you'd be briefing me so I can get the squad ready and leave ASAP, time is of the essence."

"I know I know… you used to be more fun Tenzō, authority does change people it would seem." Though his tone seemed annoyed it was clear in his facade that he spoke merely in jest. Jiraiya had always been rather fond of Tenzo, he cared for him in the same way he cared for Anko, both of whom fell victim to Orochimaru's machinations.

He feels very responsible for it… It does no good to dwell in the past so he shook his thoughts away and fell back into his more serious approach to things.

"Tsunade told me you already received the information we've managed to recover." Though a statement in its own right he also made sure to word it like a question, making sure they were both on the same page. He received a nod in reply. "We have no knowledge of the insides of the base, once we infiltrate we'll be going in blind. Our main target is the assassination but we have no way to verify whether or not he's actually there until we reach the base so our first priority will be to get as much information as we can."

He gave a short pause to allow the experienced ANBU captain to take in the information and voice any questions that may arise.

"We were able to learn that Orochimaru completed his body transfer jutsu during his fight with the sandaime; I believe there are captives in this base of his, it stands to reason that they're the candidates he keeps for his newer bodies, after the beating he went through against sensei and later Tsunade, he should've retreated somewhere he could recover fast."

Speaking of such things left a disgusting taste in his mouth every time he did so. How could he have fallen to this level without someone realizing what he was turning into?

"I'm not exactly sure of the full effect of what Sarutobi-sensei did to him but he's currently unable to use his arms, whether or not this handicap will follow him to his next body or if he can even switch without waving signs is not clear."

Tenzo had never liked working in uncertainty. A lack of information means a lack of understanding and in his line of work not understanding the target more often than not means death. "So what do we know for sure?"

"Not much unfortunately, his apprentice Kabuto is most likely in there too, he's a formidable shinobi and pretty decent medic but that's about it. What do you think?"

Nothing especially encouraging that's for sure. "I do not find joy in getting into a situation like this with very little information but we don't have much of a choice, do we?"

"We do, you do at least. I will defer to your better judgment about this if you believe we should make it there then we do it, if not we'll just wait til we can get our hands on more information and act accordingly."

To be given a consideration of that level while he could just be ordered around by the clear superior, Jiraiya does have a soft spot for those affected by Orochimaru it would seem. "You should do it, I doubt we will ever get much more information than this anytime soon."

"I agree wholeheartedly, this is already enough. Don't worry too much, something tells me we won't run into as much trouble as we think… I just can't figure out if that's a good thing or not."

"I will share this information with the squad that will be joining you on this mission, how would you like to proceed?"

"We move out immediately, I will leave the village by myself and make my way to Tanzaku Gai, we'll rendezvous there and make our way to the base together."

No further explanation was needed and both knew it very well, Jiraiya stepped out and disappeared from view leaving Tenzo alone to prepare all the information necessary for their assignment, still not too sure if he made the right decision in possibly sending his comrades to a dangerous situation they might not return from.


Three figures dashed through the forests jumping from tree to tree at blindingly fast speeds yet left not a footstep behind, each of their steps calculated way before it was taken to maximize efficiency and stealth as is expected from shinobi of their caliber.

After what could very well have been hours of restless movement they suddenly came to a halt but even their abrupt cease of movement failed to make a sound. Now with their figures being still you could appreciate a bit more of their appearances, not that they were too revealing.

All three of them wore black tactical pants and long sleeved black shirts as well as shinobi sandals. Each of them also wore a vest the same color as the rest of their clothes, modest in appearance and a lot smaller than those normally seen in shinobi of different villages; though it was still filled with pockets. To complete their fits each of them wore black bandanas and masks to hide everything but their eyes, though one of them made sure it covered his left eye too.

Without uttering a word the shinobi in the middle - clearly their leader - raised his hand and made a few signals for his squad to see, whatever sign language they used didn't match any other known one from the nations around their continent; meaning it was most likely made up by themselves.

Neither of the two other squad members made any movement or sound that revealed their understanding of the instructions received, they simply vanished just as silently as they got there, returning to the side of their squad leader moments later.

"All clear Alpha, four entrances identified, each with two guards, no other enemy forces around the perimeter" Came the report from the man on his left while the one on his right nodded but kept silent.

Pleased with the information received, Alpha watched ahead at their intended target and pondered their next course of action, their target seemed to be a small mountain standing on top of a cave system in a cliffside that dropped at least 100 meters to the ground. Going separate in a place they don't know and where they will more likely than not be outnumbered was definitely out of the question.

Entrance number 1 seemed to be higher than the others, suggesting their base made use of the full mountain to be constructed rather than simply expanding alongside the natural cavern passageways that filled the location. If their objective is to gather as much intel as they can, starting from the top and making their way down would be their best option. The other three entrances were scattered around the perimeter of the mountain but stood at the same ground level.

Now came the matter of the guards, Alpha knew his squad could pass through them undetected but wasn't sure it was the best of ideas, should they find themselves in the need to make a hasty exit finding as little opposition as possible would be ideal, they'd have to remove as many of the enemy as they encountered while moving.

"We'll take the top entrance, Delta take our six, Beta you take point, we'll move at your signal, once inside we'll go through the entire thing from top to bottom. We're to eliminate all the opposition we encounter. Understood?"

Not bothering to give much else than a nod as a response both of his subordinates fell into position and stayed idle for a few seconds, then they vanished from their position only to reemerge hidden from sight a few meters away from the entrance they would be going through, from their current position neither of the three could properly identify the presence of any more of their forces.

Reaching this conclusion Beta decided not to waste time and signaled for them to make their move, all three of them vanished again from their position only to re-emerge next to their targets. Having been the one to give out the order he stood in front of them momentarily causing them to lose their focus, a mistake that resulted in their deaths.

Delta dropped right behind his opponent just as his attention was caught, without giving any time to react he pulled quickly at his arm making him turn around only to have him meet a devastatingly fast chop to the throat rendering him unable to make any sound he followed with an equally fast blow to his diaphragm causing him to slump forward just enough for Delta to be able to finish off his sequence with a chop to the neck rendering him completely unconscious.

Unconscious however was not what they agreed on, long before his now limp body was able to hit the ground, Delta took one of his shoulders and chin pushing in opposing directions breaking his neck and giving him a quick death.

Alpha had an equally effective method of disposing with his own target, he decided to attack his opponent by his left side, emerging and giving him a quick series of pokes with his fingers in multiple spots in his ribcage, rupturing countless blood vessels and collapsing his lung in the process, the attacked shinobi turned around and instinctively went to cover for his damaged side. As soon as he did he was met with a vicious chop to the throat, his eyes wide as sockets were then forced to stare directly into a red eye with sharingan eyes.

His body went completely limp soon after and fell to the ground, he was swiftly executed long before he hit the ground. Alpha stood up and covered up his now revealed sharingan eye, he then approached the shinobi executed by his subordinate and removed a radio headset from him, not even a minute after he put it on the radio beeped in his ear.

"Ayato, what's your status?"

Not wasting a second Alpha replied in a voice far different than his own the expected response he was able to learn from his victim. "Everything is as calm as the breeze Captain."

"Roger that."

And with that the transmission was interrupted, but he expected another one every 15 minutes or so, they needed to act quick. Delta was then tasked with disposing of the bodies, he picked them up and vanished in a swirl of leaves only to return a few moments later without his extra luggage.

All three fell back in line and silently made their way inside the facility, walking in the first thing they could notice was three different hallways going into different directions, each filled with doors and reconvening at the other side of the entrance where they stood in what seemed to be a staircase down.

They had long since decided that going alone was not a wise decision, though it would seem as if the place's design almost made it appealing to separate, was that made purposely? In any case they started with the hallway on the left and started going through each door thoroughly.

Each hallway had 4 rooms in them with 2 doors on each side, much to their surprise the doors were all unlocked, they didn't think Orochimaru would ever be that careless, it more than likely meant that there was nothing of value stored in those rooms.

The rooms did have guards in them however, when they came into the first room a single guard looked directly at the door, he never even realized the door had ever opened or that there were three individuals now standing right in front of him. One moment he was alive and the other he wasn't.

Such is the power of Genjutsu.

The pattern repeated throughout all the doors in that hall and the main one, it seemed like this floor was some sort of archive with each room filled with tons of old files and reports that Orochimaru seemingly kept for some reason; they did find information of course just nothing that seemed rather useful.

Old hideout locations that were at this point abandoned or destroyed, plans for the invasion that at that point had already taken place and personnel files brimmed with information about shinobi that perished during the invasion.

It felt rather odd to Alpha, almost as if the info had been put there with the hopes that if someone managed to get this far they would consider this a valuable haul for whatever village they came from.

They made their way through the halls with ease, taking care of the station guards rather quickly and silently, slowly making their way to the stairs that seemingly led to the caverns. Alpha answered the radio in his ear once more to throw off the security and ventured in.

Walking down the stairs was actually very short lived, they weren't long in the slightest. Just as they suspected at the end they found a cavern system, it didn't look as though they had bothered with much remodeling other than torches to illuminate the path. The only thing they could actually do was move forward and move forward they did.

The place was simply enormous from the inside and filled to the brim with doors and small vaults all emptied out, almost as if they had recently vacated the place, there were countless empty labs with nothing but a surgical table in the middle and some equipment laying around seemingly unused, that just couldn't be right.

It felt to them like they had walked hours so far and managed to find nothing, it made them uneasy. Nothing seemed to be of importance or even point to the people they were tasked to rescue actually being here, what can they even do? Keep walking, they thought.

Eventually they did come into some useful locations along the cavern system, they found a room guarded by six Oto shinobi all looking a different directions, a rather nice strategy they figured, receiving a nod from his superior, Beta fished a trench knife from one of his pockets and set it on the ground, without taking his eyes from it held a bird seal and concentrated.

The wind picked up slightly around the knife and all three watched as a layer of wind chakra formed itself around the blade of the knife. It then started floating and went flying at a blinding speed inside the room, from the place outside where they stood they could hear bodies dropping one after the other until the bloodied knife came back to its owner.

Inside they could find information regarding the abducted people, confirmation of their arrival and orders regarding their use of them as well as experimentation scheduling and disposal instructions, it angered all three of them.

Much of the same kept showing up in different rooms scattered around, they found information on past experiments done in the base as well as many encrypted files they would have to deliver to the intelligence division as soon as they could.

A key piece of information revealed the group was separated into 4 smaller groups for different areas of experimentation, as well as the current locations of the groups and a general layout of the cave system, this had been the most significantly useful room they stumbled across and they were just about to rush to the mentioned location when something caught Delta's attention.

All rooms in the cave system were basically carved into the mountain, only placing the equipment necessary for the sick work that took place in the many labs and chambers residing in the base; as they moved to leave, he realized a small fraction of the wall didn't look exactly right.

It was perfectly in place and matched the pattern of the whole wall but it also seemed off, almost as if that specific section was newer. Alpha used his sharingan eye to analyze the wall for anything that could be out of the ordinary and found nothing that was useful, but he still found it weird the more he looked at it.

'The wall must've been made recently… With a Doton jutsu.'

He put his hands in a snake seal and channeled chakra, making the part of the wall that didn't look right sink into the ground, revealing behind it another vault door he forced open with the use of his Raiton affinity, what they found inside was deeply disturbing.

The door hid a - by the looks of it - recently abandoned lab, whoever worked here definitely left in a hurry and didn't bother to clear the mess. There was blood all over the place specially so in the surgical table standing in the middle of the room.

There were surgical tools as well as lab equipment all around, vials with undisclosed fluids in them, syringes neatly organized with different drugs prepped to administer and samples of blood ready for testing. Beside them laid a small recording device, by the looks of it a voice journal of sorts.

As per Kabuto-sama's request, we sent the Sound Four to wait for the Kusagakure team that survived the forest to return home and abduct the girl. They brought her here and reported she has unprecedented sensing abilities. We're ready to begin the required tests.

The tape cut and automatically started rolling the next recorded entrance.

Day 1.

Kabuto-sama personally came to me today with the test he'd like me to start with, the girl is apparently an Uzumaki, Orochimaru-sama wishes to know if she's pure blooded.

'An Uzumaki?' They asked themselves.

Day 3

Orochimaru-sama will be rather pleased, the genetic composition as well as the intel recovered by our spies in Kusa suggest the girl is indeed pure blooded.

Day 6

The girl can heal even the most dire of injuries if people bite on any part of her body, it seems it drains some of her life force, common sense suggests her life expectancy is reduced each time she does this.

Day 26

The girl could be a prime candidate to be Orochimaru-sama's vessel, she possesses an advanced healing factor, it will stop her from dying but won't heal delicate injuries that need the intervention of medics to avoid lasting damage, how fascinating.

Day 33

Orochimaru-sama's Invasion failed and Konoha still stands, Kabuto-sama ordered me to keep on working on this. Maybe the answer to fixing our master lies in this Uzumaki.

Day 46

The shinobi they took from Konoha did a number on our forces, I'm rather surprised that even without weapons and their chakra sealed they were able to put up a fight, a pointless one of course but rather admirable still.

Day 52

The abilities of the girl can be used in many different ways-

Please j-just l-let me die already…

She's growing a tad bit defiant as of late, and has been getting a knack for interrupting me!

*cackle noises and muffled cries, the distinct sound of whips hitting flesh starts saturating the mic for a while*

I was able to wire her into our wounded shinobi and managed to heal them using her, she's a bit less energized but she'll survive…

Probably.

Day 53

*cries*

I seemed to have let myself get too focused on my experimentation and forgot to take care of my subject… She's a bit boney now, will you forgive me Karin-chan?

K-Kill me p-please

She's still rather resistant, it doesn't matter; her condition won't stop me from punishing her for her insolence.

*cries and sobs of pain fill the room and saturate the mic once again until the recording stops*

"K-Kakashi we-"

"No names Delta, we'll turn this in as soon as we get out of here. Let's get going, the sooner we find what we're looking for the sooner we'll be out of here." He wouldn't blame Gai for his sudden loss of composure of course, black ops had never been his forte, he just had too bright of an outlook in life to be cut out for this type of work.

Beta - Asuma, of course - nodded at Delta while placing a reassuring hand on his shoulder, there was no denying all three of them were affected in some way by the things they just heard, but what was only horror for one of them, for the other two was a mix of anger and surprise; anger at the fact that there were people sick enough to do this to a living being.

Surprised that another Uzumaki still lives, and was taken by Orochimaru, the Hokage needs to know of this as soon as possible.

They waited for their team lead to finish sealing everything they deemed important into a storage scroll and then they moved, running to the places where the people they came looking for were supposed to be held captive, hopefully it wasn't too late.

Getting there with their new found knowledge of the layout was easy enough, what they found was exactly the opposite of what they wanted to find however. The place looked more like a cage where one would hold a wild animal rather than a prison cell, in it layed the shinobi that were taken from their village, their bodies naked and bloody, filled to the brim with bruises and lacerations, what was worse, all but one were dead.

Alpha found the seals inhibiting the use of chakra in the cage and quickly diffused them, allowing Delta and Beta to force their way in to approach the still living shinobi, with a closer look they were able to determine his identity as an Inuzuka, no signs of his ninken anywhere in sight.

While the two of them gently and slowly approached the survivor, Alpha looked around for something that would give him information of whatever happened here, the cage was pretty much just placed at the end of one of the caverns passageways, but he thought the existence of that hidden lab they left should be signs of a trend present in different parts of the cavern.

He was very much right and soon found a cave wall covering the entrance to another lab close by, same as before he used Doton chakra to make the wall sunk back into the earth and reveal the lab, this one did not have a vault door like the one before, and inside he found a panicking man, clearly surprised at being found; before he had any time to react Alpha rushed and grabbed the man by the throat, lifting from the ground and choking him with no signs of effort.

The panicking man made the mistake of looking directly into Alpha's sharingan and was soon put into a trance while his mind was picked apart for information, as soon as he was done Alpha's visage turned furious and he snapped the man's neck, giving him a death for too quicker and merciful than he deserved.

Shortly after he looked through the lab and sealed away any documents related to his research, making his way out of the lab he found both of his teammates still locked inside with their unresponsive comrade.

As he approached them, both Beta and Delta turned around to report on their comrade's situation and ask for further orders on their next steps, the inside of the cage wasn't exactly spacious and they both were crouching to be able to fit inside, so when they turned to look at their leader, Beta's weapon pouch was close to the fallen Inuzuka.

Kakashi looked in horror and tried to warn them, it didn't work, their position wasn't favorable to be able to maneuver themselves in time and even in his current state, the Inuzuka was able to conjure the last of his strength to snatch Beta's trench knife from him at a deceptively fast speed, it took Beta mere seconds to fully turn his body around. He was too late, when he managed to face back at the Inuzuka he had already put the knife through his throat with enough strength that it came out fully from the other side.

Delta's only visible features - his eyes - betrayed the pure grief and sorrow that filled his soul, what could they have gone through while in this place that drove their fallen comrade to decide his life was no longer worth living? Why is it that as his body laid in the cage they were kept for weeks, filled with every type of injury he could think of and slowly becoming colder to the touch but his face remained almost emotionless?

Why is it that the only emotion Gai- Delta he remembers himself, why is it that the only emotion Delta finds in his comrades now lifeless visage is… relief?

They both left the cage and joined Kakashi in the middle of the passage, the need for keeping the names of their teammates hidden even in their minds now completely ignored, it's standard practice for shinobi, at least those in Konoha, especially the ones who are or were a part of ANBU. You never know when some random enemy with a weird ability to hear people's thoughts is going to pop up out of nowhere.

As a squad, it was decided they simply didn't care anymore.

Their team leader grabbed a scroll from his vest and from it unsealed a bunch of scrolls intended for the keeping of bodies, they hadn't been able to save them but they would make sure they'll receive a proper funeral service worthy of them.

"We have to leave now," Kakashi grabbed a different storage scroll from one of the pockets in his vest and unsealed a series of explosives he handed over to his teammates. "The place where they keep our other objectives shouldn't be too far from here, let's get a move on."

He waited for no reply and turned around to lead the way, everything he saw in that sick bastard's brain would have to be revealed to his team and his Hokage but it would have to wait until they were safe and out of here; looking back he stole a quick glance to the place where his fallen comrade had laid and forced back the sudden memory that rushed his head.

How he was tortured for weeks, forced to watch the 'clan-less and unimportant' shinobi that were taken alongside him be tortured and killed as they tried to get information out of them. How he - as is the case with every Inuzuka he knew - stubborn as no other refused to give out any information on his village and his clan. How he was forced to watch his ninken and best friend be tortured, skinned alive and dismembered in the most painful way they could, breaking his spirit and leaving behind only a shell of what once was a man.

Yet another name engraved in Kakashi's memories, one he'd make sure was added to the memorial stone.

Kakashi would never forget the name of one Inuzuka Ashi.


The men stationed at Orochimaru's base had failed to answer to his message with the respect and promptness expected of his subordinates; they would be punished the second he laid eyes on the lead scientist in there. It's a rather easy process in his opinion, he sends a messenger hawk to let them know in advance of his arrival so they can get their healing chamber ready and wait for the girl to be delivered again so that he could resume his treatment.

And they failed at the easiest part of the task.

Nearing the mountain that served as his seasonal residence he couldn't help but reminisce on the times where his sickness was yet to ail him.

He'd be the first to admit he's far from the man he once was, still a formidably strong shinobi but not the same as before, more… frail, if there ever came a time where he'd have to summon up the full extent of his power (or as close as he can get to it) there is no doubt in his mind that it would be the end of him, not without taking his opponent along as well of course.

It wouldn't do for Kaguya Kimimaro to leave a job unfinished.

Still, the strange ailment that affected him has no cure, at least not one Orochimaru has access to; the only woman that could fix him is no longer an option. But they had found a solution in the form of that girl the Sound Four had abducted from Kusa, her innate ability while not able to cure him was capable of mitigating the symptoms and make him usable again, he was finally able to serve his purpose as his master's loyal subject. He needed to periodically be treated with her abilities to be able to function properly before falling back down into a - while still stupidly powerful - weaker and more fragile version of himself.

In any case, he didn't think anyone would be dumb enough to skip procedure and etiquette whenever he was concerned simply because of his illness, so it meant there was more likely trouble at the base and if that was the case then it meant his forces had failed. They better be dead when he arrives, whoever breached their facilities likely is far more merciful than he will ever be.

Kimimaro hates failure.


There comes a time in some missions when you simply have to assume the worst, a time when a squad realizes their hopes or expectations will not be met; that's why they say no plan survives first contact with the enemy, or the adversity in this case. At least that's what Kakashi thinks.

Despite running around the specified places in the documents they gathered no indication of the abducted children being around had been found, it meant they had been moved since their arrival. It wasn't that far fetched of a thought of course, just moments before they found out all about the Uzumaki (whose mere existence is a whole other can of worms they collectively decided not to open at the moment) and her relocation to assist Orochimaru in other ways.

But what purpose would it have to relocate the children? They're clan kids yes, and some even possess traits unique to them in their bodies but no knowledge of how to use them yet, they were not old enough for their training to begin so not much could be learned from them, especially not a Nara and a Yamanaka. What use does Orochimaru have for them?

None, that's the horrifying conclusion Kakashi had come to. He didn't order these specific children to be taken, he just ordered for the abduction of whoever they could get their hands on, beaten up shinobi and children that were taken from the evacuating forces. Orochimaru simply guessed that they might take someone he can get anything from to see what he could get.

A body of a small Aburame with a unique composition that could allow him to be a host for hives of the most wonderful and magnificent breeds of insects ever to exist but still too young to have begun merging with them. The body of a Nara who knew nothing of their clan's secret arts in the manipulation of shadows and medicine making. The untrained mind of a Yamanaka whose only special talent is the innate and extremely potent sensing ability. Lastly an Inuzuka and his sharp appearance, not even bonded with a ninken yet.

What would he do when he figured out they didn't have any use for him? It was too great a risk to keep them and of no real use; it hurt a lot to think about it but if it were up to him, if Kakashi was the sick son of a bitch that had done so much harm to Konoha and found himself in this situation… he'd kill the children without so much as a second thought.

So he changed directions and instead of exploring started going back in his track, scheming through the layout of the base he had now recorded in his brain to find the quickest and most direct part through the cave system to a pit that was marked in the map, and for the first time in ages he prayed to be wrong about what it was.

He prayed they wouldn't find the children there but deep down he knew… his prayers would not be answered by anyone.

Asuma was the first one to reach the place they were looking for, the first one of them to set eyes in the unmoving forms of what should've been Konoha's future and failed to keep a tear from falling down his face, a lone thought being said aloud. "Dear Kami…"

One of the things they never tell you as you start shinobi training in the academy is how clinical death looks. As a kid you start making an immense amount of scenarios in your head and possible reaction to them, it's almost as if one's brain wants to prepare itself to face adversity even if you yourself weren't consciously trying to prepare for the death of those that should be under your protection.

So shinobi picture death long before they even learn how to take a life and always fail to portray how unceremonious it actually looks, it always fails to show how a dead body will fail to tell the story of its life just by glancing in its direction. It's one thing to find an adult like this, especially if they were shinobi because you knew that in a sick way they had given consent to die cruel and sickening deaths the moment they put on a hitai-ate with a village insignia, but children?

They all just laid there, their naked and broken bodies one after the other lifeless unmoving… Kakashi didn't even stop Gai when he started sobbing upon finding them.

There were more than they were hoping to find, it meant Orochimaru had abducted people from other villages as well. What also unnerved him was the fact that he didn't do as shinobi do and completely rid themselves of the bodies as soon as they were no longer useful.

Despite the clear injuries surrounding their bodies, they had all been cleaned and rid of blood and organized… they weren't in a disposal pit, it was a storage room and the mere thought made him sick to his stomach.

He gave quick and silent orders that seemed to snap both Asuma and Gai back to reality. The grieving shinobi made their way to the bodies and looked for the ones that hailed from their village as was their objective, they quickly gathered the Aburame, Nara and Yamanaka and placed them in their respective stasis scrolls to be taken back to their village. It was only then that they noticed the missing body of the Inuzuka that should lay there with them.

Kakashi too realized this as he inspected the scene and carefully inspected every body in the pit until he noticed a spot where two large bodies shortly moved and trembled, looking at them it was clear they were very dead so he made his way to them and hastily removed the bodies, revealing a broken and battered boy somehow still alive trembling and crying as softly as he could, and now sporting a terrified looked as he was approached by the fully masked Kakashi.

Gai and Asuma too made their ways to him and found a small sliver of relief at finding at least one of the boys somehow still alive, they looked as Kakashi rose both hands in front of him to try and appease him and started speaking in a voice so soft and gentle they doubled back for a second, who knew he had it in him?

"Hey there buddy… listen, I know you're terrified and you've probably gone through a lot but I need you to try and calm down as much as you can and listen very carefully to me okay?" The small boy, no older than 6, still looked terrified but managed to stifle his sobs a little and gave a small scared nod to Kakashi, "Perfect, we're here to take you home but you need to do everything we say, I know we just met but I'll need you to trust me on this, do you think you can do that?"

The small boy for some reason felt safe trusting the weird overly masked shinobi and nodded again. Kakashi uncovered his sharingan eye but still kept it closed "I'll open my eye now, it can be a little scary but I promise I won't do anything bad to you, when I open it you'll look directly at it and fall asleep, after that you'll wake up safe and sound in village, okay?"

The kid nodded and was then promptly put to sleep through Kakashi's genjutsu, and he made sure he'd have the most pleasant dreams possible. He then bandaged him up and used the only medic jutsu he knew to stabilize his wounds to the best of his ability, after he unsealed a blanket from one of his scrolls and covered his body, picking him up and carrying him on his back.

The mission wasn't as much of a failure now and all three of them would make sure the kid got back to the village. They picked up their pace and started heading back the same way they came from, placing explosives as they ran through the cave system. Finally reaching the exit with the intention of putting some distance between them and the base before detonating the explosives.

As soon as they were out Asuma and Gai went to the entrances they had ignored and quickly eliminated each and every guard they could find, the inside of the base was not fully cleared since they had made it a point to avoid confrontation when possible, but they weren't particularly worried about it those still on the inside would soon be buried in the ruble.

But as fate would have it, their departure wouldn't be quite as easy going as they were hoping.

In front of them stood a young looking man, with a slightly pale complexion and white neck long hair. His visage, framed in sharp features and green eyes with red dots on top, spoke only of the experience and ruthlessness one could only achieve with years and years of an active shinobi career, rather unnerving on someone so young "Outsiders… You dare to attack one of Orochimaru-sama's bases?"

None offered any sort of response and instead remained on watching their newly arrived foe, studying him and trying to learn as much as they could before engaging. All three of them could be considered the elite of Konoha's forces and had immense strength, but they knew not to underestimate an enemy, and this particular young man simply looked like danger.

"You choose to forgo your village attire when coming here and yet only Konoha would be foolish enough to try something like this."

The three Jōnin exchanged looks and silent glances as they decided on their approach to this situation, they could try to escape and trigger the explosion in hopes of having the young man be trapped or at the very least held back, but they didn't feel like it would work. Fighting it would be then, which proved to be a challenge in and of itself, at least they wouldn't have to restrain themselves as much with their village already exposed.

Kakashi, who stood behind his two companions and still carried the unconscious child on his back gave Asuma a quick nod, prompting the man to go through a fast set of hand seals in response to the silent command. When he finished he took a deep breath and thought. 'Katon: Haisekishō!'

From his mouth came a dense and exceedingly fast cloud of chakra infused ashes and gunpowder that fully covered the still unmoving young shinobi and obstructed his field of view, which Kakashi used to create a clone to take the kid and melt into the ground, most likely using the cover provided to get him far away as possible from the upcoming conflict.

When that was done, Asuma clicked his teeth, creating a spark with a flint carefully placed in his mouth, igniting the gunpowder and triggering a devastating explosion right in front of them, which he knew ordinary shinobi would not be able to survive, yet there was no doubt in his mind that their newest opponent would not be taken down this easily.

The smoke from the explosion cleared and it revealed the three Konoha shinobi with their weapons of choice in hand watching as the teen stood there, clothes damaged but body completely unharmed, not even a small burn mark littering his skin. "I was under the impression Konoha claimed to be a village of pacifists yet you choose to engage… Such is the hypocrisy of Shinobi I suppose."

No real reaction was given to that statement, they know very well the extent Orochimaru will go through to manipulate and brainwash those he recruits. Kakashi, more than the other two, had seen it happen in person. "There will be no peace wherever your master looms, only a fool wouldn't see that."

The teen raised his arm and took it to his shoulders, making the Konoha nins watch in shock as his skin ruptured, blood spurting out and a long bone emerging from the wound only to be taken and wielded by the now revealed Kaguya, Kakashi was sure the whole clan went extinct. Really, where does Orochimaru get all these people?

"Simple minded folks like yourselves can never hope to understand the noble ideals behind Orochimaru-sama's work" The Kaguya quickly made a deceptively fast run towards his opponent, using his steel hard bone blade to try and pierce the body of one Sarutobi Asuma. The seasoned Jōnin used his wind coated trench knives to parry the attack but found himself rather surprised to see the blade didn't just break like most do when facing his blades.

Giving no time to recover Kimimaro pushed himself backwards and repositioned his blade to start a deceptively fast on slaughtered of slashes and pierces, which much to his annoyance Asuma could follow and even counter in occasions, one of this slashes was ducked right under by the deceptively agile man who used his wind coated knife to stab the side of the Kaguya's stomach, managing to make only a small crack in what was revealed to be a bone armor right below his skin.

Asuma then jumped to avoid a low slash by the Kaguya and maneuvered himself midair to kick him in the face but as soon as his feet connected a sharp bone grew from his face, piercing his foot and eliciting a grunt of pain from the Sarutobi. Kimimaro tried to capitalize on the opportunity but found himself being pushed back by an incredibly strong kick from one of the other shinobi.

Konoha Senpuu!

Kakashi watched as Gai joined in the fighting alongside Asuma, having long since revealed his sharingan and making the most out of the opportunity to observe and analyze granted by his teammates. The Kaguya seemed unfazed, he could see the coordinated attacks of his friends connecting but not working as expected, whenever the sheer force of the impact managed to cause a bit of damage to his now more apparent bone armor it would simply repair itself while the young man looked unfazed.

He also didn't seem to be having difficult keeping up, the man had managed to up his reaction speed as soon as Gai joined in the fighting with no difficulty, moving in a gracious and deathly dance, using two bone swords that didn't break when faced with the wind coated knives of Asuma or Gai's super-weighted nunchakus. Which could only mean that, like his opponents, he was deliberately holding back.

Was he testing them?

The Kaguya jumped back incredibly fast and pointed both hands with his fingers extended at the three of them, softly intoning the name of his technique in a way someone only with keen senses like Kakashi would be able to hear. "Teshi Sendan"

His finger suddenly started firing its own distal phalange bones as bullets at a deceptively fast speed, rotating through the air in the form of small drills looking to cause significant damage to his targets. The moment his first bones left his hand however, Kakashi had finished a set of hand seals and jumped in front of his group, placing both hands in the ground and erecting a dense wall of earth with dog heads as ornaments to defend from the unrelenting attack.

Kimimaro kept on pressing the offense and slowly started making more and more damage to the wall until the ground behind him opened up and from it emerged Kakashi ready to strike. The bone bending shinobi turned quickly and pierced the chest of Kakashi with his blade. Only for him to burst in a cloud of smoke.

Just as quickly Gai, having now opened the first two gates moved to the now back facing opponent and once again kicked him, this time with enough strength that the bones that emerged to try and shield the body from the impact shattered on impact as the young Kaguya was sent flying through many trees.

Asuma and Kakashi joined Gai as they watched the trees falling where the Kaguya was sent flying, not one of them thinking this was anywhere near close. They watched as the dust settled and Kimimaro emerged slowly walking back with his body now covered in the black markings characteristic of the curse seal.

'Great'

"Were I not affected by illness, such attacks would've hardly had any effect on my body but I commend you Konoha Shinobi, you three will have the honor of dying to the might of Kimimaro Kaguya and the power granted to me by Orochimaru-sama."

Kimimaro's body, now powered by the seal started growing bones again, this time his radius, rib cage and ulna became shielded and multiple spikes grew from different part of his body, rupturing his skin in a gory mess he didn't seem the least bothered by, then he lowered his head and raised his arm to the back of his neck, taking out his own spine in the form of a flexible vine before going to attack again.

The onslaught grew faster, with his blade and multiple boney spikes erupting from his body Kimimaro made his way to the three of them, attacking in perfected moves, the deadliest of dances keeping the Konoha Shinobi at bay, forcing the Konoha shinobi to dance with him. Asuma, Kakashi and Gai showed the teamwork that made Konoha famous, perfectly coordinating their attacks and managing to land hit after hit on the Kaguya.

With a silent command, Kakashi jumped backwards and went through a fast set of handseals casting a great ball of fire that was powered up by Asuma's own wind attack, causing a devastating fire inferno to come down on him with Gai substituting himself with neatly placed log just in time to avoid the impact.

The fire wind combo slowly morphed into a fire tornado that slowly started dissipating, leaving behind only destruction and a not very dead Kimimaro. The attack did a number on him, as some of the bones in his body fell to the ground turning into ashes and broken pieces, but he did not waver in the slightest he simply watched them with clear anger in his face while the power granted to him by his monster slowly took over him.

Kakashi was the first one to identify the putrid and corrosive chakra that is present in those who are marked by the cursed seal. They watched as his body started mutating, his skin turning a dark brown with his eyes turning yellow and covered in black while multiple bones started growing out of his back and legs, now a tail made of bones and flesh adorning his body.

Kimimaro gripped his vine like bone sword tightly as he looked at them and called out loudly. Tessenka no Mai… and vile chakra started swirling around his body as he spat blood from his mouth. 'I don't have much time left, I won't be able to serve you anymore Orochimaru-sama.' He strengthened his resolve and focused all his chakra to his left arm not holding the sword as he called out. Hana!

His left arm slowly started transforming in a massive bone spear nearly indestructible, causing alarm to surge in Kakashi's face as he studied the enemy, without any more warning Kimimaro ran at incredibly high speeds appearing just a few meters away from Asuma and launching his vine like sword at him, piercing him in the stomach and tying itself around him ready to impale him with the giant spear.

Almost as in slow motion, Kakashi went through fast hand seals and channeled as much chakra as he could without leaving himself useless into the biggest and loudest yet most powerful Raikiri he had ever done. The chirps of a thousand birds filled the space they were in and he jumped, calling for Gai to give him a push.

The boisterous man did as he was told and opened the fourth inner gate, appearing right behind the still jumping Kakashi as if he teleported and pushing him forwards toward the still moving Kimimaro, forcing him to clash his attack with their deadly combo.

The two blades met in an incredible impact that shook the clearing they fought in, breaking the vine sword and pushing Asums away, hurt and bleeding but otherwise okay. Kimimaro pushed as much chakra as he could into his attack but the sheer force of Kakashi's lightning blade combined with the push of Gai's mighty strength proved to be too much as the bone spear shattered and Kakashi cut through, piercing the side of his body and effectively removing his arm.

As the attack died down the Hatake skidded for a few meters in the ground before he was able to stop. He knelt and watched his very broken hand just hanging limp and hurting a lot. He quickly made his way to stand next to Asuma and watched the unmoving body of Kimimaro on the ground, but just as he was going to call their battle over the ground started shaking.

Kimimaro started laughing maniacally as he was slowly swallowed by the earth, just managing to call out. SAWARABI NO MAI! on his command, the ground shook in tremor and large spikes of bones started slowly taking over, advancing toward them at an incredibly high speed. They all three started running away trying to get as far away as possible from the boneyard that followed them but slowly falling behind.

Gai suddenly burst forward putting some distance between his colleagues and their impending doom as fast as possible. Once he deemed himself far enough to allow himself some prep time he took a deep breath and started reciting his most precious and trusted technique. "Hachimon Tonkou! The Gate of Closing: Tomon! The gate of Joy: Keimon! The Gate of Shock: Kyomon!"

Upon opening the seventh gate blue sweat being slowly evaporated started concentrating on his body, giving Gai a blue aura that could easily be mistaken for chakra. Without wasting any more time Gai took another deep breath. He placed a palm facing forward in front of his face and tapped it with his other hand, forming it into a fist and building a stupidly high amount of air pressure.

The quickly emerging bone forest soon came into view as did both of his teammates, each of them sporting looks of shock at watching their comrade in its current state, but knowing better they simply caught up to him and passed him leaving him behind to face the stone forest, just like he wanted.

As soon as he watched both of his comrades run past him a smile adorned the twitching face of Gai, who made a unique hand seal in the form of a tiger and with it released the air pressure he accumulated in a single devastating blow, forming the head of a tiger as it advanced to the bones approaching. "Hear the roar of my youth! HIRUDORA!"

The tiger head that formed through the air pressured built by Gai met the growing bone yard and decimated it, easily advancing and breaking through until it stopped moving and exploded into a bomb of air that pushed away everything around it, with a satisfied smile the youthful Jōnin closed back the gates and fell to his knees watching the bones stop emerging from the ground and the clear path he had opened.

When everything cleared both Kakashi and a still injured Asuma landed besides Gai, the latter helping him stand up while the former walked near the center of the explosion and closer to the cave system they had gotten away from. When he reached the place, he found the now dead and broken body of Kimimaro, he formed a shadow clone that immediately dispersed and knelt down, grabbing the last stasis scroll he had and sealing away the body for analysis in Konoha, this would be the first of this level of Orochimaru's sick experiments they would be able to study.

As soon as he finished he stood up and watched as the ground in front of him cracked open, with the original clone he made still safely holding their small rescue, he picked him up and once again put him on his back before his clone burst in chakra smoke. He looked back to the base and was able to pick up on the sounds of Shinobi marching to their location, a fight of their caliber, especially with how it ended was bound to get attention, so he made a half ram seal and triggered the explosives they left behind in their base, buying themselves enough time to make their retreat.

He quickly regrouped with his teammates and after patching them up as best as he could they all started running back home, as they jumped tree to tree Kakashi could feel the small boy stirr in his sleep and was only glad his genjutsu had kept him under for the whole encounter.

'I'll get you home soon.'


"This sector is clear Jiraiya-sama."

'As has been the whole place." The Gama Sannin sighed and acknowledged his ANBU's report and kept on moving around the abandoned base. They knew when starting this mission that there was a good chance his intel would not be entirely useful, it had been too much to find two different locations considering how long he's managed to avoid Jiraiya like the plague.

He still felt rather annoyed at not finding anything though, at least he had been right about something, they didn't run into as much trouble as he thought, hoped? It was still rather unclear in his mind how to view this fruitless endeavor, here's to hoping Kakashi's mission at least proves slightly useful.

"Jiraiya-sama," Called out the captain, interrupting his thoughts. "I think you should see this."

The ANBU captain stood beside one of his subordinates holding an unlabeled folder, he quickly made his way there and grabbed it, inspecting it and raising an eyebrow in what could only be curiosity. "Kusagakure… he does possess the Kusanagi blade so it makes sense to have interest in the village, but to order the capture of a single girl."

It didn't have much more information beyond that, information about past experiments, both failed and successful but nothing too concrete to be useful, maybe to figure out a pattern but he wasn't counting on it, what stood out to him was the order to kidnap a girl he set his eyes on during the Chunin Exams in Konoha, it rubbed him the wrong way. As he kept on reading he found an even more disturbing bit of information in the folder, something dating years back just before the snake defected from Konoha.

He didn't voice it outloud, he simply stored it in his own person for safekeeping, this would need to be discussed with the Hokage but it seemed convincing enough. To think the old fool would have dealings with the snake of all people, they didn't really have anything concrete but knowing those two, whatever Orochimaru made for him couldn't have been good.

"It's time to move out, pack everything you found and let's be on our way."

Having destroyed the base, Jiraiya walked side by side with the squad of ANBU, they hastily left the base and took to the trees making their way back to Konoha in deep thought, the Sannin had been in the business long enough not to believe in coincidences, that file had been left behind for them to find, but who could've possibly done that? One of Orochimaru's captives or maybe a traitor amidst his ranks.

"I'll go by myself to Tanzaku Gai and go back to the village by myself, I'll enter through the main gate in two days ti-" He felt a sudden pull on his chakra and a burning sensation on his wrist, he lifted his sleeve and found the Uzumaki crest burning red on his skin. 'Naruto!' "Change of plans, something happened in the village we must run now!"

Jiraiya bit his thumb and smeared blood on his palm, going through a quick set of hand seals and putting his hand on the ground. A small cloud of smoke burst from his jutsu and revealed a small toad looking directly into his summoner's eye, after receiving short instructions it somehow opened its mouth enough and swallowed the whole squad, disappearing in the same way it came shortly after.

As they left, a pair of sharingan eyes revealed itself from the shadows, going completely unnoticed by Jiraiya and his ANBU squad, he kept on looking at the place they were in with a pensive look only to dissolve into a flock of crows, it is rare that he gets to assist his village this directly nowadays, but he was asked to keep tabs on Orochimaru by their leader.

He only hoped the information he provided could be useful to the new Hokage.


AN: And that's a wrap!

Devastating slow update I know, but I am pretty busy so I'll have to apologize again, I did say it'd take me sometime though.

In any case, this is the reason why Jiraiya and Kakashi were not present during Orochimaru's second attack on the village as well as setting up plot for future chapters, this also happens to be the most serious chapter I've written so far, I do like to have different plots converging and an overall higher story slowly evolving.

I also wanted to give Kakashi more emotionally intelligent moments, cuz we really didn't have enough of those at the time to be fair.

As always thank you very much for reading, please leave a comment and tell me what you think, even if it's not all positive I can only improve through criticsm. I hope you liked it and found it at least a little entertaining.

Be safe!

Glossary:

Katon: Haisekishō
Fire Style: Ash Pile Burning

Konoha Senpuu
Leaf Hurricane

Teshi Sendan
Ten Finger Drilling Bullets

Tessenka no Mai: Hana
Dance of the Clematis: Flower/Bloom

Sawarabi no mai
Dance of the Young Ferns

Hachimon Tonkou

The Eight Inner Gates Formation, the gates themselves are as follows:
- The Gate of Opening (Kaimon)

- The Gate of Healing (Kyumon)

- The Gate of Life (Seimon)

- The Gate of Pain (Shomon)

- The Gate of Closing (Tomon)

- The Gate of Joy (Keimon)

- The Gate of Shock (Kyomon)

- The Gate of Death (Shimon)

Hirudora
Daytime tiger

Chapter 20: To protect and Endure

Chapter Text

The one thing Naruto's always been certain of is how much he hates hospitals, especially waking up in them. Not that he had woken up in a hospital while being in this state before but still, it doesn't look like it'll grow on him regardless. The excessively bright light that makes opening your eyes super hard and that permeating smell of antiseptic and anxiety.

He wonders how people willingly become doctors.

"It's been a while since I've seen you Naruto-kun, it'd be much appreciated if you didn't have to come here oozing blood and with bones broken for us to meet, wouldn't you agree?" Oh, that lovely yet chastising voice both pleased and angry while still overly caring and concerned, it made him feel guilty; it had been a while since he last visited Dr. Teruya.

He managed after many tries to open his eyes without cringing at the light, after blinking many times he started looking around to catch a glimpse of his surroundings. It was daytime already as seen through the window of his room and everything seemed normal so they most likely ended victorious in their most recent attack, the lack of extensive shinobi movement through his window was indication that he had slept at least a couple days.

He sloppily sat up, working out the kinks in his sore body and smiled warmly at Dr. Teruya still watching him fondly before giving him a cup of water to work through the dryness in his throat, he downed in a big gulp. "I'm sorry Doctor, I know I should've come sooner to see you… How long have I been out?"

The old lady sat down next to him in a chuckle and ruffled his hair fondly. "Don't worry Naruto-kun, I merely jest, I'm well aware that respectable Chunin like yourself tend to be very busy," She joked, finding amusement in messing with him. "As for your beauty sleep, you've been out for a good two days and a few extra hours… you came in pretty roughed up honey, how are you feeling?"

"I'm fine, I don't really feel pain anywhere you know how it is… only thing hurt is my pride 'ttebayo." Though half joking it was clear to Teruya just by looking at his face that there was a lot of truth in that statement, she can only imagine how frustrated he must be with whatever happened to him, not that anyone would know considering how he was delivered to Tsunade for treatment.

"I would love to know what happened to you Naruto-kun," The 'You better come back and tell me' left unsaid. "But Hokage-sama will most likely want to hear it first, as always you're all healed up and ready to go a nurse will come with your clothes and discharge papers in a moment, Tsunade-sama asked that you wait here for her, I'll inform her you're awake."

After some more pleasantries were given Teruya left to work on her other patients leaving Naruto on his own, he stood up and stretched out to regain his footing finishing just as the nurse came with his clothes and discharge form, he was glad the jacket Kakashi had gotten for him had sustained minor damage and was mended up and left looking just like new by Dr. Teruya herself, though he would definitely commission more of those just in case.

Shortly after she left and he dressed up the most unexpected of visitors came through the door, with Kakashi, Jiraiya and Tsunade in tow.

"Dude! I'm so glad you're awake, how are you feeling? Are you alright? Does anything hurt? How is your chest? Are your bones all healed up now? The doctor lady said you were pretty badly hurt and-"

"Let the boy speak, Eiji."

Naruto's mouth was wide open, his jaw almost touching the floor, he hadn't expected to meet his summons here but he could understand Eiji visiting, him coming along with Enma however was rather unexpected. "K-King Enma! It's really good to see you, what brings you here?"

Enma chuckled watching the blonde teen bowing his head slightly at what must be an attempt in formality, not that he succeeded in it, of course. "I heard what happened to you and this one," He pointed at Eiji still standing beside him. "was rather worried about you so I brought him to see you. I would also like to know how you're feeling."

"Gamaken was very worried about you big bro," It was only then he noticed Gamakichi perched on Jiraiya's shoulder, who then jumped and landed in his bed, just next to where he sits. "Pops sends his regards and best wishes too."

It was only then that Tsunade decided to interrupt the reunion by making a noise with her throat. "I'm glad you're awake Gaki and I'm sure everyone would like to talk with you for a bit but I just ran into King Enma on my way from the tower and although I'm aware Eiji was with you I need to hear exactly what happened to you."

Naruto sighed deeply and realized that now all eyes were on him so he took a deep breath and did his best to recollect exactly what had happened to him. "Two days ago after I finished my assignments I went to the cemetery to talk with my parents and Jiji. After I was sitting down talking with him I sensed a group of six individuals coming to my location incredibly fast and they somehow managed to go through the sensing barrier around the village."

Really grim information although not exactly unexpected taking into consideration who had sent them. "I decided to wait them up and set up a trap for them, they tried to ambush me but I dealt with them pretty easily until it was only their leader left… he's some sick bastard named Gen'yumaru and he's really messed up in the head 'ttebayo."

The name of course didn't ring any bells to any of the people present and they all had pensive looks on their faces. "They all wore Oto hitai-ate and this Gen'yumaru guy even confirmed himself that they were sent to the village by Orochimaru."

"Were you the target of these people or were you just in their way?" Asked Genma.

"I was their target, or at least that's what they claimed, maybe because I helped Ero-sennin and baachan when they fought him a few weeks ago," He ignored the annoyed grunts of both nicknamed people. "Anyway… this guy uses a super strong Sound jutsu, a single scream of his can destroy a lot so I sent him as far away as I could from the cemetery, I wouldn't let him disturb everyone's resting place."

"He has a curse seal too, not like the one he gave Neji, at least I don't think it is. He did have the black markings around his body but then he transformed and started to look like a monster and became a lot more powerful, it was at that point I summoned Eiji to help me, we were able to land some very good hits on him but after I failed to seal his chakra he beat the shit out of me," He winced at the memory and felt a phantom pain for a second before continuing.

"I did suspect that not everything would go smoothly, Nii-san made me paranoid," He said in a chuckle earning an eye-smile from the silver haired man in the room. "So I sent Eiji to recover one of the staffs he had taken from me before, once I was being beaten I could feel Eiji getting closer so I used the last of my chakra to gather wind around him and make the staff fly towards me, I even made it light up so it went right through the bastards throat."

Though quite horrified at the extent of Naruto's injuries and the fact that Orochimaru had seen it fit to send a team with the sole purpose of Naruto's elimination, they were all proud of his quick thinking and ability to survive.

"After that he left, the bastard was pretty injured but he didn't look like he was dying for some reason and I used up the rest of my chakra and focus to both electrify my staff and make it fast that I just barely managed to have Eiji use the tag to summon Gamaken and next thing I know I woke up here."

"It's quite troubling that Orochimaru felt the need to send a team to kill you boy, I don't understand how a student of Hiruzen could fall so low," Though left unsaid, everyone shared similar thoughts as the legendary monkey. "In any case I am glad that you were able to get yourself out of that situation. I have matters to attend to so I'll be taking my leave now, Tsunade Jiraiya, it was nice seeing you two."

Both Jiraiya and Tsunade expressed their goodbyes and watched as Enma summoned himself back to his realm, Eiji suddenly felt too out of place being left without Enma with so many important people there so he along with Gamakichi expressed to Naruto their desire to be summoned by him later and returned to their homes.

It was after they all left that Jiraiya spoke up for the first time since entering the room, tone deadly serious and pointed directly at Tsunade. "This transformation he mentions… Koharu-Obaasan said a man capable of turning into a monster was the one that killed Homura. And it aligns with the Kaguya Kakashi fought on his mission and your 4 would be assasins."

"Kakashi's mission? Assasins?" Just what happened while he was in the cemetery?

"I was sent out to investigate a base from Orochimaru near Ta no Kuni, I fought a ninja that also had a curse seal and a transformation like the one you mention, we were able to bring his body back for studying."

Tsunade listened intently to the things being discussed and processed all the information she was receiving, trying to connect all the dots in her head. "I will perform the autopsy on the body Kakashi brought myself, see if anything's different to the ones I had ANBU recover from my own fight" She looked at Jiraiya for this. "I want you to be there, this is the best opportunity for our seal master to be able to study the full effects on the body of a subject, perhaps this is how we'll learn how to efficiently counter the seal, maybe even remove it."

"I was able to feel the seal when I fought that guy." His nose scrunched up and his brow furrowed in concentration trying to figure out a way to explain what it remembers.

"What do you mean Naruto?" Asked Jiraiya, an eyebrow raised in curiosity.

"I'm not sure of how to explain it but, when we fought and he started going into his monster form I could feel the seal absorbing something, energy… it was weird, I couldn't feel any chakra other than his and mine but he was still pulling something in." Jiraiya's face filled with recognition and he started stroking his chin.

Only one thing fits the description as far as the Gama Sanin knows and it's not a pleasant thought in the slightest, just thinking of such power and energy being twisted and misused by the snake bastard puts a bitter taste in his mouth "Nature chakra…," He started looking at Tsunade, possibly the only one to understand, "How did I not think of it before? That's what the curse seal is! Discount senjutsu."

The youngest person in the room found recognition in everyone else's faces and found himself annoyed. "What is nature chakra? Or Senjutsu for that matter."

"Nature is a force in many senses, not just figuratively, there is chakra all around us and nature itself is an endless and powerful source for it," Started the only sage present in the room and as far as they knew, the only sage alive. "Senjutsu itself is a ninja art that requires a perfect balance of one's Spiritual and Physical Energy with nature, by drawing energy from nature itself one can become extremely powerful. Those who are able to use Senjutsu are called sages."

He would never admit it of course, but he absolutely loves it when Jiraiya goes into detailed explanations about something, it makes him look so cool. "Are you an actual Sage Ero-sennin?"

"Of course I am! Maybe now that you know you'll start to show me some respect!" He huffed and pouted in annoyance, going as far as crossing both arms and looking away from Naruto earning a chuckle from Kakashi and an exasperated look from Tsunade. "In any case, the reason you're not able to feel nature chakra despite being a sensor is because just learning how to get in touch with it requires immense training that can be learned in very few places. I was taught by the toads and haven't actually fully mastered it despite all these years, that's how hard it is… And no, before you ask, you cannot learn Senjutsu, at least not yet your body needs to grow before you're able to survive training like this."

Naruto pouted and huffed, he was obviously going to ask when he could start learning Senjutsu, until another question filled his mind. "Do you also turn into a monster when you use it?"

"No I do not, my body does go through some changes, though mine are a bit accentuated because I haven't fully mastered it. I believe the only thing that's visibly different for masters of Toad Senjutsu are the eyes. In any case when you don't use Nature chakra properly the body reacts poorly to it and goes through horrendous changes before turning into stone, If I had to guess I'd say Orochimaru somehow managed to avoid the 'becoming stone' part without giving his experiments proper control and that's why they look that way."

In their time together as the most powerful Konoha shinobi alive, the Sannin had always known the snake to be the smartest of them. Tsunade was a genius in her own right when it came to medicine and healing techniques that defied logic, Jiraiya though not as apparent to the untrained eye has always been extremely cunning, terrifyingly so… There is a reason he is the greatest spy alive and one of two - if you still count his late student - recognized fuinjutsu masters outside Uzushio.

But Orochimaru's always been something else, it irks her how much admiration she had for him. She had better stop thinking of such things. "This is all troubling…" She looked up at Jiraiya, scribbling some notes and asking Naruto questions clearly still far beyond his understanding but making wonders in getting him hooked. "Jiraiya, I'm afraid that extended leave you wanted to take will have to wait; there's much we need to do and plan for. I want you to meet with Inoichi and Shikaku, set up a new and improved sensing barrier all around the village and hook every Yamanaka capable of doing so into it, no one can go in or out of this village without us knowing. After that I want you to come to my office, Kakashi brought something that you need to hear."

Her attention shifted back to Naruto, sitting in his bed and waiting for something to happen. "I want you to take the next week to rest and recover, I'll have to give you an assignment after that, you are a Chunin and we don't exactly have a lot of manpower to spare right now, take these days to rest and visit your friends, Sakura has been coming to check on you… you should go see her after her patrol shift ends today."

"Lastly Kakashi," The one-eyed Jōnin turned his attention back to her and gave her one of his famous eye-smiles. "Take a few days to recover from your injuries and rest, Tsume and I will meet and talk about that later, I'll keep you posted."

Oh how much she hated the annoying blonde brat that had managed to talk her into taking the hat, everything in the village is a mess and everything needs her attention, still. As she walked out the room and watched the pervert left from the window she couldn't help but smile to herself. She's doing better at the job than she ever thought herself capable of and though she would never admit it, she actually likes the job.

Just a little of course.

Naruto had a deep look on his face as the two strongest people in the village left his hospital room, one Kakashi had become all too familiar with over the time knowing his little brother. "Hey Naruto? I can hear you thinking, it's unsettling." The blond shook his head and smiled in amusement, quite used to the Jōnin's antics and weird ways of showing affection and interest.

"Wanna talk about it?" He asked, trying his best to remember all the advice he had gotten from Inoichi in how to handle situations like this.

"Not really… but I know you don't care what I think and will force me anyway." His face was annoyed but the tone in his voice betrayed none of that. Naruto is actually quite grateful to Kakashi for being there. The silver haired jōnin simply made his way to the bed and sat right next to him, ruffling his head as he did so.

"I know you're going to think I'm stupid and worry about nothing and yadda yadda yadda but… I just feel like I'm never good enough y'know? I know I can fight and take a punch but I'm still losing, stupid Kabuto almost killed me and then this bipolar idiot almost killed me too, even back at the invasion Gaara would've ended me if Tenzō hadn't been there… so I guess I'm just tired, angry or something."

The more logical, sound minded and collected part of his brain is very much aware of how wrong that is in some ways but Naruto is not really in touch with that part of his own self, sadly for everyone else.

"I don't think you're stupid," Well, maybe a little but that can go without saying, he's in sensei mode now. "everyone feels that way at some point, especially after a defeat like yours, I get that, but it's what you do after that matters, you lost? Then do your best and train as hard as you can. You're a great shinobi Naruto, a little hotheaded, stubborn and hyperactive but a great shinobi nonetheless; you have failed before and you probably will fail again that's what being a shinobi is."

He hadn't expected Kakashi not to mess with him somehow during their interaction but it still managed to annoy him, still, as usual there's a lot of reason in his words; nothing he didn't know before but it's always best to be reminded by someone. Believing in oneself is important but a little help from others can go a long way, especially when even with the good the bad feels so much stronger.

They both sat in silence, Kakashi decided to give him some time to clear his thoughts and center himself and was very content with simply waiting for him while he read his book, until a nurse came into the room.

"Kakashi-san, Shippo has woken up, he's asking for you."

"Ah thank you, I'll be there in a second." The nurse left shortly after, bowing before doing so and left Kakashi standing up with a very confused Naruto behind him. "Come with me, there's someone I'd like you to meet."


When Kakashi said he wanted to introduce him to someone, this is not what he had expected. A small kid bandaged everywhere sitting at a hospital bed and looking intently at the wall, with a lost look on his face, just what happened to him.

"Hey there, remember me?" Kakashi was the first to break the silence in their room as they came in, shaking the small boy out of his musings and catching his attention, a small flicker of fear filled the boy's - Shippo - face as he turned to look at them, only to instantly morph into one of recognition and then pure sadness, not long after Kakashi reached the bed the waterworks started and he launched himself to the older man.

Naruto bit his tongue and waited patiently for the boy to calm down, he took a seat at the chair beside the bed and watched as Kakashi sat with the small boy and held him in his arms as he wept. Despite popular belief Naruto is not dense, not too much, so he deduced pretty quickly the boy must have met Kakashi during his mission, most likely a rescue operation.

He lost track of the time as he formed scenarios in his head of what could've happened and completely missed when the small boy stopped crying and both him and Kakashi stared at him in wonder, as if expecting the answer to a question. "Uhm, did you say something?"

The Hatake simply snorted and turned to the small boy sitting next to him. "Don't mind Naruto, he's just a bit absent minded that's all," He ignored the indignant cry and eye smiled at the boy making him chuckle. "I'm told by the nurse you were not too cooperative when you woke up, she says it's okay to remove the bandage from your face, can I?"

The small boy nodded shyly and shut both of his eyes, weary of the touch. Kakashi didn't make any comment and simply undid the bandage and uncovered his face, a few small scars still visible but nothing that would be there permanently, good, the last thing the boy will need is a reminder.

It was then that Naruto actually saw his face for the first time and it reminded him a lot of Kiba, but also not. His eyes were a dark shade of gray and had hair similar to Kiba's, he also bares a mark in both cheeks of a red fang, as is the case with all Inuzukas.

As he studied him, Naruto unknowingly got close making the kid tense slightly in fear, he was going to move back but was stopped by Kakashi. "I don't think I properly introduced myself, my name is Kakashi and this is my brother Naruto, you don't need to be afraid around us, okay?"

Something twirled in his stomach when he heard Kakashi introduce him as his brother but pushed it back and smiled warmly at the boy making his way closer to the bed and addressing the boy for the first time since coming in. "It's nice to meet you, how are you feeling now? Anything hurts?"

The boy shook his head and looked Naruto in the eyes, confused. "Your eyes are different!"

"It's a long story but yes," He looked at Kakashi in question and received a nod in response. "wanna see a cool trick?" He got an excited nod in response and channeled some chakra to his onyx eye, revealing his sharingan.

"Wow! It's like him." He pointed excitedly at Kakashi earning a chuckle from the blonde and a satisfied nod.

He could see the clear worry disguised as amusement in Kakashi's visible eye, studying every injury in the small child with perfectly contained rage. They both spent some time there talking with the boy about everything and nothing at all, answering questions only a six year old would come up with and trying their best not to say anything that could be triggering in the slightest.

Shippo still started crying out of seemingly nowhere, the first time was most likely sparked by seeing Kakashi, hearing his voice and recognizing the man who saved him with incredible ease after just a few seconds, he is an Inuzuka after all, if it wasn't by looks (considering Kakashi had covered even his hair in that mission) then it was the voice or scent.

The most recent time came when everything settled in, he started mentioning random things and blurting out some others. Thank yous to Kakashi, questions he couldn't really answer and names and talk about some other kids. Whatever happened to him must've been horrible and Naruto wasn't too sure he felt like asking.

Still, they had managed to calm him down, to distract him from the things that happened to him, it was then Naruto understood why he was brought. Kakashi, for all his progress in interacting with people, still lacked some things and felt too short on others, especially with a small child; so he had taken the lead. He began asking about the boy's clan, how much longer till he had a dog and then the most serious debate one could have about whether toads, dogs or monkeys are better.

He had always had a sore spot for kids in his heart, growing up with barely any family had made him compassionate empathetic and loving, Kakashi watched as he summoned a small toad to talk nonsense and almost kill the small child with laughter and could only feel awe, Naruto would go places for sure.

He'll be his Hokage one day.


"It's concerning that something like this happened again, and that you were specifically targeted Naruto-san, but I am glad you have made a full recovery."

The four newest Chunin of the village sat together in a table eating meat and having a peaceful time together, ever since they were promoted they had made it a point of hanging out whenever possible to share their achievements and new found knowledge hoping to ease their way into the ranks, they had also become good friends. More like they befriended Shino and forced him to participate but still.

Friends.

Sakura had been worried about Naruto, she had basically slept next to his bed the two nights he spent in the hospital waiting for him to wake up, something that sparked even more anguish, he's always been famous for recovering very fast so anything that put him to sleep just over two days must've been really bad.

She also had a lot of questions, Naruto hadn't participated in the fight to defend the village, no one had seen him and none were too concerned with looking for him given what had happened. So as things began to quiet down and the fighting was almost done for they were all surprised by a giant toad suddenly landing in front of the hospital. The Hokage must've been too, she was just getting to the hospital completely unharmed when the toad did and instantly jumped to the top of his open palm.

It was then they all saw him, Tsunade-sama had jumped down the toad as it disappeared and with her carried Naruto, more broken than anyone had ever seen him. Even the Hokage seemed worried and shocked as she moved through the hospital so fast she basically disappeared from view.

All had been explained by Naruto himself but one question still lingered in her mouth, a shared question given it was Shikamaru who voiced it. "But why were you a target specifically, you are crazy strong and troublesome for a chunin, but you're still just a chunin."

The blonde sighed in response and started rubbing his chin, he had of course given it a lot of thought as well. "I'm not too sure, Ero-sennin thinks it was most likely because I helped in getting baachan back to the village. I did summon boss 'Bunta and fought Kabuto so maybe Orochimaru is angry?"

"Or he wanted your sharingan…" She hadn't even meant to say it out loud, but the thought as much as she hated it made a lot of sense to her, so much so that she felt like she needed to explain. "Think about it, the whole thing was weird from the beginning. The attack happened when all of our senseis were out of the village and even Jiraiya-sama left momentarily. If you were Orochimaru, wouldn't you send someone to try and take you down when Kakashi-sensei wasn't around to stop it?"

Shikamaru had also come to a similar conclusion and wasn't too pleased either, he could see both Naruto and Sakura become agitated at the thought and couldn't help but feel for them, he hadn't been particularly close to Sasuke but even he would be bothered by his eye being taken from Naruto in such a way, still it did leave some concerns in his mind. "These things shouldn't be said so freely but I just find it weird that everything happened the way it did, the timing is just too convenient."

"I do not think we should keep on engaging in this topic," Shino interrupted, muttering his words. "Why? Because we're too in the open and while I agree with your thinking this is not the place to raise our concerns."

Naruto tapped the inside of his jacket with a little chakra and unsealed a small tag from himself, he then held it in front of his face with two fingers and channeled some chakra, making it shine a light purple before placing it on the table. The tag simply melted in it and disappeared from view and while the others could not really see anything beyond that they could feel a small amount of energy rush through them for just a second.

"What did-"

"Silencing barrier," He said, interrupting Shikamaru before the question could be finished. "Feel free to discuss whatever it is that you want, no one outside the table can hear anything."

"Convenient." Commented Shino, only getting a nod in response. "Well then, I believe we should talk to Hokage-sama about this, carefully. Shikamaru-san might be right, I too think the timing is suspicious and can't help but worry about another traitor or spy in our midst."

"We should try to dig up as much information as we can before presenting anything to Hokage-sama," Sakura wasn't too sure what to think about the whole thing, it all felt so surreal. "Let's start there, if Orochimaru does have another agent in the village chances are they used to work alongside Kabuto, maybe going through all of the people working in the hospital?"

"That wouldn't be helpful, Hokage-sama already did so after taking office, every person currently employed in the hospital has received a thorough background check by both her and Shizune, I doubt we'll find anything they didn't."

Though he would never admit it, Naruto is always a bit surprised with Shikamaru's analytic abilities, how quickly he picks up on things and comes up with strategies. Hell, he had closed his eyes and made his thinking pose right there in front of them.

Only to open his eyes and sigh in exasperation. "I don't like not knowing things but I think we should talk to the Hokage first, we don't really have anywhere to start and she might already be working on it, us suddenly looking into things and being all secretive could be taken the wrong way, let's tell her about our suspicions and see what happens after."

"We should just go ahead and ask but I think she's most likely already on it." Tsunade is not one for inaction, everything they discussed has most likely already occurred to her and she does have the perfect person to investigate at her disposal, if what Shikamaru thinks it's true then it's most likely being handled already. "The pervert is weird but he's the spy master, if he wanted to he could be listening in on us and would never know it, he's annoyingly good."

"You should really talk about Jiraiya-sama with more respect, Naruto, he is your master."

The mere notion made him huff and puff in annoyance. "You just say that because you don't know him Sakura-chan, he's really good but he's also a no good pervert."

Shikamaru started laughing at their conversation and was joined by both Sakura and Naruto with Shino simply giving an amused snort, the closest thing to laying on the floor crying from laughter. They wrapped up their conversation then and finished eating their food, having made up their minds to raise their concerns to the Hokage as soon as they finished.

Tsunade hadn't really given them much to work with, she really didn't confirm or deny their thoughts, she did however reassure them that if there was anything of the sort going on then it would be being handled as they spoke so they shouldn't worry too much and simply keep their ears and eyes open and report anything out of the ordinary to her directly.

If there was something going on, of course.

That might as well have been a 'I'm taking care of it and you shouldn't meddle in or you might be burned in the crossfire' or something along those lines. Or maybe not, in any case they all felt a lot more reassured because of it.


"Again!"

A group of clones with electrified staffs in hand huffed in indignation and once again rushed at their target, trying and succeeding in their objective, which was of course beating themselves up, kinda?

Naruto had of course taken Kakashi's words about frustration to heart and all that but…

He felt that way regardless.

So he did the opposite of what he was told to do and scouted the village for an empty training ground he could use to train himself, the thing that had annoyed him the most was the neglect of the ability that could've helped him a lot during his fight. If he was proficient in the use of his chains enough that he didn't need his target to be standing still then he might've had an easier time.

So he started training like crazy, the first thing he and his clones did was making the chains manifest instantly. Reducing the amount of concentration he needed for it and making the spawning of his chains instinctual, it hadn't taken him as much as he thought it would. The moment he stopped for a second and got a feel of the chakra flowing through his body as he did so he memorized the sensation and worked on replicating it.

He was now able to have a chain appear on command with no time of preparation, he was still limited to only his arms and wasn't sure if it was possible to have them manifest from other places, at least he could also have them spawn from the palm of his hand, so he tried his best to weaponize it. He made it large enough so that he could pick it up with his other hand and try to maneuver it like one would a Kusari Fundo[1]

Rather quickly he realized his adamantine chain wasn't like a normal metal chain and didn't simply fall limply to the ground, it is after all an extension of his chakra and has to be directed for it to work like such a weapon, so what better way to learn how to control it than have your clones try and beat you up while you defend yourself with a semi weapon you have no experience with.

It was a good thing he decided to discard his jacket and mesh shirt, his shirtless torso was filled with bruises, burnt marks left behind by his lightning covered staffs and blood, despite looking like they didn't want to do it his clones did a very thorough job.

Worst part is he's quite literally doing it to himself.

"Again!"

He kept at it for what felt like hours and while minimal he made some progress, but it wasn't good enough. Managing to avoid being beaten to a pulp didn't translate to being able to defend yourself, at least he was training himself to be more agile, his sharingan did struggle a little keeping up with so many attackers at once, especially if they also wielded a sharingan.

The clones jumped away from him and stood at the ready, none had been dispelled so far, him having made it a point of only attacking with his chain. He sighed deeply and the chain retreated into his body once again, soon after the 20 clones that kept him company started dispelling one at a time, making him wince in pain and stumble in his feet.

He made his way to the tree and picked a towel, cleaning the blood from his body and not seeming at all startled by the appearance of a familiar ANBU behind him. "I have to say Naruto, that is an interesting way of training you have there… Is it working?"

"Not really," That was a bit of a lie of course, even if he hadn't succeeded in training what he expected to train he still managed to train himself in other ways, still… The thought of not being good at using his clan's legacy left a bitter taste in his mouth. "It's been a while Tenzō, how have you been?"

The masked shinobi nodded in acknowledgement. It had been a while indeed, the last time they saw each other was the day the sandaime died, he chose not to mention that specific detail. "Well enough, if you don't mind me asking, what exactly are you trying to do?"

"Using my chains like a weapon or at least learn how to use them effectively."

He had recognized the way in which he held it as a weapon rarely seen in the arsenal of shinobi nowadays, if he managed to do it he'd probably be a force to be feared. "Before trying to weaponize it you should try to understand it, figure out how to have your chain fall limp to be handled in such a way first. I don't know much about it but if it's made of your chakra, you should be able to mold it into what you want."

Naruto smiled as he finished dressing up once again and nodded, he would take the advice, he didn't really have any other ideas at the moment. "Thanks Tenzō, I'll try and get the hang of it in no time! Hopefully… were you looking for me anyway? Or is this like an ANBU training ground I shouldn't be in?"

"Right… The Hokage has requested your presence in the tower immediately." With that he nodded his head and simply shunshined away, he wouldn't tell Naruto of course but Tsunade had actually sent another of her guards to fetch him, he simply volunteered to see what he was doing, he is a captain after all. Fetching shinobi for the Hokage is better left to his subordinates.

Most of the time, at least.

Naruto wasted no time and made his way to the Hokage's office shortly after Tenzō did, he didn't really get any details from him and he doubted the woman would've sent an ANBU if the reason behind the meeting wasn't exclusively formal, knowing he had not done anything to be chastised about - he thinks - the logical conclusion would be that assignment he was told had come.

He didn't know how he felt about it just yet, he's been a Chunin for weeks at this point and the Hokage had the newly promoted shinobi go through an arduous familiarization process, he himself had performed tasks around the village that required chunin but had yet to leave the village in his new rank.

If it was indeed a mission that took him outside the village he hoped everything would go smoothly this time around.

Finally he arrived to the office after a very short time - he is a shinobi and a fast one at that - only to find himself being met with scrutiny before even coming in, the door was still closed and he was sure there were eyes watching him from the inside… How curious.

He did go in eventually, only to find some familiar faces, one in specific the most surprising of them all. Definitely the eyes that looked at him from the inside, how delightful, he stood in front of his Hokage trying his best not to let the uneasiness show and addressed her in the 'if you're going to be a disrespectful brat then you better not be on a formal capacity or I will instill manners to you even if the ANBU have to dig you up from the ground after I'm done' tone as he was oh so kindly instructed. "Hokage-sama, you called for me?"

Tsunade absolutely loved it, if it were not for the genin she wasn't yet familiar with she'd be smirking at Naruto's discomfort. Perhaps some other time. "Naruto, it's good to see you, I'm sure you've been resting as I instructed, correct?" That was the tone of someone who absolutely knew the answer to the question they just asked and reeled in the fear evident on the face of those subjected to it. "It's good to see you've recovered, as I said a couple days ago it's time for a new assignment."

She'd beat him to a pulp for disobeying her some other time, at the moment she was a commanding officer. With a quick clear of her throat he understood the seriousness became more serious. "I'll be quick, a few days ago Jiraiya's network notified him of unusual and immense bandit activity, throughout Nami no Kuni, particularly the bridge that connects them to the land of fire, I contacted his Daimyo under the guise of pleasantries and formalities, upon inquiring about his situation he stated the country has not been raided or attacked, he even refused formal collaboration between our nation."

Naruto's body became tense at the mention of wave and as much as he tried he failed to push away the memories suddenly invading his brain; Tsunade felt a bit of guilt watching him momentarily struggle before composing himself, there were other missions he could take from the increasing pile of to dos but Jiraiya had insisted on this being a great opportunity for him to get some closure and she agreed, hopefully it's the right choice.

"Your mission will be labeled a B-rank, I want you to clear out the bandits but first you must investigate their operation, such a large group this well coordinated must have a greater goal, should you come across any Shinobi you and your team can't handle you're to retreat and send word back to us through a toad, understood?"

He nodded his head and made a mental note of all the information he received. Not at all excited with the prospect of his first mission as a Chunin anymore.

"Speaking of your team, I'm sure you're already acquainted with team 9?"

That he was, the members of the team had been quiet from the moment he entered the room, no doubt they were instructed to be though the moment they were addressed the most energetic of the lot came to the side of his friend, now fully recovered and eager to jump back into action.

"Yosh! Naruto-kun it is pure luck that my first mission back is my first time working with you, let us fan our flames of youth as we work together to fulfill our objectives!"

Naruto chuckled at his friend and gave him a short hug, quite pleased at seeing him fully recovered and still so youthful, he also greeted Tenten warmly and expressed his pleasure at seeing her again, last time they talked was shortly after the second phase of the chunin exams ended and she wasn't exactly well at the time.

The last member was a fully awake and still stoic Neji, he wasn't exactly sure that being undermined and belittled on his first mission as team lead would be good for him but perhaps it had been on purpose, maybe it was like an initiation or something, who knew? "Neji."

"Uzumaki."

At least they could be civil enough.

"In any case," Interrupted Tsunade, capable of feeling the tension in the room and not at all interested in teen drama. "Chunin Uzumaki Naruto, you will be leading team 9 on this mission, their sensei is currently on a different assignment outside the village. All members of this team were inactive for a while due to injury, I hope you've recovered and made sure you're in perfect condition before returning. That will be all, I expect an extensive report upon your return to the village. Team 9 you're dismissed, wait for your leader outside the office."

They quickly excused themselves leaving Naruto and Tsunade inside their office alone, as soon as the door closed her look softened and she stood up, making her way to the couch on the side of the office and motioning Naruto to sit with her, this side of Tsunade is the one only he gets to see and she'd go through extreme lengths to keep it that way.

"I wasn't too sure about giving this specific mission to you… It's not exactly usual but I could have another chunin fill in for you and send you somewhere else."

"I think I should go it's just," His face promptly sombered, forcing out the deeply entrenched worry and hurt in his soul until a reassuring hand made its way to his shoulder and forced him look up, finding Tsunade smiling encouragingly, he took a deep breath and continued. "I never imagined I'd go back and now I'm leading my first mission there, I can't help but think about what happened."

"You have every reason in the world to be worried, Naruto." Her tone was soft and filled with care, last time he heard it was after she saved his life, it felt nice to have someone talk to him in this manner. "I think you should go and so does Jiraiya, in a way this is a test from the both of us to you. I've heard from Inoichi and his wife how much you've progressed since then but I believe this would be a great time to get some closure."

Naruto digested her words and accepted them for what they were, the truth or at least that's what he hoped. He stood up and shook his face, palming himself a couple of times. "I'll be back before you know it, Hokage-sama."

Tsunade chuckled and went back to her desk not bothering to say anything else as Naruto left the room and called for his team to follow, he'd be alright. Now how does she get another mission to wave she can send Sakura on? Maybe to present their Daimyo with a treaty?

She'd have to ask Kakashi, she really wasn't familiar with the girl.


"Okay so uhmm -well I guess that we should probably get uhmm," Oh that hurt so much! His pride and ego of course. He had never led a team of Genin before and now he had to lead them outside the village and look respectable, Tenten's lighthearted chuckles really didn't help his situation. What would Kakashi do?

That would not help much now that he thinks about it. He stopped talking and closed his eyes, steeling his resolve and taking a deep breath before addressing his temporary team. "We should be able to make it to wave in a day if we move fast enough, I don't expect this mission to last long. Go and pack about a week's worth of supplies and meet me back here in an hour, we'll be leaving immediately."

Now that was a lot better, Lee's excited nods and Tenten's jovial agreement eased his mind a lot, maybe it wouldn't be that hard. It was after the two of them went to do as instructed and he was left alone with the remaining member of the team that he remembered the problem he would most likely be facing.

"Uzumaki," Called Neji, stoic and free of emotion and for some reason still there in his presence. "I see you made chunin, congratulations."

'WHAT?'

"Oh thanks Neji it uhmm… thanks."

Now, Neji would be the first to admit he hardly is the epitome of emotionally intelligent and had made it a point of tormenting a lot of people, but he had changed even if he had been forced to. And now before him stood one of the people he had wronged before for no reason whatsoever.

Well he did have a reason, it just...

He still felt it necessary to apologize to Naruto but, being technically reformed didn't mean being any less prideful, he is a Hyuga after all and even among Hyuga he's always been one of the most inexpressive ones; such things aren't exactly easy to discuss.

"Don't you uhmm need to go pack Neji?"

"I carry necessary supplies with me at all times in a scroll." To demonstrate he fished the scroll from his pouch to show and store it again, falling back into silence and just standing next to Naruto in the main gates, failing to notice the hidden meaning behind Naruto's plea.

"Right…"

There were changes in his person, that much was clear to Naruto the moment he wasn't randomly belittled or questioned just because, so he had become better after everything that happened to the Hyuuga clan in such a short amount of time, it meant however that he went from being stoic and a complete asshole to being stoic and socially awkward.

"Uzumaki I-"

"Naruto, just call me Naruto please."

"Naruto I- I would like to thank you."

Thank him? An apology he would understand, he might not have been as much of a dick to him compared to people like Hinata or Lee but he had been a highly arrogant and rude thorn in his side in Naruto's time learning Taijutsu with Gai; so he could understand if this version of Neji wanted to apologize to him and was actually more than willing to accept an apology but… "What are you thanking me for? I haven't really done anything for you"

He was hoping Naruto would simply say 'you're welcome' and let it rest. A part of him actually wanted to berate him for even asking, he really doesn't like talking all this much "Hinata-sama has talked greatly about your exploits and the work you've been doing while I was under… The things she said to me in the tournament, true as they were, I know didn't all come from her. I don't think you understand the influence you have on her, Naruto."

"I did give Hinata some pointers here and there," That 'you're full of shit' Hinata threw in the tournament never fails to bring a satisfied smirk to his face. "But everything she did she did on her own, Hinata can be crazy strong if you just give her a chance."

Neji wasn't too sure on what to think, he of course knew it to be true, ever since losing the caged bird seal in part thanks to her goading he started seeing her in a new light even more so after waking up just days ago, it filled him with anger just thinking of everything he did to her in a misguided attempt on revenge. "In any case, you helped bring Tsunade-sama back to the village, that I should be thanking you for."

"Oh well… To be honest I did it primarily for Lee, don't take me wrong I'm glad you've recovered and are well enough to go on missions but it feels wrong taking your thanks for that…" Naruto obviously wanted Tsunade to help Neji, but if Lee hadn't mentioned it before he left to look for her then he might as well have forgotten.

"Do you have a problem accepting gratitude from others too or is it just me?" Naruto winced at the accusation and Neji almost immediately regretted his wording, it wasn't supposed to sound the way it did… he was trying to make a joke. "I didn't mean it like that I- I'm sorry Naruto, I said and did things to you, to everyone, out of spite and anger. I was mad at the world, mad at destiny but mostly at myself and failed to acknowledge the truth for what it was, in many ways your eyes can see better than mine."

If the situation wasn't so awkward Naruto might have actually chuckled and dismissed Neji's concerns, the moment he saw a difference in him he had let go of his past anger, it would do him no good. "What's important is that you know now! I'm a bit familiar with your history and I can't blame you for turning into the person you were. Let's just start fresh okay?"

He smiled brightly and got closer to Neji, extending a hand. "My name is Uzumaki Naruto, I like ramen, training, spending time with my friends and my found-family. I dislike the three minutes it takes for ramen to be done and snakes. My dream is to become the greatest Hokage in the history of the village and make the Sandaime proud dattebayo!"

The young Hyuga stood there in shock for just a moment, feeling momentarily overrun by the warmth of Naruto's person so much that he ended up actually offering a soft smile in return. "My name is Hyuuga Neji, I like training, sparring with my team and helping the elders of the side branch of the clan… I dislike curses, senseless tradition and snakes. My dream is to fulfill my father's wishes and help Hinata-sama make the Hyuuga better."

"It's very nice to meet you Neji, I would like to be your friend."

He could see it now, the reason Hinata speaks so highly of him and is so easily influenced by his words, he really has a way of swaying people… He's very grateful, if there's one thing he needs it's friends.

Their conversation turned casual shortly after, mostly with Naruto asking about his health and how he was allowed to leave the village so soon after waking up. They then talked about Naruto's promotion and the invasion, the things that happened in the time he was asleep as well as casually mentioning the sharingan forgetting Neji had already been in a coma when he revealed it.

Not long after the hour passed and they were both rejoined by their teammates, suddenly making Naruto remember just where he was going.

Tenten teasingly asked Naruto about the absence of his vest just as they got ready for departure, earning a chuckle from Naruto and a sheepish grin, he loved his vest and what it represented, but he didn't really need it outside the village, the jacket Kakashi had gifted him was filled to the brim with hidden storage seals that carry absolutely everything he might need when outside the village, so he decided to only wear his jacket on top of his mesh shirt with an added insignia in his right arm signifying his rank.

A familiar presence suddenly appeared in his range and he decided to stall his team for just a second, he looked up to the gate and watched as Kakashi manifested on top, sitting down on the wall giving his back to them and looking intently at the outside of the village, Naruto simply jumped to his position and stood besides Kakashi not bothering to say anything.

"Wave huh… I'm sure Tazuna and Inari will be delighted to see you."

He sighed deeply and took a seat next to Kakashi, not bothering to acknowledge his team waiting for him in the slightest. "I wouldn't mind seeing them again… it's just, I really want you and Sakura to come with me, Nii-san."

"I know, maybe we can take a small trip just the three of us some other time, but you're not a cute little genin anymore Naruto," He ruffled his brother's hair and said nothing as the now nearing 14 year old rested his head on his arm. He was starting to become taller, he's so proud. "You're a big boy chunin now and big boys go on big boy missions even if they don't like it sometimes."

He got the intended response in Naruto laughing and sticking his tongue out to him, that's really all he came for. To see him be ok, to reassure him but most importantly, reassure himself. "Do your best and don't take too long to come back, Sakura-chan will want all the details."

He disappeared in a swirl of leaves shortly after, leaving Naruto sitting alone for a second. He took a deep breath and jumped back down, ignoring the questioning looks in his teammate's faces he grinned one of his trademarked Uzumaki grins and started making his way out the village with them in tow. "Let's get going!"


"Kabuto, was your mission successful?"

The torches burning behind his chair just barely managed to put some light on his face, as he entered, Kabuto just about managed to make eye yellow slitted eyes glowing in the dark, it's quite the imposing sight and one he knows his master absolutely adores, shinobi do have a flair for the dramatic; at least those who can back it up with sheer strength. "Yes Orochimaru-sama, I brought back the items you requested."

The snake man smirked in satisfaction, licking his lips with his sickly long tongue dripping on his table as he reached for the scroll on Kabuto's hand. "I trust your operation went smoothly."

"About as much as one could expect, the intel was spot on, we didn't manage to take the Hyuga but our main objective was completed successfully, though Gen'yumaru tells me he didn't manage to kill Naruto-kun, Danzo on the other hand…" Kabuto smiled in amusement, earning a chuckle from his older master.

"I assume he wasn't appreciative of me entering his bunker and stealing all of this, not that I stayed long enough for him to realize… it's mostly his fault though, making it so easy to break in," If you knew where they were, he's always been a proud man but he's not foolish enough to not see there is no one better at spying and infiltrating than Jiraiya, the one thing he has over the legendary man is previous knowledge of all bases and passages of Konoha's roots, given by the founder and leader himself.

Bet Danzo is regretting ever taking him.

"That old fool kukuku… it is a pity we had to close such a door on ourselves but… the prize is worth it." Orochimaru stood up and walked out of his office with Kabuto in tow, there was much work to be done and he wanted to start immediately. "Konoha denied me the Byakugan once again, maybe it's because I was always destined to get these instead..."


AN: Sup! This chapter has been done for ages and I just forgot to post it, how cool of me. Let's talk about the chapter though.

Shippo isn't super important or anything, I just named him because I believe he is important to Kakashi's character development, he might be mentioned from time to time but other than that he was just a plot point. (I did follow the Inuzuka trend and named him after a dog part, Shippo means tail).

Also I didn't really mention what Orochimaru wanted to get but I think it is pretty obvious it really is hard to make things surprising unless I just didn't say anything and then revealed it when this particular chapter is released but then it'd feel like mere convenience more than anything, this way at least when what's going to happen happens you'll know it was always the plan.

Now, Shippuden events are coming closer so you should know I won't have a singular time skip, more like a small collection of time jumps as I try to develop my characters some more before getting there, do take into consideration that it's from this point forward that the canon divergence starts to show a lot more and the timeline won't be exactly the same.

Hopefully you enjoyed this at least a little, I'll try to be back with the next chapter as soon as possible.

[1] A weapon that consists of a large chain Kusari and a flat piece of metal on one or both sides Fundo.

Be safe!

Chapter 21: Homecoming

Chapter Text

He vaguely remembers a tale from his childhood, one told by the Sandaime. Something about Gods - or was it fantastic beasts? - and their control over the world way before shinobi were even a thing. The old man would (on the rare occasions he slept in the Sarutobi compound) use that story as a lullaby, it's a pity he doesn't remember anymore, he does remember what it was about though.

The wind.

He'd say there's whispers and echoes in the wind, the wind is a force of nature, a safekeeper carrying memories and whispers around. Or something like that, he can't remember the specifics anymore. He should probably visit the Sarutobi estate sometime soon, maybe that folktale is in their library somewhere.

In any case, as he hopped from tree to tree alongside his teammates and the smell of the sea slowly took over their nostrils he could feel the most delightful breeze hitting his face, the memories it brought back though… were nowhere near as pleasant.

"I see no signs of bandit activity in the bridge, if they were here they'd have moved on already."

How could they have made it this fast? It had been the objective of course, how long did he spend sulking? And how did he not even notice how close they had gotten. An almost imperceptible sigh escaped his lips, taking away - momentarily - the dark thoughts so he could concentrate on their current objective.

The bridge came into view shortly after, he could confirm that there was no one near, no one incapable of hiding from a sensor and a Byakugan at the very least. They dropped from the trees and stood in front of the bridge, one that looked far too complete and well maintained to be the same one he last saw; time does fly it would seem.

'The Great Uchiha Bridge' Sasuke would've liked that - he thinks - he had always been all about his clan and rebuilding it. A bridge named after them surely would be enough to please them all, that knowledge didn't make it any easier to look at though, didn't stop his gaze from moving to the exact spot he remembers Sasuke's body dropping, didn't stop his mind from repeating over and over the last words of his first friend, didn't stop him from b-

"Naruto-kun?"

Had it been a good idea to send him of all people? He started questioning himself, that's for sure, much more than he'd like to admit. Another sigh escaped his mouth, this one he didn't even bother to hide; he really doesn't want to give any explanations, he actually doesn't want to talk about it at all.

The team though, they all have brains and are able to read, though only Lee can claim to be a friend to him - for a while at least, Neji just started - all of them are acquainted with the blond and familiar with some of the story, the whole of Konoha had heard when the last Uchiha died after all, even if no one not involved knew the details, just that it happened.

But Naruto's attitude since they were in the Hokage's office, him barely even speaking during their trip and now the bridge, their brains finally put the pieces together, as much as they could. "Naruto-kun, is this were-"

"Let's get going, we have to meet with someone."

Now Lee had never liked being interrupted or dismissed in such a way, but, as unyouthful as it is he decides to let it go, looking towards his friend - Tenten - and sharing a nod with her, vastly aware of his ability or lack thereof to be tactful. Neji looked at this whole silent interaction and felt a bit out of place, the more he spends time with his now friends he realizes how much he denied himself the opportunity to make bonds; the ability to reach a level of closeness to someone where you can communicate with someone simply by looking at them.

Something he didn't think he'd ever wish for.

The walk through the bridge felt almost like running through it, they could see it, the look on his face, unrecognition. His gaze would move to very specific places at random where there really was nothing but he would still unconsciously look for something, whatever it is that he expected to find he clearly was trying to get away from.

'This is where the Uchiha died' He mused, mostly because their current leader's face betrayed such emotion, clear sign that there is still a long way to go for him in the Shinobi arts, though he doesn't blame him or judge too much, if there's one thing he understands is grief and self-deprecation.

Naruto had made a point of not allowing themselves to be seen in town as they finished walking through the bridge, whether it was meant to keep their mission still a secret or simply avoidance they didn't know, he clearly knew where he was going and they did not question him, despite his clear turmoil he does know the territory, there were few other better choices to lead the squad, both would probably go through the same things he's going through.

Though Neji assumes the Jōnin would be better at compartmentalization.

Soon after they dropped in front of a modest looking house, one Naruto recognized but also didn't, something swirled in his chest, a warmth he had never experienced before filled him everytime he realized how different it all was, how the small port town looked very little like it used to; he's happy and he's proud that the people from this country truly were able to reclaim their lives and made their home such a better place.

The old man's house was no different, the structure remained mostly the same and so did its location, but it looked a lot better now. What once was a refuge for a broken family now looks like the happy home it's always supposed to be like. A warm and sincere smile adorned his face as he debated what to do next, his teammates were expectant, waiting for him to do something.

He keeps having to remind himself that he is the leader. Knocking would've been the obvious choice but he had always been quirky and Tazuna did leave all his windows open, you'd think he learned to be more careful all those months ago. They decided to do things the Ninja way, well Naruto decided and his team followed, all choosing to ignore the satisfied smirk and gleam in his eyes as they jumped in.

Tazuna had been having a good day, most have been as of late and he's quite happy with the way things had been going for him, his only complaint is how little time he has for his hobbies as of late (his hobby being drinking, of course) though thinking about it, he no longer feels a constant need to drown in alcohol. All to say this day would be no different than any other, that was until a painfully familiar - if a bit taller and aged up - face adorned with the most vibrant shade of blonde hair suddenly appeared just centimeters away from his face.

"Boo!"

He shrieked and fell to the floor in complete and utter shock while his mind processed the encounter for just a few seconds until his surprise shifted into annoyance, one particularly aggravated by the laughing blonde and his snickering team, those he wasn't familiar with. "For fucks sake you dumb brat! You could've killed me."

One thing Neji and his friends noticed immediately was how despite the words being said, the tone carried nothing of the venom one would expect, his face even irradiated with warm and disbelief; this was of course reciprocated and made evident when Tazuna started chuckling and ruffled Naruto's hair - with no protest - in affection before falling to pleasantries and small talk, he was almost tempted not to interrupt their reunion, but Naruto started asking about a Tsunami and her son and it didn't look like they'd be done anytime soon.

He cleared his throat lightly and caught both of their attentions, making his team leader turn beet red upon realizing he had failed to introduce his team or state the reason behind their arrival, not that any of them cared too much. Their mission mostly felt like an excursion to get their squad back into shape after being injured, he wonders what it did to the reputation that all three suffered extensive injuries during the chunin exams.

"Right… Old man this is my squad, Neji Lee and Tenten, guys this is Tazuna he's the man who built the bridge we walked earlier we… Team 7 helped him." Tazuna hadn't realized, or to be more precise hadn't noticed that Naruto's team didn't include the man and young girl that had come with him the first time around, no one seemed to be as old as the Jōnin that led the mission all those months ago.

He started eyeing Naruto more carefully, he started actually watching him - sure there was an obvious change in everything, his eyes were both different colors now (though he supposes it's a replacement for the eye he lost when he last went there, the details are a bit hazy) the biggest difference though is the posture, how he stands, how he carries himself with such confidence that speaks of an ability to back it up.

It sort of reminds him of that Kakashi guy.

Pride started filling his chest for some reason, the young man standing in front of him is leaps and bounds away from the scrawny kid that stood here just months ago and it just makes him happy; he wants to assume he's this new team's leader (and hopes that both of his former teammates are safe and sound) and while Tazuna's not too familiar with Shinobi and military hierarchy, he's sure the leaders wear a vest of some type and no one seems to be wearing one…

"You can stop looking at me like that old man, you're giving me the creeps y'know?" He teased and patted the back of Tazuna lightly, walking back to his team and inviting himself over to the man's table, taking a seat and motioning for the young genin to do the same, only after he sat did he bring attention to the red armband with the Kanji for middle on it. "I'm a Chunin now, and I'm leading this mission."

The pride just kept swelling up on his chest as he sat down with the team of young shinobi and smiled warmly at Naruto, his new rank must mean he's now as powerful as he presents himself to be, that said though… "What of your old team Naruto? Are Kakashi and Sakura okay?"

"They're doing great, Sakura and I both made Chunin so we're expected to lead squads and work with different teams," That was good to hear, Tazuna had started to get worried, it goes to show how little he knows of Shinobi business though.

"It's good to know they're doing okay, I'm surprised you came to visit, when I requested for the bandits to be dealt with I didn't think the team would actually come into town, so how did everything go? Are you all done with those punks?"

Everything about that statement raised alarms in Naruto's brain; the Hokage's briefing had been quite clear. It was through Jiraiya's spy network that they learned of the suspicious bandit activity around wave country, Konoha did not receive a mission request and if he recalls correctly the Daimyo had even been reluctant to share information with Tsunade.

Neji also realized this. "Can we take this to mean that you requested a mission to eliminate this bandit group, Tazuna-san?"

The man nodded, not really catching the weird looks on Naruto and his teammates or not caring much for them. "Well yes, as mayor I'm not allowed to make such requests myself, something about international law and how I already broke it once when I asked for Konoha's help before so all shinobi related affairs have to be communicated to our Daimyo first and his office takes care of passing the message along, we have been requesting a lot of escort details from and to the bridge for merchants in this way for months now, it's too much work if you ask me but I don't really care much, the Daimyo usually just resends what we give him."

He hates this part of the job, politics make his head hurt but, he's very grateful that Tsunade forced all new chunin to go through specialized training accompanied with extensive reading material for situations just like this, in her words 'I'll be damned if I have to work overtime just because one of you lacks the most basic of knowledge and common sense'

Before anyone else could say anything Naruto made sure his team didn't speak up, as much as it bothered him to hide information from the old man, the Hokage and Jiraiya had been very clear with him, if you find yourself in a situation where information is both limited and inconclusive the best option is to trust no one. "You're the new mayor, old man? You're not drinking on the job are you?"

"As if!" He answered, chuckling and rubbing his head. "Tsunami is working in the office with me, she won't let me keep any Sake close."

Rock Lee found himself a bit lost on the secrecy but knew better than to question it in front of the apparent client, both Neji and Naruto seemed to be handling things just right. "Very smart of her; we haven't taken the bandits out yet, we decided to skip ahead and come to you first, see if there was anything important we needed to know."

"I see, well the house is in much better condition now and you all can take the spare room, it should be big enough for you to use it as your base, Tsunami and Inari should be here soon, I'm sure the kid will be happy to see you."

"We'll take you up on that then, thank you old man."

Tazuna went back to whatever he was doing, and Naruto, already familiar with the layout of the house, guided his team to the room they had been given upstairs. Once inside they each picked a spot on the floor to set up their sleeping mats and bags (or sealing scrolls) on the floor. Naruto tapped a seal on the inside of his jacket and unsealed his traveling futon, he also grabbed four tags from a seal and threw them all to each corner of the room. With a half ram hand seal he activated them and after a brief purple flash the room was completely silenced to the outside.

He sat in the middle of the room and called for his team to do the same, starting his first ever mission team discussion (as a leader at least). "What do you guys think?"

"About what exactly, Naruto-kun?" Asked Lee, having been the first one to eagerly sit next to his friend, being as respectful and youthful as possible to his leadership.

Neji was the one to answer as he sat down directly across from the two of them, with a pensive look on his face. "I believe he's talking about the conflicting information we received, Tazuna-san says he requested our presence but Hokage-sama sanctioned this mission herself, she even mentioned the wave Daimyo wasn't too forthcoming with information about this bandit group."

"You think Tazuna-san is lying?" Asked Tenten, "It didn't seem that way to me, unless he's a really good actor 'cause I couldn't see any tells."

"No, I don't think he was trying to deceive us," Answered Neji. "I observed him with the Byakugan while we spoke earlier, I didn't see anything that would indicate he was lying."

Naruto listened to his teammates and found himself in agreement, though he had known Tazuna wasn't lying from the very beginning it was still reassuring for him to see that his team seemed to be in agreement with him so far. "I'm pretty sure he's not lying, I actually chose not to tell him anything for his own good, the less he knows the better."

Tenten and Lee both shared a puzzled look, the latter of the two expressing his confusion. "Isn't it a bit unfair to Tazuna-san to be kept in the dark Naruto-kun? Why would it be for his own good?"

"Because the one actually lying is the Daimyo, both to Tazuna-san and Hokage-sama." Leave it to Neji to have it all figured out, Naruto had come to same conclusion of course but he was forced to go through training specifically covering this type of situation, Neji is just smart.

Damn Hyuga prodigies.

"Yes, but it's not just that." Naruto unsealed a scroll from his jacket and quickly started going through its content, passing over many sealing matrices until he found the one he was looking for. He unsealed a book on the geography of the land and offered it to Neji, in a page with a map of the whole country. "Wave is the smallest country, there's only a few villages besides the town and they're all mostly scattered around the coast, the main access and the most used is Tazuna's bridge, right?"

Neji - with Lee and Tenten perched on his shoulder looking over at the map he held - nodded his head as he followed Naruto's train of thought. "That seems to be the case, yes."

"Then why weren't the bandits there when we got here? I don't understand, if you were a bandit who's a part of a very large group that for some reason decides not to come into town then wouldn't you be standing near the bridge alongside your bandit buddies mugging and ransacking passing merchants and tourists?"

Well he'd argue first that no Hyuga would even consider such vile actions and least of all put themselves in the shoes of scum like that; but he does find reason in Naruto's assumptions. If they're not on constant guard of the bridge then where are they? And what do they want? "Perhaps they're looking for something. Bandit groups are generally the worst type of scum alive, they take anything they can get their hands on treasure, money, women… children."

"If that's the case then we need to figure out what exactly they're doing, if they're making abductions people must've heard by now, right?" Asked Tenten.

Naruto sat and listened, pondering and trying to figure out how Shikamaru just puts both hands together and immediately knows everything there is to know; Jiraiya had been clear though, 'If you don't have all the details then find a way to get as much information as possible, preferably letting me know before you do something absolutely stupid.'

He kinda gets the feeling that maybe Tsunade and Jiraiya don't trust him too much…

"We'll start investigating tomorrow. Neji and I will track the bandits and see what they're doing, Tenten and Lee. I want you to disguise yourselves and go into town." He and Neji nodded at each other before he continued. "If the Daimyo is doing something shady then there must be someone who knows something, Ero-sennin says drunkards and children speak nothing but the truth, you should probably start there."

Tenten and Lee both smiled and saluted their leader teasingly. She did have a question though. "Ero-sennin?"

Naruto grinned and started rubbing his head a bit sheepishly. "Jiraiya-sensei, he's an awesome ninja but he's a gigantic pervert. Speaking of him though, try and actually use disguises, he says there's always a chance there will be a shinobi and any slightly competent shinobi will see through a henge."

"Why are we not moving right now, Naruto-kun? We are absolutely ready and full of energy."

"I'm sure you are," He chuckled warmly, standing up as he did so. "It's getting late and Tazuna's family just came into the house, we'll join them for dinner and start tomorrow. I will also contact baachan and tell her what we've found so far. Besides… there's somewhere I want to go today."

Inari was absolutely ecstatic with Naruto in the house, sparing no one present from telling all about his accomplishments and how he even tried to have the bridge named after him, the hero of Wave. Tsunami had been quite pleasantly surprised as well, complimenting him on his change and telling his team all about the snotty brat that she had first met all those months ago, embarrassing him quite like an older sister would.

In the spirit of celebrations and warm reunions - clearly ignoring there must be a reason behind a team of Shinobi visiting your home - she cooked a feast for everyone. Naruto shared stories of the many things he's been through and all about his training and new super cool awesome ninja moves, much to the annoyance of his teammates - except for Rock Lee of course - but leaving an impressed and starstruck Inari at the dinner table.

The mood was rather pleasant and Naruto himself was greatly surprised upon learning the people of wave had not only named the bridge after his fallen friend but they had also erected a statue of his whole team in the middle of town. He wishes both Sakura and Kakashi were here to see it too. A sad smile made its way to Naruto's face and he stood up from the table, excusing himself and leaving the house soon after, just telling everyone there was a place he needed to be at and leaving shortly after.

Tazuna watched the boy leave and sighed taking in the puzzled looks on his teammates. "Do you know what happened here? What happened to him the last time he came?"

They do, sort of. Everyone in the village had heard the last Uchiha fell in his first mission but few details had been made available to the public, people had been simply assured that Uchiha Sasuke died a hero and gave his life to uphold the ideals Konohagakure strives to protect. The moment Naruto was informed of the mission's location he was visibly distressed, something that became even more apparent the closer they got to the country.

Then there was the bridge.

It was clear this is the place where Sasuke had died but knew very little other than that, not that there was much else to know. Tazuna however becomes visibly dejected, sad and guilty as he tells the whole story, eyes growing older with each word he utters, it eats at him, kills something inside every time he remembers a kid died as a byproduct of his lies and how that affected others, he will never forgive himself for that.

"That boy he's… I saw him become a whole different person, the boy who came with me was not the same that left… I feel guilty even to this day, I lied to the Hokage about my mission and well," Tsunami silently made to stand behind her father, placing a comforting hand on his shoulder as he vented about his past. Kakashi himself had told him that if they hadn't want to do the mission, there was nothing he could've done to force them, it had been their decision. "But I see him now and he's grown so much… I can tell just by looking at him that he's so much stronger and he's even a leader now! In months! He got so far despite what I put him through and it's just..."

Neji toned out from the conversation at that point, he watched as both of his teammates consoled the man and found himself agreeing with everything they said, Naruto's team had wanted to continue on and was then not Tazuna's fault that the Uchiha had died, logic dictates as much; he can understand why he keeps on blaming himself however.

Seeing as the attention had drifted away he silently activated his Byakugan and focused as far as he could see in the direction Naruto had left and sure enough, he found him in a small hill about a kilometer away from the man's house. He was just kneeling in front of some graves, one of them even had the legendary Kubikiribocho in it, Neji kept on watching him for minutes and Naruto still didn't move an inch, he simply knelt there quiet and in peace.

Quite a novel sight when it comes to him.


"I'm still training Haku, I still want to protect my family… I swear I'll be the strongest in no time, just keep watching." He hadn't expected it to be this easy to be here with them, some part of his brain had been afraid that he'd break down instantly and everything would just come back crashing into him, he lost everything there is to lose over the course of months.

But he gained much too, perhaps the slightly smart part of his brain is finally able to acknowledge all that Ino's mom had talked to him about. Being in front of the people that changed everything about the way he looked at life with their sacrifice brought back a lot, but this time he's not as sad as he is motivated. Of course there's a lingering sadness still ailing him, the loss of his first and best friend and the loss of someone far too good and pure for this world that made its way into his heart in a matter of days.

He's sad, but more than anything he's grateful.

"I'll take this back to Konoha," All the time he had spent talking to them he hadn't moved an inch, he finally allowed himself to sit down rather than kneel and grabbed a sealing scroll from his jacket, rolling it in the ground and taking the Kubikiribocho into his hands. "Kakashi told me there's a new kage in your village, maybe baachan will want to send your sword back, be friendly and stuff you know how it is."

The breeze caressed his cheek, cold but gentle all the same, motivating. He recited a silent prayer to the fallen, thanking them for all they did, smiling. Not long after he went through a quick set of now very familiar hand seals, smearing some blood on the palm of his head as he pressed it on the ground, calling over a small toad.

"Naruto-kun, Jiraiya mentioned you'd probably call for me soon, how may I be of assistance?" Mount Myōboku is the home for toads with many different abilities, making them one of the most diverse skill wise of all the summoning clans, this specific toad is Kōsuke, a predominantly red toad with blue markings around his eyes and on the top of his head with a pair of green goggles hanging on his neck.

Jiraiya had mentioned Kōsuke to Naruto on multiple occasions, he apparently is the Sannin's go to messenger and partner when it comes to infiltrating and making sure information is delivered at a moment's notice, just what he needs. "It's nice to meet you Kōsuke, I need you to give this message to Tsunade baachan, tell her I'll send more info tomorrow after I do some snooping around."

"Right away, do you wish me to inform Jiraiya that we've made contact?"

"Yeah why not? Baa chan will probably tell him anyway."


As soon as the sun rose and morning began the team set off to their assignments, Lee and Tenten disguised themselves as best as they could and infiltrated the village as passing tourists while Naruto and Neji looked for tracks of the bandits. They found them, rather quickly actually, Naruto's sensing is an incredible skill but it can hardly be compared to the range of Neji's eyes.

The bandit group ended up being large enough to be labeled a small army at the very least in the hundreds, and they were organized. All around the small country they drove their Caravan, entering villages and ransacking them, kidnapping people alongside them.

"That's rather interesting."

An understatement of course, it made no sense at all to Naruto. The small villages scattered around showed clear signs of being ransacked before, even as they were being actively attacked, why would they not just take everything in a single strike, clearly they're equipped enough to do so.

Then there's the matter of the port town, very much unscathed as far as he can tell and also ignorant of what is going on around their country. How could they avoid detection from the locals for so long? His thoughts were interrupted, a new squad entered his sensing range and this one actually has important chakra reserves.

He closed his eyes and focused entirely on them, trying to get as much as he could from them, 4 individuals which is the standard for shinobi cells all with significantly large chakra reserves, strong ones at that… It suggests extensive training. He opened his eyes again and made a few hand signals to Neji, interrupting his wide area scan and pointing him in the direction of the approaching shinobi.

The young Hyuga studied them for a few minutes and then grabbed a bingo book from his pouch, looking for the shinobi he identified as missing ning.

Four Shinobi all formerly from Kumogakure, three chunin and a Jōnin presumably their leader and possessor of a unique Kekkei Genkai not specified in his entry.

It felt almost like history was absolutely bent on repeating itself.

Naruto wasn't too sure on what it all meant, he and Neji kept on spying them and even moving ahead from their path to find similarly destroyed villages as they moved around the coastlines and all the way back to the bridge that connected them to the land of fire.

"What are your thoughts Naruto?" Asked Neji as they both landed on a tree trunk away from the bridge and wave country.

"Nothing makes sense," He sighed in exasperation and dropped carelessly, sitting down as he did so. "It almost feels like they want to be seen but no one in the town seems to know anything about what's going on around the country, at least not the mayor. And then there's the whole Daimyo lying to the Hokage thing… Do you have any ideas?"

"Uhmm…" Neji too sat down in the tree trunk - in a dignified and composed manner of course - rubbing his chin in concentration. "In the warring state era, clans would take over portions of land and feign inaction to goad opposing forces into attacking and falling on their traps. In those days such disputes were frequently fought over territory."

He'd be lying if he said he remembers those academy lectures "Who are they trying to rile up then?"

"I don't think it's as simple as that, the most logical assumption is that they're working with the Daimyo, it would explain why the people in town know nothing of what's going on and in turn the place where he resides is kept unbothered." It still didn't make all that much sense to him however. "But why go through all this trouble? To make Konoha send forces into a foreign nation and spark an international conflict seemingly unprovoked?"

It still left Naruto unsatisfied "What would a bandit group and some missing nin gain from this though? If Konoha were to send its forces it would piss off the neighboring countries, both Kumo and Kiri would no doubt fight us if they feel like we're stepping on their toes."

"That is hard to answer." He shrugged nonchalantly. "Perhaps they think they could use this distraction to establish themselves as the rulers of these lands, it seems highly unlikely."

"Let's go and meet back with Lee and Tenten, maybe they learned something more useful."


"This whole thing is weird as fuc-"

"What Tenten means to say is that the information we gathered is rather inconclusive." Said Lee, interrupting his teammate's unyouthful remark and giving Naruto a notebook with everything they learned for him and Neji to read. "We found some rather unyouthful characters from the Daimyo's court."

"Unyouthful my ass…" Tenten groggily sat down next to Naruto, earning a couple of chuckles from him. "The drunkards we met were rather quick to part with information, in summary they seem to think the Daimyo is making business with some dangerous group of people to sell some of the country."

"I talked to some children in the orphanage." Commented Lee, inserting himself in the conversation. "They say they've seen weird people walking towards the palace when they sneak out to play at night."

"Weird people?" Asked Neji

"Yes," Lee handed him the notes he had previously given Naruto. "I'm not too sure but the descriptions they gave fit Shinobi attire."

"I heard some other rumors," Said Tenten as she brought attention back to herself. "Apparently the brothel is like some sort of safehouse for important people here, the ladies working there don't disclose anything they hear to the people outside. When I hid there I managed to eavesdrop on the conversation of some of the girls, one of the men they worked for said the Daimyo wants to sell the country to these people and disappear with the money."

"That might be the reason the bandits are parading around the coast." Neji said, trying to digest the information they were given. "This transaction might require more funds than they currently possess, perhaps by goading us into unjustly deploying forces they hope to make us pay a settlement to avoid international conflict."

"Why would someone ever do such a thing?" Lee asked, outraged.

"Power and money…" Maybe all those things the pervert is always saying about the shinobi system being broken are true. "I will send all of this information to the Hokage along with your conclusions, good work guys, thank you very much."

Promptly after he disappeared from the room in a Shunshin, leaving the team to themselves to meditate on what they had been able to learn, it seemed their mission wouldn't be over anytime soon.


Tsunade had always hated working late, this day actually looked like it would be over soon and she could have an early night for once, maybe even get some sake on her way home; alas it was not meant to be. "Thank you Kōsuke, please tell Naruto to wait for further instructions. I'll send him a message myself as soon as I know what our next move will be, for now he is to lay low."

"It will be done, Slug princess". The toad bowed down and dismissed himself shortly after. When the smoke that followed Kosuke's departure cleared, Tsunade had already made a few hand signs, prompting an ANBU operative to kneel down in front of her and disappear from view only to return to his post shortly after.

Minutes later a knock on her door was followed by the entrance of the man she had asked to be brought in, Nara Shikaku, Konoha's Jōnin Commander and perhaps the smartest man alive. "You called for me Hokage-sama?"

Tsunade nodded her head as she motioned for Shikaku to seat in front of her and handed him the detailed report she had gotten from the Toad in writing, she poured herself a cup of sake from her hidden stash and watched as the man carefully studied every word written in the report, smiling in slight satisfaction at the level of thought put behind it.

Even if he didn't necessarily agree with the conclusion.

"It's quite impressive that Naruto managed to write such a detailed report and come to such plausible conclusions in his first mission, your new training program surely is bringing great results Tsunade-sama." He said, placing the report back on the table and taking the offered glass of Sake from his village leader.

"It was not only his thought process that went into the report," She said, smiling slightly, much aware that this conversation would not be happening if it were any other chunin. It seems people already realize Naruto is very important to her on a much deeper level. "He credited his conclusions to the team, especially Hyuuga Neji."

"It is only expected of a great leader to be humble and appreciative of his subordinates' contributions." He spoke, matter of factly with clear approval in his voice, even though it wasn't asked he could feel Tsunade wanted it. "The boy has grown leaps and bounds in his training with Kakashi and Jiraiya-sama, not many chunin in the village would be able to give him a proper fight and I fear some of our Jōnin would sweat a little."

The Hokage smiled in satisfaction and nodded at Shikaku. "He could make Tokubetsu soon, I do not doubt his skills, what he lacks is experience. I'll let him be a Chunin for a year at the very least, as strong as he is he needs to get his feet wet still, learn to make better decisions. Now, what do you think of this whole Wave mess?"

As much as she secretly likes to talk about the blonde brat that somehow managed to become an important figure in her life, the situation at hand was much more serious at the moment. In answer to her question Shikaku grabbed a bingo book from one of the pouches in his vest and looked for the indicated page in the report, giving it to the Hokage as soon as he found it.

"I see reason in their thinking that we're being provoked," He started explaining his point, getting the full attention of everyone in the room, hidden ANBU included. "But their understanding still lacks sufficient depth, the shinobi they managed to identify were all added to the bingo book at the same time only two weeks ago by Kumo."

"The Raikage's playing games again? Here I thought this one would be a little different from his father." Commented Tsunade, thinking back to her meeting with the speedster of a shinobi while she was still on the road.

"It would appear so, I believe they're expecting us to engage. If a conflict big enough to attract attention does arise and we lose against this force then we look bad and incapable while Kumo swoops in and takes control over a very important strategic point for our country." Such an outcome would definitely impact Konoha's high surplus of missions, which they need to fully rebuild the village and invest in making it as secure as can be.

As small of a conflict as it is right now, wars have been fought for less. "The alternative is that they lose, then nothing happens. We would continue as we are and because they have branded them nuke nin we will have no bases to seek compensation or retaliation, they put themselves in a situation where no matter what happens they're free of liability."

"I'm almost convinced that there are more Shinobi at play that our team didn't manage to spot." She said, rubbing her temple to try and figure out what the best course of action could be in such a situation, she kinda wished Jiraiya hadn't just left the village again.

"More than likely, yes." He looked at a map of the nations he carried around in his vest and grumbled some words Tsunade couldn't quite hear for a few moments until he smiled to himself in satisfaction. "Those two options are not satisfying enough, I agree, so I suggest we create our own third option."

"A third option?" Tsunade raised an eyebrow as she gulped a little more of the Sake. "Do tell."

"Wave country is undoubtedly crucial to our future operations moving forward, the construction of the bridge was great for business but it does come at great risk." It is built in the back door of the Fire country after all, and they do not have the kindest of neighbors. "Our best bet is to completely take over so we can ensure Wave along with its bridge is always being protected and by extension us."

Both of Tsunade's eyes became cold and piercing, which did not faze the seasoned shinobi in the slightest. "Are you suggesting we invade an independent nation, Shikaku?"

"Invading? That would be too troublesome and messy, I'm just saying that if the bridge that allowed the Fire country to make so much money also poses a threat to it, our Daimyo wouldn't think twice before doing something about it." His expression softened and turned into one of both amusement and satisfaction; nothing pleases a Nara more than knowing they're having an excellent idea. "Bandit activity in the area has already been increasing, has it not? You sanctioned this mission for that same reason. Perhaps if our ANBU were to… discover some more bandit locations and clear them out we would have some more material to leverage a satisfactory deal."

"You are a very tricky man Shikaku." And terrifyingly clever, she can only be grateful he and his clan are so damn loyal to the village. "I do see reason in your thinking, we do need some material if we want this to go just right though. Tora!"

The ANBU captain revealed himself from his place in the shadow stood behind her left shoulder, silent and ready for orders. "I need you to prepare a squad, their task is to find traces of bandit groups and other dangerous criminal activity that can be linked directly to the bridge. You may assemble this team as you see fit."

"Understood, is that all you wish for me to do, Hokage-sama?"

Instead of asking herself she turned her eyes to Shikaku, silently instructing her loyal guard to wait for his instruction instead, something the Nara had not been expecting. 'Troublesome…'

"Tora, we will dispatch another squad of Jōnin and Chunin to take over Naruto's operation, their objective alongside his genin squad will be to deal with the bandit and shinobi problem in broad daylight." He gave their leader an inquisitive look, waiting for some show of approval before continuing. "As you heard, Naruto's squad has reason to believe the Wave Daimyo is collaborating with the enemy, I want you and your squad to infiltrate his court, find some clear cut evidence of his crimes and bring it back."

"It will be done, Shikaku-sama."

"Before you leave Tora," Called Tsunade as she stood from her chair and grabbed her Haori. "Shikaku will assemble and dispatch the reinforcements for Naruto's squad, no one but the Jōnin leading them and Naruto are to know of your involvement. I want daily reports of your progress; use Naruto's toads."

"Where are you going, Tsunade-sama?" Asked Shikaku.

"I'll go and wake Koharu-Obaasan up." She answered, already halfway out the door with a smirk on her face. "It's about time she and I pay our dear Daimyo a visit."

"Hey there kiddo, sorry I had to take over for you… If it makes you feel any better I really don't want to be here" By morning the next day a messenger hawk had approached Naruto as he stood guard in the trees Near Tazuna's house, the message it beared short and to the point. 'Reinforcements are sent, wait for their instruction.'

So it was no surprise when just a day later some familiar chakra signatures entered his sensing range, even if the signatures he felt weren't exactly what he had expected. Genma, a man he had come to know as one of the bodyguards of the Yondaime Hokage landed right in front of him with both Izumo and Kotetsu in tow.

Just who would be burdened to guard the gate in their absence?

Naruto smiled at his arriving comrades and accepted with no issues the fact that Genma would now be in charge of leading the mission, part of him was actually a bit excited, he had gotten to know him some in the village but despite being considered one of the best they have he had never had the chance to see him in action. "I really don't mind, let's get this over with soon."

"If you say so, in any case this was your mission before we had to come here so you will be second in command, alright?" He looked at him when asking but it really felt pointed to the two guys sheepishly rubbing their necks standing behind him. They probably had discussed this before arriving.

Genma sent both Izumo and Kotetsu to gather the Genin and take them to the lake and wait for briefing on the new details of their assignment, they promptly left and as soon as they were out of range Tora appeared standing beside both him and Naruto, not really catching the youngest of them by surprise.

"I was wondering when you'd come down, nice to see you again Tora." He said, smiling warmly, he does like the ANBU and he really doesn't get to interact much with him but he'd never forget the trust placed in him to know the identity of this powerful man.

Tora of course was clad in his working clothes and would retain the stoicism and seriousness expected of his position, he still nodded at Naruto and waited for Genma to brief him first.

"Hokage-sama and Shikaku both think there's indeed more than meets the eye going on around here, even more than your team expected, Tora here will…" Genma went over all the details with them, explaining to Naruto the conclusions they received from their superiors and how exactly they did so, and confirming with Tora that their infiltration in Wave's court is crucial for Konoha to come out on top of the situation and it was up to both Genma and Naruto to make sure they gave the ANBU squad enough time.

"It is important that you do not engage immediately," Commented Tora, speaking up for the first time since getting there. "If the information you managed to get is legit we'll need to trail those Shinobi that come into town at night."

"I have a simple plan for us, I will have us do some reconnaissance the first two days so we can familiarize ourselves with the target." Naruto and his team technically already had but allowing Genma to study them closer would be enough to buy Tora's squad some time. "We'll try our best to remain undetected by the enemy but if it comes to it I'll make sure they don't suspect anything of our operation beyond just a bandit removal."

It shouldn't be harder to keep to the dark if Naruto's team had already managed it so far, what he wanted to focus on the most is Tsunade and Shikaku suggesting there were more Shinobi still in hiding that they had to locate, Genma in particular was rather apprehensive of the few Shinobi they managed to spot, if they had been listed in the books for this specific reason then there is no way the skills listed would be accurate to the threat they pose, something else to look after.

Tora and Naruto discussed a schedule for the reports to be sent throughout his stay as requested by the Hokage, and they agreed on a simple strategy, Naruto will summon Kosuke on his own each night without attracting attention and send him to a meeting spot where Tora would be waiting for him, a different spot every night so as to avoid detection.

After that it was simply a matter of explaining to the Genin and the - not as informed - remaining Chunin of their strategy moving forward and wait for everything to unfold.


The sun was barely coming out and two shinobi were already on the move, their visage stern and focused as they jumped from tree to tree without making any sound as was expected of Konoha Shinobi, getting closer to the spot they had planned and preparing themselves for the impending battle.

"Naruto and Neji spotted 4 other shinobi disguised as civilians while they scouted at night, each morning at 0600 sharp they start a perimeter around the caravan's current location from different locations and meet halfway for a few minutes."

They hadn't really known much about the supposed shinobi other than the fact their chakra pools were too refined to belong to civilians, they kept their chakra signatures sealed shut the whole time so it was hard for Naruto and Neji to discern the level of their skill. Then again, hiding your signature that well already said much.

"We are vastly outnumbered so we'll work smart, Izumo and Kotetsu you guys are some of the most skilled shinobi in the village when working together, the two of you will have to take care of the 4 of them at once."

The trap had been set and the time for action drew ever closer, from their spots Izumo and Kotetsu both nodded at each other and disappeared from each other's senses. It was something they had started as a game while bored in guard duty, they had unknowingly become two of the best infiltrators in the village, their rank spoke very little of their skills when working together.

The sound of steps filled the clearing, coming from different directions but getting closer with each passing second. Their minds completely locked in and became void of any emotion, they had just one chance but all they needed was to take one out before the fighting began, after that everything would come on its own, both of them understood this very well. If the enemy knew something was amiss they didn't show it and from their place in the trees the Konoha duo didn't know if it was carelessness or well disguised surprise.

The unidentified shinobi finally met in the middle as they agreed and started talking about something neither of the two had any interest in. As they did, one of the Shinobi started becoming flustered and agitated, complaining about something and thrashing around the clearing, he eventually took one step too many and snapped a lone twig in the clearing.

That was supposed to be a distraction, but Izumo was never one to complain about good fortune, he signaled Kotetsu from his tree and jumped into action without waiting for any response. "Everything's in place and they've taken the bait."

The twig broke and the ground beneath it gave in just enough to sink the man's one leg to the calf. "What the-" A ninja wire expertely disguised in the sink hole and the grass all around them tied itself into his leg very tightly, making him bleed from the pressure. The moment a knot tied around his leg another one became undone and started a chain reaction until the man was tied all over in a matter of seconds.

His team turned around in barely disguised shock and anger, two rushed to their comrade with Kunai in hand to release him from his bindings but failed to notice the water-like substance discretely emerging from the hole where his foot was trapped, the trapped shinobi noticed and turned to warned them but the moment he moved his head the wires tightened again and trapped his head, forcing it to rotate snapping his neck and killing him in seconds.

Izumo emerged from the ground with a giant conch like weapon in hands, he chakra jumped and completely ignored the two shinobi closer to the now dead target and aimed for the remaining one, he threw it at him with incredible force, as it soared through the air it morphed and became pointier and wider, moving faster.

He saw the attack coming however and moved away from the, jumping back and letting it keep going, hitting the ground and burying itself deep. The enemy had no time to marvel at the strength of the weapon and tried to use their momentum to engage the enemy in a fight with the assistance of his teammates, he shouted for them as he ran, tanto already in hand.

The teammates tried to assist in the attack but found themselves unable to move, they looked down and found that they were standing on a viscous substance the color of water, their confusion was short lived as Kotetsu jumped down from the trees with his trusty kunai sword already in hand, their heads sliced cleanly off their bodies as he did so.

Izumo did not move an inch as this happened and allowed the enemy to get closer to him, once he reached the correct distance he did a half-ram seal with his right hand and the weapon he threw earlier emerged from the ground, hitting the attacker and launching him into the air, where he met with Kotetsu already airborne and with his sword in hand.

When they landed, only one of them had their head still attached to their bodies.

Izumo did not react or relax his stance, he simply moved toward his weapon and sealed it back into a small scroll as he addressed his friend. "That was surprisingly easy, wasn't it?"

Kotetsu nodded and cleaned off his sword before sealing it back and turning towards the direction where he knew most of the fighting would be taking place. "They were just chunin, the 'barely promoted and unfamiliar with the terrain' type, we got lucky."

He decided not to hurt his ego by ignoring the remark and continued the conversation as he was. "Let's seal them up fast and go join Naruto and his genin. I'm starting to feel a bit nervous about his side of the deal."

"Let's just go," Kotetsu chuckled as he jumped on top of a tree and waved Izumo over. "Let's stop pretending we don't know there's a grown ass ANBU following us around and leave the pick up work to them."

Izumo nodded and they jumped away, missing the annoyed sigh of the ANBU operative with the bear masked that jumped down to seal the bodies after they left, he should've known to hide his presence better from Izumo and Kotetsu of all people, the job of those two is to watch out for all shinobi coming in and out of the village at all times after all, he would admit this was his fault.

He couldn't help but chuckle softly though, Yugao will make fun of him forever.


"Though we weren't able to confirm it I bet there's a few hidden shinobi among the bandit crew, I believe if they exist they must be genin but you can't never be too sure… "

That would be ideal, as shinobi they're well aware that even a mediocre Genin can take down a Jōnin if they're careless enough, their team would never underestimate anyone but they still preferred to better their chances while hoping things would go as smoothly as possible for them.

"You will make it to the clearing together, Naruto will break formation after you're settled and jump into the middle of the caravan to battle the stationed Chunin while I drive away the Jōnin,"

Tenten watched as her two teammates jumped away from her and deviated from one another disappearing into the trees surrounding the clearing, she knelt down next to Naruto and nodded at him, watching him nod back and smile encouragingly at her before disappearing in a Shunshin.

"Tenten, once you're situated I need you to launch a massive attack on the bandit group, kill as many as possible and drive those remaining to the forest where they can be intercepted by Lee and Neji, you will be our signal, when you rain fire Naruto and I will move."

Oh she hates the feeling of something so important depending on her, she took a deep breath and steeled her nerves, she looked up and measured the distance between her and the still sleeping bandits, and nodded to herself. She unstrapped the giant scroll she carried on her back and started moving expertly.

Naruto had helped her with this one and she would be picking his brain apart as soon as they got back to the village, she decided she needs a Fuinjutsu tutor and he will be it, she unfurled the scroll and started interacting with sealing matrices, unsealing scroll after scroll and sticking tags in the trees all around her, laying trap after trap, they had decided to completely ignore stealth for this, once the enemy reached this place they would already be under attack so there was no sense in hiding the scrolls littered in the ground. They wouldn't be able to do much anyway.

She smiled at her work and jumped back to her spot, nodding to the trees where she knew her teammates to be hiding and stretching a bit before jumping into action. Chakra started flowing to her legs and she jumped incredibly high above the tree line, tossing the giant scroll even higher into the air and revealing the last unused sealing matrix on it in the shape of an incredibly large Uzumaki swirl. With a flicker of her chakra the seal started shining and burning, consuming itself from the end towards the center of the spiral.

As the seal started advancing weapons started being unleashed, hundreds of Kunai with bomb and flash tags were released first, exploding on impact with the ground and waking up every single soul in the vicinity, screams of pain and horror could be heard from the bandit caravan but the onslaught did not stop. The scroll - still suspended in the air by the opposing force of the projectiles it launched - kept on burning and releasing hell on the enemy, making shuriken, kunai and even senbon rain for what seemed like an eternity.

Tenten and her team watched in satisfaction as the bandit forces were reduced from hundreds to dozens until the seal stopped shooting and burnt fully, turning into ashes long before even hitting the ground. The remaining bandit forces were - unknowingly - driven into a clearing in the forest where another surprise waited for them.

From their spots in the trees Neji and Lee looked at a scroll each held in their hand, waiting for the moment to strike, just as enough bandits gathered together the scrolls started pulsating and were promptly thrown into the clearing, exploding in midair and raining down another barrage of weapons on the enemy.

Bodies dropped to the ground and activated trap after trap in doing so, those who remained were quick to become victims and targets of an endless attack that dimmed their numbers with each passing second. They were massacred and it hurt, it hurt their bodies, it set fear on their souls and even hurt their pride.

A whole army of bandits and criminals massacred, reduced to nothing but puddles of blood in the ground, a spot in the soles of someone's shoe, they were murdered and weren't even graced with the sight of their executioner.

How insulting.

Neji, Lee and Tenten dropped in the clearing shortly after the rain stopped. Lee looked sick, face filled with horror and silently mumbling something to himself over and over again while clutching his stomach, he's always been the most optimistic of the bunch when it comes to shinobi business, he takes after their sensei when it comes to his view of the world and his perception of their profession.

He does not realize there's more to the man he admires than meets the eye, at least not yet.

Tenten refused to look down, she had killed before the whole team had. Never like this, never this many. 'Calm down Tenten, this is not the time to lose it-'

"Save your sorrow and your wallowing for later," Though his voice retained the stern almost scolding tone Neji always seems to have, both of his teammates realized there was not an inch of judgment in his words, how refreshing. "Look alive now, we have company."

Tenten and Lee were not able to perceive things in the same way Neji does but they had learned to never doubt his sight, he hadn't finished speaking the full sentence and his teammates had already moved in formation with him. He, like usual, was right.

The ground around them started giving way, shifting slightly as it revealed the form of some shinobi emerging, five in total all looked to be around their age. It gave the Kunoichi of the team a little bit of comfort, they seemed to be genin just like them but…

These are Kumogakure shinobi, not a land famous for their use of Doton jutsu, which they clearly seemed to be proficient in. "These are no ordinary genin." Neji spoke out loud, voicing her thoughts. They seemed so eerie, awfully quiet and still their faces revealed absolutely nothing and their appearance was incredibly insignificant, as much as they tried to concentrate and study them their brains kept on dismissing them.

If he were not immune to Genjutsu, Neji would think he's being tricked, whoever they are, they're clearly dangerous. They formed a circle around them and all stood still, unmoving and calculating; he didn't like being on the other side of that stare, inexpressive as it is.

"This won't be easy."


AN: And that's a wrap!

Been a while hasn't it? I keep remembering when I started this and I said I would try to at least get a chapter out every month, didn't expect I'd be such a liar. In my defense I also didn't expect to be as busy as I am these days, as much as I enjoy writing this there's just not enough free time for this.

Funny thing is I'm releasing two chapters at the same time and you might wonder why, well turns out the chapter before this was done ages ago, like at least a month if not more (I'm a bit foggy on the timeline) and I very distinctly remember having posted the chapter in all 3 platforms where I post this story, it's so surreal because I remember doing so very clearly and I just never did.

And it took me a while to notice, enough that the chapter will be posted alongside the next part so yeah huge brainfart on my part.

Back into the chapter though, there were never that many canon details about Wave, I believe the only thing there was the town Naruto and his team save and that's about it, I certainly don't remember a Daimyo ever being mentioned but hey this is fanfiction. So I took some creative liberties and expanded on it a little, slightly bigger and whatnot, as far as where I mentioned it being located though I do believe that's canonically accurate.

Also, I never understood why the Chunin of Konoha, the main ones at least never really wore their vests (except for Shikamaru) I understand it was most likely for design purposes but I think they should at least wear something that signifies their rank, which is the only reason I brought attention to the band Naruto is wearing, in my fanfiction world all Chunin who choose not to wear their vests must where this instead. Also Chunin quite literally means 'Middle' which is why I wrote the Kanji for middle being what's inscribed in the band.

Anywho I've never particularly liked cliffhangers but I just don't want to have an extremely long chapter, 10k words a chapter is more than enough. I want to write shorter chapters but I just can't figure out how without making things feel rushed… I'll keep trying to improve on it.

That would be all for now, once again interact with this if it doesn't bother you much, comments are very welcomed and criticism is too.

Be safe!

Chapter 22: Pawns on the Board

Chapter Text

He was surrounded in all directions by five individuals who remained perfectly still and inexpressive, were he not their target Neji would actually feel a little bit of respect to their demeanor. They did not show any sort of reaction when he channeled chakra to his eyes and used the Byakugan to observe them either; he wasn't sure if it was overconfidence or really good training.

His teammates looked tense, Lee in particular looked like he was fighting the urge to speak up and command them to fight them head on, there was none of that usual eagerness and carefree attitude on his face though, not after what they did.

They were outnumbered and while his and Lee's supplies were almost unused, Tenten had completely depleted her own, safe for the weapons she uses herself, so no cover fire would be provided from a distance, ruling out their go to strategy in almost every single scenario they've ever faced.

Had it been a good idea? Specializing in weapons? She finds herself asking the same question over and over again ever since the Chunin Exams, it had always been enough, sometimes better than enough for most of her Genin career up until the exams, where she was constantly forced to fight on her own and she lacked the ability to do so.

She’s going to start learning a few more tricks after this, if she survives that is.

The enemies started moving, all at once having apparently grown tired of waiting for them to make the first move, it had been a weird strategy now that she thinks about it. Why reveal themselves in the first place instead of attacking while they still remained undetected?

Only one of them went after her while each of her teammates was attacked by two, and she was both offended by it and extremely grateful.

His eyes can't be deceived, “Lee, open the Gates now! There is no time to waste.” Though yelling his instructions Neji was unable to pay his teammates any attention, whoever these people are they clearly understand the Byakugan, know exactly how to best attack him while keeping him focused solely on them.

They weren't succeeding in actually hurting him - not yet at least - but they were able to keep him focused by attacking from close and long range at the same time, it is one thing to be able to see what's going on all around you and another to be able to comprehend everything that you see, and it bothered him to not be able to provide any sort of support to his teammates.

To think he did not particularly care for them just a few months back.

Tenten was having the easier time out of the three, her opponent was good, and looked not too different from the other attackers, just a young shinobi wearing clothes exactly like those of the bandits that lay dead not too far away from them, she was keeping up with him so far, his opponent having taken to fighting her on a Kenjutsu battle after she unsealed her sword - one of the few remaining weapons she had.

Lee wasn't enjoying his fight, he had been hit on multiple occasions already and it was all because of his lack of focus, he knew realistically that what they did was right, what was expected of them, but ideally? Is this truly what being a shinobi means? Were they really following Gai’s teachings when they mercilessly slaughtered hundreds of men just because they-

He was sent flying and crashing against a tree, both of his opponents studied him carefully but still made no move against him, choosing instead to watch as he stood back up. Both of his teammates heard the impact and were not too pleased, Neji started getting frustrated, sure he had been in a coma for a while but this was almost ridiculous, he found a second to take a breath in between the attacks and focused.

The next coordinated attack came not a second after, the close range fighter jumped and tried to hit him with an ax kick from above just as an earth bullet aimed at his midsection closed in on him at incredibly high speeds, without missing a bit Neji sidestepped to the right just enough to avoid the impact of the bullet, while he did so he extended his left arm and redirected the kick coming at him, pushing forward and making it so his opponent started falling face first, with him still in the air he moved quickly and shut down various tenketsu alongside his body, raising his right leg with as he did so.

In a matter of seconds Neji completely out maneuvered the enemy and did not flinch when the jaw of the close range fighter met his knee, shattering on impact. The long range fighter showed little concern for his conscious but incapacitated partner and shot another jutsu of a totally different element - had he not been a proud and collected Hyuga, he might’ve groaned in annoyance - forcing him to use his ultimate defense against the onslaught of flame projectiles coming his way.

Reciting the name Hakkeshō: Kaiten!

mentally he started spinning fast, forming the legendary protective barrier of the Hyuga around him, making his defeated opponent fly away from him and absorbing the impact of the incoming projectiles. As soon as the barrage stopped Neji rushed his opponent, masterfully using the momentum of his jutsu to push himself forward his opponent and did to him the same thing he once did to Naruto, placing his extended palm right on the center of his chest and channeling his Hakke Kushō in close range, making his body absorb the full force of the attack before being sent flying yards away from him.

He relaxed his stance and allowed himself to start studying the battles going on around him, Tenten was being matched evenly by her opponent while Lee was totally unfocused and fighting the worst he ever had, it didn't seem right. Since the moment he started observing their fights carefully Neji counted 7 different occasions in which Lee could've been killed and though he wouldn't have allowed it the enemy didn't try.

They were being stalled? But why not kill them? Wouldn't it be the same?

He quickly jumped in on Tenten’s fight, closing numerous tenketsu on the back of her opponent and immobilizing him, nodding to her and pointing at Lee. She knew as well as Neji did that Rock Lee would not take kindly to their interference - as stupid as that is - so she did what Neji asked of her instead.

“What are you doing Lee?! Is that it?!” She yelled, noting with confusion as the enemy allowed him to stand back up every time they knocked him to the ground. “You knew this would happen eventually, will you really just lose yourself? Do you think Gai-sensei would be doing what you're doing now? How youthful is that?! You're a ninja Lee and ninjas kill, get your gigantic head out of your ass already and beat those two assholes now!”

Lee stood up shakily and took a deep breath, trying his hardest to calm his anguish down. She was right, he's over thinking what they did and was being humiliated because of it, he slapped himself twice with both hands and turned around to give both of his teammates one of his classic grins. Tenten sighed in relief and watched as a sudden wave of pressure was ejected out of Lee's body only for him to disappear in a show of pure speed and reemerge just a few meters in front of him, both of his enemies falling unconscious as he did so.

“I’m sorry friends, I should not have done that, I'll see that Gai-sensei gives me the proper punishment when we return to the village.” He bowed his head in shame to both of his friends once they regrouped, receiving a comforting pad in the head by Tenten in response. “Don't worry about it for now, we should go and help Naru-”

“This isn't over yet.” They both turned around and looked over at Neji, his Byakugan active and a confused expression. In the distance he could see the one shinobi he had sent flying standing up and brushing off the injuries he received, readjusting the many bones he had dislocated as he fell without a hint of emotion. The others soon started standing up as well, like the injuries they sustained had been nothing.

“What in the world are these guys?” Tenten asked in frustration and a bit of fear.

“It must be some type of Kekkei Genkai, whoever these people are have no interest in killing us, it seems their only objective is to stop us from aiding Naruto.” He could not stop thinking about the way they had completely ignored every chance they had to take out Lee. “It seems knocking them out won't be sufficient, we need to put them down.”

They jumped to formation at the end of Neji’s instruction, watching as the weird shinobi slowly crept up to them again. Naruto will have to handle his problems on his own it seems.


In the campsite, shortly after Tenten’s attack

There’s an unspoken rule that all shinobi, no matter how serious they claimed to be, loved big flashy moves, it had been hard for him not to chuckle in satisfaction when he saw the scroll he had helped Tenten with unfurl in the air. He did not have time to marvel at his own creation though, so when the sound of weapons raining down on the enemy filled the area he jumped into action.

The plan was quite simple: jump in and stop the pair of chunin from pursuing the team. Just like they expected, the moment the bandits started being taken down both of the chunins started running towards the source of the projectiles to try and stop it, precisely the moment Naruto awaited to make his own move. One of his reinforced clones manifested by his side, twin staffs already fused into their larger counterpart much like the original.

They shunshined right in front of the chunin who stopped their advance and looked at him in shock for a small moment, without giving them much time to think the Naruto clone started spinning his staff rapidly in front of him jumping slightly off from the ground and being batted away by the original and his wind powered staff. Both shinobis were pushed away hard by the force of the impact though they managed to compose themselves in midair and fall safely back to the ground, watching in slight surprise what they assume had been a clone not dispel due to the force of the impact and simply make its way back to his partner.

“I told you that wouldn't be enough to take them down,” The original Naruto looked at the annoyed face of his clone and sighed in exasperation, if his own clone doesn't respect him then what does that say about him?. “Whatever, you're me too idiot, it's also your plan.”

Before he could answer Naruto dispelled the clone - much to the confusion of the slowly approaching chunin - his sharingan eye activating as he did so. “What are you people doing in Wave?!” He yelled.

If the two chunin were at all intimidated by his menacing figure, they did not show it, both of them looked strangely amused, Naruto noted. “Why should we tell you anything? Uzumaki Naruto huh, you sure don't look like much. Is this what the leaf considers chunin material?”

Naruto’s watchful glaze turned into an angry glare as both of his enemies started laughing at his expense, the fact that they know exactly who he is doesn't really help either, though he supposes that's to be expected with his role during the two invasions. “So you’ve heard of me huh?” He asked, his previous glare now replaced with a cocky smirk. “I didn't realize I’m already making fans out in the world. It was bound to happen eventually though, I’m just cool like that.”

“Famous?” One of the chunin asked, smirking. “I guess being known as the ‘Sharingan no Kakashi wannabe’ does count as being famous, I might just ask for your autograph. If you manage to survive us that is.”

The Uzumaki’s smirk turned into a full blown smile, not finding their mocking insulting at all. “I guess I am becoming more like him everyday, he is my sensei after all and I’ve learned a lot from him.” The ground beneath their feet started shaking as he spoke to them. “Like this!”

Two pairs of hands emerged from the ground and grabbed onto their feet pulling them down and sinking their bodies all the way to their shoulders, he smiled and looked pleased as both of them were now trapped, he continued the questioning voice now more menacing and sharingan eye blazing. “What are you doing here?” He asked, trying his best to replicate Kakashi’s methods of questioning.

The two Kumo shinobi simply started laughing. The one on the left, wiry and long-faced rolled his eyes at him. “Is this what they teach Shinobi in Konoha nowadays? Kids these days I swear…”

“Careful,” Interrupted the one on the right, grinning ear to ear, mockingly. “He is a tree hugger after all, wouldn’t wanna provoke a diplomat.” They both started laughing, looking at him and then at each other. Naruto was very confused, he didn’t really understand them and their laughter made his eyes twitch, clearly the intimidation game is not his strong suit.

He stared at them, his knuckles turning white on his staff. “You’re not trying to escape…”

“Nope”

“You’re not worried that you're trapped…” He continued, his tone betraying a bit of annoyance and frustration.

“Why would we?” The bulkier one on the right asked. “You’ve already lost.”

Naruto’s instincts screamed. He leapt back as the earth erupted beneath their bodies not an explosive tag, not chakra… flesh. Their own flesh undulated, forcing its way through the soil as if their muscles had minds of their own.

With a squelch and a grunt, the thin one dislocated his shoulders and twisted his arms upward - the buried elbows snapping backward unnaturally until they slipped free of the ground. The moment they did, his arms began writhing and snapping back into place with sickening pops.

The bulky one simply flexed, and the stone cracked apart like old bark. He rose from the earth with dirt clinging to his skin, his neck bent too far to the left.

He fixed it with a sharp twist.

Naruto looked in absolute shock at the scene before him, not even bothering to hide the surprise from his features, the two chunin started laughing at him again. “What are you?!” He asked, unnerved.

“Uh uh uh,” The bulkier one answered, mocking Naruto as he continued to pop his joints and bones back in place. “That is a very rude question to ask Uzumaki, didn’t your parents teach you any manners?”

He ignored the insult, eyes narrowing and still trying to figure whatever that was out. “You’re… regenerating?”

“You could say that,” The leaner one of the two answered, muscles tensing. “We just don’t like to stay down.”

They moved in tandem.

Naruto barely had time to swing his staff as both enemies rushed at him, not coordinated like a trained squad, but their moves felt in synch - like a reflex. He parried one strike, jumped a sweeping leg, then twisted as the other dove at him like a battering ram. They weren’t particularly fast but they didn’t hesitate. And they didn’t care about damage.

Naruto’s wind-powered staff slammed into the bulkier one’s side, sending him tumbling. He barely flinched. The wiry one caught Naruto off guard and slashed a kunai across his jacket narrowly avoiding flesh.

A shadow clone popped behind him and drove a boot into his spine, sending him flying.

Both stood back up almost immediately after, regrouping and shaking off the inflicted damage like it was nothing. Naruto observed them, his sharingan eye studying their every move trying his best to understand - he was failing miserably. He caught it - something - tiny pulses in their body, following a rhythm, it almost looked like waves extending from the core of their bodies to their skin. “What in the world are you?” He asked again.

“Look at the little genius,” One of them mocked. “Do they let smart kids like you skip school in Konoha?”

He growled in frustration, forming a hand seal. “I don’t need to understand it to break it” He said as three more of his reinforced Kage Bunshin burst into view. He slammed his staff into the ground. Lightning chakra surged through it, the wind-enhanced steel beginning to split with a hiss of pressure release. The weapon broke cleanly into two, forming the familiar twin rods, each humming with energy.

The clones followed his lead, forming identical weapons.

The first clone spun forward, twirling his twin staffs to meet the advancing Kumo chunin. Sparks flying as lightning clashed against his skin, but the enemy allowed himself to be hit, flexing unnaturally with a sickening pop, letting the blow slide off his shoulder, bones shifting visibly on his arm as he kicked the clone in the torso and sent him flying away, following after it.

Naruto and a second clone moved together, shifting from side to side and crossing their strikes mid dashes. The bulkier Kumo shinobi wasn’t skilled enough to avoid the blows, catching one rod across the jaw and another to the gut, both hits discharging a short burst of lightning. The man **screamed. His body jerked as the electrical pulses disrupted his muscle control. He hit the ground face-first, twitching.

But almost as quick as he fell, he was already pushing up again.

‘They just keep getting up’ He thought, gritting his teeth in frustration as he used the Sharingan to study them further, trying his best to understand how to take them down, it’s moments like this that make him miss Sakura and Shikamaru. They would have it figured out already - hell, Shikamaru would’ve drawn a map to tell him where to punch by now. ‘It’s like they just don’t care about what I do to them, but they’ve got to be burning chakra to do that…right?’

The bulkier one of the two finally got up again, his twisted smile not leaving his face, the other one still engaged in combat with the clone further into the clearing. He ducked a swing, struck back with a lightning pulse, and watched him one twitch slower this time. ‘They’re getting slower, not recovering as fast’ He thought, a small smile of satisfaction forming on his face as he confirmed his theory, maybe he’s not as dumb as he thinks he is.

He jumped to the side as a kunai grazed his thigh, the leaner of the two having destroyed the clone it was engaging. His movements were more desperate now. The enemy lunged, and Naruto parried, locking blades with the left rod. Then, with a growl, he slammed the second rod into the man’s exposed ribs and discharged chakra. Not before he managed to land a hammer punch on his left shoulder, the other one managing to stab a kunai on his right leg. He spawned two more shadow clones, each lunging themselves into one the enemies and exploding in a large burst of chakra, sending them both flying and crashing through various trees before finally hitting the ground.

He gritted his teeth, Sharingan spinning as he watched the two of them start to reset their bones like it was nothing again, only this time the process was much slower. A grin tugged at his lips, ‘I don’t need to know how it works. Just need to keep ‘em burning chakra ‘til there’s nothing left to burn.’ He thought, and truly it was a wonderful idea, the two of them together didn’t have half the chakra that he does, if it comes to a battle of attrition he will always come up on top. ‘Fine. Let’s see what you two do when the tank hits empty.’

The two shinobi lunged forward again - one swinging wide, the other low and fast.

But Naruto had already moved.

His Sharingan eye spun in his eye, every move they made tracked, every twitch predicted. He dipped under the first punch, deflecting the second with a quick snap of his left staff, then twisted on his heel and cracked the leaner one of the two across the jaw with the right. The man spun, limbs loose, but still landed on his feet. Naruto exhaled, flipping both rods into reverse grips.

They circled him, moving like a pair of animals too tired to retreat. The bulkier one rushed again, Naruto met him with a strike to the ribs, followed by a fast lightning burst through the rod. The man grunted, knees buckling, but still didn’t fall. He shifted his weight, spinning into a backhand swing that caught the second Chūnin mid-dash and sent him tumbling back through a bush. A few sparks of lightning trailed after the blow, not enough to disable him, but enough to make him stagger when he got up.

From the corner of his eye, Naruto caught a kunai flying toward his side. He turned, let it graze his sleeve instead of his skin, and kept moving. A cut opened across his forearm, shallow but stinging. His right pant leg tore open at the shin from a near-miss but nothing serious. He wouldn’t fall behind, he was in total control, every move he made calculated.

It became clear by now that he could keep on fighting them both like this, the longer the fight drags on the slower they become and the more effective he gets at putting them on the ground, his reserves and energy still nowhere near depleted. The fact didn't change that this fight had gone longer than expected now and it needed to end, his team - because even though he no longer leads the entire operation he is still a team leader, something that's both terrifying and amazing - who should’ve come to him immediately after disposing of the bandit crew are still yet to arrive and most definitely fighting opponents of similar abilities as him.

Neji is smart and so are Tenten and Lee, he fully believes in their ability to figure it out by themselves. But on the off chance that they can't he has to finish and join them immediately, so he thinks hard of what he can do to achieve it while actively fighting them and comes up with a plan. ‘It didn't work on Gaara, but these idiots don't have enough chakra to overpower me like he did.’

The two enemy shinobi stand up and fix their bodies once more, carelessly rushing at Naruto again only to achieve the same result but this time he doesn't just wait for them to get back up. They start getting up again, leaning on each other as their bodies mend the damage that impeded their moment, both failing to realize they had much less to fix this time.

As both of them stand together their enemy simply watches them and doesn't move, for a moment they start thinking he’ll finally give up only for the sound of a thousand birds to suddenly fill the area - next thing they know there's two copies of the Uzumaki, both with a hand through their torsos. They're stuck in place, the clones not moving an inch, feeling in their arms the bizarre sensation of the bodies they pierce trying to fix themselves around them.

A golden chain suddenly surrounds them both and ties itself tightly around their bodies, only then do the clones dispel, and while the two Kumo Chunin expect their bodies to start healing it doesn't happen. Both of them start gushing blood incredibly fast from the gaping holes in their chests and feel something they never had before.

Fear

They watch as Naruto walks towards them, the golden chain extending from his arm and they're terrified. He doesn't mock them, he doesn't talk - he doesn't do anything, he simply stands there and watches as they both die, something they had both thought impossible before. After moments of intense agony their fear gives way to nothing and the chain that suppressed them vanishes as their dead bodies slump together in the ground.

He kneels down and seals them in a stasis scroll, he truly hates that part of the job but knows very well his village will need the knowledge of their abilities, even if he hates disrespecting the dead like that - no matter how annoying and dangerous they had been in life.

Naruto pressed the final seal into place, the bloody remains vanishing into the scroll. He exhaled slowly, then let his smirk creep back. “I hope you took notes,” he said aloud, not looking toward the trees but knowing full well someone was there.

The forest gave no reply. But he didn’t need one. Their silence was the answer. ‘So Tenzo’s team is done with their part. I hope I'm not the only one he gave a babysitter.’

Naruto stood, brushing dirt from his pants, and gave the treeline a cheeky wave. “Thanks for watching. Next time, though, maybe a hand would be nice?”

No movement. No chakra flare. Nothing. But he could feel it, that lingering presence just long enough to know they’d heard him.

That was when Neji’s voice carried into the clearing.

“You look awful, Naruto.”

Relief eased his chest before he even turned, but when he did he was grinning wide as ever. Neji, Tenten, and Lee emerged from the brushes, battered but alive.

“You should see the other guys,” Naruto shot back.

Lee stepped forward immediately. “Naruto, you-”

“I’m fine,” Naruto cut him off quickly, waving a hand. “Just scratches. They had it worse.” He shook the scroll pointedly, then tucked it away.

Neji’s eyes narrowed at the gesture, his Byakugan already telling him what was inside. “Did they also have regeneration abilities?”

“Yeah creepy as hell and weirdly chatty,” Naruto said, his smirk fading a little. “I'm still not sure how it worked, they just kept healing no matter what I did! But it took a lot of chakra though. I just made sure it ran out faster”

Lee’s fists tightened. “They fought without honor. But… I am glad we were able to prevail.”

The bandage wrapping he normally wore around his arms was now gone, both of his hands bruised and bloody like the sword on Tenten’s back and Neji’s clothes. “Guess you went all out huh?”

Lee grinned sheepishly. “It was… necessary.”

Tenten snorted. “That’s one way to say he nearly broke himself in half.”

“To say they were healing would be technically incorrect,” Neji explained, ignoring his teammates’ banter. “they were feeding their broken bodies with enough chakra to push them forward… once I figured out where to strike they collapsed again,” He brought attention back to his battered appearance. “It was rather messy.”

Naruto nodded his understanding and thanked his team for their efforts, after he was convinced they were in good condition and helping Tenten recover some of her lost arsenal and quickly started making their way back to the spot Genma was supposed to engage his own opponent, it would only make sense that he too would be in for a rough fight.

This has been such a weird mission.


He knew everything had been going well ever since taking over Naruto’s operation, almost too well… and Genma is everything but lucky. So it came as no surprise when the Jōnin he had assigned himself to take down turned out to be a very competent shinobi with a very annoying Kekkei Genkai. Metal jutsu? From a Kumo shinobi of all places too.

How annoying.

There is a reason why he's only a Tokubetsu Jōnin, his techniques are highly specialized and mostly meant for covert operations; nothing about this whole thing screams ‘stealth’ to him, why didn't Shikaku send Kakashi instead of him? He tried some fire Jutsu, it's not like he's helpless or anything - he might be a special Jōnin but he still is a Jōnin - but it's not working out great for him, he can't produce flames hot enough to melt the steel armor that guy had created for himself.

Genma spat the senbon lazily from between his teeth, catching it with two fingers. He flicked it once and sighed. “Metal release, huh? And here I was hoping for an easy job. Mind telling me what you were sent here for? Surely there must be a perfectly good reason for Kumo to be stepping on our toes.”

The Kumo-nin smirked, lifting an arm and flexing for Genma to see as it shimmered into gray. Steel scales begun to form on his skin sounding like iron bars grinding.

‘That can’t be good…’ Following the display Genma started testing the waters, quickly spitting three chakra-laced senbon in a sharp spread, a low whistling note following just a beat later. Mid fly, the needles curved and angled in different directions, al aiming for what should be different vital spots. The man didn’t even move. Tink Tink Tink.

“Tch” His lips curved, watching the needles bounce from his skin before promptly returning to his weapon poch after a quick whistle. “Guess I’ll have to work for this one.”

Their small exchange hadn't been completely fruitless, he mused. The steel on his opponent's skin had a scale pattern with small gaps between each segment. While he wasn't sure if that was a quirk of the Kekkei Genkai itself or its user, it was definitely a weakness that could be exploited.

That, however, might be easier said than done.

The gaps didn’t look all that wide, they were miniscule in fact, so much so that most people wouldn’t even realize they’re there. Genma is not most people, he simply needs a chance to strike and make it count. The Kumo-nin allowed him no more time for reflexion and moved to retaliate, slamming a fist on the ground with immense strength. Metallic spikes shot upwards from the ground, following Genma’s every move like sentient spears. He blurred from view, dodging and jumping around all while shooting another volley of needles. They hit, but the man just leaned into them, bending the needles as they made contact with his skin.

“You can’t pierce iron,” the enemy said flatly, stepping forward.

“Maybe not” Genma muttered, sliding another senbon between his lips. “But I wasn’t really trying to.”

He spat again, this time slower. The senbon arced unnaturally wide, not aiming for flesh, but for the ground around him. More followed after, one struck dirt, another buried in a tree trunk, the last pinged harmlessly against a spike. Thin ninja wire unraveling between them. He gave a low whistle. The wires snapped, the clearing suddenly crisscrossed in a web. The enemy tore through one with brute strength, but it slowed him.

Genma pressed the attack, spitting another spread of senbon laced with poison. The needles hit exposed joints, armpit, groin, just below the ribs where armor flexed. The shinobi grunted this time. Not stopped, but slowed. For a moment, he thought he had him. Then the man’s chest expanded and a metallic bulge burst outwards like a spiked shell, shredding the wires.

Genma cursed under his breath, flipping backward to keep distance. “Persistent bastard…”

That was when roots broke the earth. Thick wooden stakes coiled upward, wrapping around the shinobi’s legs and chest before he could finish charging. He snarled, tearing at them with metal-coated hands, but the wood grew faster, knotting tighter with every breath. From the treeline, Tora’s voice carried low and calm. “You’ve wasted enough chakra, Genma. Let’s end this.”

Genma grinned around the senbon clenched in his teeth. “About time captain. Thought you were just enjoying the show.”

With Tora’s wood pinning the enemy in place, Genma whistled one final, piercing note. Every senbon embedded in the battlefield vibrated and tore through the air at once, a storm of needles collapsing inward on the Kumo-nin. They peppered every exposed gap the wood didn’t cover. The shinobi roared, trying to harden more plates but the poison he had laced in his senbon was already in his bloodstream, the wires cinched tighter as Tora reinforced the wood coffin.

The clearing fell quiet except for the sound of the Kumo-nin’s ragged breathing. The steel covering his skin started to collapse, cracking as chakra bled away. His head dropped forward, and he slumped against the wooden bindings. Genma stepped up, flicked the last senbon from his hand into the man’s throat, putting him in a dead-like state… but not quite there yet.

He sealed the body without another word, only giving a sideways glance into the trees where the ANBU lingered. “Appreciate the assist, Tenzo. Just don’t tell the kid.”


“…and that’s when we ran into Izumo and Kotetsu, after that we came here.”

Genma couldn't help but be impressed. He wasn't surprised by Izumo and Kotetsu's success, they worked extremely well as a duo, and he had admittedly given them the easier foe. His assignment choices stemmed partly from trust in Naruto's abilities and partly from wanting to test those abilities. The kid had certainly delivered. None of them had expected the strange Kekkei Genkai they'd encountered, and Genma had momentarily felt guilty; his original intent had been to test Naruto against two regular chunin, not two seemingly unkillable ones. Still, both Naruto and his team had overcome the unforeseen threat.

Naruto had faced arguably the toughest fight (Genma's own wouldn't have been as manageable without assistance), yet emerged practically unscathed. What exactly was Kakashi doing with the kid? Genma knew for a fact that Naruto could defeat Izumo and Kotetsu, perhaps even simultaneously. He had no trouble admitting that experience was now the only advantage he held over the young ninja.

The kid will be terrifying.

"Very well," he said with an approving nod, turning to address Izumo and Kotetsu. "You two, take the Genin and inform Tazuna-san of our success. After that, provide any assistance he needs to dispose of the bandits' bodies. Naruto and I will get our story straight and prepare our report for Hokage-sama, she requested immediate updates on any new developments."

After exchanging a short nod with Naruto, Neji led his team following the pair of Chunin back into the village. Naruto and Genma remained standing on the large tree branch where the team had reunited. Moments later, both looked in the same direction as Tenzo and his squad of ANBU landed nearby.

“So… everything went well on your end?” Genma asked, smiling cheekily at the friend he knew to be annoyed behind the mask.

"That is debatable..." Tora replied cryptically. "The information Naruto and the Genin gathered before our arrival seems to have been mostly correct, if incomplete. The Wave daimyo was apparently being blackmailed by someone. He believed that giving up control over the country in exchange for money would allow him to save his family and escape from this place."

“Save?” Interrupted Genma. “Were they taken by the bandits?”

"Yes, the chunin Naruto fought kidnapped both his wife and daughter," Tenzo explained, handing Genma papers he'd recovered during his infiltration of the Daimyo's court. "They were taken about a week ago, which aligns with Jiraiya-sama's first report about the bandits through his spy network."

Naruto was already sitting on the tree branch, carefully documenting everything Tenzo said to relay to Tsunade. Tenzo continued, "We found them already dead they had been deceased for days and showed signs of extensive torture. It's clear the kidnappers never intended to honor their agreement. Regardless, negotiations have completely broken down."

“What do you mean?” Naruto asked, trying to mask his unease at everything that had been revealed.

“Perhaps is best you see for yourselves.”

They followed the ANBU squad to a hidden safehouse not far from the port town. It appeared to be a refuge for the Daimyo and his family, built for emergencies, though that purpose was now irrelevant. Naruto would never forget the horrific scene he encountered. Blood splattered across every surface, with human remains scattered throughout the room. Fingers, organs, and flesh were strewn everywhere. In the center lay the Daimyo's torso, head, and arms, all separated from his body yet arranged in their correct positions. The sight was nearly as nauseating as the putrid smell that permeated the room.

"He was alive yesterday," said Tora, seemingly unbothered by the grisly sight. He nodded to his squad, who immediately began collecting evidence and cleaning the scene. "We only stopped tailing him today, shortly before your operation began, so we could act as your backup if needed. The shinobi you fought today were expecting more of you, even if they didn't know the specifics"

"But why?" Naruto asked, bewildered, unable to hide the nauseated expression on his face. "Why were they here? Why did they do this?"

Tenzo eyed his young friend through his mask, studying him for a moment before producing one more file from his coat and offering it to him. "Profit," he explained. "It seems Gato's fall left a power vacuum to be filled. Our investigation suggests someone, likely close to Gato, intended to claim this land before it became economically powerful enough to resist another hostile takeover."

Genma quickly grasped the situation and sighed. "The bridge that freed these people also left them vulnerable and now the trouble's right at our doorstep as well."

"Hokage-sama is working on that as we speak," Tenzo said, turning to face Naruto. "Please finish your report of our findings immediately and send it to her. She needs this information urgently."

Not needing to be told twice - and eager to leave this gruesome scene - Naruto promptly complied. He summoned Kosuke and sent the message to Tsunade. She was no longer in the village according to Tenzo, but Kosuke had reliable ways of finding her quickly - if the toad is to be believed -, and if not him, then certainly Jiraiya would. Now Naruto just needed to collect his team and return to the village. He desperately needed rest and to put this whole disturbing mission behind him. “What a drag.”

Genma snorted. “You’ve been hanging around the Nara kid too much.”


The Fire Daimyō’s private chamber was heavy with silence, broken only by the sound of parchment being rolled back up. Tsunade set Naruto’s field report aside, her expression calm, measured. She had left out much, the grotesque details, the strange Kekkei Genkai, anything that might invite questions she and her shinobi weren’t prepared to answer. What she had given him instead was a narrative: a weak and compromised daimyo, a land left vulnerable, and a threat that could easily have spilled into Fire’s borders.

Beside her, Koharu spoke with a clarity born of decades in politics. “Lord Daimyō, Wave has been a friend to Fire for generations. But friendship cannot protect them now, it hasn’t for some time now. Their daimyo has failed his people. Worse, his failure created risk for yours. This is not annexation in conquest it is annexation in protection. For Wave’s survival, and Fire’s stability.”

The old man leaned back, lips pressed into a thin line. He had ruled long enough to know the manipulation, and Nara Shikaku’s hand was all over this arrangement. Annoying as it proves to be, it doesn’t exactly make it wrong. “So be it. Wave shall fall under Fire’s banner. But mark my words Tsunade, its people must believe Fire’s hand is a shield, not a chain. If they rise in rebellion against us, the blame will be yours to bear.”

Tsunade bowed deeply, concealing the smirk that tugged at the corner of her mouth. “Of course, my Lord.”

Days later, back in the Hokage’s office, the sake bottle on her desk remained untouched. Orders were already flying, to Shikaku, to the ANBU commander, to the supply divisions. Rotating detachments of shinobi would be stationed in Wave alongside the Fire Daimyō’s own samurai. Enough strength to protect the new province. Enough eyes to ensure no hidden hand used it against them again.

On her desk lay sealed scrolls containing the bodies of the supposed Kumo shinobi. After extensive examination, they had proven useful despite Genma's captive managing to kill himself before being sealed. Tsunade didn't believe for a second that the Raikage had no involvement, but she wasn't about to give him the satisfaction of seeing her doubt. No, she would let her words do the work for her.

Konoha under her rule would not be underestimated.


We return these men to you, Lord Raikage, not as enemies, but as missing-nin whose presence in Wave troubled us both. What you choose to do with them now will speak volumes.

The Raikage’s eyes narrowed as he read, then flicked toward the shrouded corpses laid out before him. With a grunt, he extended a hand.

“Bring me the Bingo Book.”

Mabui hurried it forward, the thick tome cracking open on his desk. He flipped to the entries Tsunade had referenced, lips tightening. The shinobi were there, listed in detail, skills, ranks, bounties. He stared at the pages for a long moment, then shut the book with a snap that made his assistant flinch.

“I have never seen these men in my life,” he said flatly.

“Then… someone-”

“Is using Kumogakure’s name.” His voice rumbled low, dangerous. Lightning chakra snapped faintly across his shoulders, but he mastered it quickly. War over Wave was not worth his time. Whoever had set this up was clever, but they would reveal themselves soon enough.

He waved a dismissive hand at the corpses. “I doubt the Hokage left anything even remotely useful to be learned from their corpses, burn them. And double-check our archives. If someone is forging Bingo Books in our name, I want to know before the rest of the world does.”

She bowed and quickly left the room. Alone, the Raikage scowled down at the Hokage’s letter once more.

“Tsunade,” he muttered. “You’re not fool enough to think I’ll take the bait. But I’ll be damned if I let someone make pawns of us both.”

He tore the letter cleanly in two, sparks hissing faintly in the air, and let the pieces fall to the floor.


AN: Heeeey everyone! Is anyone still even interested in reading this after so long? Hard to tell. I would like to start this first by saying sorry about the extremely long wait for this chapter, like I said last time life has been busy, it’s crazy to think that when I started writing this I was just about to start University and now I will be graduating next year. Anyway, to be completely honest I also lost some motivation to continue writing given the amount of times the story has been stolen by youtube content farmers and AI slops. But I decided to keep going, I recently re-read every chapter I’ve published so far and honestly cringed a little at my writing in the first couple of chapters, especially the prologue… yikes. Not that I’m a writing expert now or anything but I like to think I’m getting better, I even learned new words to write this one, I also realized I need to adjust the pacing a little. I was pumping out 10k words chapters which simply wasn’t sustainable long term, so I’ll start to condense, I put in a lot of effort in it on this chapter and I know I still have ways to go. So I’ll figure out how to condense my chapters and move the story forward at a better pace. The overall plot will remain the same so no re-writes or anything in sight. Though I completely butchered the timeline with how little it took for Lee to recover from his surgery before this mission, or how I totally forgot Tenten had been hella injured during the chunin exams. I’ll try to be mindful of things like that and maybe I’ll go back and edit some previous chapters, don’t expect any major rewrites though.

That’s it for this one folks, I can’t promise when the next chapter will be out but I’ll try to have it soon, given the canon deviances in my story the time jump till the Shippuden era will be different from Canon as well and not a necessarily linear kind of thing, hopefully you’ll like it.

Hopefully some of you still are interested enough in my story to make this far, thanks for reading and as always,

 

Be safe!

Notes:

hello, please call me lucifyr or luc

i will be the one who answer the comments, thanks
give love to codex, please///

cover art is made by me